Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

 

 

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016

OR

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                      

OR

 

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report                     

For the transition period from                      to                      

Commission file number: 333-13792

 

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Province of Québec, Canada

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

612 St-Jacques Street

Montréal, Québec, Canada H3C 4M8

(Address of principal executive offices)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

None   None

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

None

(Title of Class)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due January 2023

(Title of Class)

 

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

95,983,176 Common Shares

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities

Act.      Yes   ☒  No

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.   ☒  Yes     No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes   ☒  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer       Accelerated filer       Non-accelerated filer  ☒

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP     

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued  ☒

by the International Accounting Standards Board

  Other   

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.     Item 17      Item 18

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).      Yes   ☒  No

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Explanatory Notes

     ii  

Industry and Market Data

     ii  

Presentation of Financial Information

     iii  

Exchange Rate Information

     iv  

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     v  

PART I

     1  

ITEM 1 — IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

     1  

ITEM 2 — OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

     1  

ITEM 3 — KEY INFORMATION

     1  

ITEM 4 — INFORMATION ON THE CORPORATION

     22  

ITEM 4A — UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

     59  

ITEM 5 — OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

     60  

ITEM 6 — DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

     111  

ITEM 7 — MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     122  

ITEM 8 — FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     125  

ITEM 9 — THE OFFER AND LISTING

     126  

ITEM 10 — ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     127  

ITEM 11 — QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

     149  

ITEM 12 — DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

     150  

PART II

     151  

ITEM 13 — DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

     151  

ITEM 14 — MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

     151  

ITEM 15 — CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

     151  

ITEM 16 — [RESERVED]

     152  

ITEM 16A — AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

     152  

ITEM 16B — CODE OF ETHICS

     152  

ITEM 16C — PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

     152  

ITEM 16D — EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

     153  

ITEM 16E — PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

     153  

ITEM 16F — CHANGES IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

     153  

ITEM 16G — CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

     153  

PART III

     154  

ITEM 17 — FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     154  

ITEM 18 — FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     154  

ITEM 19 — EXHIBITS

     154  

Signature

     161  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1  


Table of Contents

EXPLANATORY NOTES

In this annual report, unless otherwise specified, the terms “we,” “our,” “us,” the “Corporation” and “Quebecor Media” refer to Quebecor Media Inc., a corporation under the Business Corporations Act (Québec) and its consolidated subsidiaries, collectively. All references in this annual report to “Videotron” are references to our wholly-owned subsidiary Videotron Ltd. and its subsidiaries; all references in this annual report to “Le SuperClub Vidéotron” are references to our wholly-owned subsidiary Le SuperClub Vidéotron ltée; all references in this annual report to “TVA Group” are references to our public subsidiary TVA Group Inc. and its subsidiaries; all references to “Quebecor Media Printing” are references to our wholly-owned subsidiary Quebecor Media Printing (2015) Inc.; all references to “Quebecor Media Network” are references to our wholly-owned subsidiary Quebecor Media Network Inc.; all references to “MediaQMI” are references to our wholly-owned subsidiary MediaQMI Inc.; all references to “CEC Publishing” are references to our wholly-owned subsidiary CEC Publishing Inc.; all references to “Sogides Group” are references to our wholly-owned subsidiary Sogides Group Inc.; all references to “Select Music” are references to our wholly-owned subsidiary Select Music Inc; all references to “4Degrees” are references to 4Degrees Colocation Inc.; all references to “Goji Studios” are references to Goji Studios Inc.; and all references to “Fibrenoire” are references to Fibrenoire Inc. All references in this annual report to “Quebecor” or “our parent corporation” are references to Quebecor Inc., all references to “Capital CDPQ” are refererences to CDP Capital d’Amérique Investissements inc. and all references to “CDPQ” are references to Caisse de dépôt et de placement du Québec.

In this annual report, all references to the “CRTC” are references to the Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission.

In this annual report, all references to our “Senior Notes” are references to, collectively, our 7  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2021 originally issued on January 5, 2011, our 5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2023 originally issued on October 11, 2012 and our 6  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2023 originally issued on October 11, 2012.

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

Industry statistics and market data used throughout this annual report were obtained from internal surveys, market research, publicly available information and industry publications, including the CRTC, Numeris, Newspapers Canada, the Audit Bureau of Circulations, Vividata and ComScore Media Metrix. Industry publications generally state that the information they contain has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of this information is not guaranteed. Industry and company data is approximate and may reflect rounding in certain cases.

Paid circulation is defined as average sales of a newspaper per issue. Readership (as opposed to paid circulation) is an estimate of the number of people who read or looked into an average issue of a newspaper or magazine and is measured by an independent survey conducted by Vividata. According to the Q3 2016 Vividata study (the “ Vividata Study ”), the most recent available survey for 2016, readership estimates are based on a multiplatform readership metric of the number of people responding to the Vividata survey circulated by Vividata who report having read or looked into one or more issues of a given newspaper or magazine during a given period equal to the publication interval of the newspaper or magazine. Market share and audiometry information for French speaking viewers in the Province of Québec is based on a survey conducted by Numeris and referenced as Numeris – French Quebec, January 1 to December 31, 2016, Mon-Sun, 2:00 – 2:00, All 2+.

Information contained in this annual report concerning the telecommunication and media industries, our general expectations concerning these industries and our market positions and market shares may also be based on estimates and assumptions made by us based on our knowledge of these industries and which we believe to be reliable. We believe, however, that this data is inherently imprecise, although generally indicative of relative market positions and market shares.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

IFRS and Functional Currency

Our audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2012 have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“ IFRS ”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

In this annual report, references to Canadian Dollars, CAN$ or $ are to the lawful currency of Canada, our functional currency, and references to US Dollars or US$ are to the currency of the United States.

Non-IFRS Financial Measures and Key Performance Indicator

In this annual report, we use certain financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with IFRS. We use these non-IFRS financial measures, such as adjusted operating income, cash flows from segment operations and free cash flows from continuing operating activities, because we believe that they are meaningful measures of our performance. Our method of calculating these non-IFRS financial measures may differ from the methods used by other companies and, as a result, the non-IFRS financial measures presented in this annual report may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures disclosed by other companies.

We provide a definition of adjusted operating income, cash flows from segment operations, free cash flows from continuing operating activities and average monthly revenue per user (“ ARPU ”) under “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Non-IFRS Financial Measures” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Key Performance Indicator”. We also provide a definition of adjusted operating income, and a reconciliation of adjusted operating income to the most directly comparable financial measure under IFRS in footnote 1 to the tables under “Item 3. Key Information – A. Selected Financial Data”. When we discuss cash flow from segment operations in this annual report, we provide the detailed calculation of the measure in the same section. When we discuss free cash flow from continuing operating activities in this annual report, we provide a reconciliation to the most directly comparable IFRS financial measure in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”.

Unless otherwise indicated, information provided in this annual report, including all operating data presented, is as of December 31, 2016.

 

iii


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the average, high, low and end of period noon rates published by the Bank of Canada. Such rates are presented as U.S. dollars per CAN$1.00. On March   20, 2017 , the noon rate was CAN$1.00 equals US$0.7487. We do not make any representation that Canadian dollars could have been converted into U.S. dollars at the rates shown or at any other rate. You should note that the rates set forth below may differ from the actual rates used in our accounting processes and in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

 

Year Ended:

   Average (1)      High      Low      Period End  

December 31, 2016

     0.7548        0.7972        0.6854        0.7448  

December 31, 2015

     0.7820        0.8527        0.7148        0.7225  

December 31, 2014

     0.9054        0.9422        0.8589        0.8620  

December 31, 2013

     0.9710        1.0164        0.9348        0.9402  

December 31, 2012

     1.0004        1.0299        0.9599        1.0051  

December 31, 2011

     1.0111        1.0583        0.9430        0.9833  

 

Month Ended:

   Average (2)      High      Low      Period End  

March 2017 (through March   20, 2017 )

     0.7453        0.7510        0.7405        0.7487  

February 28, 2017

     0.7628        0.7690        0.7548        0.7548  

January 31, 2017

     0.7581        0.7675        0.7442        0.7675  

December 31, 2016

     0.7502        0.7622        0.7377        0.7448  

November 30, 2016

     0.7442        0.7498        0.7363        0.7448  

October 31, 2016

     0.7546        0.7631        0.7461        0.7461  

September 30, 2016

     0.7629        0.7786        0.7548        0.7624  

 

(1) The average of the daily noon rates for each day during the applicable year.
(2) The average of the daily noon rates for each day during the applicable month.

 

iv


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This annual report contains forward-looking statements with respect to our financial condition, results of operations, business, and certain of our plans and objectives. These forward-looking statements are made pursuant to the “Safe Harbor” provisions of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about the industries in which we operate as well as beliefs and assumptions made by our management. Such statements include, in particular, statements about our plans, prospects, financial position and business strategies. Words such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “continue,” “intend,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “foresee,” “believe,” or “seek,” or the negatives of these terms or variations of them or similar terminology, are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, these statements, by their nature, involve risks and uncertainties and are not guarantees of future performance. Such statements are also subject to assumptions concerning, among other things: our anticipated business strategies; anticipated trends in our business; anticipated reorganizations of any of our segments or businesses, and any related restructuring provisions or impairment charges; and our ability to continue to control costs. We can give no assurance that these estimates and expectations will prove to have been correct. Actual outcomes and results may, and often do, differ from what is expressed, implied or projected in such forward-looking statements, and such differences may be material. Some important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 

   

our ability to successfully continue developing our network and facilities-based mobile services;

 

   

general economic, financial or market conditions and variations in our Telecommunications, Media and Sports and Entertainment businesses;

 

   

the intensity of competitive activity in the industries in which we operate;

 

   

fragmentation of the media landscape;

 

   

new technologies that might change consumer behaviour towards our product suite;

 

   

unanticipated higher capital spending required to deploy our network or to address the continued development of competitive alternative technologies, or the inability to obtain additional capital to continue the development of our business;

 

   

our ability to implement successfully our business and operating strategies and manage our growth and expansion;

 

   

disruptions to the network through which we provide our digital television, Internet access, telephony and over-the-top (“ OTT ”) video services, and our ability to protect such services from piracy, unauthorized access or other security breaches;

 

   

labour disputes or strikes;

 

   

changes in our ability to obtain services and equipment critical to our operations;

 

   

changes in laws and regulations, or in their interpretations, which could result, among other things, in the loss (or reduction in value) of our licenses or markets or in an increase in competition, compliance costs or capital expenditures;

 

   

our ability to successfully develop our Sports and Entertainment segment and other expanding lines of business in our other segments;

 

   

our substantial indebtedness, the tightening of credit markets, and the restrictions on our business imposed by the terms of our debt; and

 

   

interest rate fluctuations that affect a portion of our interest payment requirements on long-term debt.

 

v


Table of Contents

We caution you that the above list of cautionary statements is not exhaustive. These and other factors are discussed in further detail elsewhere in this annual report, including under “Item 3. Key Information – Risk Factors” of this annual report. Each of these forward-looking statements speaks only as of the date of this annual report. We disclaim any obligation to update these statements unless applicable securities laws require us to do so. We advise you to consult any documents we may file with or furnish to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”), as described under “Item 10. Additional Information – Documents on Display” of this annual report.

 

 

vi


Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1 — IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2 — OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not applicable.

ITEM 3 — KEY INFORMATION

A - Selected Financial Data

The following tables present selected consolidated financial information for our business presented in accordance with IFRS for each of the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2012. We derived this selected consolidated financial information from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are comprised of consolidated balance sheets as at December 31, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity and cash flows for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2016. The selected consolidated financial information presented below should be read in conjunction with the information contained in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and our audited consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 and notes thereto contained in “Item 18. Financial Statements” of this annual report (beginning on page F-1). Our audited consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are not included in this annual report. Our consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2012, prepared in accordance with IFRS, have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. Ernst & Young LLP’s report on our consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 is included in this annual report.

Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future financial condition or results of operations.


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  
     (in millions, except ratio)  

STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:

          

Revenues

          

Telecommunications

   $ 3,151.8     $ 3,007.0     $ 2,837.3     $ 2,726.0     $ 2,617.0  

Media

     938.0       975.8       863.8       897.2       922.6  

Sports and Entertainment

     34.6       23.2       7.1       5.0       2.8  

Inter-segment

     (107.8     (115.2     (88.4     (78.4     (87.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     4,016.6       3,890.8       3,619.8       3,549.8       3,454.8  

Employee costs

     (707.9     (694.4     (650.6     (659.5     (662.5

Purchase of goods and services

     (1,810.9     (1,755.6     (1,564.0     (1,502.7     (1,488.2

Depreciation and amortization

     (650.4     (691.0     (658.3     (621.3     (545.7

Financial expenses

     (302.9     (309.2     (323.8     (360.2     (335.2

(Loss) gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments

     (2.1     (3.8     (3.1     (244.4     136.9  

Restructuring of operations, litigation and other items

     (28.5     117.2       (49.6     (10.5     11.8  

Impairment of goodwill and other assets

     (40.9     (230.7     (81.0     (26.4     (31.0

Loss on debt refinancing

     (7.3     (12.1     (18.7     (18.9     (6.3

Income taxes

     (126.3     (104.1     (102.3     (41.7     (147.9

Loss from discontinued operations

     —         (19.7     (81.6     (216.6     (155.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 339.4     $ 187.4     $ 86.8     $ (152.4   $ 231.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to:

          

Shareholders

     352.0       225.7       186.1       54.6       386.5  

Non-controlling interests

     (12.6     (18.6     (17.7     9.6       0.2  

Net income (loss) attributable to:

          

Shareholders

     352.0       207.6       107.6       (159.6     234.6  

Non-controlling interests

     (12.6     (20.2     (20.8     7.2       (2.9

OTHER FINANCIAL DATA AND RATIO:

          

Adjusted operating income (1) (unaudited)

   $ 1,497.8     $ 1,440.8     $ 1,405.2     $ 1,387.6     $ 1,304.1  

Additions to property, plant, equipment and intangible assets other than spectrum licenses

     847.4       820.0       743.7       622.0       786.5  

Additions to spectrum licenses

     —         219.0       217.4       15.9       —    

Comprehensive income (loss)

     348.6       135.0       28.7       (103.5     238.2  

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to:

          

Shareholders

     358.5       156.2       53.8       (123.3     242.3  

Non-controlling interests

     (9.9     (21.2     (25.1     19.8       (4.1

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges orcoverage deficiency (2) (unaudited)

     2.5x       1.9x       1.6x       (119.0     2.1x  
     As at December 31,  
     2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  
     (in millions)  

BALANCE SHEET DATA:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 20.7     $ 18.6     $ 395.3     $ 476.6     $ 228.7  

Total assets

     9,217.4       9,229.9       9,036.7       8,970.3       8,960.8  

Total debt (current and long-term portions)

     5,638.1       5,800.6       5,201.8       4,976.0       4,428.7  

Capital stock

     3,701.4       3,801.4       4,116.1       4,116.1       4,116.1  

Equity attributable to shareholders

     1,590.4       1,331.9       1,759.4       1,805.7       2,029.0  

Dividends or distributions to shareholders

     100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0  

Number of common shares outstanding

     96.0       96.0       103.3       103.3       103.3  

 

(1)

Adjusted operating income is not required by or recognized under IFRS. We define adjusted operating income, as reconciled to net income (loss), as net income (loss) before depreciation and amortization, financial expenses, (loss) gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments, restructuring of operations, litigation and other items, impairment of goodwill and other assets, loss on debt refinancing, income taxes and loss from discontinued operations. Adjusted operating income is not intended to be regarded as alternatives to other financial operating performance measures or to the consolidated statement of cash flows as a measure of liquidity. It should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures of performance prepared in accordance with IFRS. Our parent corporation, Quebecor, uses adjusted operating income in order to assess the performance of its investment in Quebecor Media. Our management and Board of Directors use this measure in evaluating our consolidated results as well as results of our operating segments. This measure eliminates the significant level of

 

2


Table of Contents
  impairment and depreciation/amortization of tangible and intangible assets, and it is unaffected by the capital structure or investment activities of Quebecor Media and of its business segments. Adjusted operating income is also relevant because it is a significant component of our annual incentive compensation programs. A limitation of this measure, however, is that it does not reflect the periodic costs of tangible and intangible assets used in generating revenues in our segments. We use other measures that do reflect such costs, such as cash flows from segment operations and free cash flows from continuing operating activities. Our definition of adjusted operating income may not be the same as similarly titled measures reported by other companies therefore limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure. See “Presentation of Financial Information — Non-IFRS Measures”. Our adjusted operating income is calculated from and reconciled to net income (loss) under IFRS for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2012 in the table below:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  
     (in millions)  

Reconciliation of adjusted operating income to net income (loss)

  

Adjusted operating income

          

Telecommunications

   $ 1,449.4     $ 1,385.8     $ 1,353.2     $ 1,292.8     $ 1,215.9  

Media

     63.3       70.2       58.4       95.2       79.3  

Sports and Entertainment

     (7.2     (11.7     (2.8     (0.5     0.7  

Head office

     (7.7     (3.5     (3.6     0.1       8.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,497.8       1,440.8       1,405.2       1,387.6       1,304.1  

Depreciation and amortization

     (650.4     (691.0     (658.3     (621.3     (545.7

Financial expenses

     (302.9     (309.2     (323.8     (360.2     (335.2

(Loss) gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments

     (2.1     (3.8     (3.1     (244.4     136.9  

Restructuring of operations, litigation and other items

     (28.5     117.2       (49.6     (10.5     11.8  

Impairment of goodwill and other assets

     (40.9     (230.7     (81.0     (26.4     (31.0

Loss on debt refinancing

     (7.3     (12.1     (18.7     (18.9     (6.3

Income taxes

     (126.3     (104.1     (102.3     (41.7     (147.9

Loss from discontinued operations

     —         (19.7     (81.6     (216.6     (155.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 339.4     $ 187.4     $ 86.8     $ (152.4   $ 231.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(2) For the purpose of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges under IFRS, (i) earnings consist of net income (loss), plus income taxes, fixed charges, amortized capitalized interest, less interest capitalized and (ii) fixed charges consist of interest expensed and capitalized, plus premiums and discounts amortization, financing fees amortization and an estimate of the interest within rental expense.

B - Risk Factors

This section describes some of the risks that could materially affect our business, revenues, results of operations and financial condition, as well as the market value of our Senior Notes. The factors below should be considered in connection with any forward-looking statements in this document and with the cautionary statements contained in the section “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” at the forepart of this annual report. The risks below are not the only ones that we face. Some risks may not yet be known to us and some that we do not currently believe to be material could later turn out to be material.

Risks Relating to Our Business

We operate in highly competitive industries that are experiencing rapid technological developments and fierce price competition, and our inability to compete successfully could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, revenues, financial condition and results of operations.

In our cable business, we compete against incumbent local exchange carriers (“ ILECs ”), the primary one in our market holds a regional license to provide terrestrial broadcasting distribution in Montréal and several other communities in the Province of Québec. Such primary ILEC is rolling out its own Internet protocol television (“ IPTV ”) service throughout the country but more specifically in Montréal (including a portion of the greater Montréal area), in Québec City, and in other locations in the Province of Québec. It has also secured licenses to launch video distribution services using video digital subscriber line (“ VDSL ”) technology. We also compete against providers of direct broadcast satellite (“ DBS ”, which in Canada are also referred to as “ DTH ” for “direct-to-home” satellite providers), multichannel multipoint distribution systems, and satellite master antenna television systems. The direct access to some broadcasters’ websites that provide streaming in high-definition (“ HD ”) of video-on-demand (“ VOD ”) content is also available for some of the channels we offer in our television programming. In addition, some third-party Internet service providers (“ ISPs ”) have launched Internet Protocol video services (“ IPVS ”) in territories in which we provide services.

 

3


Table of Contents

We also face competition from illegal providers of cable television services and illegal access to non-Canadian DBS (also called grey market piracy), as well as from signal theft of DBS that enables customers to access programming services from U.S. and Canadian DBS without paying any fees (also called black market piracy). Competitors in the video business also include emerging content delivery platforms. Furthermore, OTT content providers, such as Netflix, Apple TV and Amazon Prime Video, as well as Canadian services such as Crave TV, compete for viewership and a share of the monthly entertainment spending currently allocated to traditional cable television and cable service VOD offerings.

Unlike us, OTT service providers are not subject to CRTC’s regulations and do not have to contribute financially to the Canadian traditional television business model or Internet infrastructure. Furthermore, foreign providers with no Canadian place of business are not required to charge federal and provincial sales tax. Consequently, this could place us at a competitive disadvantage, lead to increased operational costs and have an adverse effect on our business, prospects, revenues, financial conditions, and results of operations.

In our Internet access business, we compete against other ISPs offering residential and commercial Internet access services as well as WiMAX and open Wi-Fi networks in some cities. The main competitors are the ILECs that offer Internet access through digital subscriber line (“ DSL ”), fibre to the node and fibre to the home technologies, often offering comparable download speeds to ours. In addition, satellite operators such as Xplornet are increasing their existing high-speed Internet access capabilities with the launch of high-throughput satellites, targeting households in rural and remote locations and claiming future download speeds comparable to our low and medium download speeds. The CRTC also requires cable and ILEC network providers, including ourselves, to offer wholesale access to our high-speed Internet systems to third-party ISP competitors for them to provide retail Internet access services. These third-party ISP competitors may also provide telephony, IPVS and networking applications.

Our cable telephony business has numerous competitors, including ILECs, competitive local exchange carriers, mobile telephony service operators and other providers of telephony, Voice over Internet Protocol (“ VoIP ”) and Internet communications, including competitors that are not facility-based and therefore have a much lower infrastructure cost. In addition, Internet protocol-based products and services are generally subject to downward pricing pressure, lower margins and technological evolution, all of which could have an adverse effect on our business, prospects and results of operations.

In our mobile telephony business, we compete against a mix of market participants, some of them active in some or all of the products we offer, with others offering only mobile telephony services. In addition, users of mobile voice and data systems may find their communication needs satisfied by other current or developing adjunct technologies, such as Wi-Fi, “hotspots” or trunk radio systems, which have the technical capability to handle mobile data communication and mobile telephone calls. There can be no assurance that current or future competitors will not provide network capacity and/or services comparable or superior to those we provide or may in the future provide, or at lower prices, or adapt more quickly to evolving industry trends or changing market requirements, or introduce competing services. For instance, some providers of mobile telephony services (including incumbent carriers) have deployed and have been operating for many years lower-cost mobile telephony brands in order to acquire additional market share. In the near future, depending on new regulations, we could see the emergence of non facility-based operators in the wireless space. Also, we may not be able to compete successfully in the future against existing or potential competitors, and increased competition could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, revenues, financial condition, and results of operations.

Due to ongoing technological developments, the distinction between traditional platforms (broadcasting, Internet and telephony) is fading rapidly. For instance, emerging Go Platforms such as HBO Go, allow customers to view their traditional television content directly on their mobile devices or computers via Internet connection (although authentication as a broadcasting distribution undertaking’s subscriber (“ BDU’s subscriber ”) is still required in Canada). Also, the Internet, through wired and mobile devices, is becoming an important broadcasting and distribution platform. In addition, mobile operators, with the development of their Long-Term Evolution (also known as “ LTE ”) networks, are now offering wireless and fixed wireless Internet services. In addition, our VoIP telephony service also competes with Internet-based solutions.

Moreover, a few of our competitors are offering special discounts to customers who subscribe to two or more of their services (cable television or IPTV, Internet, residential and mobile telephony services). As a result, should we fail to keep our existing customers and lose them to such competitors, we may end up losing up to one subscriber for each of our services. This could have an adverse effect on our business, prospects, revenues, financial condition and results of operations.

 

4


Table of Contents

Fierce price competition in all our businesses and across the industries in which we operate may affect our ability to raise the price of our products and services in line with increases in our operating costs, as we have done in the past. This could have an adverse effect on our business, revenues, financial condition, and results of operations.

We compete, and will continue to compete, with alternative technologies and we may be required to invest a significant amount of capital to address continuing technological evolution and development.

In relation to our Media segment, the media industry is experiencing rapid and significant technological changes, which have resulted in alternative means of program and content transmission. The continued growth of the Internet has presented alternative content distribution options that compete with traditional media. Consumers are spending an increasing amount of time on the Internet and on mobile devices, and are increasingly viewing content on a time-delayed or on-demand basis from the Internet, on their televisions and on portable devices. These alternative technologies may increase audience fragmentation, reduce our Media segment business’s ratings, readership or circulation levels or have an adverse effect on advertising revenues from local and national advertisers. Furthermore, in our video distribution markets, industry regulators have authorized DTH, microwave services and VDSL services, and may authorize other alternative methods of transmitting television and other content with improved speed and quality.

The continuous technological improvements to the Internet, combined with higher download speeds and cost reductions for customers, may divert a portion of our Media business’ existing television subscriber base from our services to new video-over-the-Internet model. While having a positive impact on the demand for our Internet services, video-over-the-Internet could adversely impact the demand for our other services.

We may not be able to successfully compete with existing or newly developed alternative technologies, such as IPTV, or we may be required to acquire, develop or integrate new technologies. The cost of the acquisition, development or implementation of new technologies could be significant and our ability to fund such implementation may be limited, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to successfully compete in the future. Any such difficulty or inability to compete could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, prospects, financial condition, and results of operations.

We have entered into roaming agreements with other mobile operators in order to provide worldwide coverage to our mobile telephony customers. Our inability to extend our worldwide coverage or to renew, or substitute for, these roaming agreements at their respective terms, and on acceptable terms, may place us at a competitive disadvantage, which could adversely affect our ability to operate our mobile business successfully and profitably.

We have entered into roaming agreements with multiple carriers around the world (including Canada, the United States and Europe), and have established worldwide coverage. Our inability to extend our worldwide coverage or to renew, or substitute for, these roaming agreements at their respective or better terms or on acceptable terms, may place us at a competitive disadvantage, which could adversely affect our ability to operate our mobile business successfully and profitably. In addition, if we are unable to renew, or substitute for, these roaming agreements on a timely basis and at an acceptable cost, our cost structure could materially increase, and, consequently, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Moreover, since 2015 in Canada, the CRTC has decided that each of the three national wireless incumbent carriers would be obliged to provide wholesale roaming services to regional (including Videotron) and new entrant carriers at cost-based rates. A tariff proceeding is currently underway to determine these rates. The result of the wholesale roaming tariff proceeding may have an impact on our roaming cost structure and on the types of retail packages we are able to offer our customers in this regard.

Our reputation may be negatively impacted, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have generally enjoyed a good reputation among the public. Our ability to maintain our existing customer relationships and to attract new customers depends to a large extent on our reputation. While we have put in place certain mechanisms to mitigate the risk that our reputation may be tarnished, including good governance practices and a Code of Ethics, we cannot be assured that we will continue to enjoy a good reputation nor can we be assured that events that are beyond our control will not cause our reputation to be negatively impacted. The loss or tarnishing of our reputation could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

5


Table of Contents

We could be adversely impacted by higher handset subsidies and increase in bring-your-own-device (“BYOD”) customers.

Our mobile telephony business model is based substantially on subsidizing the cost of subscriber handsets, similar to other Canadian wireless carriers. This model attracts customers and in exchange they commit to a term contract with us. We also commit to a minimum subsidy per unit with the supplier of certain smartphone devices. If we are unable to recover the costs of the subsidies over the term of the customer contract, this could negatively impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Also, with the CRTC’s Wireless Code introduced in 2013 limiting wireless term contracts to two years from three years, the number of BYOD customers with no-term contracts has increased. Such customers are under no contractual obligation to remain with us, this could have a material adverse effect on our churn rate and, consequently, on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our inventory may become obsolete.

Our various products in inventory generally have a relatively short lifecycle due to frequent technological changes. If we cannot effectively manage inventory levels based on product demand, this could increase the risk of inventory obsolescence and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are regularly required to make capital expenditures to remain technologically and economically competitive. We may not be able to obtain additional capital to implement our business strategies and make capital expenditures.

Our strategy of maintaining a leadership position in the suite of products and services we offer and of launching new products and services requires capital investments in our network and infrastructure to support growth in our customer base and its demands for increased bandwidth capacity and other services. In the past, we have required substantial capital for the upgrade, expansion and maintenance of our network and the launch and deployment of new or additional services. We expect that additional capital expenditures will continue to be required in the short-term, mid-term and long-term in order to expand and maintain our networks, systems and services, including expenditures relating to advancements in Internet access, HD television, ultra-high-definition (“ UHD ”) television and television everywhere/every platform requiring Internet protocol delivery technology, the introduction of virtual reality, as well as the cost of our mobile services infrastructure deployment, maintenance and enhancement.

The demand for wireless data services has been growing at high rates and it is projected that this demand will further accelerate, driven by the following increases: levels of broadband penetration; need for personal connectivity and networking; affordability of smartphones and Internet-only devices (e.g., high-usage data devices such as mobile Internet keys, tablets and electronic book readers); multimedia-rich services and applications; and unlimited data plans. The anticipated levels of data traffic will represent a growing challenge to the current mobile network’s ability to serve this traffic. We may have to acquire additional spectrum, if available and if economically reasonable, in order to address this increased demand. The ability to acquire additional spectrum (if needed) is dependent on the timing and the rules established by Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (“ ISED ”). If we are not successful in acquiring additional spectrum we may need on reasonable terms, or not at all, that could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects and financial condition. See also “Item 4. Information on the Corporation — Regulation — Canadian Telecommunications Services — Regulatory Framework for Mobile Wireless Services.”

Developing, maintaining and enhancing our LTE network requires capital expenditures to remain competitive and to comply with our obligations under the agreement with our partner governing the joint build-out of our LTE network. A geographical expansion or densification of our LTE network may require us to incur significant costs and to make significant capital expenditures. See also “Item 4. Information on the Corporation — Business Overview - Telecommunications.”

 

6


Table of Contents

There can be no assurance that we will be able to generate or otherwise obtain the funds to finance any portion of these capital improvement programs, new strategies and services or other capital expenditure requirements, whether through cash from operations, additional borrowings or other sources. If we are unable to generate sufficient funds or obtain additional financing on acceptable terms, we may be unable to implement our business strategies or proceed with the capital expenditures and investments required to maintain our leadership position, and our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation, and prospects could be materially adversely affected. Even if we are able to obtain adequate funding, the period of time required to upgrade our network could have a material adverse effect on our ability to successfully compete in the future. Moreover, additional investments in our business may not translate into incremental revenues, cash flows or profitability.

See also the risk factors “— We operate in highly competitive industries that are experiencing rapid technological developments and fierce price competition, and our inability to compete successfully could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, revenues, financial condition and results of operations”, “—We compete, and will continue to compete, with alternative technologies and we may be required to invest a significant amount of capital to address continuing technological evolution and development” and “— Risks Relating to our Senior Notes and our Capital Structure — We may be required from time to time to refinance certain of our indebtedness. Our inability to do so on favorable terms, or at all, could have a material adverse effect on us.”

We may need to support increasing costs in securing access to support structures needed for our cable network.

We require access to the support structures of hydroelectric and telephone utilities and need municipal rights of way to deploy our cable network. Where access to the structures of telephone utilities cannot be secured, we may apply to the CRTC to obtain a right of access under the Telecommunications Act (Canada) (the “ Telecommunications Act ”). We have entered into comprehensive support structure access agreements with all the major hydroelectric companies and all the major telecommunications companies in our service territory. In the event that we seek to renew or to renegotiate these agreements, we cannot guarantee that these agreements will continue to be available on their respective terms, on acceptable terms, or at all, which may place us at a competitive disadvantage.

We may not successfully implement our business and operating strategies.

Our business strategies are based on leveraging an integrated platform of media assets. Our strategies include offering multiplatform advertising solutions, generating and distributing content across a spectrum of media properties and assets, launching and deploying additional value-added products and services, pursuing cross-promotional opportunities, maintaining our advanced broadband network, pursuing enhanced content development to reduce costs, further integrating the operations of our subsidiaries, leveraging geographic clustering, and maximizing customer satisfaction across our business. We may not be able to implement these strategies successfully or realize their anticipated results fully or at all, and their implementation may be more costly or challenging than initially planned. In addition, our ability to successfully implement these strategies could be adversely affected by a number of factors beyond our control, including operating difficulties, increased ongoing operating costs, regulatory developments, general or local economic conditions, increased competition, technological changes, and other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section. While the centralization of certain business operations and processes has the advantage of standardizing our practices, thereby reducing costs and increasing effectiveness, it also represents a risk in itself should a business solution implemented by a centralized office throughout the organization fail to produce the intended results. We may also be required to make capital expenditures or other investments that may affect our ability to implement our business strategies if we are unable to secure additional financing on acceptable terms or to generate sufficient funds internally to cover those requirements. Any material failure to implement our strategies could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition, prospects, and results of operations, as well as on our ability to meet our obligations, including our ability to service our indebtedness.

As part of our strategy, in recent years, we have entered into certain agreements with third-parties under which we are committed to making significant operating expenditures in the future. We can provide no assurance that we will be successful in developing new activities in relation to these engagements, including the development of new revenue sources.

 

7


Table of Contents

We could be adversely impacted by consumers’ trend to abandon cable telephony and television services.

The recent trend toward mobile substitution or “cord-cutting” (when users cancel their landline telephony services and opt for mobile telephony services only) is largely the result of the increasing mobile penetration rate in Canada and the various unlimited offers launched by mobile operators. In addition, there is also a consumer trend to abandon and substitute wire and cable television for Internet access services in order to stream directly from broadcasters and OTT content providers. We may not be successful in converting our existing cable telephony subscriber base to our mobile telephony services or in attracting customers to our OTT entertainment platforms, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We could be adversely affected by the rapid growth of traffic volumes on the Internet.

Internet users are downloading an increasing amount of data each year and households are now connected to the Internet through a combination of several computers, tablets and other mobile devices, leading to simultaneous flows per home, which constitutes a departure from the past, when a majority of households were connected to the Internet through a single computer. In addition, some content on the Internet, such as videos, is now available at a higher bandwidth for which HD, as opposed to standard definition, has become the norm. OTT service providers have recently started streaming UHD content which uses even more bandwidth than HD services. There has therefore been an increase in data consumption and an intensification of Internet traffic during peak periods, which calls for increased bandwidth capacity to address the needs of our customers.

Equipment costs are under pressure in an effort to counterbalance customers’ demand for bandwidth. While we can relay some of this pressure on costs to our manufacturers, can adopt new technologies that reduce costs or implement other cost-reduction initiatives, our inability to fully meet our increasing need for bandwidth may result in price increases or in reduced profitability.

If we do not effectively manage our growth, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

We have experienced substantial growth in our business and have significantly expanded our operations over the years. We have sought in the past, and may, in the future, seek to further expand the types of businesses in which we participate, under appropriate conditions. We can provide no assurance that we will be successful in either developing or fulfilling the objectives of any such business expansion.

In addition, our expansion may require us to incur significant costs or divert significant resources, and may limit our ability to pursue other strategic and business initiatives, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects or results of operations. Furthermore, if we are not successful in managing our growth, or if we are required to incur significant or unforeseen costs, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

We may not be successful in the development of our Sports and Entertainment business.

We have recently made and are continuing to make significant investments in an effort to develop our Sports and Entertainment business. Some of these investments require significant capital expenditures and management attention. The success of such investments involves numerous risks that could adversely affect our growth and profitability, including the following risks: that management may not be able to successfully manage the development of our Sports and Entertainment business; that the development of the Sports and Entertainment business may place significant demands on management, diverting attention from existing operations; that investments may require substantial financial resources that otherwise could be used in the development of our other businesses; that we will not be able to achieve the benefits we expect from our investments in the development of our Sports and Entertainment business; and the risk associated with a failure to make continued investments in our Sports and Entertainment business in order to respond to consumer trends and demands, which could adversely affect our ability to compete in the sports and entertainment industry.

 

8


Table of Contents

The implementation of changes to the structure of our business may be more expensive than expected and we may not gain all the anticipated benefits.

We have and will continue to implement changes to the structure of our business due to many factors, such as the necessity of a corporate restructuring, a system replacement and upgrade, a process redesign, and the integration of business acquisitions or existing business units. These changes must be managed carefully to ensure that we capture the intended benefits. The implementation process may lead to greater-than-expected operational challenges and costs, expenses, customer loss, and business disruption for us, which could adversely affect our business and our ability to gain our anticipated benefits.

We depend on key personnel and our inability to retain skilled employees may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our success depends to a large extent on the continued services of our senior management and our ability to retain skilled employees. There is intense competition for qualified management and skilled employees, and our failure to recruit, train and retain such employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, in order to implement and manage our businesses and operating strategies effectively, we must sustain a high level of efficiency and performance and maintain content quality, we must continually enhance our operational and management systems, and continue to effectively attract, train, motivate and manage our employees. If we are not successful in these efforts, it may have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.

Our Media segment faces substantial competition for advertising and circulation revenues/audience.

Advertising revenue is the primary source of revenue for our Media segment. Our revenues and operating results in these businesses depend on the relative strength of the economy in our principal markets, as well as the strength or weakness of local, regional and national economic factors. These economic factors affect the levels of retail and national advertising revenue of our media properties. Since a significant portion of our advertising revenue is derived from retail and automotive sector advertisers, weakness in these sectors and in the real estate industry has had, and may continue to have, an adverse impact on the revenues and results of operations of our Media segment. Continuing or deepening softness in the Canadian or U.S. economy could further adversely affect key national advertising revenues.

Advertising revenues for our Media segment are also driven by readership and circulation levels, as well as by market demographics, price, service and advertiser results. Readership and circulation levels tend to be based on the content of the newspaper or magazine, service, availability and price. A prolonged decline in readership and circulation levels in our newspaper and magazine businesses and lack of audience acceptance of our content would have a material effect on the rate and volume of our newspaper and magazine advertising revenues (as rates reflect circulation and readership, among other factors), and could also affect our ability to institute circulation price increases for our print products, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.

The newspaper and magazine industry is experiencing structural changes, including the growing availability of free access to media, shifting readership habits, digital transferability, the advent of real-time information and secular changes in the advertising industry as well as the declining frequency of regular newspaper and magazine buying, particularly among young people, who increasingly rely on non-traditional media as a source for news and information. As a result, competition for advertising spend and circulation revenues comes not only from other newspapers and traditional media, but also from digital media technologies, which have introduced a wide variety of media distribution platforms (including, most significantly, the Internet and distribution over wireless devices and e-readers) for readers and advertisers.

While we continue to pursue initiatives to offer value-added advertising solutions to our advertisers and to maintain our circulation base, such as investments in the re-design and overhaul of our newspaper and magazine websites and the publication of e-editions of a number of our newspapers and magazines, we may not be successful in retaining our historical share of advertising revenues or in transferring our audience to our new digital products. The ability of our Media segment to grow and succeed over the long-term depends on various factors, including our ability to attract advertisers and readers (including subscribers) to our online sites. Our new initiatives developed to generate additional revenues from our websites (such as digital platform advertising and/or our paywall revenue model) may not be accepted by users and consequently, may negatively affect online traffic. In addition, we can provide no assurance that we will be able to recover the costs associated with the implementation of these initiatives through increased circulation, advertising and digital revenues.

 

9


Table of Contents

In broadcasting, the proliferation of television channels, progress in mobile and wireless technology, the migration of television audiences to the Internet and the viewing public’s increased control over the manner, content and timing of their media consumption through personal video recording devices, have all contributed to the fragmentation of the television viewing audience and to a more challenging advertising sales environment. For example, the increased availability of personal video recording devices and video programming on the Internet, as well as the increased access to various media through mobile devices, may each have the potential to reduce the viewing of our content through traditional distribution outlets. Some of these new technologies also give consumers greater flexibility to watch programming on a time-delayed or on-demand basis, or to fast-forward or skip advertisements within our programming, which may adversely impact the advertising revenues we receive. Delayed viewing and advertisement skipping have the potential to become more common as the penetration of personal video recording devices increases and content becomes increasingly available via Internet sources. If the broadcasting market continues to fragment, our audience share levels and our advertising revenues, results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

Our financial performance could be materially adversely affected if we cannot continue to distribute a wide range of television programming on commercially reasonable terms.

The financial performance of our cable and mobile services depends in large part on our ability to distribute on our platforms a wide range of appealing, conveniently-scheduled television programming at reasonable rates. We obtain television programming rights from suppliers pursuant to programming contracts. In recent years, these suppliers have become vertically integrated and are now more limited in number. The quality and amount of television programming we offer affect the attractiveness of our services to customers and, accordingly, the rates we can charge for these services. We may be unable to maintain key programming contracts at commercially reasonable rates for television programming. Loss of programming contracts, our inability to obtain programming at reasonable rates or our inability to pass-through rate increases to our customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In addition, our ability to attract and retain cable customers depends, to a certain extent, on our capacity to offer quality content, HD and UHD programming, an appealing variety of programming choices and packages, as well as multiplatform distribution and on-demand content, at competitive prices. If the number of specialty channels being offered does not increase at the level and pace comparable to our competitors, if the content offered on such channels does not receive audience acceptance, or if we are unable to offer multiplatform availability, HD and UHD programming and on-demand content for capacity reasons, among others, this may have a negative impact on revenues from our cable operations.

The multiplicity of foreign and deregulated content providers (often global players on the Internet) puts pressure on the viability of our current business model for television distribution. Substantial capital expenditures on our infrastructure and on our research and development may be required to remain competitive.

We may be adversely affected by variations in our costs, quality and variety of our television programming.

The most significant expenses in television broadcasting are programming and production costs. Increased competition in the television broadcasting industry, developments affecting producers and distributors of programming content, the vertical integration of distributors and broadcasters, introduction from various OTT providers of original and exclusive programming, changes in viewer preferences and other developments could impact both the availability and the costs of programming content, as well as the costs of production. Future increases or volatility in programming and production costs could adversely affect our operating results. Developments in cable, satellite or other forms of distribution could also affect both the availability and the cost of programming and production and increase competition for advertising expenditures. As well, the value of royalties payable pursuant to the Copyright Act (Canada) (the “ Copyright Act ”) are frequently decided by the Copyright Board of Canada (the “ Copyright Board ”) during or even after the applicable period, which can cause retroactive increases in content costs.

 

10


Table of Contents

The launch of new specialty services may not be as profitable as anticipated.

We are investing in the launch of new specialty services in our broadcasting operations. During the period immediately following the launch of a new specialty service, subscription revenues are always relatively modest, while initial operating expenses may prove more substantial. Furthermore, although we believe in the potential associated with this strategy, there is a possibility that the anticipated profitability could take several years to materialize or may never materialize.

We may be adversely affected by the loss of key customers.

Our businesses are based primarily on customer satisfaction with reliability, timeliness, quality and price and, in general, we do not have long-term or exclusive service agreements with our customers. We are unable to predict if, or when, our customers will purchase our services. There can be no assurance that the revenues generated from key customers, individually or in the aggregate, will reach or exceed historical levels in any future period, or that we will be able to develop relationships with new customers. We cannot assure that we will continue to maintain favorable relationships with these customers or that they will not be adversely affected by economic conditions.

We provide our cable television, Internet access, cable telephony and mobile telephony services through a single clustered network, which may be more vulnerable to widespread disruption.

We provide our cable television, Internet access, cable telephony and mobile telephony services through a primary headend and our analog television services through twelve additional regional headends in our single clustered network. Despite available emergency backup or replacement sites, a failure in our primary headend, including exogenous threats, such as cyberattacks, natural disasters, sabotage or terrorism, or dependence on certain external infrastructure providers (such as electric utilities), could prevent us from delivering some of our products and services throughout our network until the failure has been resolved, which may result in significant customer dissatisfaction, loss of revenues and potential civil litigation.

Cybersecurity breaches and other similar disruptions could expose us to liability, which would have an adverse effect on our business and reputation.

The ordinary course of our telecommunications and data-storage businesses involves the receipt, collection, storage and transmission of sensitive data, including our proprietary business information and that of our customers, and personally identifiable information of our customers and employees, whether in our data centres, systems, infrastructure, networks and processes, including those of our suppliers. The secure processing, maintenance and transmission of this information is critical to our operations and business strategy.

Although we have implemented and regularly review and update processes and procedures to protect against unauthorized access to or use of sensitive data, including data of our customers, and to prevent data loss, and, although ever-evolving cyber-threats require us to continually evaluate and adapt our data centres, systems, infrastructure, networks and processes, we cannot assure that our data centres, systems, infrastructure, networks and processes, as well as those of our suppliers, will be adequate to safeguard against all information security access by third-parties or errors by employees or by third party suppliers. If we are subject to a significant cyber-attack or breach, unauthorized access, errors of third-party suppliers or other security breaches, we may incur significant costs, be subject to investigations, sanctions and litigation, including under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, and we may suffer damage to our business, competitive position and reputation.

In addition, the preventive actions we take to reduce the risks associated with cyber-attacks, including protection of our data centres, systems, infrastructure, networks and processes as well as efforts to improve the overall governance over information security and the controls within our IT systems, may be insufficient to repel or mitigate the effects of a major cyber-attack in the future.

 

11


Table of Contents

We store and process increasingly large amounts of personally identifiable data of our clients, employees or our business partners, and the improper use or disclosure of such data would have an adverse effect on our business and reputation.

We store and process increasingly large amounts of personally identifiable information of our clients, employees or our business partners. We face risks inherent in protecting the security of such personal data. In particular, we face a number of challenges in protecting the data in and hosted on our systems, or those belonging to our suppliers, including from advertent or inadvertent actions or inactions by our employees, as well as in relation to compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations relating to the collection, use, disclosure and security of personal information, including any requests from regulatory and government authorities relating to such data. Although we have developed systems, processes and security controls that are designed to protect personally identifiable information of our clients, employees or our business partners, we may be unable to prevent the improper disclosure, loss, misappropriation of, unauthorized access to, or other security breach relating to such data that we store or process or that our suppliers store or process. As a result, we may incur significant costs, be subject to investigations, sanctions and litigation, including under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, and we may suffer damage to our business, competitive position and reputation.

We are dependent upon our information technology systems and those of certain third-parties. The inability to enhance our systems could have an adverse impact on our financial results and operations.

The day-to-day operation of our business is highly dependent on information technology systems, including those of certain third-party suppliers. An inability to maintain and enhance our existing information technology systems or obtain new systems to accommodate additional customer growth or to support new products and services could have an adverse impact on our ability to acquire new subscribers, retain existing customers, produce accurate and timely billing, generate revenue growth and manage operating expenses, all of which could adversely impact our financial results and position.

Malicious and abusive Internet practices could impair our cable data and mobile data services as well as our fibre-optic connectivity business.

Our cable data, mobile data and fibre-optic connectivity business customers utilize our network to access the Internet and, as a consequence, we or they may become a victim of common malicious and abusive Internet activities, such as unsolicited mass advertising (or spam) and dissemination of viruses, worms and other destructive or disruptive software. These activities could have adverse consequences on our network and our customers, including deterioration of service, excessive call volume to call centers, and damage to our customers’ equipment and data or ours. Significant incidents could lead to customer dissatisfaction and, ultimately, to a loss of customers or revenues, in addition to increased costs to service our customers and protect our network. Any significant loss of cable data, mobile data or fibre-optic connectivity business customers, or a significant increase in the costs of serving those customers, could adversely affect our reputation, business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to protect our services from piracy, which may have an adverse effect on our customer base and lead to a possible decline in revenues.

In our cable television, Internet access, OTT and telephony business, we may not be able to protect our services and data from piracy. We may be unable to prevent electronic attacks to gain unauthorized access to our network, analog and digital programming, and our Internet access services. We use encryption technology to protect our cable signals and OTT from unauthorized access and to control programming access based on subscription packages. We may not be able to develop or acquire adequate technology to prevent unauthorized access to our network, programming and data, which may have an adverse effect on our customer base and lead to a possible decline in our revenues, as well as to significant remediation costs and legal claims.

We depend on third-party suppliers and providers for services, hardware, equipment, information and other items critical to our operations.

We depend on third-party suppliers and providers for certain services, hardware and equipment that are critical to our operations and network evolution. These materials and services include set-top boxes, mobile telephony handsets and

 

12


Table of Contents

network equipment, cable and telephony modems, servers and routers, fibre-optic cable, telephony switches, inter-city links, support structures, software, the “backbone” telecommunications network for our Internet access and telephony services, and construction services for the expansion of and upgrades to our cable and mobile networks. These services and equipment are available from a limited number of suppliers and therefore we face the risks of supplier disruption, including business difficulties, restructuring or supply-chain issues. If no supplier can provide us with the equipment and services that we require or that comply with evolving Internet and telecommunications standards or that are compatible with our other equipment and software, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In addition, if we are unable to obtain critical equipment, software, services or other items on a timely basis and at an acceptable cost, our ability to offer our products and services and roll out our advanced services may be delayed, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

In addition, we obtain proprietary content critical to our operations through licensing arrangements with content providers. Some providers may seek to increase fees or impose technological requirements to protect their proprietary content. If we are unable to renegotiate commercially acceptable arrangements with these content providers, comply with their technological requirements or find alternative sources of equivalent content, our operations may be adversely affected.

We may be adversely affected by litigation and other claims.

In the normal course of business, we are involved in various legal proceedings and other claims relating to the conduct of our business, including class actions. Although, in the opinion of our management, the outcome of current pending claims and other litigation is not expected to have a material adverse effect on our reputation, results of operations, liquidity or financial position, a negative outcome in respect of any such claim or litigation could have a said adverse effect. Moreover, the cost of defending against lawsuits and the diversion of management’s attention could be significant. See also “Item 8. Financial Information – Legal Proceedings” in this annual report.

We may be adversely affected by strikes and other labour protests.

At December 31, 2016, 54% of our employees were represented by collective bargaining agreements. Through our subsidiaries, we are currently party to 31 collective bargaining agreements. We are not currently subject to any labour dispute. Nevertheless, we can neither predict the outcome of current or future negotiations relating to labour disputes, union representation or renewal of collective bargaining agreements, nor guarantee that we will not experience future work stoppages, strikes or other forms of labour protests pending the outcome of any current or future negotiations. If our unionized workers engage in a strike or any other form of work stoppage, we could experience a significant disruption to our operations, damage to our property and/or interruption to our services, which could adversely affect our business, assets, financial position, results of operations and reputation. Even if we do not experience strikes or other forms of labour protests, the outcome of labour negotiations could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Such could be the case if current or future labour negotiations or contracts were to further restrict our ability to maximize the efficiency of our operations. In addition, our ability to make short-term adjustments to control compensation and benefit costs is limited by the terms of our collective bargaining agreements.

Our defined benefit pension plans are currently underfunded and our pension funding requirements could increase significantly due to a reduction in funded status as a result of a variety of factors.

The economic cycles, employee demographics and changes in regulations could have a negative impact on the funding of our defined benefit pension plans and related expenditures. There is no guarantee that the expenditures and contributions required to fund these pension plans will not increase in the future and therefore negatively impact our operating results and financial position. Risks related to the funding of defined benefit plans may materialize if total obligations with respect to a pension plan exceed the total value of its trust assets. Shortfalls may arise due to lower-than-expected returns on investments, changes in the assumptions used to assess the pension plan’s obligations, and actuarial losses.

We may be adversely affected by exchange rate fluctuations.

Most of our revenues and expenses are denominated in Canadian dollars. However, certain expenditures, such as the purchase of set-top boxes and cable modems, certain mobile devices and certain capital expenditures, including certain costs related to the development and maintenance of our mobile network, are paid in U.S. dollars. Those costs are partially hedged hence a significant increase in the U.S. dollar could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

13


Table of Contents

Also, a substantial portion of our debt is denominated in U.S. dollars, and interest, principal and premium, if any, are payable in U.S. dollars. For the purposes of financial reporting, any change in the value of the Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar during a given financial reporting period would result in a foreign exchange gain or loss on the translation of any unhedged U.S. dollar-denominated debt into Canadian dollars. Consequently, our reported earnings and debt could fluctuate materially as a result of foreign-exchange gains or losses. We have entered into transactions to hedge the exchange rate risk with respect to our U.S. dollar-denominated debt outstanding at December 31, 2016, and we intend in the future to enter into such transactions for new U.S. dollar-denominated debt. These hedging transactions could, in certain circumstances, prove economically ineffective and may not be successful in protecting us against exchange rate fluctuations, or we may in the future be required to provide cash and other collateral in order to secure our obligations with respect to such hedging transactions, or we may in the future be unable to enter into such transactions on favorable terms, or at all.

In addition, certain cross-currency interest rate swaps entered into by us and our subsidiaries include an option that allows each party to unwind the transaction on a specific date at the then settlement amount.

The fair value of the derivative financial instruments we are party to is estimated using period-end market rates and reflects the amount we would receive or pay if the instruments were terminated and settled at those dates, as adjusted for counterparties’ non-performance risk. At December 31, 2016, the net aggregate fair value of our cross-currency interest rate swaps and foreign-exchange forward contracts was in a net asset position of $808.7  million on a consolidated basis. See also “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” of this annual report.

Some of our suppliers source their products out of the U.S., therefore, although we pay those suppliers in Canadian dollars, the prices we pay for such commodities or products may be affected by fluctuations in the exchange rate. We may in the future enter into transactions to hedge our exposure to the exchange rate risk related to the prices of some of those commodities or products. However, fluctuations to the exchange rate for our purchases that are not hedged could affect the prices we pay for such purchases and could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

The volatility and disruptions in the capital and credit markets could adversely affect our business, including the cost of new capital, our ability to refinance our scheduled debt maturities and meet our other obligations as they become due.

The capital and credit markets have experienced significant volatility and disruption in the past, resulting in periods of upward pressure on the cost of new debt capital and severe restrictions in credit availability for many companies. In such periods, the disruptions and volatility in the capital and credit markets have also resulted in higher interest rates or greater credit spreads on the issuance of debt securities and increased costs under credit facilities. Disruptions and volatility in the capital and credit markets could increase our interest expense, thereby adversely affecting our results of operations and financial position.

Our access to funds under our existing credit facilities is dependent on the ability of the financial institutions that are parties to those facilities to meet their funding commitments. Those financial institutions may not be able to meet their funding commitments if they experience shortages of capital and liquidity, or if they experience excessive volumes of borrowing requests within a short period of time. Moreover, the obligations of the financial institutions under our credit facilities are several and not joint and, as a result, a funding default by one or more institutions does not need to be made up by the others.

Extended periods of volatility and disruptions in the capital and credit markets as a result of uncertainty, ongoing changes in or increased regulation of financial institutions, reduced financing alternatives or failures of significant financial institutions could adversely affect our access to the liquidity and affordability of funding needed for our businesses in the longer term. Such disruptions could require us to take measures to conserve cash until markets stabilize or until alternative credit arrangements or other funding for our business needs can be arranged. Market disruptions and broader economic challenges may lead to lower demand for certain of our products and increased incidences of customer inability to pay or timely pay for the services or products that we provide. Events such as these could adversely impact our results of operations, cash flows, financial position and prospects.

 

14


Table of Contents

A failure to adopt an ethical business conduct may adversely affect our reputation.

Any failure or perceived failure to adhere to our policies, the law or ethical business practices could significantly affect our reputation and brands and could therefore negatively impact our financial performance. Our framework for managing ethical business conduct includes the adoption of a Code of Ethics which our directors and employees are required to acknowledge and agree to on a regular basis and, as part of an independent audit and security function, maintenance of a whistle-blowing hotline. There can be no assurance that these measures will be effective to prevent violations or perceived violations of law or ethical business practices.

Subject to the realization of various conditions and factors, we may have to record, in the future, asset impairment charges, which could be material and could adversely affect our future reported results of operations and equity.

We have recorded in the past asset impairment charges which, in some cases, have been material. Subject to the realization of various factors, including, but not limited to, weak economic or market conditions, we may be required to record in the future, in accordance with IFRS accounting valuation principles, additional non-cash impairment charges if the carrying value of an asset in our financial statements is in excess of its recoverable value. Any such asset impairment charge could be material and may adversely affect our future reported results of operations and equity, although such charges would not affect our cash flow.

We undertake acquisitions, dispositions, business combinations, or joint ventures from time to time which may involve significant risks and uncertainties.

From time to time, we engage in discussions and activities with respect to possible acquisitions, dispositions, business combinations, or joint ventures intended to complement or expand our business, some of which may be significant transactions for us and involve significant risks and uncertainties. We may not realize the anticipated benefit from any of the transactions we pursue, and may have difficulty incorporating or integrating any acquired business. Regardless of whether we consummate any such transaction, the negotiation of a potential transaction (including associated litigation), as well as the integration of any acquired business, could require us to incur significant costs and cause diversion of management’s time and resources and disrupt our business operations. We could face several challenges in the consolidation and integration of information technology, accounting systems, personnel and operations.

If we determine to sell individual properties or other assets or businesses, we will benefit from the net proceeds realized from such sales. However, our revenues may suffer in the long term due to the disposition of a revenue generating asset, or the timing of such dispositions may be poor, causing us to fail to realize the full value of the disposed asset, all of which may diminish our ability to repay our indebtedness at maturity.

Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results, liquidity, and prospects.

The competition for retail locations and the consolidation of independent retailers may adversely affect the customer reach of our telecommunications business’ sale network.

The competition to offer products in the best available retail commercial spaces is fierce in the telecommunications business. Some of our telecommunications business’ competitors have pursued a strategy of selling their products through independent retailers to extend their presence on the market and some of our competitors have also acquired certain independent retailers and created new distribution networks. This could result in limiting the customer reach of our retail network and may contribute to isolate us from our competitors, which could have an adverse effect on our business, prospects and results of operations.

Risks Relating to Regulation

We are subject to extensive government regulation and policy-making. Changes in government regulation or policies could adversely affect our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

Our operations are subject to extensive government regulation and policy-making in Canada. Laws and regulations govern the issuance, amendment, renewal, transfer, suspension, revocation and ownership of broadcast

 

15


Table of Contents

programming and distribution licenses. With respect to distribution, regulations govern, among other things, the distribution of Canadian and non-Canadian programming services and the maximum fees to be charged to the public in certain circumstances. Although the federal government eliminated the foreign ownership restrictions on telecommunications companies with less than 10 percent of total Canadian telecommunications market revenues, there are significant restrictions on the ability of non-Canadian entities to own or control broadcasting licenses and telecommunications carriers in Canada. Our broadcasting distribution and telecommunications operations (including Internet access service) are regulated respectively by the Broadcasting Act (Canada) (the “ Broadcasting Act ”) and the Telecommunications Act and regulations thereunder. The CRTC, which administers the Broadcasting Act and the Telecommunications Act, has the power to grant, amend, suspend, revoke and renew broadcasting licenses, approve certain changes in corporate ownership and control, and make regulations and policies in accordance with the Broadcasting Act and the Telecommunications Act, subject to certain directions from the federal cabinet. For instance, the CRTC introduced recently some form of rate regulation following its commonly referred to as “Lets talk TV” public consultation on television broadcasting and distribution. Consequently, we must offer a reduced basic service at $25 since March 1, 2016 and offer all specialty services “à la carte”, since December 1, 2016. Moreover, the CRTC adopted a Wireless Code which regulates numerous aspects of the provision of retail wireless services and, coming into effect September 1, 2017, a new Television Service Provider Code which will regulate numerous aspects of the provisions of retail television services. Our wireless and cable operations are also subject to technical requirements, license conditions and performance standards under the Radiocommunication Act (Canada) (the “ Radiocommunication Act ”), which is administered by ISED.

In addition, laws relating to communications, data protection, e-commerce, direct marketing and digital advertising and the use of public records have become more prevalent in recent years. Existing and proposed legislation and regulations, including changes in the manner in which such legislation and regulations are interpreted by courts in Canada, the United States and other jurisdictions may impose limits on our collection and use of certain kinds of information. Furthermore, the CRTC and ISED have the power to impose monetary sanctions for failure to comply with current regulations. For a more extensive description of the regulatory environment affecting our business, see “Item 4. Information on the Corporation – Regulation”.

Changes to the laws, regulations and policies governing our operations, the introduction of new laws, regulations, policies or terms of license, the issuance of new licenses, including additional spectrum licenses to our competitors or changes in the treatment of the tax deductibility of advertising expenditures could have an impact on our customer buying practices and/or a material adverse effect on our business (including how we provide products and services), financial condition, prospects and results of operations. In addition, we may incur increased costs in order to comply with existing and newly adopted laws and regulations or penalties for any failure to comply. It is difficult to predict in what form laws and regulations will be adopted or how they will be construed by the relevant courts or the extent to which any changes might adversely affect us.

We may be adversely affected if we do not qualify for government programs or if such programs do not constitute sufficient incentives to producers.

We take advantage of several government programs designed to support production and distribution of televisual and cinematographic products and magazine publishing in Canada, including federal and provincial refundable tax credits. There can be no assurance that the local cultural incentive programs which we may access in Canada will continue to be available in the future or will not be reduced, amended or eliminated. Any future reductions or other changes in the policies or rules of application in Canada or in any of its provinces in connection with these government incentive programs, including any change in the Québec or the federal programs providing for refundable tax credits, could increase the cost of acquiring and producing Canadian programs which are required to be broadcast and which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Canadian content programming is also subject to certification by various agencies of the federal government. If programming fails to so qualify, we would not be able to use the programs to meet Canadian content programming obligations and might not qualify for certain Canadian tax credits and government incentives.

To ensure that we maintain minimum levels of Canadian ownership under the Broadcasting Act and other legislation under which it derives the benefit of tax credits and industry incentives, we have placed constraints on the issuance and transfer of the shares of certain of our subsidiaries.

 

16


Table of Contents

In addition, the Canadian and provincial governments currently provide grants and incentives to attract foreign producers and support domestic film and television production. Many of the major studios and other key customers of our Film Production & Audiovisual Services Business (as defined in this annual report), as well as content producers for our television broadcasting and production operations, finance a portion of their production budgets through Canadian government incentive programs, including federal and provincial tax credits. There can be no assurance that the government grants and incentive programs presently being offered to participants in the film and television production industry will continue at their present levels or at all. If such grants or incentives are reduced or discontinued, the level of activity in the motion picture and television industries may be reduced, as a result of which our results of operations and financial condition might be adversely affected.

The successful tax credit model of Québec and other provinces in Canada has been copied by other jurisdictions around the world, including by many states in the United States of America. Some producers may select locations other than Québec to take advantage of tax credit programs they may conclude to be more or as attractive as those Québec offers. Other factors, such as director or star preference, may also have the effect of productions being shot in a location other than Québec and may therefore have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

ISED may not renew Videotron’s mobile spectrum licenses on acceptable terms, or at all.

Videotron’s AWS-1 licenses were issued in December 2008 for a 10-year term. AWS-1 license renewal, including whether license fees should apply for a subsequent license term, will be the subject of a public consultation process expected to be initiated in the coming months.

Videotron’s other spectrum licenses, including in the AWS-3, 700MHz and 2500MHz bands, are issued for 20-year terms from their respective dates of issuance. At the end of those respective terms, applications may be made for new licenses for a subsequent term through a renewal process, unless a breach of license condition by Videotron has occurred, a fundamental reallocation of spectrum to a new service is required, or in the event that an overriding policy need arises. The process for issuing or renewing licenses, including the terms and conditions of the new licenses and whether license fees should apply for a subsequent license term, are expected to be determined by ISED following public consultations.

If, at the end of their respective term, our licenses are not renewed on acceptable terms, or at all, our ability to continue to offer our wireless services, or to offer new services, may be negatively impacted and, consequently, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects, and results of operations.

We are required to provide third-party ISPs with access to our cable systems, which may result in increased competition.

The largest cable operators in Canada, including Videotron, have been required by the CRTC to provide third-party ISPs with access to their cable systems at mandated cost-based rates. Several third-party ISPs are interconnected to our cable network and are thereby providing retail Internet access services.

In a decision issued on July 22, 2015, the CRTC ordered substantial changes to the framework for the provision of wholesale services to third-party ISPs. The provision of aggregated services will no longer be mandated and will be phased out in conjunction with the implementation of a new mandatory disaggregated service which will involve third-party ISPs provisioning their own regional transport services. This disaggregated service will also include, for the first time, mandated access to high-speed services provided over fibre-access facilities, including the fibre-access facilities of the large incumbent telephone companies. A tariff proceeding is under way to set the rates for this new disaggregated wholesale service. In parallel, on October 6, 2016, the CRTC ordered a significant interim reduction to the tariff rates for the existing aggregated wholesale service. A second tariff proceeding is under way to set revised final rates for the aggregated service while work moves forward on implementing the disaggregated service. As a result of these proceedings, we may experience increased competition for retail cable Internet and telephony customers. In addition, because our third-party Internet access rates are regulated by the CRTC, we could be limited in our ability to recover our costs associated with providing this access.

 

17


Table of Contents

We are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations.

We are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations. Some of our facilities are subject to federal, provincial, state and municipal laws and regulations concerning, for example, emissions to the air, water and sewer discharge, the handling and disposal of hazardous materials and waste, recycling, soil remediation of contaminated sites, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment. In addition, laws and regulations relating to workplace safety and worker health, which, among other things, regulate employee exposure to hazardous substances in the workplace, also govern our operations. Failure to comply with present or future laws or regulations could result in substantial liability for us.

Environmental laws and regulations and their interpretation have changed rapidly in recent years and may continue to do so in the future. For instance, most Canadian provinces have recently implemented Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) regulations in order to encourage sustainability practices such as the “Ecological recovery and reclamation of electronic products”, which sets certain recovery targets and which may require us to monitor and adjust our practices in the future.

Our properties, as well as areas surrounding those properties, particularly those in areas of long-term industrial use, may have had historic uses, or may have current uses, in the case of surrounding properties, which may affect our properties and require further study or remedial measures. We cannot provide assurance that all environmental liabilities have been determined, that any prior owner of our properties did not create a material environmental condition not known to us, that a material environmental condition does not otherwise exist on any of our properties, or that expenditure will not be required to deal with known or unknown contamination.

We own, through one of our subsidiaries, certain studios and vacant lots, some of which are located on a former landfill, with the presence of gas-emitting waste. As a result, the operation and ownership of these studios and vacant lots carries an inherent risk of environmental and health and safety liabilities for personal injuries, property damage, release of hazardous materials, remediation and clean-up costs and other environmental damages (including potential civil actions, compliance or remediation orders, fines and other penalties), and may result in being involved from time to time in administrative and judicial proceedings relating to such matters, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Concerns about alleged health risks relating to radiofrequency emissions may adversely affect our business.

All our cell sites comply with applicable laws and we rely on our suppliers to ensure that the network equipment and customer equipment supplied to us meets all applicable regulatory and safety requirements. Nevertheless, some studies have alleged links between radiofrequency emissions from certain wireless devices and cell sites and various health problems, or possible interference with electronic medical devices, including hearing aids and pacemakers. There is no definitive evidence of harmful effects from exposure to radiofrequency emissions when the limits imposed by applicable laws and regulations are complied with. Additional studies of radiofrequency emissions are ongoing and there is no certainty as to the results of any such future studies.

The current concerns over radiofrequency emissions or perceived health risks of exposure to radiofrequency emissions could lead to additional governmental regulation, diminished use of wireless services, including Videotron’s, or product liability lawsuits that might arise or have arisen. Any of these could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, revenues, financial condition and results of operations. Videotron is currently a defendant, along with all other major wireless providers in Québec, in an authorization demand for a class action on this particular concern.

Risks Relating to our Senior Notes and our Capital Structure

Our indebtedness and significant interest payment requirements could adversely affect our financial condition and therefore make it more difficult for us to fulfill our obligations, including our obligations under our Senior Notes.

We currently have a substantial amount of debt and significant interest payment requirements. As at December 31, 2016, we had $ 5.66 billion of consolidated long-term debt (long-term debt plus bank indebtedness). Our indebtedness could have significant consequences, including the following:

 

   

increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

18


Table of Contents
   

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to making interest and principal payments on our indebtedness, reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund capital expenditures, working capital and other general corporate purposes;

 

   

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our businesses and the industries in which we operate;

 

   

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt or greater financial resources; and

 

   

limit, along with the financial and other restrictive covenants in our indebtedness, our ability to, among other things, borrow additional funds on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

Although we have significant indebtedness, as at December 31, 2016, we had approximately $1.21  billion available for additional borrowings under our existing credit facilities on a consolidated basis, and the indentures governing our outstanding Senior Notes would permit us to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. If we or our subsidiaries incur additional debt, the risks we now face as a result of our leverage could intensify. For more information regarding our long-term debt and its maturities, refer to Note 19 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016 included under “Item 18. Financial Statements” of this annual report. See also the risk factor “— Restrictive covenants in our outstanding debt instruments may reduce our operating and financial flexibility, which may prevent us from capitalizing on certain business opportunities.”

Restrictive covenants in our outstanding debt instruments may reduce our operating and financial flexibility, which may prevent us from capitalizing on certain business opportunities.

Our credit facilities and the respective indentures governing our Senior Notes contain a number of operating and financial covenants restricting our ability to, among other things:

 

   

borrow money or sell preferred stock;

 

   

create liens;

 

   

pay dividends on or redeem or repurchase our stock;

 

   

make certain types of investments;

 

   

restrict dividends or other payments from certain of our subsidiaries;

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

   

issue guarantees of debt; and

 

   

sell assets or merge with other companies.

If we are unable to comply with these covenants and are unable to obtain waivers from our creditors, we would be unable to make additional borrowings under our credit facilities, our indebtedness under these agreements would be in default and that could, if not cured or waived, result in an acceleration of such indebtedness and cause cross-defaults under our other debt, including our Senior Notes. If our indebtedness is accelerated, we may not be able to repay our indebtedness or borrow sufficient funds to refinance it, and any such prepayment or refinancing could adversely affect our financial condition. In addition, if we incur additional debt in the future or refinance existing debt, we may be subject to additional covenants, which may be more restrictive than those to which we are currently subject. Even if we are able to comply with all applicable covenants, the restrictions on our ability to manage our business in our sole discretion could adversely affect our business by, among other things, limiting our ability to take advantage of financings, mergers, acquisitions and other corporate opportunities that we believe would be beneficial to us.

 

19


Table of Contents

We are a holding corporation and depend on our subsidiaries to generate sufficient cash flow to meet our debt service obligations, including payments on our Senior Notes.

We are a holding corporation and a substantial portion of our assets is the capital stock of our subsidiaries. As a holding corporation, we conduct substantially all of our business through our subsidiaries, which generate substantially all of our revenues. Consequently, our cash flow and ability to service our debt obligations, including our outstanding Senior Notes, are dependent on the cash flow of our existing and future subsidiaries and the distribution of this cash flow to us, or on loans, advances or other payments made by these entities to us. The ability of these entities to pay dividends or make loans, advances or payments to us will depend on their operating results and will be subject to applicable laws and contractual restrictions contained in the instruments governing their debt. Videotron has several series of debt securities outstanding and both Videotron and TVA Group have credit facilities that limit their ability to distribute cash to us. In addition, if our existing or future subsidiaries incur additional debt in the future or refinance existing debt, we may be subject to additional contractual restrictions contained in the instruments governing that debt, which may be more restrictive than those to which we are currently subject.

The ability of our subsidiaries to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to allow us to make scheduled payments on our debt obligations will depend on their future financial performance, which will be affected by a range of economic, competitive and business factors as well as structural changes, many of which are outside of our or their control. If the cash flow and earnings of our operating subsidiaries and the amount that they are able to distribute to us, as dividends or otherwise, are not sufficient for us, we may not be able to satisfy our debt obligations. If we are unable to satisfy our debt obligations, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as refinancing or restructuring our debt, selling assets, reducing or delaying capital investments, or seeking to raise additional capital. We can provide no assurance that any such alternative refinancing would be possible; that any assets could be sold, or, if sold, the timing of the sales and the amount of proceeds realized from those sales; that additional financing could be obtained on acceptable terms, if at all, or that additional financing would be permitted under the terms of our various debt instruments then in effect. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt obligations, or to refinance these obligations on commercially reasonable terms, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may be required from time to time to refinance certain of our indebtedness. Our inability to do so on favorable terms, or at all, could have a material adverse effect on us.

We may be required from time to time to refinance certain of our existing debt at or prior to maturity. Our ability and our subsidiaries’ ability to obtain additional financing to repay such existing debt at maturity will depend upon a number of factors, including prevailing market conditions, credit availability and our operating performance. There can be no assurance that any such financing will be available to us on favorable terms or at all. See also the risk factor “— The volatility and disruptions in the capital and credit markets could adversely affect our business, including the cost of new capital, our ability to refinance our scheduled debt maturities and meet our other obligations as they become due.”

There is no public market for our Senior Notes.

There is currently no established trading market for our issued and outstanding Senior Notes and we do not intend to apply for listing of any of our Senior Notes on any securities exchange or to arrange for any quotation on any automated dealer quotation systems. No assurance can be given as to the prices or liquidity of, or trading markets for, any series of our Senior Notes. The liquidity of any market for our Senior Notes will depend upon the number of holders of our Senior Notes, the interest of securities dealers in making a market in our Senior Notes, applicable regulations, prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities and other factors, including general economic conditions, our financial condition and performance and our prospects. The absence of an active market for our Senior Notes could adversely affect their market price and liquidity.

In addition, the market for non-investment grade debt has historically been subject to disruptions that have caused volatility in prices of securities. It is possible that the market for our Senior Notes will be subject to such disruptions. Any such disruptions may have a negative effect on a holder’s ability to sell our Senior Notes, regardless of our prospects and financial performance.

 

20


Table of Contents

We may not be able to finance an offer to purchase our Senior Notes in the event of a change of control as required by the respective indentures governing our Senior Notes because we may not have sufficient funds at the time of the change of control or our credit facilities may not allow the repurchases.

If we experience a change of control, as that term is defined in the respective indentures governing our Senior Notes, we may be required to make an offer to repurchase all of our Senior Notes prior to maturity. We can provide no assurance that we will have sufficient funds or be able to arrange for additional financing to repurchase our Senior Notes following such change of control. There is no sinking fund with respect to our outstanding Senior Notes.

In addition, a change of control would be an event of default under our credit facilities. Any future credit agreement or other agreements relating to our indebtedness to which we become a party may contain similar provisions. Our failure to repurchase our Senior Notes if required upon a change of control would, pursuant to the terms of the respective indentures governing our outstanding Senior Notes, constitute an event of default under such indentures. Any such default could, in turn, constitute an event of default under future indebtedness, any of which may cause the related debt to be accelerated after the expiry of any applicable notice or grace periods. If debt were to be accelerated, we may not have sufficient funds to repurchase our Senior Notes and repay the debt.

Canadian bankruptcy and insolvency laws may impair the trustees’ ability to enforce remedies under the indentures governing our Senior Notes or the Senior Notes themselves.

The rights of the trustees, who represent the holders of our Senior Notes, to enforce remedies could be delayed by the restructuring provisions of applicable Canadian federal bankruptcy, insolvency and other restructuring legislation if the benefit of such legislation is sought with respect to us. For example, both the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada) (the “ BIA ”) and the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada) (the “ CCAA ”) contain provisions enabling an insolvent person to obtain a stay of proceedings against its creditors and to file a proposal to be voted on by the various classes of its affected creditors. A restructuring proposal, if accepted by the requisite majorities of each affected class of creditors, and if approved by the relevant Canadian court, would be binding on all creditors within each affected class, including those creditors that did not vote to accept the proposal. Moreover, this legislation, in certain instances, permits the insolvent debtor to retain possession and administration of its property, subject to court oversight, even though it may be in default under the applicable debt instrument, during the period that the stay against proceedings remains in place. In addition, it may be possible in certain circumstances to restructure certain debt obligations under the corporate governing statute applicable to the debtor.

The powers of the court under the BIA, and particularly under the CCAA, have been interpreted and exercised broadly so as to protect a restructuring entity from actions taken by creditors and other parties. Accordingly, we cannot predict whether payments under our outstanding Senior Notes would be made during any proceedings in bankruptcy, insolvency or other restructuring, whether or when the trustees could exercise their respective rights under the respective indentures governing each series of our Senior Notes or whether and to what extent holders of our Senior Notes would be compensated for any delays in payment, if any, of principal, interest and costs, including the fees and disbursements of the respective trustees.

Non-U.S. holders of our Senior Notes are subject to restrictions on the transfer or resale of our Senior Notes.

Although we have registered certain series of our Senior Notes under the Securities Act, we did not, and we do not intend to, qualify our Senior Notes by prospectus in Canada, and, accordingly, the Senior Notes remain subject to restrictions on resale and transfer in Canada. In addition, non-U.S. holders remain subject to restrictions imposed by the jurisdiction in which the holder is resident.

U.S. investors in our Senior Notes may have difficulties enforcing civil liabilities.

We are incorporated under the laws of the Province of Québec. Substantially all of our directors, controlling persons and officers are residents of Canada or other jurisdictions outside the United States, and all or a substantial portion of their assets and substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States. We have agreed, in accordance with the terms of the respective indentures governing each series of our Senior Notes (other than our Canadian-dollar denominated Senior Notes), to accept service of process in any suit, action or proceeding with respect to the indentures or such Senior Notes brought in any federal or state court located in New York City by an agent designated

 

21


Table of Contents

for such purpose, and to submit to the jurisdiction of such courts in connection with such suits, actions or proceedings. However, it may be difficult for holders of our Senior Notes to effect service of process within the United States upon directors, controlling persons, officers and experts who are not residents of the United States or to enforce against us or them in the United States upon judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon civil liability under United States federal or state securities laws or other laws of the United States. In addition, there is doubt as to the enforceability in Canada of liabilities predicated solely upon United States federal or state securities laws against us or against our directors, controlling persons, officers and experts who are not residents of the United States, in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgments of courts of the United States.

Although our Senior Notes are referred to as “senior notes,” they are effectively subordinated to our secured indebtedness and structurally subordinated to the liabilities of our subsidiaries.

Our Senior Notes are unsecured and, therefore, are effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness that we may incur to the extent of the assets securing such indebtedness. In the event of a bankruptcy or similar proceeding involving us, the assets that serve as collateral for any secured indebtedness will be available to satisfy the obligations under the secured indebtedness before any payments are made on the Senior Notes. The Senior Notes are effectively subordinated to any borrowings under our credit facilities. In addition, our credit facilities and the respective indentures governing our Senior Notes permit us to incur additional secured indebtedness in the future, which could be significant.

Our subsidiaries do not guarantee the Senior Notes and have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay amounts due under the Senior Notes or to make any funds available to pay those amounts, whether by dividend, distribution, loan or other payment. Holders of Senior Notes do not have a claim as a creditor against our subsidiaries. The Senior Notes are, therefore, structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other obligations of our subsidiaries. In the event of insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding up of any such subsidiary, all of such subsidiary’s creditors (including trade creditors) would be entitled to payment in full out of such subsidiary’s assets before the holders of our Senior Notes would be entitled to any payment.

ITEM 4 — INFORMATION ON THE CORPORATION

A - History and Development of Quebecor Media

Our legal and commercial name is Quebecor Media Inc. Our registered office is located at 612 St-Jacques Street, Montréal, Québec, Canada H3C 4M8, and our telephone number is (514) 380-1999. Our corporate website may be accessed through the URL http://www.quebecor.com. The information found on our corporate website or on any other website to which we refer in this annual report does not, however, form part of this annual report and is not incorporated by reference herein. Our agent for service of process in the United States with respect to our Senior Notes (other than our Canadian-dollar denominated Senior Notes due 2021 and 2023) is CT Corporation System, 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011.

Quebecor Media was incorporated in Canada on August 8, 2000 under Part 1A of the Companies Act (Québec) (since February 14, 2011, the Business Corporations Act (Québec)).

Since December 31, 2013, we have undertaken and/or completed several business acquisitions, combinations, divestitures and business development projects and financing transactions through our direct and indirect subsidiaries, including, among others, the following:

 

   

We have continued to actively pursue the roll-out of Videotron’s mobile network. As of December 31, 2016, Videotron’s mobile telephony services covered the Province of Québec (7.6 million persons) and Eastern Ontario. During 2016, we activated 125,300 net new lines on our advanced mobile network at a pace of approximately 10,400 net new lines per month, bringing our total mobile customer base to 893,900 activated lines.

 

   

On February 16, 2017, Quebecor announced major corporate management changes. Pierre Karl Péladeau returned to the position of President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor and Quebecor Media, replacing Pierre Dion who was appointed Chairman of the Board of Quebecor Media and a director of Quebecor.

 

22


Table of Contents
   

On January 12, 2017, 4Degrees reached an agreement with Megaport (USA), Inc., a global leader in secured interconnectivity. The partnership will allow 4Degrees’ customers to link directly to the world’s largest providers of public cloud services. Customers may benefit from fast, secure, redundant access to business applications from three leading information and communications technology (ICT) providers: Microsoft Corporation (Azure, Office365, Exchange), Amazon Web Services, Inc. and Google.

 

   

On January 10, 2017, TVA Sports became the exclusive French-language broadcaster of the Montreal Impact, as well as an official broadcaster of Major League Soccer (“ MLS ”) for the next five years.

 

   

On December 2, 2016, Videotron issued a notice for the redemption of an aggregate principal amount of $175.0 million of its outstanding 6.875% Senior Notes issued on July 5, 2011 and due July 15, 2021. On January 5, 2017, the Senior Notes were redeemed at a redemption price of 103.438% of their principal amount for a cash consideration of $181.0 million.

 

   

On November 15, 2016, Videotron announced that it has begun implementing Data over Cable Service Interface Specification (“ DOCSIS ”) 3.1 technology on its network. This new-generation technology developed by the CableLabs consortium, of which Videotron is a member, may eventually deliver lightning speeds of up to 10 Gbps for downloads and up to 1 Gbps for uploads. Videotron is now deploying DOCSIS 3.1 modems on its network and adapting its equipment and working protocols to the new technology.

 

   

On November 2, 2016, the Media segment announced changes to its organizational structure aimed at balancing its cost structure and enhancing operational efficiencies. The transformation entailed a 220-position workforce reduction in the segment, including 125 positions at TVA Group, mainly managers, professionals and administrative support staff. The changes had no impact on the newsrooms or on cross-Québec news coverage. These changes will enable the Media segment to maintain its lead in news and content production and promote its flagship brands.

 

   

On October 24, 2016, TVA Group announced the launch of the new TVA.CA website and the TVA mobile app, which give users free access to TVA programs in high definition, live or on demand.

 

   

On September 20, 2016, Videotron, Ericsson Canada Inc., École de technologie supérieure and Société du Quartier de l’innovation de Montréal announced a partnership to create Canada’s first open-air smart living laboratory in order to test all aspects of new fifth-generation telecommunication technologies.

 

   

On September 13, 2016, 4Degrees officially opened its new data centre in Montréal. The $40.0 million, 46,000-square-feet facility boasts one the largest server rooms in the Province of Québec and is purpose-designed for data hosting. The Montréal and the now-expanded Québec City data centres are linked by Videotron’s fibre-optic network.

 

   

On July 13, 2016, Videotron launched its new Hybrid Fibre Giga Internet service, which offers connection speeds of up to 940 Mbps.

 

   

In June 2016, we amended our secured revolving credit facility to extend the maturity to July 2020 and Videotron amended its secured revolving credit facility and unsecured revolving credit facility to extend their maturity to July 2021. Some of the terms and conditions related to these credit facilities were also amended.

 

   

On January 7, 2016, Videotron announced the closing of a transaction whereby it acquired Fibrenoire, a company that provides businesses with fibre-optic connectivity services, for a purchase price of $125.0 million, subject to certain adjustments.

 

23


Table of Contents
   

On October 27, 2015, Videotron announced a multi-year $35.0 million expansion of the 4Degrees data hosting centre located in Québec City, which was acquired in March 2015 for cash consideration of $35.5 million. The project will add two new server rooms to the facility. 4Degrees is one of the few data centres in the Province of Québec to be Tier III certified by the Uptime Institute, an international standard that recognizes maximum reliability and operational sustainability.

 

   

On September 27, 2015, Quebecor Media closed the sale of Archambault Group Inc.’s retail operations to Groupe Renaud-Bray inc., which transaction includes fourteen Archambault stores, the archambault.ca website, and the English-language Paragraphe Bookstore, for cash consideration of $14.5 million.

 

   

On September 15, 2015, Videotron issued $375.0 million aggregate principal amount of 5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes, maturing on January 15, 2026, for net proceeds of $370.1 million (net of financing expenses). The proceeds of this offering were used to (i) partially repay the amounts outstanding under Videotron’s senior credit facilities, and (ii) pay transaction fees and expenses.

 

   

On September 9, 2015, Quebecor Media repurchased for cancellation 7,268,324 common shares of its capital stock held by Capital CDPQ, a subsidiary of CDPQ, for cash consideration of $500 million (the “ Capital CDPQ Transaction ”). Following the Capital CDPQ Transaction, Quebecor’s interest in Quebecor Media increased from 75.36% to 81.07% and Capital CDPQ’s interest decreased from 24.64% to 18.93%.

 

   

On September 8, 2015, the new multipurpose arena located in Québec City (now officially known as the Videotron Centre, the “ Videotron Centre ”) officially opened. It is home to the Remparts de Québec and hosts a variety of events and shows featuring local and international artists.

 

   

On July 16, 2015, Videotron redeemed and retired (i) the entire principal amount outstanding of its 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes issued on April 15, 2008, and due April 15, 2018, representing an aggregate principal amount of US$75.0 million, and unwound the related hedges in an asset position, and (ii) the entire principal amount outstanding of its 7  1 / 8 % Senior Notes issued on January 13, 2010, and due January 15, 2020, representing an aggregate principal amount of $300.0 million.

 

   

On June 16, 2015, Videotron amended its senior credit facilities to (i) increase the amount available under its secured revolving credit facility from $575.0 million to $615.0 million, (ii) extend the maturity of its secured revolving credit facility from July 19, 2018 to July 20, 2020, and (iii) create a new $350.0 million unsecured revolving credit facility maturing on July 20, 2020.

 

   

On May 12, 2015, the predecessor to ISED announced that Videotron was the successful bidder for eighteen 20 MHz licenses in its 2500 MHz spectrum auction. The operating licenses, acquired for $187.0 million, cover all of the Province of Québec and the largest urban centres in other provinces of Canada, namely Toronto, Ottawa, Calgary, Edmonton and Vancouver, for a total covered population of more than 21 million, representing approximatively 65% of Canada’s population.

 

   

On April 13, 2015, Quebecor Media closed the sale of more than 170 English-language newspapers and publications to Postmedia Network Canada Corporation, which transaction includes the Sun chain of dailies, namely the Ottawa Sun, Toronto Sun, Winnipeg Sun, Edmonton Sun and Calgary Sun, as well as The London Free Press, the 24 Hours dailies in Toronto and Vancouver, and community dailies and weeklies, buyers’ guides and specialty publications as well as the Canoe portal’s English-Canadian operations and eight printing plants, including the Islington (Ontario) plant, for cash consideration of $305.5 million (the “ Postmedia Transaction ”). Our French-language newspapers and publications, including Le Journal de Montréal , Le Journal de Québec and the 24 Heures (Montréal), are not included in the Postmedia Transaction.

 

   

On April 12, 2015, TVA Group closed the acquisition of 14 magazines, including some magazines owned and operated in partnership, three websites and certain custom publishing contracts owned by TC Transcontinental for cash consideration of $55.5 million.

 

24


Table of Contents
   

On April 10, 2015, Videotron redeemed and retired the entire principal amount outstanding of its 6  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due December 15, 2015, representing an aggregate principal amount of US$175.0 million, and unwound the related hedges in an asset position.

 

   

On April 2, 2015, Quebecor Media announced a strategic partnership with AEG Facilities, the world leader in venue operations, for comprehensive venue operations and programming services for the Videotron Centre, including event programming, purchasing, vendor management services and event-day operations, as well as support on booking opportunities for events, shows and tours.

 

   

On March 20, 2015, TVA Group completed a rights offering (the “ TVA Rights Offering ”) pursuant to which it received net proceeds of approximately $110.0 million from the issuance of 19,434,629 Class B shares, non-voting, participating, without par value, of TVA Group (“ TVA Group Class  B Shares ”). In connection with the TVA Rights Offering, Quebecor Media subscribed for 17,300,259 additional TVA Group Class B Shares at a total cost of $97.9 million.

 

   

On March 6, 2015, the predecessor to ISED announced that Videotron was the successful bidder for four 30 MHz licenses in its AWS-3 commercial mobile spectrum auction. Videotron obtained the 30 MHz licenses for Eastern Québec, Southern Québec, Northern Québec and Eastern Ontario / Outaouais, covering 100% of the population of the Province of Québec and the Ottawa region, for a total price of $31.8 million.

 

   

On February 12, 2015, Quebecor Media announced the entering into of a 10-year agreement with Société de transport de Lévis pursuant to which we will install, maintain, manage and advertise on Société de transport de Lévis ’ transit and bus shelters. On July 23, 2014, Quebecor Media announced the entering into of a 20-year agreement with Société de transport de Laval which began on August 1, 2014, pursuant to which we will install, maintain, manage and advertise on Société de transport de Laval ’s bus shelters. This followed Quebecor Media’s selection on June 21, 2012, following an invitation to tender, to install, maintain and manage the advertising on Société de transport de Montréal (STM) bus shelters for the next 20 years.

 

   

On February 3, 2015, Quebecor Media announced a strategic partnership for the operation of the Videotron Centre with (i) Live Nation Entertainment, including two of its main divisions, namely Live Nation Concerts, the global market leader in concert production, and the Ticketmaster ticketing service, which operates in the Province of Québec under the name “Admission”, and (ii) Levy Restaurants, with an emphasis on building a world class culinary experience with a local food and beverage program.

 

   

On December 30, 2014, TVA Group closed its acquisition of substantially all of the assets of A.R. Global Vision Ltd. (the “ VG Acquisition ”), which assets are now operated by Mels Studios and Postproduction G.P. and are used in carrying on a business operating a high end spectrum of services for the film and television industries. For the VG Acquisition, TVA Group paid cash consideration of $116.1 million.

 

   

On November 27, 2014, we acquired a Québec Major Junior Hockey League (“ QMJHL ”) franchise, the Remparts de Québec .

 

   

On November 3, 2014, TVA Group amended its bank credit facilities to (i) increase the amount available under its revolving facility from $100.0 million to $150.0 million, (ii) extend the maturity of its revolving credit facility from February 2017 to February 2019 and (iii) create a new $75.0 million term facility maturing November 3, 2019 to replace its previous term facility at its maturity on December 11, 2014.

 

   

On September 10, 2014, Videotron launched its LTE mobile network, which supports speed of up to 150 Mbps.

 

   

On September 2, 2014, Quebecor Media closed the sale of Nurun Inc., its subsidiary at the time, to Publicis Groupe for cash consideration of $125.0 million.

 

25


Table of Contents
   

On July 31, 2014, Quebecor Media announced the creation of its Media Group, a new segment dedicated to entertainment and news media which includes the operations of TVA Group, MediaQMI, QMI Agency, Quebecor Media Out-of-Home, Quebecor Media Sales, Quebecor Media Network, Quebecor Media Printing, Sogides Group and CEC Publishing. The Media Group has activities in broadcasting, magazine publishing, book distribution and publishing, newspaper publishing and other media related operations.

 

   

On June 1, 2014, Quebecor Media closed the transaction whereby it sold to Transcontinental Interactive Inc., a subsidiary of Transcontinental Inc., its 74 Québec weeklies for cash consideration of $75.0 million.

 

   

On April 9, 2014, Videotron issued US$600.0 million aggregate principal amount of 5  3 / 8 % Senior Notes, maturing on June 15, 2024, for net proceeds of $654.5 million (net of financing expenses). The proceeds of this offering were used on April 24, 2014 to (i) finance the early redemption and withdrawal of US$260.0 million aggregate principal amount of Videotron’s outstanding 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes, issued on March 5, 2009 and maturing on April 15, 2018, (ii) repay borrowings under its revolving credit facility, (iii) pay related fees and expenses, and (iv) the remainder for general corporate purposes.

 

   

In March and April, 2014, Quebecor Media repurchased and retired US$380.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 7  3 / 4 % Senior Notes issued on October 5, 2007 and due March 15, 2016 and settled the related hedging contracts.

 

   

On April 3, 2014, after final payment was made on the spectrum awarded in the auction ended February 19, 2014, the predecessor to ISED issued seven 10 MHz licenses in the 700 MHz band to Videotron. The operating licenses, acquired for $233.3 million, cover the entire provinces of Québec, Ontario (except Northern Ontario), Alberta and British Columbia, for a total covered population of more than 28 million, representing approximately 80% of Canada’s population.

B - Business Overview

Overview

We are one of Canada’s leading telecommunications and media companies, with activities in television distribution, Internet access, cable and mobile telephony services, OTT video services, business solutions (including data centres), television broadcasting, soundstage and equipment leasing and postproduction services for the film and television industries, newspaper publishing and distribution, Internet portals and specialized websites services, book and magazine publishing and distribution, video and console games rental and distribution, music recording, production and distribution, out-of-home advertising, operation and management of a world class arena, ownership and management of two QMJHL teams, show production and sporting and cultural events management and promotion. Through our subsidiary Videotron, we are a premier cable and mobile communications service provider. We hold leading positions in the creation, promotion and distribution of entertainment and news, and in Internet-related services that are designed to appeal to audiences in every demographic category. We continue to pursue a convergence strategy to capture synergies within our portfolio of properties and to leverage the value of content to the benefit of multiple distribution platforms.

Our subsidiaries operate in the following business segments: Telecommunications, Media and Sports & Entertainment.

Competitive Strengths

Leading Market Positions

We are the largest cable operator in the Province of Québec and the third largest in Canada, in each case based on the number of cable customers. We believe that our strong market position has enabled us to launch and deploy new products and services more effectively. For example, since the introduction of our cable Internet access service, we estimate that we have become the largest provider of such service in the geographic areas we serve. Our extensive proprietary and third-party retail distribution network of stores and points of sale, including both the Le SuperClub Vidéotron stores and

 

26


Table of Contents

our Videotron-branded stores and kiosks, assists us in marketing and distributing our advanced telecommunications services, such as cable Internet access, digital television and cable and mobile telephony, on a large scale basis. We operate Le Journal de Montréal and Le Journal de Québec, both of which are ranked first in their market based on the average readership estimates survey published by the Vividata Study. Through TVA Group, we are the largest private sector broadcaster of French-language entertainment, news and public affairs programs in North America in terms of market share and the leading French-language magazine publisher in the Province of Québec.

Diverse Media Platform

Our diverse media platform allows us to extend our market reach and cross-promote our brands, programs and other content. In addition, it allows us to provide advertisers with an integrated solution for multi-platform advertising. We can leverage our content, management, sales and marketing and production resources to provide superior information and entertainment services to our customers.

Differentiated Bundled Services

Through our technologically advanced wireline and wireless network, we offer a differentiated, bundled suite of entertainment, information and communication services and products, including digital television, cable Internet access, VOD, subscription-based OTT entertainment service (“ Club illico ”) and other interactive television services, as well as residential and commercial cable telephony services using VoIP technology, and mobile telephony services. In addition, we deliver high-quality services and products, including, for example, our standard cable Internet access service which is offered across our footprint and enables our customers to download data, in a portion of our territory, at a higher speed than currently offered by standard DSL technology. We also offer one of the widest range of French-language programming in Canada including content from our illico-on-Demand and Club illico services available on illico Digital TV, illico.tv or illico app (for Android and iOS). Customers can interrupt and resume programming at will on any of these three illico platforms.

Advanced Broadband Network

We are able to leverage our advanced broadband network, substantially all of which is bi-directional, to offer a wide range of advanced services on the same media, such as digital television, VOD, cable Internet access and cable telephony services. We are committed to maintaining and upgrading our network capacity and, to that end, we currently anticipate that ongoing capital expenditures will be required to accommodate the evolution of our products and services and to meet the demand for increased capacity.

Focused and Highly Reliable Network Cluster

Our single hybrid fibre coaxial clustered network covers approximately 79% of the Province of Québec’s total addressable market and nine of the province’s top ten urban areas. We believe that our single cluster and network architecture provides many benefits, including a higher quality and more reliable network, the ability to launch and deploy new products and services such as Club illico and the illico 4K UHD set-top box, and a lower cost structure through reduced maintenance and technical support costs.

Strong, Market-Focused Management Team

We have a strong, market-focused management team that has extensive experience and expertise in a range of areas, including marketing, finance, technology, telecommunications, media, sports and entertainment. Under the leadership of our senior management team, we have, among other things, improved penetration of our High Speed Internet Access offering, our VoIP telephony services, our cable products and our mobile telephony services, including through the successful build-out and launch of our mobile telephony network and upgrade to the LTE technology.

Our Strategy

Our objective is to increase our revenues and profitability by leveraging the convergence and growth opportunities presented by our portfolio of leading media assets. We attribute our strong historical results and positive

 

27


Table of Contents

outlook for growth and profitability to an ability to develop and execute forward-looking business strategies. The key elements of our strategy include:

 

   

Build on our position as a telecommunications leader with our mobile telephony network. We provide an offering of advanced mobile telecommunications services to consumers and small-, medium- and large-sized businesses that are based on effective, reliable technology, diverse and convergent content and unambiguous business policies. Our new LTE network is the cornerstone of a corporate business strategy geared toward harnessing all of our creative resources and providing consumers with access to technology, services and information.

 

   

Leverage growth opportunities and convergence of content, platforms and operations . We are the largest private sector French-language programming broadcaster in North America, a leading producer of French-language programming, the leading French-language newspaper publisher in the Province of Québec for daily paid newspapers and a leading French-language digital news and information network in the Province of Québec. As a result, we are able to generate and distribute content across a spectrum of media properties and platforms. In addition, these multi-platform media assets enable us to provide advertisers with integrated advertising solutions. We are able to provide flexible, bundled advertising packages that allow advertisers to reach local, regional and national markets, as well as special interest and specific demographic groups. We continue to explore and implement initiatives to leverage growth and convergence opportunities, including efforts to accelerate the migration of content generated by our various publications and television channels to our other media platforms, the sharing of editorial content between our various businesses composing our Media segment and QMI Agency, the acquisition and subsequent sharing of content between our various businesses through QMI Content, the development of a strong live event-oriented segment through our Sport and Entertainment segment, including the Videotron Centre, the acquisition of our two QMJHL hockey franchises, the broadcast of hockey games on our TVA Sports channels following an agreement with Rogers Communications Inc. and the National Hockey League (“ NHL ”) whereby TVA Sports became the NHL’s official French-language broadcaster in Canada, the broadcast of soccer games on our TVA Sports channels following the recent agreement with The Montreal Impact and MLS whereby TVA Sports became the exclusive broadcaster of Montreal Impact games in French, and the integration of advertising assets with the creation of our sales services through Quebecor Media Sales, aimed at developing global, integrated and multi-platform advertising and marketing solutions.

 

   

Introduce new and enhanced products and services . We expect a significant portion of the revenue growth in our Telecommunications segment to be driven by the introduction of new products and services (such as Wideband Internet technology and products and services leveraging our mobile network) and by the continuing penetration of products and services such as digital cable services, cable Internet access, mobile telephony and OTT video services, as well as HD television and UHD television, VOD, and interactive television content of our digital television, Internet and mobile platforms. We believe that the continued penetration rate of these products and services will result in increased ARPU, and we are focusing sales and marketing efforts on the bundling of these value-added products and services.

 

   

Cross-promote brands, programs and other content . The geographic overlap of our telecommunications, broadcasting, newspaper and magazine publishing, video store chains, and Internet platforms enables us to cost effectively promote and co-brand media properties. We will continue to promote initiatives to advance these cross-promotional activities, including the cross-promotion of various businesses, cross-divisional advertising and shared infrastructures.

 

   

Leverage geographic clustering . Our Videotron subsidiary holds cable licenses that cover approximately 79% of the Province of Québec’s estimated 3.6 million premises. Geographic clusters facilitate bundled service offerings and, in addition, allow us to tailor our offerings to certain demographic markets. We aim to leverage the highly clustered nature of our systems to enable us to use marketing dollars more efficiently and to enhance customer awareness, increase use of products and services and build brand loyalty.

 

28


Table of Contents
   

Maximize customer satisfaction and build customer loyalty . Across our media platform, we believe that maintaining a high level of customer satisfaction is critical to future growth and profitability. An important factor in our historical growth and profitability has been our ability to attract and satisfy customers with high quality products and services. We will continue our efforts to maximize customer satisfaction and build customer loyalty, such as leveraging strategic partnerships to offer exclusive promotions, privileges and contests, to enhance our revenue and profitability.

 

   

Manage expenses through success driven capital spending and technology improvements . In our Telecommunications segment, we support the growth in our customer base and bandwidth requirements through strategic success driven modernizations of our network and increases in network capacity. In addition, we continuously seek to manage our salaries and benefits expenses, which comprise a significant portion of our costs.

 

   

Diversification of Revenues . In our Media segment, we believe that diversifying our revenue streams, which are heavily dependent on the advertising carried by our over-the-air television network, is critical to future growth and profitability and we will thus continue to explore investments in businesses that are expected to diversify our revenue streams as a growth strategy.

Telecommunications

Through Videotron we are the largest cable operator in the Province of Québec and the third largest in Canada, in each case based on the number of cable customers, as well as an Internet service provider and a provider of cable and mobile telephony and OTT video services in the Province of Québec. Our cable network is the largest broadband network in the Province of Québec covering approximately 79% of an estimated 3.6 million premises. The deployment of our LTE wireless network and our enhanced offering of mobile communication services for residential and business customers allow us to consolidate our position as a provider of integrated telecommunication services as well as an entertainment leader. Products and services are supported by extensive coaxial, fibre-optic and LTE wireless networks. Since May 13, 2015, the coverage of our LTE network was expanded coast-to-coast through roaming agreements with other wireless service providers.

Videotron Business Solutions is a premier full-service telecommunications provider serving small-, medium- and large-sized businesses, as well as telecommunications carriers. In recent years, we have significantly grown our customer base and have become a leader in the Province of Québec’s business telecommunications segment. According to our estimates, our fibre-optic network is covering approximately 81% of the business customers located in the Province of Québec. Products and services include cable television, Internet access, cable telephony, mobile services and business solutions such as hosting, private network connectivity, Wi-Fi, audio and video transmission. Through 4Degrees, we operate data centres in Québec City and Montréal which are among the few data centres in the Province of Québec to be Tier III certified by the Uptime Institute, an international standard that recognizes maximum reliability and operational sustainability.

Since January 7, 2016, Videotron owns Fibrenoire, a company that provides fibre-optic connectivity services. This acquisition enables Videotron Business Solutions and Fibrenoire to join forces to meet growing demand from business customers for fibre-optic connectivity.

We own a 100% voting and 100% equity interest in Videotron.

We are also engaged in retail and rental of DVDs, Blu-ray discs, console games and the suite of Videotron products and services through our Le SuperClub Videotron subsidiary and its franchise network.

Products and Services

Videotron currently offers its customers cable services, mobile telephony services, OTT video services and business telecommunications services.

 

29


Table of Contents

Cable Services

Advanced Cable-Based Products and Services

Our cable network’s large bandwidth is a key factor in the successful delivery of advanced products and services. Several emerging technologies and increasing Internet usage by our customers have presented us with significant opportunities to expand our sources of revenue. We currently offer a variety of advanced products and services, including cable Internet access, digital multiplatform television, residential telephony and selected interactive services. In 2015, we introduced the illico 4K set-top box on the market. This high-tech personal video recorder has a processor 12 times more powerful than the previous generation, thus allowing customers to program up to eight simultaneous recordings and keep up to 115 hours of UHD recording. We intend to continue to develop and deploy additional value-added services to further broaden our service offering.

 

   

Cable Internet Access . Leveraging our advanced cable infrastructure, we offer cable Internet access to our customers primarily via cable modems. We provide this service at download speeds of up to 200 Mbps to more than 97% of our homes passed. As of December 31, 2016, we had 1,612,800 cable Internet access customers, representing 95.4% of our basic customers and 56.8% of our total homes passed. Based on internal estimates, we are the largest provider of Internet access services in the areas we serve with an estimated market share of 52% as of December 31, 2016.

 

   

Digital Television . We have installed headend equipment through an hybrid fibre-optic and coax network capable of delivering digitally encoded transmissions to a two-way digital set-top box in the customer’s home and premises. This digital connection provides significant advantages. In particular, it increases channel capacity, which allows us to increase both programming and service offerings while providing increased flexibility in packaging our services and a HD quality. The basic package includes 23 basic television channels, access to VOD and interactive programming guide. All of our custom packages include the basic package, 52 audio channels providing digital-quality music, 22 FM radio channels and an interactive programming guide. Our extended digital television offering allows customers to customize their choices with the ability to choose between custom or pre-assembled packages with a selection of more than 300 additional channels, including U.S. super-stations and other special entertainment programs. This also offers customers significant programming flexibility including the option of French-language only, English-language only or a combination of French- and English-language programming, as well as many foreign-language channels. As of December 31, 2016, we had 1,587,000 customers for our digital television service, representing 93.9% of our total basic customers and 55.9% of our total homes passed.

 

   

Cable Telephony . We offer cable telephony service using VoIP technology. We offer discounts to customers who subscribe to more than one of our services. As of December 31, 2016, we had 1,253,100 subscribers to our cable telephony service, representing a penetration rate of 74.1% of our basic cable subscribers and 44.1% of our homes passed.

 

   

Video-On-Demand . VOD service enables digital cable customers to rent content from a library of movies, documentaries and other programming through their digital set-top box, computer, tablet or mobile phone respectively through illico Digital TV, illico.tv and our illico app. Our digital cable customers are able to rent their VOD selections for a period of up to 48 hours, which they are then able to watch at their convenience with full stop, rewind, fast forward, pause and replay functionality during their rental period. In addition, customers can resume viewing on-demand programming that was paused on either the television, illico.tv or the illico app offered on the iOS and Android platforms. These applications feature a customizable, intuitive interface that brings up selections of content based on the customer’s individual settings and enhances the experience by suggesting personalized themed content. These applications smartly and swiftly highlight any content available from the illico catalog, including VOD titles, live television broadcasts or recorded shows, and allow the customer to transfer it directly and seamlessly from their mobile devices to their television.

 

30


Table of Contents
   

Pay-Per-View and pay television channels. Pay-Per-View is a group of channels that allows our digital customers to order live events and movies based on a pre-determined schedule. In addition, we offer pay television channels on a subscription basis that permits our customers to access and watch most of the movies available on the linear pay TV channels these customers subscribe to.

Traditional Cable Television Services

Customers subscribing to our traditional analog “basic” and analog “extended basic” services generally receive a line-up of 40 channels of television programming, depending on the bandwidth capacity of their local cable system. We are no longer offering this service to new customers.

As of December 31, 2016, we had 103,800 customers for our analog television service, representing 6.1% of our total basic customers.

Mobile Services

On September 9, 2010, we launched our High Speed Packet Access (“ HSPA ”) mobile communication network (3G) which was upgraded to HSPA+ (4G), on June 30, 2011.

In 2013, Videotron signed a 20-year agreement with Rogers Communications Partnership (“ Rogers ”) for the cooperation and collaboration in the build-out and operation of a shared LTE wireless network in the Province of Québec and the Ottawa region (the “ Rogers LTE Agreement ”). In September 2014 , Videotron launched its shared LTE wireless network, with Rogers. This shared network delivers an optimal user experience for consumers and businesses. Videotron maintains its business independence throughout this agreement, including its product and service portfolios, billing systems and customer data.

In April 2014, Videotron added Apple’s mobile devices, including the iPhone, to its extensive line-up of mobile handsets, thus enabling Videotron to reach a significantly untapped segment of its addressable market, in particular the young mobile users. Subsequently, Videotron launched new illico applications for iPhone and iPad.

In August 2015, we launched the Unlimited Music service, which allows some mobile customers to stream music through the most popular online platforms without using data from their mobile plan.

In the 700 MHz auction held in 2014, Videotron acquired a package of seven spectrum licenses consisting of a single paired 5+5 MHz spectrum block in the upper 700 MHz band over a geographic territory which encompasses the provinces of Québec, Ontario (excluding the region of Northern Ontario), Alberta and British Columbia, for a total covered population of more than 28 million. The 700 MHz band presents certain superior propagation characteristics and benefits from well-developed LTE equipment and device ecosystems in North America. Ownership of the licenses acquired during the auction held in 2014 enhances Videotron’s ability to maintain a leading edge, high performance wireless network in the Province of Québec and in the Ottawa region, and provides Videotron with a number of options to maximize the value of its investment in the rest of Ontario, Alberta and British Columbia.

In the ISED auction for AWS-3 commercial mobile spectrum held on March 3, 2015, Videotron acquired four 30 MHz licenses for Eastern Québec, Southern Québec, Northern Québec and Eastern Ontario / Outaouais, covering 100% of the population of the Province of Québec and the Ottawa region. This spectrum, which supports LTE technology, will further enhance Videotron’s ability to maintain a leading-edge, high performance wireless network in the Province of Québec and in the Ottawa region.

On May 12, 2015, after the closing of ISED’s auction for 2500 MHz commercial mobile spectrum, Videotron was declared the successful bidder for eighteen licenses covering all of the Province of Québec as well as the major urban centres in the rest of Canada, including Toronto, Ottawa, Calgary, Edmonton and Vancouver.

Since May 13, 2015, the coverage of our LTE network was expanded coast-to-coast through roaming agreements with other wireless service providers.

 

31


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2016, most households and businesses on our cable footprint had access to our advanced mobile services. As of December 31, 2016, there were 893,900 lines activated on our wireless network, representing a year-over-year increase of 125,300 lines (16.3%).

Club illico

Our clients can also benefit from Club illico, our subscription based OTT entertainment service, offering a rich and varied selection of unlimited, on-demand French language content (movies, television shows, children’s shows, documentaries, comedy performances and concerts). In late 2013, Club illico started funding the production of television series and offering them in their first broadcast window, prior to their linear broadcast. On December 31, 2016, the Club illico service had 314,700 subscribers.

Business Telecommunications Services

Videotron Business Solutions is a premier telecommunications service provider, offering reliable and state-of-the-art mobile telephony, Internet access, cable telephony, data and cable television solutions to all business segments: small and medium-sized companies, large corporations and other telecommunications carriers.

Through 4Degrees, we operate data centres in Québec City and Montréal which are among the few data centres in the Province of Québec to be Tier III certified by the Uptime Institute, an international standard that recognizes maximum reliability and operational sustainability. The data centre in Montréal is 46,000 square feet and the one in Québec City is 91,000 square feet. Our data centres are interconnected via our fibre optic network. The connectivity makes us the only supplier in Québec able to offer Tier III certified intraprovincial redundancy. Furthermore, in partnership with Megaport (USA), Inc., a global leader in secure interconnectivity, our customers can benefit a fast, secure, redundant access to business applications from three leading information and communications technology (ICT) providers.

In 2016, with the acquisition of Fibrenoire, Videotron increased its presence in the growing market of fibre-optic connectivity.

Videotron Business Solutions serves customers through a dedicated salesforce and customer service teams with solid expertise in business market. Videotron Business Solutions relies on its extensive coaxial, fibre-optic, LTE wireless networks and data centres to provide the best possible customized solutions to all of its customers.

Customer Statistics Summary

The following table summarizes our customer statistics for our suite of advanced products and services:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  
     (in thousands of customers)  

Revenue-generating units (RGUs)

     5,765.4       5,647.5       5,479.3       5,242.1       5,019.1  
Mobile Telephony           

Mobile telephony lines

     893.9       768.6       632.8       504.3       403.8  

Cable Internet

          

Cable Internet customers

     1,612.8       1,568.2       1,537.5       1,506.0       1,444.0  

Penetration (1)

     56.8     55.9     55.4     54.9     53.5

Cable Television

          

Basic customers (2)

     1,690.9       1,736.9       1,782.3       1,825.1       1,855.0  

Penetration (1)

     59.6     61.9     64.2     66.5     68.7

Digital customers

     1,587.1       1,570.6       1,553.6       1,527.4       1,480.9  

Penetration (3)

     93.9     90.4     87.2     83.7     79.8

Cable Telephony

          

Cable telephony lines

     1,253.1       1,316.3       1,349.0       1,348.5       1,316.3  

Penetration (1)

     44.1     46.9     48.6     49.2     48.7

Club illico

          

Over-the-top video customers

     314.7       257.5       177.7       58.2       —    

Homes passed (4)

     2,839.3       2,806.0       2,777.3       2,742.5       2,701.2  

 

(1) Represents customers as a percentage of total homes passed.

 

32


Table of Contents
(2) Basic customers are customers who receive basic cable service in either the analog or digital mode.
(3) Represents customers for the digital service as a percentage of basic customers.
(4) Homes passed means the number of residential premises, such as single dwelling units or multiple dwelling units, and commercial premises passed by our cable television distribution network in a given cable system service area in which the programming services are offered.

Pricing of our Products and Services

Our revenues are derived from the monthly fees our customers pay for cable television, Internet access and telephony and mobile services as well as Club illico. The rates we charge vary based on the market served and the level of service selected. Rates are usually adjusted annually. We also offer discounts to our customers who subscribe to more than one of our services, when compared to the sum of the prices of the individual services provided to these customers. As of December 31, 2016, the average monthly invoice on recurring subscription fees per residential customer was $117.23 (representing a 4% year-over-year increase) and approximately 81% of our customers were bundling two services or more. A one-time installation fee, which may be waived in part during certain promotional periods, is charged to new customers. Monthly fees for rented equipment, such as set-top boxes or Wi-Fi routers, can be charged depending on the promotional offer.

Our Network Technology

Cable

As of December 31, 2016, our cable network consisted of fibre-optic cable and of coaxial cable, covering approximately 2.8 million homes and serving approximately 2.2 million customers in the Province of Québec. Our network is the largest broadband network in the Province of Québec covering approximately 79% of premises and, according to our estimates, our fibre-optic network is covering approximately 81% of the business customers located in the Province of Québec. Our extensive network supports direct connectivity with networks in Ontario, the Maritimes and the United States.

Our cable television network is comprised of four distinct parts including signal acquisition networks, main headends, distribution networks and subscriber drops. The signal acquisition network picks up a wide variety of television, radio and multimedia signals. These signals and services originate from either a local source or content provider or are picked up from distant sites chosen for satellite or over-the-air reception quality and transmitted to the main headends by way of fibre-optic relay systems. Each main headend processes, modulates, scrambles and combines the signals in order to distribute them throughout the network. Each main headend is connected to the primary headend in order to receive the digital MPEG2/MPEG4 signals and the IP backbone for the Internet services. The first stage of this distribution consists of a fibre-optic link which distributes the signals to distribution or secondary headends. After that, the signal uses the hybrid fibre coaxial cable network made of wide-band optical nodes, amplifiers and coaxial cables capable of serving up to 30 km in radius from the distribution or secondary headends to the subscriber drops. The subscriber drop brings the signal into the customer’s television set directly or, depending on the area or the services selected, through various types of customer equipment including set-top boxes and cable modems.

We have adopted the hybrid fibre coaxial (“ HFC ”) network architecture as the standard for our ongoing system upgrades. HFC network architecture combines the use of both fibre-optic and coaxial cables. Fibre-optic cable has good broadband frequency characteristics, noise immunity and physical durability and can carry hundreds of video and data channels over extended distances. Coaxial cable is less expensive and requires greater signal amplification in order to obtain the desired transmission levels for delivering channels. In most systems, we deliver our signals via fibre-optic cable from the headend to a group of optical nodes and then via coax to the homes passed served by the nodes. We currently build our network by implementing cells of 125 homes (which can evolve to 64 homes). As a result of the modernization of our network in recent years, our network design now provides for average cells of 171 homes throughout our footprint.

 

33


Table of Contents

To allow for this configuration, secondary headends were put into operation in the Greater Montréal Area, in the Greater Québec City Area and in the Greater Gatineau City Area. Remote secondary headends must also be connected with fibre-optic links. From the secondary headends to the homes, the customer services are provided through the transmission of a radiofrequency (“ RF ”) signal which contains both downstream and upstream information (two-way). The loop structure of the two-way HFC networks brings reliability through redundancy, the cell size improves flexibility and capacity, while the reduced number of amplifiers separating the home from the headend improves signal quality and reliability. The HFC network design provided us with significant flexibility to offer customized programming to individual cells, which is critical to our advanced services, such as VOD, Switched Digital Video Broadcast and the continued expansion of our interactive services.

Starting in 2008, we began an extensive network modernization effort in the Greater Montréal Area in order to meet the ever expanding service needs of the customer in terms of video, telephony and Internet access services. This ongoing modernization implies an extension of the upper limit of the RF spectrum available for service offerings and a deep fibre deployment, which significantly extends the fibre portion in the HFC network (thereby reducing the coax portion). Additional optical nodes were systematically deployed to increase the segmentation of customer cells, both for upstream and downstream traffic. This modernization initiative results in (i) a network architecture where the segmentation for the upstream traffic is for 125 homes while that for the downstream traffic is set to 250 (which can evolve to 125 homes), and (ii) the availability of a 1 GHz spectrum for service offerings. The robustness of the network is greatly enhanced (much less active equipment in the network such as RF amplifiers for the coax portion), the service offering potential and customization to the customer base is significantly improved (through the extension of the spectrum to 1 GHz and the increased segmentation) and allows much greater speeds of transmission for Internet services which are presently unrivalled. The overall architecture employs Division Wavelength Multiplexing, which allows us to limit the amount of fibre required, while providing an effective customization potential. As such, in addition to the broadcast information, up to 12 wavelengths can be combined on a transport fibre from the secondary headend to a 3,000 homes aggregation point. Each of these wavelengths is dedicated to the specific requirements of 250 homes. The RF spectrum is set with analog content (being phased out by the end of 2017) and digital information using quadrature amplitude modulation. MPEG video compression techniques and the DOCSIS protocol allow us to provide a great service offering of standard definition, HD and now UHD video, as well as complete voice and Internet services. This modernization project gives us flexibility to meet customer needs and future network evolution requirements. The modernization of the Greater Montréal Area network is scheduled to be completed by 2020.

DOCSIS 3.0 is currently deployed to provide data service at speeds of up to 940 Mbps. We are now deploying DOCSIS 3.1 modems on our network and adapting our equipment and working protocols to the new technology. DOCSIS 3.1 is a new-generation technology developed by the CableLabs consortium, of which Videotron is a member, which may eventually deliver lightning speeds of up to 10 Gbps for downloads and up to 1 Gbps for uploads. DOCSIS 3.1 uses Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiplexing (OFDM) modulation and Low-Density Parity Check (LDPC) correction algorithm that provide better resiliency to RF interference and increase throughput for the same spectrum, i.e. increase Mbps/MHz. The maximum theoretical gain is 50% in the downstream direction (from the network to the user) and 100% in the upstream direction (from the user to the network), and upcoming live deployments will indicate which proportion of these theoretical limits can be achieved.

Our strategy of maintaining a leadership position in respect of the suite of products and services that we offer and launching new products and services requires investments in our network to support growth in our customer base and increases in bandwidth requirements. Approximately 78% of our network in the Province of Québec has been upgraded to a bandwidth of 1002 MHz, the remaining of our network being at 750 MHz. Also, in light of the greater availability of HD television and UHD television programming and the ever increasing speed of Internet access, further investment in our network will be required.

Mobile Telephony

As of December 31, 2016, our shared LTE network reached more than 90% of the population of the Province of Québec and the Greater Ottawa Area, allowing the vast majority of our potential clients to have access to the latest mobile services. The vast majority of our towers and transmission equipment are linked through our fibre-optic network using a multiple label switching – or MPLS – protocol. Our network is designed to support important customer growth in coming years as well as rapidly evolving mobile technologies.

 

34


Table of Contents

Our strategy in the coming years is to build on our position as a telecommunication leader with our LTE mobile services and to keep the technology at the cutting edge as it continues to evolve rapidly and new market standards such as LTE-Advanced and heterogeneous networks are being deployed. Videotron is exploring 4.5G and 5G technologies. In doing so, Videotron has created a partnership with Ericsson, L’École de technologie supérieure and Société du Quartier de l’innovation de Montréal. Together with its partners, Videotron has established the first open-air smart living laboratory in Canada. This laboratory will test the many facets of innovations associated with the emerging industry revolving around fifth-generation telecommunications. The Rogers LTE Agreement provides and allows Rogers and Videotron to continue the evolution of the shared LTE network. Videotron’s and Rogers’ spectrum contribution will allow them to continue to exploit LTE evolutive technologies and to provide their subscribers with high throughput data connections.

During 2016, Videotron maintained its HSPA+ network throughout the Province of Québec and over the Greater Ottawa Area.

Marketing and Customer Care

Our long term marketing objective is to increase our cash flow through deeper market penetration of our services, development of new services and revenue and operating margin growth per customer. We believe that customers will come to view their cable connection as the best distribution channel to their home for a multitude of services. To achieve this objective, we are pursuing the following strategies:

 

   

develop attractive bundle offers to encourage our customers to subscribe to two or more products, which increases average revenue per user – or ARPU – customer retention and operating margins;

 

   

continue to rapidly deploy advanced products on all our services – cable, Internet access, telephony, Club illico and mobile – to maintain and increase our leadership and consequently, to gain additional market share;

 

   

design product offers that provide greater opportunities for customer entertainment and information;

 

   

deploy strong retention strategies aiming to maintain our existing customer base and to increase our ARPU;

 

   

develop targeted marketing programs to attract former customers and households that have never subscribed to certain of our services and customers of alternative or competitive services as well as target specific market segments;

 

   

enhance the relationship between customer service representatives and our customers by training and motivating customer service representatives to promote advanced products and services;

 

   

leverage the retail presence of our Videotron-branded stores and kiosks, Le SuperClub Vidéotron and third-party commercial retailers;

 

   

maintain and promote our leadership in content and entertainment by leveraging the wide variety of services offered within the Quebecor Media group to our existing and future customers;

 

   

introduce new value added packages of products and services, which we believe will increase ARPU and improve customer retention; and

 

   

leverage our business market, using our network and expertise with our commercial customer base, to offer additional bundled services to our customers.

We continue to invest time, effort and financial resources in marketing new and existing services. To increase both customer penetration and the number of services used by our customers, we use integrated marketing techniques, including door-to-door solicitation, telemarketing, drive-to-store, media advertising, e-marketing and direct mail solicitation. Those initiatives are also strongly supported by business intelligence tools such as predictive churn models.

 

35


Table of Contents

Maximizing customer satisfaction is a key element of our business strategy. In support of our commitment to customer satisfaction, we offer the service of dedicated, knowledgeable and well-trained technical experts which we call our “PROS”, the primary mission of which is to support our customers by helping them get the most out of what Videotron has to offer. Through personalized demonstration sessions, the PROS provide customers with continued customer service after subscription has been made. We continue to provide a 24-hour customer service hotline seven days a week across most of our systems, in addition to our web-based customer service capabilities. All of our customer service representatives and technical support staff are trained to assist customers with all of our products and services, which in turn allows our customers to be served more efficiently and seamlessly. Our customer care representatives continue to receive extensive training to perfect their product knowledge and skills, which contributes to retention of customers and higher levels of customer service. We utilize surveys, focus groups and other research tools to assist us in our marketing efforts and anticipate customer needs. To increase customer loyalty, we are also starting to leverage strategic partnerships to offer exclusive promotions, privileges and contests which contribute in expanding our value proposition to our customers.

Programming

We believe that offering a wide variety of conveniently scheduled programming is an important factor in influencing a customer’s decision to subscribe to and retain our cable services. We devote resources to obtaining access to a wide range of programming that we believe will appeal to both existing and potential customers. We rely on extensive market research, customer demographics and local programming preferences to determine our channel and package offerings. The CRTC currently regulates the distribution of foreign content in Canada and, as a result, we are limited in our ability to provide such programming to our customers. We obtain basic and premium programming from a number of suppliers, including all major Canadian media groups.

Our programming contracts generally provide for a fixed term of up to five years, and are subject to negotiated renewal. Programming tends to be made available to us for a flat fee per customer. Our overall programming costs have increased in recent years and may continue to increase due to factors including, but not limited to, additional programming being provided to customers as a result of system rebuilds that increase channel capacity, increased costs to produce or purchase specialty programming, inflationary or negotiated annual increases, the concentration of broadcasters following recent acquisitions in the market and the significant increased costs of sports content rights.

Competition

We operate in a competitive business environment in the areas of price, product and service offerings and service reliability. We compete with other providers of television signals and other sources of home entertainment. Due to ongoing technological developments, the distinctions among traditional platforms (broadcasting, Internet, and telecommunications) are fading rapidly. The Internet as well as mobile devices are becoming important broadcasting and distribution platforms. In addition, mobile operators, with the development of their respective mobile networks, are now offering wireless and fixed wireless Internet services and our VoIP telephony service is also competing with Internet-based solutions.

 

   

Providers of Other Entertainment . Cable systems face competition from alternative methods of distributing and receiving television signals and from other sources of entertainment such as live sporting events, movie theatres and home video products, including digital recorders, OTT content providers, such as Netflix and Apple TV, Blu-ray players and video games. The extent to which a cable television service is competitive depends in significant part upon the cable system’s ability to provide a greater variety of programming, superior technical performance and superior customer service that are available through competitive alternative delivery sources. The introduction of Club illico, our subscription based OTT platform offering a rich and varied selection of unlimited on-demand content, aims to reduce the effect of competition from alternative delivery sources.

 

   

DSL. The deployment of DSL technology provides customers with Internet access at data transmission speeds greater than that available over conventional telephone lines. DSL service provides access speeds that are comparable to low-to-medium speeds of cable-modem Internet access but that decreases with the distance between the DSL modem and the line card.

 

36


Table of Contents
   

FTTN and FTTH. Fibre to the neighborhood (“ FTTN ”) technology addresses the distance limitation by bringing the fibre closer to the end user. The last mile is provided by the DSL technology. Fibre to the home (“ FTTH ”) brings the fibre up to the end user location. The speed is then limited by the end equipment rather than the medium (fibre) itself. It provides speeds comparable to high speeds of cable-modem Internet access. Because of the cost involved with FTTH and FTTN, deployment of these technologies is progressive. The main competition for cable-modem Internet access comes from a provider of DSL and Fibre to the x (FTTx) services.

 

   

Internet Video Streaming . The continuous technology improvement of the Internet, combined with higher download speeds and its affordability, favors the development and deployment of alternative technologies such as digital content offered by OTT service providers through various Internet streaming platforms. While having a positive impact on the demand for our Internet access services, this model could adversely impact the demand for our cable television services.

 

   

VDSL . VDSL technology increases the available capacity of DSL lines, thereby allowing the distribution of digital video. Multi-system operators are now facing competition from ILECs, which have been granted licenses to launch video distribution services using this technology, which operates over copper phone lines. The transmission capabilities of VDSL will be significantly boosted with the deployment of technologies such as vectoring (the reduction or elimination of the effects of far-end crosstalk) and twisted pair bonding (use of additional twisted pairs to increase data carriage capacity). Certain ILECs have already started replacing many of their main feeds with fibre-optic cable and positioning VDSL transceivers, a VDSL gateway, in larger multiple-dwelling units, in order to overcome the initial distance limitations of VDSL. With this added capacity, along with the evolution of compression technology, VDSL-2 will offer significant opportunities for services and increase its competitive threat against other multi-system operators.

 

   

Direct Broadcast Satellite . DBS is also a competitor to cable systems. DBS delivers programming via signals sent directly to receiving dishes from medium and high-powered satellites, as opposed to cable delivery transmissions. This form of distribution generally provides more channels than some of our television systems and is fully digital. DBS service can be received virtually anywhere in Canada through the installation of a small rooftop or side-mounted antenna. Like digital cable distribution, DBS systems use video compression technology to increase channel capacity and digital technology to improve the quality of the signals transmitted to their customers.

 

   

Mobile Telephony Services . With our mobile network, we compete against a mix of participants, some of them being active in some or all the products we offer, while others only offer mobile telephony services in our market. The Canadian incumbents have deployed their LTE networks and this technology has become an industry standard.

 

   

Private Cable . Additional competition is posed by satellite master antenna television systems known as “SMATV systems” serving multi dwelling units, such as condominiums, apartment complexes, and private residential communities.

 

   

Wireless Distribution . Cable television systems also compete with wireless program distribution services such as MMDS. This technology uses microwave links to transmit signals from multiple transmission sites to line-of-sight antennas located within the customer’s premises.

 

   

Grey and Black Market Providers . Cable and other distributors of television signals continue to face competition from the use of access codes and equipment that enable the unauthorized decoding of encrypted satellite signals, from unauthorized access to our analog and digital cable signals (black market) and from the reception of foreign signals through subscriptions to foreign satellite television providers that are not lawful distributors in Canada (grey market).

 

   

Telephony Service . Our cable telephony service competes against ILECs and other telephony service providers, VoIP telephony service providers and mobile telephony service providers.

 

37


Table of Contents
   

Other Internet Service Providers . In the Internet access business, cable operators compete against other Internet service providers offering residential and commercial Internet access services. The CRTC requires the large Canadian incumbent cable operators to offer access to their high-speed Internet network to competitive Internet service providers at mandated rates.

Retail Sector

Through Le SuperClub Vidéotron, we are the franchisor of the largest chain of video and video game rental stores in the Province of Québec and among the largest of such chains in Canada. We had a total of 103 retail locations as of December 31, 2016. With 66 of these retail locations also offering our suite of telecommunication services and products, Le SuperClub Vidéotron is both a showcase and a valuable and cost-effective distribution network for Videotron’s growing array of advanced products and services, such as cable Internet access, digital television and cable and mobile telephony.

Media

Our Media Group is a business segment dedicated to entertainment and news media which includes the operations of TVA Group, MediaQMI, Quebecor Media Out-of-Home, Quebecor Media Network, Quebecor Media Printing, Select Music, Goji Studios, Sogides Group and CEC Publishing. The Media Group has activities in broadcasting, film production and audiovisual services, magazine publishing, book distribution and publishing, newspaper publishing and other media related operations.

Quebecor Media owns 68.37% of the equity interest and controls 99.97% of the voting power in TVA Group. Quebecor Media also owns 100% of the voting and equity interests of MediaQMI, Quebecor Media Network, Quebecor Media Printing, Select Music, Goji Studios, CEC Publishing and Sogides Group.

Products and Services

Broadcasting

Through TVA Group, we operate the largest French-language private television network in North America. TVA Group is the sole owner of six of the ten television stations composing Réseau TVA (“ TVA Network ”) and a portfolio of specialty channels, namely LCN, TVA Sports, addikTV, Prise 2, YOOPA, CASA and MOI&cie. TVA Group also holds interests in two other TVA Network affiliates and the Évasion specialty channel. In addition to linear television, the TVA Network and some specialty channels have multiplatform applications that allow them to distribute content on demand and continuously. Through various subsidiaries and divisions, TVA Group is engaged in commercial production and in the distribution of films and television programs. TVA Group’s website is accessible at groupetva.ca.

According to data published by Numeris (which is based on a measurement methodology using audiometry), we had a 35.5% market share of French-speaking viewers in the Province of Québec for the period from January 1, 2016 through December 31, 2016, compared to 34.1 % for the same period from the previous year.

For the period from January 1, 2016 through December 31, 2016, TVA Network aired 19 of the 30 most popular TV programs in the Province of Québec, including La Voix , La Voix Junior and Les Beaux malaises , according to Numeris data. Since May 1999, the TVA Network has been included in the basic channel line-up of most cable and satellite providers across Canada, thus enabling it to reach a significant portion of the French-speaking population of Canada outside the Province of Québec.

Until February 13, 2015, the Media segment also operated the English-language news and opinion specialty channel Sun News, which discontinued its operations on that date. The results of operations and cash flows related to this business have accordingly been reclassified as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income and cash flows. For more information, refer to “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and to Note 29 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016 included under “Item 18. Financial Statements” of this annual report.

 

38


Table of Contents

Canadian Television Industry Overview

Canada has a well-developed television market that provides viewers with a range of viewing alternatives. The television market has been affected by audience fragmentation across the various content delivery platforms, including the Internet and VOD, as well as the arrival of a large number of specialized services.

There are three main French-language broadcast networks in the Province of Québec: Société Radio-Canada, “V” and TVA Network. In addition to French-language programming, there are three English-language national broadcast networks in the Province of Québec: the Global Television Network, CTV and the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation, known as CBC. Global Television Network, V and CTV are privately held and are commercial networks. CBC and Société Radio-Canada are government owned and financed by a combination of federal government grants and advertising revenues. French-language viewers in the Province of Québec also have access to certain U.S. networks. In the area of specialty television broadcasting in the Province of Québec, our main competitors are Société Radio-Canada, Bell Media and Corus.

The following table sets forth the market share of French speaking viewers in the Province of Québec as of December 31, 2016:

 

Network

   Share of Province
of  Québec Television
 

TVA Network

     23.8

Société Radio-Canada

     13.0

V

     7.1

TVA Group’s French-language specialty TV

     11.7

Various French-language specialty and pay cable TV (1)

     33.3

Others

     11.1

 

Source: Numeris – French Quebec, January 1 to December 31, 2016, Mon-Sun, 2:00 – 2:00, All 2+

 

(1) Bell Media (15.5%), Corus (8.1%), Société Radio-Canada (4.8%) and others (4.9%).

TVA Network

TVA Network is our French-language network consisting of ten stations, of which six are owned and four are affiliated stations. TVA Network is available to a significant portion of the French speaking population in Canada.

Our owned and operated stations include: CFTM-TV in Montréal, CFCM-TV in Québec City, CHLT-TV in Sherbrooke, CHEM-TV in Trois-Rivières, CFER-TV in Rimouski Matane-Sept-Iles and CJPM-TV in Saguenay/Lac-St-Jean. Our four affiliated stations are CFEM-TV in Rouyn, CHOT-TV in Gatineau, CHAU-TV in Carleton and CIMT-TV in Rivière-du-Loup. We own a 45% interest of the latter two. A substantial portion of TVA Network’s broadcast schedule is originated from our main station in Montréal. Our signal is transmitted from transmission and retransmission sites authorized by ISED and licensed by the CRTC and is also retransmitted by satellite elsewhere in Canada as a distant signal by various modes of authorized distribution: cable, direct-to-home satellite distribution and MMDS.

On October 24, 2016, we announced the launch of the new TVA.CA website and the TVA mobile app, which give users free access to TVA Network programs and certain content from the speciality channels in high definition, live or on demand. The website and app also support number of other functionalities, including the possibility to catch up on shows from the previous seven days, watch exclusive original content, pause and resume play on a different screen and receive customized suggestions.

Television Specialty Broadcasting

Through various subsidiaries, we control or participate in the following eight specialty services: LCN , a French-language all news service, TVA Sports, a French-language specialty television service devoted to sports, Évasion , a French-language travel and tourism service, addikTV , a French-language specialty television service dedicated to the presentation of popular Canadian and American movies and television series, Prise 2 , a French-language specialty television service devoted to the Province of Québec and American television classics, MOI&cie , a French-language

 

39


Table of Contents

specialty television service dedicated to style, beauty and the well-being of Québec women, CASA , a French-language specialty television service devoted to real estate, renovation, decoration and cooking, YOOPA , a French-language specialty television service aimed exclusively at preschoolers. Each of our specialty channels has its own dedicated website and TVA Sports, TVA Nouvelles and YOOPA have their own mobile app.

On November 26, 2013, Quebecor announced an agreement with Rogers Communications Inc. and the NHL whereby TVA Sports became the NHL’s official French-language broadcaster in Canada. The 12-year agreement has begun with the 2014-15 season. Among other things, TVA Sports obtained broadcast rights to 22 Montréal Canadiens regular season games, exclusive French-language broadcast rights to all playoff games (including those involving the Montréal Canadiens) and the Stanley Cup final, as well as broadcast rights to all national games involving Canadian teams and up to 160 games between American NHL teams, and a number of NHL special events, including the all-star game and the draft.

On January 10, 2017, TVA Sports became the exclusive broadcaster of the Montreal Impact games in French, as well as an official broadcaster of MLS for the next five years. TVA Sports will thus broadcast all Montreal Impact regular season and playoff games. As an official broadcaster of MLS, the sports channel will also present the MLS All-Star Game, along with the MLS Cup Playoffs and the MLS Cup final.

 

Type of Service

   Language      Voting Interest  

Category A Digital Specialty Services:

     

•       addikTV

     French        100.0%  

•       Évasion

     French        8.3%  

Category B Digital Specialty Services:

     

•       Prise 2

     French        100.0%  

•       CASA

     French        100.0%  

•       YOOPA

     French        100.0%  

•       MOI&cie

     French        100.0%  

Category C Digital Specialty Services:

     

•       LCN — Le Canal Nouvelles

     French        100.0%  

•       TVA Sports

     French        100.0%  

Advertising Sales and Revenues

We derive a majority of our revenues from the sale of integrated and diversified advertising services. For the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2016, TVA Network and the speciality channels derived approximately 60.8% of their revenues from advertising.

Programming

We produce a variety of French-language programming, including a broad selection of entertainment, news and public affairs programming. We actively promote our programming and seek to develop viewer loyalty by offering a consistent programming schedule.

A part of our programming is produced by our wholly-owned subsidiaries, TVA Productions Inc. and TVA Productions II Inc. (collectively, “ TVA Productions ”). Through TVA Productions, we produced approximately 1,073 hours of original programming in 2016, consisting primarily of variety and magazine-style shows, galas and quiz shows.

The remainder of our programming is comprised of foreign and Canadian independently produced programming.

Film Production & Audiovisual Services Business Operations

The film production and audiovisual services business of TVA Group includes soundstage and equipment leasing services, postproduction services, expertise in visual effects services, dubbing services, asset management and distribution services and proprietary online transaction and distribution platforms for VOD and digital cinema (DCI) and, in addition, property rights on technologies being used for digital image restoration and for 2D conversion into 3D stereoscopic images. Our film production and audiovisual services business’ software, GeneSys™, uses advanced algorithms for 2D to 3D contents conversion for the large screen and television.

 

40


Table of Contents

As part of its assets, our film production and audiovisual services business includes movie and television soundstages of approximately 212,000 square feet in Montréal and St-Hubert, Québec, which have cutting-edge equipment, including Canada’s largest and most up-to-date pool of cameras, lighting and specialized equipment. The facilities are used for both local and foreign film and television productions, including American blockbusters.

This sector’s main sources of revenue are film soundstage and equipment rental and postproduction services. In 2016, shooting soundstages and equipment rental services account for 50% of the sector’s total revenues, 39% of which come from international clients. Postproduction services account for 27% of the sector’s total revenues and mainly serve local clients.

For this sector, the second and third quarters are periods when the volume of activities is usually high, particularly for film soundstage and equipment rental. Although cyclical, the level of activity remains dependent on the production service needs of international and local producers.

Magazine Publishing

TVA Publications Inc. (“ TVA Publications ”) and Les Publications Charron & Cie inc., wholly-owned subsidiaries of TVA Group, publish more than 50 French and English-language magazines in various fields such as entertainment, television, fashion and beauty, sports, lifestyle, cooking and home decor. They also market digital products associated with the different magazine brands. According to the Vividata Study, with 2.8 million readers across all platforms for its French-language titles, TVA Group is the top publisher of French-language magazines in Québec and a leader in the Canadian magazine publishing industry with 9.3 million cross-platform readers. Our objective is to leverage our magazines’ focus on culture, lifestyle and entertainment across our television and Internet programming.

On April 12, 2016, TVA Group released the Molto app, a new digital newsstand that gives users unlimited access to the full content of all its magazines on their tablets and smartphones for monthly subscription fees.

TVA Group also holds an effective 51% share in Les Publications Groupe TVA-Hearst Inc., publisher of Elle Canada and Elle Québec magazines, in partnership with Hearst Group which holds a 49% share. As well, TVA Group and Bayard Group each hold a 50% share in Publications Senior Inc., publisher of Le Bel Âge and Good Times magazines.

Book Distribution and Publishing

We are also involved in book publishing and distribution through academic publisher CEC Publishing, 18 general literature publishers under the Sogides Group umbrella, and Messageries A.D.P. Inc. (“ Messageries ADP ”). Through Sogides Group and the academic publisher CEC Publishing, we are involved in French-language book publishing and we form one of the Province of Québec’s largest book publishing groups. In 2016, we published or reissued a total of 474 titles in paper format and 280 titles in digital format.

Through Messageries ADP, our book distribution company, we are the exclusive distributor for 207 Québec and European French-language publishers. We distribute French-language books to approximately 3,000 retail outlets in Canada. In addition, Messageries ADP distributes approximately 7,700 digital books.

Newspaper Publishing

Newspaper Operations

We operate our newspaper business, namely Le Journal de Montréal , Le Journal de Québec and the 24 Heures Montréal , through MediaQMI. Our daily newspapers disseminate information in traditional printed ways and through daily urban newspaper portals, namely journaldemontreal.com and journaldequebec.com , and through the fully customizable J5 mobile app.

Le Journal de Montréal and Le Journal de Québec are tabloids. These are mass circulation newspapers that provide succinct and complete news coverage with an emphasis on local news, sports and entertainment. The tabloid

 

41


Table of Contents

format makes extensive use of color, photographs and graphics. Each newspaper contains inserts that feature subjects of interest such as fashion, lifestyle and special sections. For the year 2016, on a combined weekly basis, Le Journal de Montréal and Le Journal de Québec had a circulation of approximately 1.9 million paper copies and 0.2 million copies in electronic format, according to internal statistics.

Le Journal de Montréal  and  Le Journal de Québec , already present on all platforms, also offer their readers the J5 mobile app, a fully customizable reading experience which is supported on iOS and Android. Through J5, users can select the news they want to receive daily, based on their interests.

Le Journal de Montréal is published seven days a week and is distributed by Quebecor Media Network. The main competitors of Le Journal de Montréal are La Presse and The Montréal Gazette . Le Journal de Montréal ’s website is accessible at www.journaldemontreal.com .

Le Journal de Québec is published seven days a week and is distributed by Quebecor Media Network. The main competitor of Le Journal de Québec is Le Soleil . Le Journal de Québec ’s website is accessible at www.journaldequebec.com .

The following table lists the respective readership in 2016 for Le Journal de Montréal and Le Journal de Québec as well as their market position versus other paid daily newspapers by weekly readership during that period, based on information provided in the Vividata Study:

 

     2016 AVERAGE READERSHIP      MARKET POSITION
BY READERSHIP  (1)
 

NEWSPAPER

   SATURDAY      SUNDAY      MON-FRI     

Le Journal de Montréal

     1,422,000        1,052,000        1,037,000        1st  

Le Journal de Québec

     210,000        171,000        201,000        1st  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total Average Readership

     1,632,000        1,223,000        1,238,000     

 

(1) Based on the Vividata Study.

The following table lists the respective average daily paid circulation in 2016 for Le Journal de Montréal and Le Journal de Québec :

 

     2016 AVERAGE PAID CIRCULATION  

NEWSPAPER

   SATURDAY      SUNDAY      MON-FRI  

Le Journal de Montréal

     198,000        181,900        184,000  

Le Journal de Québec

     99,000        89,100        89,500  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Average Paid Circulation

     297,000        271,000        273,500  

 

     2016 AVERAGE PAID CIRCULATION  

ELECTRONIC

   SATURDAY      SUNDAY      MON-FRI  

Le Journal de Montréal

     12,800        12,800        12,800  

Le Journal de Québec

     8,700        8,700        8,700  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Average Paid Circulation

     21,500        21,500        21,500  

 

Source: Internal Statistics

We publish one free daily commuter publication in the Montréal urban market: the 24  Heures Montréal . The editorial content of this free daily commuter publication focuses on the greater metropolitan area of Montréal.

The average weekday circulation of the 24  Heures Montréal for 2016 is 139,700.

 

42


Table of Contents

Competition

The newspaper industry is seeing secular changes, including the growing availability of free access to media, shifting readership habits, digital transferability, the advent of real-time information and secular changes in the advertising market, all of which affect the nature of competition in the newspaper industry. Competition increasingly comes not only from other newspapers (including other national, metropolitan (both paid and free) and suburban newspapers), magazines and more traditional media platforms, such as broadcasters, cable systems and networks, satellite television and radio, direct marketing and solo and shared mail programs, but also from digital media technologies, which have introduced a wide variety of media distribution platforms (including, most significantly, the Internet, digital readers (e-readers) and distribution over wireless devices) to consumers and advertisers.

Advertising, Circulation and Digital Revenues

Advertising revenue is the largest source of revenue for our newspaper operations, representing 62.2% of our newspaper operations’ total revenues in 2016. Advertising rates are based upon the size of the market in which each newspaper operates, circulation, readership, demographic composition of the market and the availability of alternative advertising media.

The principal categories of advertising revenues in our newspaper operations are retail and national advertising. Most of our retail advertisers are car dealers, department stores, electronics stores and furniture stores.

Circulation sales are our newspaper operations’ second-largest source of revenue and represented 27.2% of total revenues of our newspaper operations in 2016.

Digital revenues represented 8.4% of total revenues for our newspaper operations in 2016. Digital revenues are generated from advertising on our websites and digital subscriptions to the e-editions of our newspapers. Revenues from digital products represent a potential growth opportunity for our newspaper operations.

Seasonality and Cyclicality

Our newspaper operations’ operating results tend to follow a recurring seasonal pattern with higher advertising revenue in the spring and in the fall.

Our newspaper business is cyclical in nature. Our operating results are sensitive to prevailing local, regional and national economic conditions because of our dependence on advertising sales for a substantial portion of our revenue.

Sale of English-Language Newspapers

On April 13, 2015, we closed the Postmedia Transaction. The businesses sold pursuant to the Postmedia Transaction are treated as discontinued operations in our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016 and comparative years as well as in the management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations for such period, which are included in “Item 18. Financial Statements” and in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” of this annual report, respectively.

Other Operations

Internet/Portals

The Media segment, excluding TVA Group’s Internet properties and the websites dedicated to our daily newspapers, operates the following portals, destination sites and e-commerce properties:

 

   

Canoe Network ( canoe.ca ), a French-language portal, includes information and service sites for the general public. As such, it is one of the most popular Internet destinations in the Province of Québec, and a key vehicle for Internet users and advertisers alike. Advertising revenues constitute a large portion of the Canoe Network ’s annual revenues. The English version of the Canoe portal was sold as part of the Postmedia Transaction; and

 

43


Table of Contents
   

French-language version of Autonet.ca , one of Canada’s leading Internet sites devoted entirely to automobiles.

Commercial Printing

Through our wholly-owned subsidiary Quebecor Media Printing, we operate a printing facility located in Mirabel, Québec, where Le Journal de Montréal and the 24 Heures Montréal are printed.

We also offer third party commercial printing services, which provide us with an additional source of revenue that leverages existing equipment with excess capacity. In our third party commercial printing operations, we compete with other newspaper publishing companies as well as commercial printers. Our competitive strengths in this area include our modern equipment, and our ability to price projects on a variable cost basis, as our core newspaper business covers overhead expenses.

Distribution of periodicals in Québec

Through Messageries Dynamiques, a division of Quebecor Media Network, we deliver magazines and newspapers to dealers through a network that serves nearly 12,600 points of sale. Our home delivery service brings many Québec and Canadian dailies, including Le Journal de Montréal and Le Journal de Québec , to more than 229,000 homes every day.

Music Distribution

Through certain divisions and subsidiaries of Select Music, we distribute CDs, DVDs, Blu-ray discs, online music by way of file transfer and we offer services in the following areas: music recording, video production and creative licencing, including music for films, advertising and television shows.

Select Music is one of the largest independent music distributors in Canada with a 18% market share in the Province of Québec and a 46% market share for French content in the Province of Québec. Select Music has a catalogue of over 8,200 different CDs, LPs or other audio formats and over 1,700 DVDs or other video formats, a large number of which are from French-speaking artists. In addition, it is a digital aggregator of downloadable products with a selection of approximately 112,000 songs available through 155 retailers worldwide.

Out-of-Home Advertising

We are involved in out-of-home advertising through the installation, maintenance and management of out-of-home advertisement, including on transit and bus shelters. In relation thereto, we entered into a 10-year agreement with Société de transport de Lévis , a 20-year agreement with Société de transport de Laval , and a 20-year agreement with Société de transport de Montréal (STM).

Consulting Services for Online Video Content

In 2015, we created Goji Studios, an innovative custom-tailored initiative to help and promote the most talented Youtubers in the development of their multi-platform brand. Goji Studios provides services related to audience development, monetisation, distribution and media.

Sports and Entertainment

Products and Services

Our activities in the Sports and Entertainment segment consist primarily of the production, promotion and management of live shows and of various sporting, cultural and corporate events, the operation of two QMJHL teams and the operation and management of the Videotron Centre.

 

44


Table of Contents

Videotron Centre

The Videotron Centre, which officially opened in September 2015, is an arena located in Québec City that has 18,400 seats and is home to the Remparts de Québec as well as the host of a variety of events and shows featuring local and international artists. Through a 25-year agreement entered into with Québec City, we were granted both the management and naming rights through 2040. We lease the Videotron Centre and generate revenues through the sale of advertisement and sponsorship opportunities as well as through the sale of food and beverages during the events and shows.

We have entered into an 8-year strategic partnership with AEG Facilities, a leader in sports and entertainment venue management. The AEG Live division supports the Sports and Entertainment segment in booking events, shows and tours for the Videotron Centre. We have also entered into strategic partnerships for the operation of the Videotron Centre with Live Nation Entertainment, involving two of its principal divisions, namely Live Nation Concerts, the global market leader in concert production, and Ticketmaster, its ticketing service operating in the Province of Québec under the name “Admission”. Finally, we have entered into a strategic partnership with Levy Restaurants, with an emphasis on building a world class culinary experience in the Videotron Centre through a local food and beverage program, Labatt Breweries of Canada as the Videotron Centre’s official beer supplier and Alex Coulombe ltée as the Videotron Centre’s official supplier of soft drinks, sparkling water and isotonic sports drinks.

On September 12, 2016, the Videotron Centre completed its first full year of operation. During that period, the Videotron Centre hosted 93 sporting events and concerts, 30 corporate events and a total of more than 1.1 million people attended these events.

QMJHL Hockey Teams

We own two QMJHL franchises, namely the Armada de Blainville-Boisbriand (70%) and the Remparts de Québec (100%).

In 2016, we transferred back the rights to organize a WTA sanctioned professional tennis tournament (namely, the “ Coupe Banque Nationale ”) to its original owner, Tennis Canada. The rights were acquired in 2014 as part of the transaction involving the acquisition of the Remparts de Québec.

Event Production and Management and live-event production

Through our wholly-owned Event Management Gestev Inc. (“ Gestev” ), a sports and cultural events manager and producer, we produce numerous high-profile events such as the Red Bull Crashed Ice (urban extreme ice skating race), Vélirium (International Mountain Bike Festival and UCI World Cup), the Transat Québec Saint-Malo (transatlantic sailing race), Ski Tour (FIS Cross-Country World Cup), the Jamboree (including the FIS Snowboard and Freestyle Skiing World Cups) and the Marathon de Québec (a 3-day running event). We also develop and manage sporting events at the Videotron Centre and have produced annually over 100 corporate, private and public events and, on average, 3 to 5 host broadcasting for foreign and Canadian broadcasters.

National Hockey League Expansion Application

On July 20, 2015, we filed an offical application for the acquisition of a professional hockey franchise in Québec City through the NHL’s expansion process. On July 22, 2016, the NHL’s Board of Governors voted to defer this application for an expansion team in Québec City.

Intellectual Property

We use a number of trademarks for our products and services. Many of these trademarks are registered by us in the appropriate jurisdictions. In addition, we have legal rights in the unregistered marks arising from their use. We have taken affirmative legal steps to protect our trademarks and we believe our trademarks are adequately protected.

Television programming and motion pictures are granted legal protection under the copyright laws of the countries in which we operate, and there are substantial civil and criminal sanctions for unauthorized duplication and exhibition. The content of our newspapers and websites is similarly protected by copyright. We own copyright in each of our publications as a whole, and in all individual content items created by our employees in the course of their

 

45


Table of Contents

employment, subject to very limited exceptions. We have entered into licensing agreements with wire services, freelancers and other content suppliers on terms that we believe are sufficient to meet the needs of our publishing operations. We believe we have taken appropriate and reasonable measures to secure, protect and maintain our rights or obtain agreements from licensees to secure, protect and maintain copyright protection of content produced or distributed by us.

We have registered a number of domain names under which we operate websites associated with our television, publishing and Internet operations. As every Internet domain name is unique, our domain names cannot be registered by other entities as long as our registrations are valid.

Insurance

Quebecor Media is exposed to a variety of operational risks in the normal course of business, the most significant of which are transferred to third parties by way of insurance agreements. Quebecor Media maintains insurance coverage through third parties for property and casualty losses. Quebecor Media believes that it has a combination of third-party insurance and self-insurance sufficient to provide adequate protection against unexpected losses, while minimizing costs.

Environment

Some of our operations are subject to Canadian, provincial and municipal laws and regulations concerning, among other things, emissions to the air, water and sewer discharge, handling and disposal of hazardous materials, the recycling of waste, the soil remediation of contaminated sites, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment. Laws and regulations relating to workplace safety and worker health, which among other things, regulate employee exposure to hazardous substances in the workplace, also govern our operations.

Compliance with these laws has not had, and management does not expect it to have, a material effect upon our capital expenditures, net income or competitive position. Environmental laws and regulations and the interpretation of such laws and regulations, however, have changed rapidly in recent years and may continue to do so in the future. We have monitored the changes closely and have modified our practices where necessary or appropriate.

Our past and current properties, as well as areas surrounding those properties, particularly those in areas of long-term industrial use, may have had historic uses, or may have current uses, in the case of surrounding properties, which may affect our properties and require further study or remedial measures. As part of our film production and audiovisual services business, we own certain studios and vacant lots, some of which are located on a former landfill, which produces landfill gas. Where applicable, the landfill gas is managed in accordance with provincial regulations

We are not currently conducting or planning any material study or remedial measure. Furthermore, we cannot provide assurance that all environmental liabilities have been determined, that any prior owner of our properties did not create a material environmental condition not known to us, that a material environmental condition does not otherwise exist as to any such property, or that expenditure will not be required to deal with known or unknown contamination.

C - Organizational Structure

The following chart illustrates the relationship among Quebecor Media and its significant operating subsidiaries and holdings as of March 13, 2017 and indicates the jurisdiction of incorporation of each entity. In each case, unless otherwise indicated, Quebecor Media owns a 100% equity and voting interest in its subsidiaries (where applicable, the number on the top indicates the percentage of voting rights held by Quebecor Media and the number on the bottom indicates the percentage of equity owned directly and indirectly by Quebecor Media).

 

46


Table of Contents

LOGO

Quebecor, a communications holding company, owns 81.07% of Quebecor Media and CDP Capital, a wholly-owned subsidiary of CDPQ, owns the other 18.93% of Quebecor Media. Quebecor’s primary asset is its interest in Quebecor Media. The CDPQ is one of Canada’s largest pension fund managers.

D - Property, Plants and Equipment

Our corporate offices are located in leased space at 612 St-Jacques Street, Montréal, Québec, Canada H3C 4M8.

Telecommunications

Videotron’s corporate offices are located in leased space at 612 St-Jacques Street, Montréal, Québec, Canada H3C 4M8, (187,592 square feet) in the same building as Quebecor Media’s head office.

 

47


Table of Contents

Videotron also owns or leases several buildings in Montréal and in Québec City, as indicated in the following table which presents, for each building, the address, the leased or owned status of the property, the primary use of the main facilities and the approximate square footage. In addition to the buildings indicated in the following table, Videotron owns or leases a significant number of smaller locations for signal reception sites, customer service and business offices.

 

Address

  

Owned/Leased Property

  

Use of Property

   Floor Space Occupied
(approximate sq. ft.)
 

Montréal, Québec

2155 Pie IX Street

  

Owned property

  

Office and Technical spaces,

Headend

     128,000  

Montréal, Québec

150 Beaubien Street

  

Owned property

  

Office and Technical spaces,

Headend

     72,000  

Montréal, Québec

800 de la Gauchetière Street

  

Leased property

   Office space      52,000  

Montréal, Québec

4545 Frontenac Street

  

Leased property

  

Office space, Warehouse,

Headend

     54,000  

Montréal, Québec

888 De Maisonneuve Street

  

Leased property

   Office space      49,000  

Québec City, Québec

2200 Jean-Perrin Street

  

Owned property

   Regional Headend for the Québec City region and Office space      40,000  

Québec City, Québec

2675 Parc Technologique Blvd.

  

Owned property

   Data Centre and Office space      91,000  

Montréal, Québec

2900 Marie-Curie Avenue

  

Owned property

   Data Centre and Office space      46,000  

Media

Newspaper and Commercial Printing Operations

The following table presents the addresses, the square footage and primary use of the main facilities and other buildings of our newspaper and commercial printing operations. No other single property currently used in our newspaper and commercial printing operations exceeds 50,000 square feet. Unless stated otherwise, we own all of the properties listed below.

 

Address

   Use of Property   Floor Space Occupied
(sq. ft.)
 

Mirabel, Québec

12800 Brault Street

   Operations building,

including printing plant —

Le Journal de Montréal

24 Heures (Montréal)

    235,000  

Montréal, Québec

4545 Frontenac Street

   Operations building —

Le Journal de Montréal

    138,200  

Vanier, Québec

450 Bechard Avenue

   Operations building,

including printing plant —

Le Journal de Québec

    56,900  

 

48


Table of Contents

Broadcasting Operations

The following table presents the addresses, the square footage and primary use of the main facilities and other buildings of our television broadcasting operations. No other single property currently used in our television broadcasting operations exceeds 50,000 square feet. Unless stated otherwise, we own all of the properties listed below.

 

Address

   Use of Property    Floor Space Occupied
(sq. ft.)
 

Montréal, Québec

1600 De Maisonneuve Boulevard East (1)

   Television
Broadcasting
     650,000  

 

 

(1) Our television broadcasting operations are mainly carried out in Montréal at 1600 De Maisonneuve Boulevard East in a complex of four buildings owned by us which represent a total of approximately 650,000 square feet. We also own buildings in Québec City, Chicoutimi, Trois-Rivières, Rimouski, and Sherbrooke for local broadcasting and lease space in Longueuil for TVA Publications.

Film Production & Audiovisual Operations

The following table presents the addresses, the square footage and primary use of the main facilities and other buildings of our film production and audiovisual services business operations. No other single property currently used in our film production and audiovisual services business operations exceeds 50,000 square feet. Unless stated otherwise, we own all of the properties listed below.

 

Address

   Use of Property    Floor Space Occupied
(sq.  ft.)
 

Montréal, Québec

2170, Pierre-Dupuy Avenue and

1701-1777, Carrie-Derick Street

   Production studio,

office and
technical spaces

     298,000  

St-Hubert, Québec

4801, Leckie Street

   Production studio,
office and
technical spaces
     114,000  

 

49


Table of Contents

Sports and Entertainment

We generally lease space for the business offices and warehousing activities for the operation of our Sports and Entertainment segment.

Liens and charges

Borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities and under eligible derivative instruments are secured by a first-ranking hypothec and security agreement (subject to certain permitted encumbrances) on all of our movable property (chattels). Our subsidiaries’ secured credit facilities are generally secured by first-ranking charges over all of their respective assets. TVA Group’s credit facilities, which were previously unsecured, have been amended on November 3, 2014 and, as a result of such amendments, are now secured by charges on its movable property and an immovable hypothec on its properties located at 1600 de Maisonneuve Boulevard East, 1405, 1425 and 1475 Alexandre-De-Sève Street, 1420 and 1470 de Champlain Street, and 1500 Papineau Avenue, Montréal, Québec.

E- Regulation

Ownership and Control of Canadian Broadcast Undertakings

The Canadian Government has directed the CRTC not to issue, amend or renew a broadcasting license to an applicant that is a non-Canadian. Canadian, a defined term in the Direction to the CRTC (Inegibility of Non-Canadians) (the “ Direction to CRTC ”), means, among other things, a citizen or a permanent resident of Canada or a qualified corporation. A qualified corporation is one incorporated or continued in Canada, of which the chief executive officer and not less than 80% of the directors are Canadian, and not less than 80% of the issued and outstanding voting shares and not less than 80% of the votes are beneficially owned and controlled, directly or indirectly, by Canadians. In addition to the above requirements, Canadians must beneficially own and control, directly or indirectly, not less than 66.6% of the issued and outstanding voting shares and not less than 66.6% of the votes of the parent corporation that controls the subsidiary, and neither the parent corporation nor its directors may exercise control or influence over any programming decisions of the subsidiary if Canadians beneficially own and control less than 80% of the issued and outstanding shares and votes of the parent corporation, if the chief executive officer of the parent corporation is a non-Canadian or if less than 80% of the parent corporation’s directors are Canadian. There are no specific restrictions on the number of non-voting shares which may be owned by non-Canadians. Finally, an applicant seeking to acquire, amend or renew a broadcasting license must not otherwise be controlled in fact by non-Canadians, a question of fact which may be determined by the CRTC in its discretion. Control is defined broadly to mean control in any manner that results in control in fact, whether directly through the ownership of securities or indirectly through a trust, agreement or arrangement, the ownership of a corporation or otherwise. Videotron and TVA Group are qualified Canadian corporations.

Regulations made under the Broadcasting Act require the prior approval of the CRTC for any transaction that directly or indirectly results in a change in effective control of the licensee of a broadcasting distribution undertaking (“ BDUs ”) or a television programming undertaking (such as a conventional television station, network or pay or specialty undertaking service), or the acquisition of a voting interest above certain specified thresholds.

 

50


Table of Contents

Diversity of Voices

The CRTC’s Broadcasting Public Notice CRTC 2008-4, entitled “Diversity of Voices,” sets forth the CRTC’s policies with respect to cross-media ownership; the common ownership of television services, including pay and specialty services; the common ownership of BDUs; and the common ownership of over-the-air television and radio undertakings. Pursuant to these policies, the CRTC will generally permit ownership by one person of no more than one conventional television station in one language in a given market. The CRTC, as a general rule, will not approve applications for a change in the effective control of broadcasting undertakings that would result in the ownership or control, by one person, of a local radio station, a local television station and a local newspaper serving the same market. The CRTC, as a general rule, will not approve applications for a change in effective control that would result in the control, by one person, of a dominant position in the delivery of television services to Canadians that would impact on the diversity of programming available to television audiences. In terms of BDUs, the CRTC, as a general rule, will not approve applications for a change in the effective control of BDUs in a market that would result in one person being in a position to effectively control the delivery of programming services in that market. The CRTC is not prepared to allow one person to control all BDUs in any given market.

Jurisdiction Over Canadian Broadcast Undertakings

Videotron’s cable distribution undertakings and TVA Group’s broadcasting activities are subject to the Broadcasting Act and regulations made under the Broadcasting Act that empower the CRTC, subject to directions from the Governor in Council, to regulate and supervise all aspects of the Canadian broadcasting system in order to implement the policy set out in the Broadcasting Act. Certain of Videotron’s and TVA Group’s undertakings are also subject to the Radiocommunication Act, which empowers ISED to establish and administer the technical standards that networks and transmitters must comply with, namely, maintaining the technical quality of signals.

The CRTC has, among other things, the power under the Broadcasting Act and regulations promulgated thereunder to issue, subject to appropriate conditions, amend, renew, suspend and revoke broadcasting licenses, approve certain changes in corporate ownership and control, and establish and oversee compliance with regulations and policies concerning broadcasting, including various programming and distribution requirements, subject to certain directions from the Federal Cabinet.

Broadcasting License Fees

Programming and BDU licensees are subject to annual license fees payable to the CRTC. The license fees consist of two separate fees. One fee allocates the CRTC’s regulatory costs for the year to licensees based on a licensee’s proportion of the gross revenue derived during the year from the licensed activities of all licensees whose gross revenues exceed specific exemption levels (Part I fee). The other fee, also called the Part II license fee, is to be paid on a pro rata basis by all broadcasting undertakings with licensed activity that exceeds $1,500,000. The total annual amount to be assessed by the CRTC is the lower of: (i) $100,000,000, and (ii) 1.365% multiplied by the aggregate fee revenues for the return year terminating during the previous calendar year of all licensees whose fee revenues exceed the applicable exemption levels, less the aggregate exemption level for all those licensees for that return year.

Canadian Broadcasting Distribution (Cable Television)

Licensing of Canadian Broadcasting Distribution Undertakings

A cable distribution undertaking, such as Videotron, distributes broadcasting services to customers predominantly over closed transmission paths. A license to operate a cable distribution undertaking gives the cable television operator the right to distribute television programming services in its licensed service area. Broadcasting licenses may be issued for periods not exceeding seven years and are usually renewed, except in particular circumstances or in cases of a serious breach of the conditions attached to the license or the regulations of the CRTC. The CRTC is required to hold a public hearing in connection with the issuance, suspension or revocation of a license.

Videotron operates 53 cable systems pursuant either to the issuance of a license or of an order that exempts certain network operations from the obligation to hold a license. Cable systems with 20,000 customers or fewer and operating their own local headend are exempted from the obligation to hold a license pursuant to exemption orders issued

 

51


Table of Contents

by the CRTC on February 15, 2010 (Broadcasting Order CRTC 2009-544). These cable systems are required to comply with a number of programming carriage requirements set out in the exemption order and comply with the Canadian ownership and control requirements in the Direction to the CRTC. Videotron remains with only 8 cable distribution licenses.

In order to conduct our business, we must maintain our broadcasting distribution undertaking licenses in good standing. Failure to meet the terms of our licenses may result in their short-term renewal, suspension, revocation or non-renewal. We have never failed to obtain a license renewal for any cable system.

Distribution of Canadian Content

The Broadcasting Distribution Regulations issued by the CRTC pursuant to the Broadcasting Act mandate the types of Canadian and non-Canadian programming services that may be distributed by BDUs, including cable television systems. For example, local television stations are subject to “must carry” rules which require terrestrial distributors, such as cable and MMDS operators, to carry these signals and, in some instances, those of regional television stations as part of their basic service. The guaranteed carriage enjoyed by local television broadcasters under the “must carry” rules is designed to ensure that the signals of local broadcasters reach cable households. Furthermore, cable operators, DTH operators and MMDS operators must offer their customers more Canadian programming than non-Canadian programming services. In summary, each cable television system is required to distribute all of the Canadian programming services that the CRTC has determined are appropriate for the market it serves, which includes local and regional television stations, Category A specialty channels and pay television channels, and a pay-per-view service, but does not include Category B and mainstream sports Category C digital services. Pursuant to the Let’s Talk TV Policy, CRTC 2015-96, distribution access requirements for Category A specialty services no longer have effect as of September 1, 2017.

Broadcasting Distribution Regulations

The Broadcasting Distribution Regulations promote competition among BDUs and the development of new technologies for the distribution of such services while ensuring that quality Canadian programs are broadcast. The Broadcasting Distribution Regulations introduced important new rules, including the following:

 

   

Competition and Carriage Rules . The Broadcasting Distribution Regulations provide equitable opportunities for all distributors of broadcasting services and prohibit a distributor from giving an undue preference to any person, including itself, or subjecting any person to an undue disadvantage. This gives the CRTC the ability to address complaints of anti-competitive behaviour on the part of certain distributors. Signal carriage and substitution requirements are imposed on all cable television systems.

 

   

Contribution to local expression, Canadian programming and community television . All distributors, except systems with fewer than 2,000 customers, are required to contribute at least 5% of their gross annual broadcast revenues to the creation and presentation of Canadian programming including community programming.

 

   

Inside Wiring Rules. The CRTC determined that the inside wiring portion of cable networks creates a bottleneck facility that could affect competition if open access is not provided to other distributors. Incumbent cable companies may retain the ownership of the inside wiring but must allow usage by competitive undertakings to which the cable company may charge a just and reasonable fee for the use of the inside wire. Moreover, the CRTC found that it was appropriate to amend the Broadcasting Distribution Regulations to permit access by subscribers and competing BDUs to inside wire in commercial and institutional properties. Therefore, the CRTC directed all licensees to negotiate appropriate terms and conditions, including a just and reasonable rate, for the use by competitors of the inside wire such licensees own in commercial and institutional properties.

 

52


Table of Contents

Rates

Our revenue related to cable television is derived mainly from (a) monthly subscription fees for basic cable service; (b) fees for premium services such as specialty services, pay-television, pay-per-view television and VOD; and (c) installation and additional outlets charges.

Pursuant to Broadcasting Regulatory Policy CRTC 2015-96, as of March 1, 2016, the CRTC regulates the fees charged by cable or non-cable BDUs for the basic service. The price of the entry-level basic service offering will be limited to $25 or less per month.

Vertical Integration

In September 2011, the CRTC released Broadcasting Regulatory Policy CRTC 2011-601 (the “ Policy ”) setting out its decisions on the regulatory framework for vertical integration. Vertical integration refers to the ownership or control by one entity of both programming services, such as conventional television stations or pay and specialty services, as well as distribution services, such as cable systems or DTH satellite services. The Policy: (i) prohibits companies from offering television programs on an exclusive basis to their mobile or Internet subscribers in a manner that they are dependent on the subscription to a specific mobile or retail Internet access service. Any program broadcast on television, including hockey games and other live events, must be made available to competitors under fair and reasonable terms; (ii) allows companies to offer exclusive programming to their Internet or mobile customers provided that it is produced specifically for an Internet portal or a mobile device; and (iii) adopts a code of conduct to prevent anti-competitive behaviour and ensure all distributors, broadcasters and online programming services negotiate in good faith. In Broadcasting Regulatory Policy CRTC 2015-438, the code of conduct was replaced by the Wholesale Code.

Hybrid VOD License

In Broadcasting Regulatory Policy CRTC 2015-86 issued on March 12, 2015, the CRTC considered appropriate to authorize a third category of VOD services based on a hybrid regulatory approach. In Broadcasting Order CRTC 2015-356, the CRTC has authorized these hybrid services to operate with the same flexibility as those services operating under the Digital Media Exemption Order (DMEO), provided that the service is delivered and accessed over the Internet without authentication to a BDU or mobile subscription. Club illico qualifies as a hybrid VOD service.

The hybrid VOD services benefit from the following incentives:

 

   

the ability to offer exclusive programming in the same manner as services operating under the DMEO; and

 

   

the ability to offer their service on a closed BDU network in the same manner as traditional VOD services without the regulatory requirements relating to financial contributions to and shelf space for Canadian programming that would normally be imposed on those traditional VOD services.

New Media Broadcasting Undertakings

Since 2009, the description of a “new media broadcasting undertaking” encompasses all Internet-based and mobile point-to-point broadcasting services, (Broadcasting Order CRTC 2009-660). In 2012, the Supreme Court of Canada upheld the Federal Court of Appeal’s decision to the effect that Internet access providers play a “content-neutral role” in the transmission of data and do not carry on broadcasting activities.

On July 26, 2012, the CRTC amended the Exemption Order for digital media broadcasting undertakings, Broadcasting Order CRTC 2012-409. These amendments implement determinations made by the CRTC in regulatory framework relating to vertical integration (Broadcasting Regulatory Policy CRTC 2011-601). As such, the CRTC implemented the following:

 

   

A “no head start” rule, where the CRTC expects that digital media broadcasting undertakings that intend to provide exclusive access to television programming in a manner that restricts access based on a consumer’s specific mobile or retail Internet access service will provide other digital media broadcasting undertakings with appropriate notice in order to allow these undertakings to exercise their options;

 

53


Table of Contents
   

A provision to preclude undertakings operating under that exemption order from providing exclusive access to programming designed primarily for conventional television, specialty, pay or VOD services in situations where such access to the programming was restricted on the basis of a consumer’s specific mobile or retail Internet access service;

 

   

A standstill rule whereby an undertaking that was in a dispute with another undertaking concerning the terms of carriage of programming or any right or obligation under the Broadcasting Act would be required to continue providing or distributing the service that was subject to the dispute on the same terms and conditions that prevailed before the dispute; and

 

   

A dispute resolution mechanism.

Copyrights Royalties Payment Obligations

Videotron and TVA Group have an obligation to pay copyright royalties set by Tariffs of the Copyright Board. The Copyright Board establishes the royalties to be paid for the use of certain copyright tariff royalties that Canadian broadcasting undertakings, including cable, television and specialty services, pay to copyright societies (being the organization that administers the rights of several copyright owner). Tariffs certified by the Copyright Board are generally applicable until a public process is held and a decision of the Copyright Board is rendered for a renewed tariff. Renewed tariffs are often applicable retroactively.

The Copyright Act provides for the payment of various royalties, including in respect of the communication to the public of musical works (either through traditional cable services or over the Internet), the retransmission of distant television and radio signals. Distant signal is defined for that purpose in regulations adopted under the authority of the Copyright Act.

The Government of Canada may from time to time make amendments to the Copyright Act to implement Canada’s international treaty obligations and for other purposes. Any such amendments could result in our broadcasting undertakings being required to pay additional tariff royalties.

ISP Liability

In 1996, SOCAN proposed a tariff to be applied against ISPs, in respect of composers’/publishers’ rights in musical works communicated over the Internet to ISPs’ customers. SOCAN’s proposed tariff was challenged by a number of industry groups and companies. In 1999, the Copyright Board decided that ISPs should not be liable for the communication of musical works by their customers, although they might be liable if they themselves operated a musical website. In June 2004, the Supreme Court of Canada upheld this portion of the decision of the Copyright Board and determined that ISPs do not incur liability for copyright content when they engage in normal intermediary activities, including web hosting for third parties and caching. As a consequence, ISPs may, however, be found liable if their conduct leads to the inference that they have authorized a copyright violation. At the end of 2012, amendments to the Copyright Act received royal assent. These amendments clarify ISPs’ liability with respect to acts other than communication to the public by telecommunication, such as reproductions, implements “safe harbours” for the benefit of ISPs, and further put in place a “notice and notice” process to be followed by ISPs, meaning that copyright infringement notices must now be sent to the Internet end-users by ISPs.

Canadian Broadcast Programming (Off the Air Stations and Specialty Services)

Programming of Canadian Content

CRTC regulations require licensees of television stations to maintain a specified percentage of Canadian content in their programming. A private television station is required to devote not less than 55% of the broadcast year, and not less than 50% of the evening broadcast period (6:00 p.m. to midnight) to the broadcast of Canadian programs. Specialty services also have to maintain a specified percentage of Canadian content in their programming which is generally set

 

54


Table of Contents

forth in the conditions of their respective license. In Broadcasting Regulatory Policy CRTC 2015-86 issued on March 12, 2015, the CRTC decided to abolish, as of September 2017, the requirement of 55% of Canadian content during a given broadcast year, but decided to maintain the requirement of 50% during the evening broadcast period. Moreover, all pay and specialty services will have to devote only 35% of their content to Canadian content during a given broadcast year. However, as an exception to this policy, the CRTC will maintain all exhibition requirements for those services that benefit from mandatory distribution under the Broadcasting Act.

In the same Policy, the CRTC eliminated immediately the genre exclusivity policy and related protections for all English- and French-language discretionary services including Canadian VOD services. As an exception to the general rule of elimination of genre protections, the CRTC will retain the conditions of license relating to nature of service for those services that benefit from a mandatory distribution, for national news services and for sports services.

TVA Group’s Conditions of License

TVA Network’s license is subject to certain conditions, including:

 

   

TVA Group shall, in each broadcast year, devote to the acquisition of or investment in Canadian programming at least 80% of the current broadcast year’s programming expenditures of the TVA Network.

 

   

The CRTC chose to continue to require for the local TVA Network station in Québec City, that, of the 18 hours of local programming per broadcast week, 9 hours must focus specifically on the Québec region, including 5 hours and 30 minutes of local newscasts (including two local newscasts on weekends), and the remaining 3 hours and 30 minutes of other programs broadcast which specifically reflect the cultural, economic, political and social reality of the local Québec market and that may be broadcast on the TVA Network.

The conditions of license came into force on September 1, 2012 and will remain applicable until August 31, 2017. On April 18, 2016, TVA Group filed licence renewal applications for all of its conventional television stations and specialty services with the CRTC. On November 22, 2016, a public hearing was held by the CRTC for the renewal of television licences held by French-language ownership groups. TVA Group appeared before the CRTC during these hearings and requested to be subject to the group approach. In accordance with this approach, TVA Group suggested that the group, as defined hereafter, allocated at least 70% of its programming expenses to Canadian content. The group would include TVA Group’s six stations, as well as discretionay services: Addiktv, YOOPA, Prise 2, CASA and Moi&Cie. In compliance with the CRTC’s Broadcasting Regulatory Policy, LCN and TVA Sports are excluded from the group. A decision on this matter is expected early in the spring of 2017.

Review of the television and distribution regulatory framework

Many decisions were published in 2015 pursuant to an initiative launched by the CRTC, “Let’s Talk TV: A Conversation with Canadians”, to discuss the future of the television system in Canada. The CRTC has decided, amongst others, to lower exhibition requirements for private television stations and specialty services as of September 2017, to abolish immediately genre exclusivity for specialty services, to create hybrid video on demand licences, to mandate BDUs to offer a reduced basic service at $25 as of March 1, 2016 and to offer all specialty services “à la carte”, as of December 1, 2016.

New Policy framework for local and community television

On June 15, 2016 the CRTC has published a new Policy framework for local and community television. This policy sets out regulatory measures to ensure that Canadians continue to have access to local programming that reflects their needs and interests. This includes the broadcast of high-quality local news as well as the broadcast of community programming through which Canadians can express themselves. To help ensure that local television stations have the financial resources to continue providing high-quality local news and information and that there is no erosion of local news in the various markets, the CRTC rebalanced the resources already present in the broadcasting system by taking the following steps:

 

   

BDUs will be allowed to devote part of their local expression contribution to the production of local news on local television stations;

 

55


Table of Contents
   

DTH BDUs will be allowed to devote part of their contribution to Canadian programming to the production of local news on local television stations; and

 

   

financial support will be available to independent local television stations (i.e. stations that are not part of large vertically integrated groups) through the creation of the Independent Local News Fund, which will replace the Small Market Local Production Fund. All licensed BDUs will be required to contribute to the new fund.

Canadian Telecommunications Services

Jurisdiction

The provision of telecommunications services in Canada is regulated by the CRTC pursuant to the Telecommunications Act. The Telecommunications Act provides for the regulation of facilities-based telecommunications common carriers under federal jurisdiction. With certain exceptions, companies that own or operate transmission facilities in Canada that are used to offer telecommunications services to the public for compensation are deemed “telecommunications common carriers” under the Telecommunications Act administered by the CRTC and are subject to regulation. Cable operators offering telecommunications services are deemed “Broadcast Carriers.”

In the Canadian telecommunications market, Videotron operates as a CLEC and a Broadcast Carrier. Videotron also operates its own 4G mobile wireless network and offers services over this network as a Wireless Service Provider (“ WSP ”).

The issuance of licenses for the use of radiofrequency spectrum in Canada is administered by ISED under the Radiocommunication Act. Use of spectrum is governed by conditions of license which address such matters as license term, transferability and divisibility, technical compliance, lawful interception, research and development requirements, and requirements related to antenna site sharing and mandatory roaming.

Our AWS-1 licenses were issued on December 23, 2008, for a term of 10 years. AWS-1 license renewal, including whether license fees should apply for a subsequent license term, will be the subject of a public consultation process expected to be initiated in the coming months.

Our 700 MHz licenses were issued on April 3, 2014, for a term of 20 years. At the end of this term, we will have a high expectation that new licenses will be issued for a subsequent term through a renewal process unless a breach of license condition has occurred, a fundamental reallocation of spectrum to a new service is required, or an overriding policy need arises. The process for issuing licenses after this term and any issues relating to renewal, including the terms and conditions of the new licenses, will be determined by ISED following a public consultation.

Our AWS-3 licenses were issued on April 21, 2015, for a term of 20 years. License renewal at the end of this term will be governed by conditions identical to those just described for our 700 MHz licenses.

Our 2500 MHz licences were issued on June 24, 2015, for a term of 20 years. License renewal at the end of this term will be governed by conditions identical to those just described for our 700 MHz and AWS-3 licenses.

Application of Canadian Telecommunications Regulation

In a series of decisions, the CRTC has determined that the carriage of “non-programming” services by a cable company results in that company being regulated as a carrier under the Telecommunications Act. This applies to a company serving its own customers, or allowing a third party to use its distribution network to provide non-programming services to customers, such as providing access to cable Internet services.

In addition, the CRTC regulates the provision of telephony services in Canada.

 

56


Table of Contents

Elements of the CRTC’s local telecommunications regulatory framework to which Videotron is subject include: interconnection standards and inter-carrier compensation arrangements; the mandatory provision of equal access ( i.e. customer choice of long distance provider); standards for the provision of 911 service, message relay service and certain privacy features; the obligation not to prevent other local exchange carriers from accessing end-users on a timely basis under reasonable terms and conditions in multi dwelling units where Videotron provides service; and the payment of contribution on VoIP revenues for the purposes of the revenue-based contribution regime established by the CRTC to subsidize residential telephone services in rural and remote parts of Canada.

As a CLEC, Videotron is not subject to retail price regulation. ILECs remain subject to retail price regulation in those geographic areas where facilities-based competition is insufficient to protect the interests of consumers. Videotron’s ILEC competitors have requested and been granted forbearance from regulation of local exchange services in the vast majority of residential markets in which Videotron competes, as well as in a large number of business markets, including all of the largest metropolitan markets in the Province of Québec.

In a decision issued on December 21, 2016, the CRTC established a new universal service objective under which all Canadians, in urban areas as well as rural and remote areas, are to have access to voice services and broadband Internet access services, on both fixed and mobile wireless networks. To help achieve this universal service objective, the CRTC will begin to shift the focus of its regulatory frameworks from wireline voice services to broadband Internet access services. Most notably, the CRTC will phase out the existing revenue-based contribution regime that subsidizes local telephone service and replace it with a new regime that will subsidize broadband Internet access services in underserved areas. The new regime will ultimately distribute funds of approximately $200 million per year, compared to approximately $100 million per year under the existing regime. The contribution base for the new regime will also be broader than that of the existing regime, and will include retail Internet revenues for the first time. As a result of these changes, Videotron will incur increased revenue-based contribution payments in future years. Videotron will also be eligible to apply for subsidies to help finance broadband Internet expansion projects in underserved areas.

Right to Access to Telecommunications and Support Structures

The CRTC has concluded that some provisions of the Telecommunications Act may be characterized as encouraging joint use of existing support structures of telephone utilities to facilitate efficient deployment of cable distribution undertakings by Canadian carriers. We access these support structures in exchange for a tariff that is regulated by the CRTC. If it were not possible to agree on the use or conditions of access with a support structure owner, we could apply to the CRTC for a right of access to a supporting structure of a telephone utility. The Supreme Court of Canada, however, held on May 16, 2003, that the CRTC does not have jurisdiction under the Telecommunications Act to establish the terms and conditions of access to the support structures of hydro-electricity utilities. Terms of access to the support structures of hydro-electricity utilities must therefore be negotiated with those utilities.

Videotron has entered into comprehensive support structure access agreements with all of the major hydro-electric companies and all of the major telecommunications companies in its service territory.

Right to Access to Municipal Rights-of-Way

Pursuant to sections 42, 43 and 44 of the Telecommunications Act, the CRTC possesses certain construction and expropriation powers related to the installation, operation and maintenance of telecommunication facilities. In the past, most notably in Telecom Decision CRTC 2001-23, the CRTC has used these powers to grant Canadian carriers access to municipal rights-of-way under terms and conditions set out in a municipal access agreement.

Videotron has outstanding disputes with several Québec municipalities related to the use of municipal rights-of-way. Should these disputes not be resolved to the mutual satisfaction of the parties, and should they be referred to the CRTC for resolution, the outcome of which could have a material impact on Videotron’s costs for municipal access for its wireline facilities.

 

57


Table of Contents

Access by Third Parties to Cable Networks

In Canada, access to the Internet is a telecommunications service. While Internet access services are not regulated on a retail (price and terms of service) basis, Internet access for third-party ISPs is mandated and tariffed according to conditions approved by the CRTC for cable operators.

The largest cable operators in Canada, including Videotron, have been required by the CRTC to provide third-party ISPs with access to their cable systems at mandated cost-based rates. At the same time we offer any new retail Internet service speed, we are required to file proposed revisions to our third party Internet access (or “ TPIA ”) tariff to include this new speed offering. TPIA tariff items have been filed and approved for all Videotron Internet service speeds. Several third party ISPs are interconnected to our cable network and are thereby providing retail Internet access services.

The CRTC also requires the large cable carriers, such as us, to allow third party ISPs to provide telephony and networking (LAS/VPN) applications services in addition to retail Internet access services.

In a decision issued on July 22, 2015, the CRTC ordered substantial changes to the framework for the provision of wholesale services to third-party ISPs. The provision of aggregated services will no longer be mandated and will be phased out in conjunction with the implementation of a new mandatory disaggregated service which will involve third-party ISPs provisioning their own regional transport services. This disaggregated service will also include, for the first time, mandated access to high-speed services provided over fibre-access facilities, including the fibre-access facilities of the large incumbent telephone companies. On September 20, 2016, the CRTC released a follow-up decision addressing the technical implementation of this new service. This decision, while requiring adjustments to Videotron’s proposed disaggregated architecture, is generally consistent with the positions submitted in the filings of Videotron. Proposed tariffs and supporting cost studies for the new service have been filed on January 9, 2017.

In parallel, on October 6, 2016, the CRTC ordered a significant interim reduction to the aggregated wholesale high-speed access service tariffs of the large cable carriers and telephone companies, pending approval of revised final rates. The interim rate reduction took effect immediately. A tariff proceeding is ongoing to determine the revised final aggregated service rates. As part of this proceeding, the CRTC will assess the extent to which, if at all, retroactivity will apply to these revised final rates.

As a result of the two abovementioned tariff proceedings, we may experience increased competition for retail cable Internet and telephony customers. In addition, because our third-party Internet access rates are regulated by the CRTC, we could be limited in our ability to recover our costs associated with providing wholesale access.

Regulatory Framework for Mobile Wireless Services

In June 2013, the predecessor to ISED published its new framework relating to transfers, divisions and subordinate licensing of spectrum licenses for commercial mobile spectrum. The framework sets out a series of considerations and criteria for reviewing license transfers and prospective transfers, while refraining from imposing specific quantitative or other approval thresholds. Among the considerations and criteria are: the current license holdings of the applicants in the licensed area, the overall distribution of holdings in the band and other commercial mobile bands in the licensed area, the availability of alternative spectrum, and the degree to which the applicants have deployed networks. The framework also sets out review procedures and timelines (normally 12 weeks from the time of receipt of all required information) and establishes a definition of “deemed transfers” subject to review. The new framework applies to license transfers and prospective transfers on or after the date of publication, and therefore will apply if and when Videotron exercises its option to sell its Toronto AWS-1 license to Rogers under the Rogers LTE Agreement.

The CRTC also regulates mobile wireless services under the Telecommunications Act. On August 12, 1994, the CRTC released a decision forbearing from the exercise of most of its powers under the Telecommunications Act as they relate to mobile wireless service. However, the CRTC did maintain its ability to require conditions governing customer confidential information and to place other general conditions on the provision of mobile wireless service. Since 1994, the CRTC has exercised this power, for example, to mandate wireless number portability, and to require all WSPs to upgrade their networks to more precisely determine the location of a person using a mobile phone to call 911.

 

58


Table of Contents

The Wireless Code was published on June 3, 2013 and came into force on December 2, 2013. It includes, among other things, a limit on early cancellation fees to ensure customers can take advantage of competitive offers at least every two years, as well as measures requiring service providers to unlock wireless devices, to offer a trial period for wireless contracts, and to set default caps on data overage charges and data roaming charges. On July 28, 2016, the CRTC initiated a proceeding to review the Wireless Code. As a result of this proceeding, Videotron may face new regulatory obligations related to the retail mobile wireless services that it provides.

On July 31, 2014, after an investigation that confirmed instances of unjust discrimination and undue preference by one incumbent wireless carrier, the CRTC took action to prohibit exclusivity provisions in wholesale mobile wireless roaming agreements between Canadian carriers for service in Canada. Subsequently, on May 5, 2015, after a broader follow-up proceeding, the CRTC issued a comprehensive policy framework for the provision of wholesale wireless services, including roaming, tower sharing and mobile virtual network operator (MVNO) access services. Most notably, the CRTC decided that each of the three national wireless incumbent carriers would be obliged to provide wholesale roaming services to regional and new entrant carriers at cost-based rates. A tariff proceeding is currently underway to determine these rates. The CRTC elected not to order cost-based rates for either tower sharing or MVNO access services. The result of the wholesale roaming tariff proceeding may have an impact on Videotron’s roaming cost structure and on the types of retail packages it is able to offer its customers in this regard.

On December 17, 2014, the Government of Canada’s second omnibus budget implementation bill for 2014 (C-43) received Royal Assent. This bill amends both the Telecommunications Act and the Radiocommunication Act to give the CRTC and ISED the option to impose monetary penalties on companies that violate established rules such as the Wireless Code and those related to the deployment of spectrum, services to rural areas and tower sharing.

On May 18, 2016, the CRTC initiated a proceeding to examine the policy issues surrounding the use of differential pricing practices by Internet service providers related to Internet data plans. This proceeding stems from an application made by several parties concerning the pricing practices used by Videotron when offering its Unlimited Music service to its mobile wireless customers. The record of this proceeding is now closed and a decision is expected shortly. This decision may have an impact on Videotron’s flexibility in the design and marketing of its wireless and wireline data services.

Municipal Siting Processes for Wireless Antenna Systems

On February 28, 2013, the Canadian Wireless Telecommunications Association, of which Videotron is a member, and the Federation of Canadian Municipalities signed a joint protocol on the siting process for wireless antenna systems. The protocol establishes a more comprehensive notification and consultation process than current regulations, and emphasizes the need for meaningful pre-consultation to ensure local land use priorities and sensitivities are fully reflected in the location and design of new antenna systems. Telecommunications carriers have agreed for the first time to notify municipalities of all antennas being installed before their construction, regardless of height, and to undertake full public consultation for towers under 15 meters - whenever deemed necessary by the municipality.

On June 26, 2014, the predecessor to ISED announced changes to the policy guiding the installation of new antenna towers, most notably to require companies to consult communities on all commercial tower installations regardless of height and to ensure residents are well informed of upcoming consultations. These changes are largely consistent with the joint protocol cited above.

Canadian Publishing

Federal and provincial laws do not directly regulate the publication of newspapers in Canada. There are, however, indirect restrictions on the foreign ownership of Canadian newspapers by virtue of certain provisions of the Income Tax Act (Canada), which limits the deductibility by Canadian taxpayers of advertising expenditures which are made in a newspaper other than, subject to limited exceptions, a “Canadian issue” of a “Canadian newspaper.” For any given publication to qualify as a Canadian issue of a Canadian newspaper, the entity that publishes it, if publicly traded on a prescribed stock exchange in Canada, must ultimately be controlled, in law and in fact, by Canadian citizens and, if a private company, must be at least 75% owned, in vote and in value, and controlled in fact by Canadians. In addition, the publication must be printed and published in Canada and edited in Canada by individuals resident in Canada. All of our newspapers qualify as “Canadian issues” of “Canadian newspapers” (or otherwise fall outside of the limitation on deductibility of advertising expenses) and, as a result, our commercial advertisers generally have the right to deduct their advertising expenditures with us for Canadian tax purposes.

ITEM 4A — UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

 

59


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

ITEM 5 – OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

The following Management Discussion and Analysis provides information concerning the operating results and financial condition of Quebecor Media. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The Corporation’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

All amounts are in Canadian dollars (“CAN dollars”), unless otherwise indicated. This discussion contains forward-looking statements, which are subject to a variety of factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by these statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed under “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and in “Item 3. Key Information – Risk Factors.”

OVERVIEW

Quebecor Media is one of Canada’s leading telecommunications and media companies, with activities in television distribution, Internet access, cable and mobile telephony services, over-the-top video services, business solutions (including data centres), television broadcasting, soundstage and equipment leasing, and post-production services for the film and television industries, newspaper publishing and distribution, Internet portals and specialized websites, book and magazine publishing and distribution, video and console games rental and distribution, music production and distribution, out-of-home advertising, operation and management of a world-class amphitheatre, ownership and management of Quebec Major Junior Hockey League (“QMJHL”) teams, show production and sporting and cultural events management and promotion. Through its Videotron subsidiary, Quebecor Media is a premier cable and mobile communication service provider. Quebecor Media holds leading positions through its media segment in the creation, promotion and distribution of entertainment and news, and in Internet-related services that are designed to appeal to audiences in every demographic category. Quebecor Media continues to pursue a convergence strategy to capture synergies within its portfolio of properties and to leverage the value of content to the benefit of multiple distribution platforms.

Quebecor Media’s operating subsidiaries’ primary sources of revenue include: subscriptions to cable television, Internet access, cable and mobile telephony services and over-the-top video service; business solution services; subscriptions and advertising in various medias; rental of studio and equipment soundstage; book and magazine publishing and distribution; and event management, promotion and production.

The major components of Quebecor Media’s subsidiaries’ costs are comprised of employee costs and purchase of goods and services costs, which include royalties, rights and creation costs, cost of products sold, service contracts, marketing, circulation and distribution expenses, and building expenses.

QUEBECOR MEDIA’S SEGMENTS

Quebecor Media’s subsidiaries operate in the following business segments: Telecommunications, Media, and Sports and Entertainment.

 

60


Table of Contents

TREND INFORMATION

Competition continues to be intense in the cable and alternative multichannel broadcast distribution industry and in the mobile telephony market. The significant subscriber growth recorded in the Telecommunications sector in past years is not necessarily representative of future growth, due to the penetration rates currently reached.

Moreover, the Telecommunications segment has in the past required substantial capital for the upgrade, expansion and maintenance of its cable and mobile networks, the launch and expansion of new or additional services to support growth in its customer base and demands for increased bandwidth capacity and other services. The Corporation expects that additional capital expenditures will be required in the short and medium term in order to expand and maintain the Telecommunications segment’s systems and services, including expenditures relating to the cost of its mobile services’ infrastructure deployment, maintenance and enhancement, as well as costs relating to advancements in Internet access and TV everywhere, requiring IP technology and the introduction of virtual reality. In addition, the demand for wireless data services has been growing at high rates and it is projected that this demand will further increase in the future. The anticipated levels of data traffic will represent a growing challenge to the current mobile network’s ability to serve this traffic. The Telecommunications segment may have to acquire additional spectrum in the future, as available.

Some of Quebecor Media’s lines of business are cyclical in nature. They are dependent on advertising and, in the Media segment in particular, on circulation sales. Operating results are therefore sensitive to prevailing economic conditions.

In the Media segment, the broadcasting industry is undergoing a period of significant change. Television audiences are fragmenting as viewing habits shift not only toward specialty channels, but also toward content-delivery platforms that allow users greater control over content and timing, such as the Internet, video-on-demand and mobile devices. Audience fragmentation has prompted many advertisers to review their strategies in media placement. The Media segment is taking steps to adjust to the profound changes occurring in the broadcasting industry so as to maintain its leadership position and offer audiences and advertisers alike the best available content, when they want it, and on the media platform they want. Moreover, newspaper circulation, measured in terms of copies sold, has been declining in the newspaper industry over the past several years. The traditional run-of-press advertising for major multimarket retailers has been declining over the past few years due to consolidation in the retail industry, combined with a shift in marketing strategy toward other media. In order to respond to such competition, the Media segment’s operations continue to develop their Internet presence through branded websites, including French-language portals and specialized websites.

The Sports and Entertainment segment has made and is continuing to make significant investments in its efforts to develop the business. The Corporation expects that additional capital expenditures and other investments will be required in order to expand the Sports and Entertainment segment.

QUEBECOR MEDIA’S INTEREST IN SUBSIDIARIES

Table 1 shows Quebecor Media’s equity interest in its main subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016.

Table 1

Quebecor Media’s interest (direct and indirect) in its main subsidiaries

December 31, 2016

 

     Percentage
of vote
    Percentage
of equity
 

Videotron Ltd.

     100.0     100.0

TVA Group Inc.

     99.9     68.4

MediaQMI Inc.

     100.0     100.0

QMI Spectacles inc.

     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Quebecor Media’s interest in its subsidiaries has not varied significantly over the past three years, with the exception of the following:

On March 20, 2015, TVA Group Inc. (“TVA Group”) completed a rights offering whereby it received net proceeds totalling $110.0 million from the issuance of 19,434,629 Class B Shares, non-voting, participating, without par value, of TVA Group (“TVA Group Class B Shares”). Under the rights offering, Quebecor Media subscribed for 17,300,259 TVA Group Class B Shares at a total cost of $97.9 million. As a result, its total interest in TVA Group’s equity increased from 51.5% to 68.4%.

 

61


Table of Contents

HIGHLIGHTS SINCE END OF 2015

 

 

Quebecor Media’s revenues totalled $4.02 billion in 2016, a $125.8 million (3.2%) increase from 2015.

 

 

On February 16, 2017, Quebecor announced major corporate management changes. Pierre Karl Péladeau returned to the position of President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor Inc. (“Quebecor” or the “parent company”) and Quebecor Media, replacing Pierre Dion who was appointed Chairman of the Board of Quebecor Media and a director of Quebecor.

Telecommunications

 

 

In 2016, the Telecommunications segment grew its revenues by $144.8 million (4.8%) and its adjusted operating income by $63.6 million (4.6%).

 

 

In 2016, Videotron Ltd. (“Videotron”) significantly increased its revenues from mobile telephony ($106.7 million or 26.4%), Internet access ($58.0 million or 6.3%), business solutions ($42.1 million or 60.9%) and the Club illico over-the-top video service (“Club illico”) ($7.8 million or 33.1%).

 

 

Videotron posted a net increase of 117,900 revenue-generating units 1 (2.1%) in 2016, including 125,300 connections to the mobile telephony service, 57,200 memberships in Club illico, and 44,600 subscriptions to the cable Internet access service.

 

 

Videotron’s average monthly revenue per user (“ARPU”) was $144.86 in 2016 compared with $135.68 in 2015, a $9.18 (6.8%) increase.

 

 

On January 12, 2017, 4Degrees Colocation Inc. (“4Degrees Colocation”), a subsidiary of Videotron, announced an agreement with Megaport (USA), Inc., a global leader in secure interconnectivity, which will allow business customers to link directly to the world’s largest providers of public cloud services. Customers will enjoy fast, secure, redundant access to business applications from three leading information and communications technology providers: Microsoft Corporation (Azure, Office 365, Exchange), Amazon Web Services, Inc. and Google.

 

 

During 2016, Videotron’s Unlimited Music service added Apple Music, Napster, Tidal and SoundCloud to its catalogue of music streaming apps, bringing the number of supported services to 18 at year’s end. Unlimited Music allows subscribers to Videotron’s mobile telephony service to stream music without restriction via various platforms without using their mobile data plan.

 

 

On November 15, 2016, Videotron began rolling out Docsis 3.1 technology on its network. Developed by the CableLabs consortium, of which Videotron is a member, Docsis 3.1 will eventually deliver download speeds of up to 10 Gbps and upload speeds of up to 1 Gbps. Videotron will therefore be able to offer better Internet access service to meet the growing speed and bandwidth needs of its customers, who are watching more high definition (“HD”) and ultra high-definition (“UHD”) videos and adopting the cloud, the Internet of Things, augmented reality and virtual reality.

 

 

On September 20, 2016, Ericsson Canada Inc., École de technologie supérieure, Quartier de l’innovation, and Videotron announced a partnership to create the first open-air smart living laboratory to test all aspects of new, fifth-generation telecommunications technologies.

 

 

On September 13, 2016, 4Degrees Colocation officially opened its Montréal data centre. The $40 million, 4,000-square-metre facility boasts one of the largest server rooms in Québec and is purpose-designed for data hosting.

 

 

On July 13, 2016, Videotron launched its Giga Fibre Hybrid Internet access service, which offers residential and business customers connection speeds of up to 940 Mbps. The product confirms Videotron’s status as the leader in high-speed Internet, an area in which it has been a trailblazer for more than 20 years.

 

 

On January 7, 2016, Videotron announced the acquisition of Fibrenoire inc. (“Fibrenoire”), which provides fibre-optic connectivity services to businesses, for a $125.0 million cash consideration, of which the net amount of $119.1 million was paid at closing (net of acquired cash in the amount of $1.8 million). A subsequent $0.2 million adjustment was received in the second quarter of 2016. The $5.9 million balance, including interest charges, was paid on February 7, 2017. Combining the capabilities of Videotron Business Solutions and Fibrenoire will make it possible to continue meeting the growing demand from business customers for fibre-optic connectivity and will strengthen Videotron’s leadership in business telecommunications services.

 

1  

The sum of subscriptions to the cable television, cable Internet access and Club illico services, plus subscriber connections to the cable and mobile telephony services.

 

62


Table of Contents

Media

 

 

According to the fall 2016 Vividata survey, Le Journal de Montr é al , Le Journal de Qu é bec and the free daily 24  heures Montr é al remain Québec’s news leaders with 3.8 million readers per week across all platforms (print, mobile and Web). TVA Group is a major player in the Canadian magazine industry with 9.3 million readers per week across all platforms.

 

 

On January 10, 2017, the Montréal Impact, a Major League Soccer (“MLS”) team, and Quebecor announced an agreement making TVA Sports the exclusive French-language broadcaster of the Montréal Impact and an official MLS broadcaster for the next five years. As an official MLS broadcaster, TVA Sports will broadcast all Montréal Impact regular season and playoff games, the All-Star Game, the MLS Cup playoffs and the MLS Cup final. The agreement will enrich TVA Sports’ programming with coverage of a sport that is growing fast in Québec and make it possible to disseminate that content on all of Quebecor’s media platforms.

 

 

During the period from September 5 to December 4, 2016, TVA Group and its specialty channels had a total television audience market share of 37.0% in Québec compared with 33.1% in the previous year (source: Numeris, Québec Franco, Fall 2016). TVA Network held its status as the market leader with a 25.3% market share, more than its main over-the-air rivals combined.

 

 

Season 1 of La Voix Junior, which aired on TVA Network in fall 2016, reached an average audience of 2,309,600 per week (source: Numeris, Québec Franco, October 2 to November 27, 2016, T2+) for a 55% market share, topping the fall 2016 ratings in Québec. The show’s popularity extended to the Web, where the candidates’ performances and videotaped interviews logged a total of 7.5 million viewings across all platforms. The lavoixjunior.ca site attracted more than a million unique visitors in the season. It was a compelling example of the effectiveness of Quebecor Media’s convergence strategy, designed to capture and maximize synergies within its portfolio of media properties.

 

 

On November 2, 2016, the Media segment announced changes to its organizational structure aimed at balancing its cost structure and enhancing operational efficiencies. The transformation entailed a 220-position workforce reduction in the segment, including 125 positions at TVA Group, mainly managers, professionals and administrative support staff. The changes had no impact on the newsrooms or on cross-Québec news coverage. These changes will enable the Media segment to maintain its lead in news and content production and promote its flagship brands.

 

 

On October 24, 2016, TVA Group announced the launch of the new TVA.ca website and the TVA mobile app, which give users free access to TVA programs in HD, live or on demand. The site and app also support a series of other functionalities: users can catch up on shows from the previous seven days, watch exclusive original content, pause and resume play on a different screen, and receive customized suggestions.

 

 

On June 20, 2016, the Media segment announced the launch of Immersion, a new video advertising format that enables businesses and their brands to leverage existing content and reduce their advertising video production costs. The innovative technology displays full-screen, high-resolution videos that integrate seamlessly into the front end of most websites.

 

 

On April 12, 2016, TVA Group released the Molto app, a new digital newsstand that gives users unlimited access to the full content of all its magazines on their tablets and smartphones.

 

 

Season 4 of La Voix posted strong ratings. The weekly gala attracted an average audience of 2.6 million viewers (source: Numeris, Québec Franco, January 17 to April 10, 2016, T2+) and an average market share of 58%. Traffic on the lavoix.ca site increased considerably and the number of viewings grew by 54% to a total of 6.6 million. The show logged 1.8 million downloads on the analog and digital (“illico Digital TV”) broadcasting distribution services.

 

 

In the first quarter of 2016, Quebecor Media launched an automated real-time contextual advertising service across its digital network, in partnership with digital marketing agency Dialekta. The Media segment is the first French-language media group to offer advertisers a service of this type, which has the potential for more accurate audience targeting than anything currently available.

Sports and Entertainment

 

 

On September 12, 2016, the Videotron Centre completed its first full year of operation. During that period, the Videotron Centre hosted 93 sporting events and concerts, as well as 30 corporate events. In all, more than 1.1 million people passed

 

63


Table of Contents
 

through the turnstiles. The Videotron Centre’s diverse programming included prominent acts such as Metallica, Madonna, Muse, Rihanna, Justin Bieber, Pearl Jam, and Bryan Adams. In August 2016, the Videotron Centre also presented a sold-out series of five concerts by Céline Dion, which were attended by more than 66,000 people. Finally, the Remparts de Québec of the QMJHL drew more than 470,000 spectators during the 2015-2016 season, a record for a junior hockey team in Canada.

 

 

On April 7, 2016, Gestev became the official imprint for all shows and events produced by Quebecor. The new grouping is capitalizing on the 25 years of experience that Event Management Gestev Inc. (“Gestev”) has in organizing sporting and cultural events and on its powerful brand in order to establish itself as a major player in showbiz and entertainment.

Financial transactions

 

 

In accordance with a notice issued on December 2, 2016, Videotron redeemed, on January 5, 2017, $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 6.875% Senior Notes issued on July 5, 2011 and maturing on July 15, 2021 at a redemption price of 103.438% of their principal amount.

 

 

In June 2016, Quebecor Media amended its revolving credit facility to extend its term to July 2020 and Videotron amended its secured revolving credit facility and its unsecured revolving credit facility to extend their terms to July 2021. Some of the terms and conditions of the credit facilities were also amended.

NON-IFRS FINANCIAL MEASURES

The financial measures not standardized under IFRS that are used by the Corporation to assess its financial performance, such as adjusted operating income, cash flows from segment operations and free cash flows from continuing operating activities, are not calculated in accordance with, or recognized by IFRS. The Corporation’s method of calculating these non-IFRS financial measures may differ from the methods used by other companies and, as a result, the non-IFRS financial measures presented in this document may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures disclosed by other companies.

Adjusted Operating Income

In its analysis of operating results, the Corporation defines adjusted operating income, as reconciled to net income under IFRS, as net income before depreciation and amortization, financial expenses, loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments, restructuring of operations, litigation and other items, impairment of goodwill and other assets, loss on debt refinancing, income taxes, and loss from discontinued operations. Adjusted operating income as defined above is not a measure of results that is consistent with IFRS. It is not intended to be regarded as an alternative to other financial operating performance measures or to the statement of cash flows as a measure of liquidity. It should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures of performance prepared in accordance with IFRS. The Corporation’s parent company, Quebecor, uses adjusted operating income in order to assess the performance of its investment in Quebecor Media. The Corporation’s management and Board of Directors use this measure in evaluating its consolidated results as well as the results of its operating segments. This measure eliminates the significant level of impairment and depreciation/amortization of tangible and intangible assets and is unaffected by the capital structure or investment activities of Quebecor Media and its business segments. Adjusted operating income is also relevant because it is a significant component of the Corporation’s annual incentive compensation programs. A limitation of this measure, however, is that it does not reflect the periodic costs of tangible and intangible assets used in generating revenues in the Corporation’s segments. It therefore uses other measures that do reflect such costs, such as cash flows from segment operations and free cash flows from continuing operating activities. The Corporation’s definition of adjusted operating income may not be the same as similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

Table 2 below provides a reconciliation of adjusted operating income to net income as disclosed in the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements. The consolidated income statement data for the three-month periods ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 presented in Table 2 below is derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements for such periods not included in this annual report.

 

64


Table of Contents

Table 2

Reconciliation of the adjusted operating income measure used in this report to the net income measure used in the consolidated financial statements

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

       Year ended December 31     Three months
ended December 31
 
     2016     2015     2014     2016     2015  

Adjusted operating income (loss) :

          

Telecommunications

   $ 1,449.4     $ 1,385.8     $ 1,353.2     $ 364.6     $ 349.0  

Media

     63.3       70.2       58.4       24.7       22.3  

Sports and Entertainment

     (7.2     (11.7     (2.8     (1.0     (3.1

Head Office

     (7.7     (3.5     (3.6     (1.1     (5.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,497.8       1,440.8       1,405.2       387.2       363.2  

Depreciation and amortization

     (650.4     (691.0     (658.3     (166.7     (175.9

Financial expenses

     (302.9     (309.2     (323.8     (77.5     (78.8

Loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments

     (2.1     (3.8     (3.1     (1.5     (6.4

Restructuring of operations, litigation and other items

     (28.5     117.2       (49.6     (13.3     (7.9

Impairment of goodwill and other assets

     (40.9     (230.7     (81.0     —         (3.7

Loss on debt refinancing

     (7.3     (12.1     (18.7     (7.3     —    

Income taxes

     (126.3     (104.1     (102.3     (23.0     (22.5

Loss from discontinued operations

     —         (19.7     (81.6     —         (0.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 339.4     $ 187.4     $ 86.8     $ 97.9     $ 67.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Segment Operations

Cash flows from segment operations represents adjusted operating income, less additions to property, plant and equipment and to intangible assets (excluding disbursements for licence acquisitions and renewals), plus proceeds from disposal of assets. The Corporation uses cash flows from segment operations as a measure of the liquidity generated by its segments. Cash flows from segment operations represents funds available for interest and income tax payments, expenditures related to restructuring programs, business acquisitions, licence acquisitions and renewals, payment of dividends, reduction of paid-up capital, repayment of long-term debt and repurchase of shares. Cash flows from segment operations is not a measure of liquidity that is consistent with IFRS. It is not intended to be regarded as an alternative to other financial operating performance measures or to the statement of cash flows as a measure of liquidity. Cash flows from segment operations is used by the Corporation’s management and Board of Directors to evaluate cash flows generated by its segments’ operations. The Corporation’s definition of cash flows from segment operations may not be identical to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. When cash flows from segment operations is reported, a reconciliation to adjusted operating income is provided in the same section of the report.

Free Cash Flows from Continuing Operating Activities

Free cash flows from continuing operating activities consists of cash flows provided by continuing operating activities calculated in accordance with IFRS, less additions to property, plant and equipment and to intangible assets (excluding disbursements for licence acquisitions and renewals), plus proceeds from disposal of assets. The Corporation uses free cash flows from continuing operating activities as a measure of total liquidity generated on a consolidated basis. Free cash flows from continuing operating activities represents funds available for business acquisitions, licence acquisitions and renewals, payment of dividends, reduction of paid-up capital, repayment of long-term debt and repurchase of shares. Free cash flows from continuing operating activities is not a measure of liquidity that is consistent with IFRS. It is not intended to be regarded as an alternative to other financial operating performance measures or to the statement of cash flows as a measure of liquidity. The Corporation’s definition of free cash flows from continuing operating activities may not be identical to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

 

65


Table of Contents

Table 7 provides a reconciliation of free cash flows from continuing operating activities of the Corporation to cash flows provided by continuing operating activities reported in the consolidated financial statements.

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATOR

The Corporation uses ARPU, an industry metric, as a key performance indicator. This indicator is used to measure monthly revenues per average basic customer from its cable television, Internet access, cable and mobile telephony services and Club illico. ARPU is not a measurement that is consistent with IFRS and the Corporation’s definition and calculation of ARPU may not be the same as identically titled measurements reported by other companies. The Corporation calculates ARPU by dividing the combined revenues from its cable television, Internet access, cable and mobile telephony services and Club illico by the average number of basic customers during the applicable period, and then dividing the resulting amount by the number of months in the applicable period.

 

66


Table of Contents

2016/2015 FINANCIAL YEAR COMPARISON

Analysis of consolidated results of Quebecor Media

Revenues: $4.02 billion, a $125.8 million (3.2%) increase.

 

 

Revenues increased in Telecommunications ($144.8 million or 4.8% of segment revenues) and in Sports and Entertainment ($11.4 million or 49.1%).

 

 

Revenues decreased in Media ($37.8 million or -3.9%).

Adjusted operating income: $1.50 billion, a $57.0 million (4.0%) increase.

 

 

Adjusted operating income increased in Telecommunications ($63.6 million or 4.6% of segment adjusted operating income). There was a favourable variance in Sports and Entertainment ($4.5 million or 38.5%).

 

 

Adjusted operating income decreased in Media ($6.9 million or -9.8%). There was an unfavourable variance at Head Office ($4.2 million), essentially due to an unfavourable variance in the stock-based compensation charge.

 

 

The change in the fair value of Quebecor Media stock options resulted in a $5.3 million unfavourable variance in the stock-based compensation charge in 2016 compared with 2015. The change in the fair value of Quebecor stock options and in the value of Quebecor stock-price-based share units resulted in a $4.2 million unfavourable variance in the Corporation’s stock-based compensation charge in 2016.

Net income attributable to shareholders: $352.0 million in 2016 compared with $207.6 million in 2015, a $144.4 million increase.

 

 

The favourable variance was due primarily to:

 

   

$189.8 million decrease in non-cash charge for impairment of goodwill and other assets, including $75.0 million without any tax consequences;  

 

   

$57.0 million increase in adjusted operating income;

 

   

$40.6 million decrease in the depreciation and amortization charge;

 

   

$19.7 million favourable variance in the loss related to discontinued operations;

 

   

$6.3 million decrease in financial expenses;

 

   

$4.8 million favourable variance in losses on debt refinancing.

Partially offset by:

 

   

$145.7 million unfavourable variance in the charge for restructuring of operations, litigation and other items;

 

   

$22.2 million unfavourable variance in the income tax expense;

 

   

$6.0 million unfavourable variance in non-controlling interest.  

Depreciation and amortization charge: $650.4 million, a $40.6 million decrease due primarily to the impact of the end of amortization of spectrum in the Telecommunications segment in the second quarter of 2015, in accordance with a change in the estimated useful lives of the licences, and the end of the accounting useful lives of some assets acquired as part of the acquisition of Videotron in October 2000.

Financial expenses: $302.9 million, a $6.3 million decrease caused mainly by the impact of lower interest rates on long-term debt due to debt refinancing at lower rates and a favourable variance in gains and losses on foreign currency translation of short-term monetary items, partially offset by higher average indebtedness resulting primarily from the purchase in September 2015 of part of the interest in Quebecor Media held by CDP Capital d’Amérique Investissement inc. (“CDP Capital”), a subsidiary of the Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec, for a $500.0 million consideration.

Loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments: $2.1 million in 2016 compared with $3.8 million in 2015, a $1.7 million favourable variance.

 

67


Table of Contents

Charge for restructuring of operations, litigation and other items: $28.5 million in 2016 compared with a $117.2 million gain in 2015, a $145.7 million unfavourable variance.

 

 

In 2016, the Telecommunications segment recognized a charge for restructuring of operations totalling $14.3 million ($8.8 million in 2015), deriving essentially from customer migration from analog to digital services. A $10.1 million charge for restructuring of operations was recorded in the Media segment in connection with staff-reduction programs in 2016 ($9.8 million in 2015). The other segments recorded charges for restructuring of operations of $1.7 million in 2016 ($0.6 million in 2015).

 

 

In 2016, Quebecor Media’s segments also recorded a $1.3 million charge for other items ($1.7 million in 2015).

 

 

On March 6, 2015, the Québec Court of Appeal ruled in favour of Videotron and TVA Group, and ordered Bell ExpressVu Limited Partnership (“Bell ExpressVu”) to pay Videotron compensation in the amount of $135.3 million and TVA Group compensation in the amount of $0.6 million, including interest, for having failed to implement an appropriate security system in a timely manner to prevent piracy of the signals broadcast by its satellite television service between 1999 and 2005, thereby harming its competitors and broadcasters. On October 15, 2015, the Supreme Court of Canada denied Bell ExpressVu leave to appeal the decision. A $139.1 million gain on litigation was recorded in the statement of income in 2015.

 

 

A $1.1 million interest expense was recorded in the Telecommunications segment in 2016 ($1.0 million in 2015) in connection with a court ruling handed down in 2014.

Charge for impairment of goodwill and other assets: $40.9 million in 2016 compared with $230.7 million in 2015, a $189.8 million favourable variance.

 

 

In 2016, Quebecor Media performed impairment tests on its Magazines cash-generating unit (“CGU”) in view of the downtrend in the industry’s advertising revenues. Quebecor Media concluded that the recoverable amount of its Magazines CGU was less than its carrying amount. Accordingly, a $40.1 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge (without any tax consequences) was recorded in 2016. As well, a charge for impairment of intangible assets totalling $0.8 million was recorded in the Media segment in 2016.

 

 

In 2015, Quebecor Media performed impairment tests on its CGUs and concluded that the recoverable amount of its Newspapers and Broadcasting CGUs was less than their carrying amount. The recoverable amount of those CGUs was adversely affected by declining newspaper and commercial printing volumes, and by continuing pressure on advertising revenues in the newspaper and television businesses. Accordingly, an $85.0 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge (without any tax consequences) and an $81.9 million non-cash impairment charge on other assets, relating mainly to the assets of the Mirabel printing plant, were recorded in the Newspapers CGU in 2015. A $60.1 million impairment charge on TVA Network’s broadcasting licences (including $30.1 million without any tax consequences) was recognized in the Broadcasting CGU in 2015. A $3.7 million impairment charge on intangible assets was also recognized in 2015 in other segments.

Loss on debt refinancing: $7.3 million in 2016 compared with $12.1 million in 2015, a $4.8 million favourable variance.

 

 

In accordance with a notice issued on December 2, 2016, Videotron redeemed, on January 5, 2017, $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 6.875% Senior Notes issued on July 5, 2011 and maturing on July 15, 2021 at a redemption price of 103.438% of their principal amount. A $7.3 million loss was recorded in the consolidated statement of income in 2016 in connection with this redemption.

 

 

In accordance with a notice issued on June 16, 2015, Videotron redeemed, on July 16, 2015, the entirety of its outstanding 9.125% Senior Notes issued on April 15, 2008 and maturing on April 15, 2018, in the aggregate principal amount of US$75.0 million, at a redemption price of 101.521% of their principal amount, and unwound the related hedges in an asset position. A $0.2 million loss was recorded in the consolidated statement of income in the second quarter of 2015 in connection with this redemption, including a $2.1 million net gain previously recorded in “Other comprehensive income.”

 

 

In accordance with a notice issued on June 16, 2015, Videotron redeemed, on July 16, 2015, the entirety of its outstanding 7.125% Senior Notes issued on January 13, 2010 and maturing on January 15, 2020, in the aggregate principal amount of $300.0 million, at a redemption price of 103.563% of their principal amount. A $13.6 million loss was recorded in the consolidated statement of income in the second quarter of 2015 in connection with this redemption.

 

 

In accordance with a notice issued on March 11, 2015, Videotron redeemed, on April 10, 2015, the entirety of its 6.375% Senior Notes maturing on December 15, 2015, in the aggregate principal amount of US$175.0 million, at a redemption price of 100% of their principal amount, and unwound the related hedges in an asset position. A $1.7 million net gain was recorded in the consolidated statement of income in the first quarter of 2015 in connection with this redemption, including a $1.8 million gain previously recorded in “Other comprehensive income.”

 

68


Table of Contents

Income tax expense: $126.3 million (effective tax rate of 25.0%) in 2016 compared with $104.1 million (effective tax rate of 24.4%) in 2015, a $22.2 million unfavourable variance. The effective tax rate is calculated considering only taxable and deductible items.

 

 

The unfavourable variance in the income tax expense was mainly due to the increase in taxable income for tax purposes and one-time items that had an unfavourable impact on comparative effective tax rates.

 

 

The unfavourable variance in effective tax rates was mainly due to the impact of a decrease in deferred income tax liabilities in the second quarter of 2015, in light of developments in tax audits, jurisprudence and tax legislation. The announced lowering of Québec tax rates in the coming years also had a favourable impact on the effective tax rate in 2016, with a corresponding reduction in deferred tax balances on the balance sheet.

 

69


Table of Contents

SEGMENTED ANALYSIS

Telecommunications

In Quebecor Media’s Telecommunications segment, Videotron is the largest cable operator in Québec and the third-largest in Canada by customer base. Its state-of-the-art network passes 2,839,300 homes and businesses. It offers advanced mobile telephony services, including high-speed Internet access, mobile television and many other functionalities supported by smartphones; Internet access service; analog and digital cable television services, including video on demand, pay-per-view and pay TV; cable telephony; and the Club illico over-the-top video service. Videotron also includes Videotron Business Solutions, a full-service business telecommunications provider that offers telephony, high-speed data transmission, Internet access, hosting, and cable television services.

The segment is also engaged in retail sales and rentals of DVDs, Blu-ray discs and console games through the Le SuperClub Vidéotron ltée subsidiary (“Le SuperClub Vidéotron”) and its franchise network.

2016 operating results

Revenues: $3.15 billion in 2016, a $144.8 million (4.8%) increase.

 

 

Revenues from the mobile telephony service increased $106.7 million (26.4%) to $510.4 million, essentially due to the increase in the number of subscriber connections and higher net revenue per connection.

 

 

Revenues from Internet access services increased $58.0 million (6.3%) to $978.7 million, mainly because of higher per-subscriber revenues caused by factors including a favourable product mix and increases in some rates, higher revenues from the rental of Wi-Fi routers, increased usage and customer base growth.

 

 

Combined revenues from all cable television services decreased $29.5 million (-2.8%) to $1.02 billion, due primarily to the impact of the net decrease in the customer base, higher discounts, and a decrease in video-on-demand and pay TV orders, partially offset by increases in some rates and increased revenues from the leasing of digital set-top boxes.

 

 

Revenues from the cable telephone service decreased $33.2 million (-7.2%) to $424.8 million, mainly because of the impact of the net decrease in subscribers, lower per-subscriber revenues, higher discounts and lower long-distance revenues.

 

 

Revenues from Club illico increased $7.8 million (33.1%) to $31.4 million, essentially because of subscriber growth.

 

 

Revenues of Videotron Business Solutions increased $42.1 million (60.9%) to $111.2 million, due primarily to the impact of the acquisition of Fibrenoire on January 7, 2016 and higher revenues at 4Degrees Colocation, acquired on March 11, 2015.

 

 

Revenues from customer equipment sales decreased $4.0 million (-6.9%) to $53.6 million, mainly because of lower sales of digital set-top boxes.

 

 

Revenues of the Le SuperClub Vidéotron retail chain decreased $1.6 million (-17.6%) to $7.5 million, mainly because of the impact of store closings.

 

 

Other revenues decreased $1.5 million (-13.2%) to $9.9 million.

ARPU: $144.86 in 2016 compared with $135.68 in 2015, a $9.18 (6.8%) increase.

Customer statistics

Revenue -generating units – As of December 31, 2016, the total number of revenue-generating units stood at 5,765,400, an increase of 117,900 (2.1%) in 2016 compared with an increase of 168,200 in 2015 (Table 3). Revenue-generating units are the sum of subscriptions to the cable television, cable Internet access and Club illico services, plus subscriber connections to the cable and mobile telephony services.

Mobile telephony – As of December 31, 2016, the number of subscriber connections to the mobile telephony service stood at 893,900, an increase of 125,300 (16.3%) in 2016 compared with an increase of 135,800 in 2015 (Table 3) .

Cable Internet access – As of December 31, 2016, the number of subscribers to cable Internet access services stood at 1,612,800, an increase of 44,600 (2.8%) in 2016 compared with an increase of 30,700 in 2015 (Table 3). At December 31, 2016, Videotron’s cable Internet access services had a household and business penetration rate (number of subscribers as a proportion of the total 2,839,300 homes and businesses passed by Videotron’s network as of December 31, 2016, up from 2,806,000 one year earlier) of 56.8% compared with 55.9% a year earlier.

 

70


Table of Contents

Cable television – The combined customer base for all Videotron cable television services decreased by 46,000 (-2.6%) in 2016 compared with a decrease of 45,400 in 2015 (Table 3). As of December 31, 2016, Videotron had 1,690,900 subscribers to its cable television services. The household and business penetration rate was 59.6% versus 61.9% a year earlier.

 

 

As of December 31, 2016, the number of subscribers to the illico Digital TV service stood at 1,587,100, an increase of 16,500 (1.1%) in 2016 compared with an increase of 17,000 in 2015. As of December 31, 2016, illico Digital TV had a household and business penetration rate of 55.9% versus 56.0% a year earlier.

 

 

The customer base for analog cable television services decreased by 62,500 (-37.6%) in 2016 compared with a decrease of 62,400 in 2015.

Cable telephony – As of December 31, 2016, the number of subscribers to the cable telephony service stood at 1,253,100, a decrease of 63,200 (-4.8%) in 2016 compared with a decrease of 32,700 in 2015 (Table 3). At December 31, 2016, the cable telephony service had a household and business penetration rate of 44.1% versus 46.9% a year earlier.

Club illico – As of December 31, 2016, the number of subscribers to Club illico stood at 314,700, an increase of 57,200 (22.2%) in 2016 compared with an increase of 79,800 in 2015 (Table 3).

Table 3

Telecommunications segment year-end customer numbers (2012-2016)

(in thousands of customers)

 

       2016      2015      2014      2013      2012  

Mobile telephony 1

     893.9        768.6        632.8        504.3        403.8  

Cable Internet

     1,612.8        1,568.2        1,537.5        1,506.0        1,444.0  

Cable television:

              

Analog

     103.8        166.3        228.7        297.7        374.1  

Digital

     1,587.1        1,570.6        1,553.6        1,527.4        1,480.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,690.9        1,736.9        1,782.3        1,825.1        1,855.0  

Cable telephony 1

     1,253.1        1,316.3        1,349.0        1,348.5        1,316.3  

Club illico

     314.7        257.5        177.7        58.2        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total (revenue-generating units)

     5,765.4        5,647.5        5,479.3        5,242.1        5,019.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
1

In thousands of connections

Adjusted operating income: $1.45 billion, a $63.6 million (4.6%) increase caused primarily by:

 

   

impact of the revenue increase.

Partially offset by:

 

   

impact of the increased loss incurred on mobile device sales, partially offset by the favourable impact of “bring your own device” (“BOYD”) plans;

 

   

increases in some operating expenses, primarily administrative expenses, customer service and selling expenses.

Cost/revenue ratio: Operating costs for all Telecommunications segment operations, expressed as a percentage of revenues, were 54.0% in 2016 compared with 53.9% in 2015.

Cash flows from operations

Cash flows from segment operations: $660.4 million in 2016 compared with $666.5 million in 2015 (Table 4).

 

 

The $6.1 million decrease was due primarily to a $68.7 million increase in additions to property, plant and equipment and to intangible assets, reflecting in part investment in the data centres and in expanding the capacity of the LTE network, partially offset by the $63.6 million increase in adjusted operating income.

 

71


Table of Contents

Table 4: Telecommunications

Cash flows from operations

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

     2016     2015     2014  

Adjusted operating income

   $ 1,449.4     $ 1,385.8     $ 1,353.2  

Additions to property, plant and equipment

     (666.8     (630.2     (606.1

Additions to intangible assets (excluding spectrum)

     (125.6     (93.5     (87.3

Proceeds from disposal of assets

     3.4       4.4       5.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from segment operations

   $ 660.4     $ 666.5     $ 665.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Media

In the Media segment, TVA Group operates the largest French-language private television network in North America. TVA Group is the sole owner of 6 of the 10 television stations in the TVA Network and the specialty channels LCN, TVA Sports, addik TV , Prise 2, Yoopa, CASA and MOI&cie. TVA Group also holds interests in two other TVA Network affiliates and the Évasion specialty channel. As well, TVA Group is engaged in commercial production, dubbing, custom publishing and premedia services, and in the distribution of audiovisual products through its TVA Films division.

Through its subsidiaries, TVA Publications Inc. and Les Publications Charron & Cie inc., TVA Group publishes more than 50 French- and English-language magazines in various categories, including show business, television, fashion, sports, and decorating. It is the largest magazine publisher in Québec.

TVA Group also operates a number of websites. Its leading sites by traffic are tvanouvelles.ca , tvasports.ca , canadianliving.com , and recettes.qc.ca.

In addition, TVA Group owns Mels Studios and Postproduction G.P. (“MELS”), a provider of soundstage and equipment leasing, postproduction and visual effects services to the film and television industries.

The Media segment of Quebecor Media also operates two paid-circulation daily newspapers, Le Journal de Montréal and Le Journal de Québec , and a free daily, 24  heures Montréal . According to corporate figures, the aggregate circulation of the Media segment’s paid and free newspapers as of December 31, 2016 was approximately 2.6 million copies per week in print and 0.2 million copies in electronic formats.

The paid-circulation newspapers disseminate information in traditional print form, as well as through two urban daily news portals, journaldemontreal.com and journaldequebec.com . The Media segment also operates canoe.ca , a French-language portal that provides news and services for the general public, and the e-commerce site autonet.ca for car buyers.

The Media segment’s portals log 6.9 million unique visitors per month in Canada (source: ComScore – December 2016).

The Media segment is also engaged in the printing of newspapers, the distribution of newspapers and magazines, and out-of-home advertising. As well, it operates Studios Goji inc., a talent collective that serves creators of online video content by providing personalized assistance in the development of new multiplatform business opportunities and by supporting creation. In addition, the segment includes QMI Agency, a news agency that provides content to all Quebecor Media properties, as well as Quebecor Media Sales, which offers Media segment customers integrated, diversified, complete advertising services.

The Media segment owns the scholastic publisher CEC Publishing Inc. and Sogides Inc., which is engaged in general literature publishing through its 18 publishing houses, and in physical and digital distribution of books through Messageries ADP inc., the exclusive distributor for more than 200 Québec and European French-language publishers.

Finally, the Media segment is engaged in the distribution of CDs and videos (Distribution Select); distribution of music to Internet download services (Select Digital); music recording and video production (Musicor); and live concert recording.

 

72


Table of Contents

2016 operating results

Revenues: $938.0 million in 2016, a $37.8 million (-3.9%) decrease.

 

 

Broadcasting revenues increased $9.7 million (2.3%), mainly due to:

 

   

increased subscription revenues at the specialty channels, including TVA Sports, addik TV , MOI&cie, Yoopa and Casa;

 

   

higher advertising revenues at the TVA Network.

Partially offset by:

 

   

lower advertising revenues at TVA Sports, mainly because of the Montréal Canadiens’ failure to qualify for the National Hockey League (“NHL”) playoffs in the spring of 2016, and at LCN.

 

 

Film production and audiovisual service revenues decreased by $5.3 million (-8.2%), mainly because of lower revenues from soundstage and equipment leasing due to fewer productions in 2016 than in 2015, partly as a result of the eleventh-hour cancellation of a major production planned for the summer of 2016, partially offset by higher revenues from postproduction and dubbing.

 

 

Newspaper publishing revenues decreased $29.1 million (-12.6%).

 

   

Advertising revenues decreased 15.1%; circulation revenues increased 3.4%; digital revenues were flat; combined revenues from commercial printing and other sources decreased 21.7%.

 

 

Magazine publishing revenues decreased by $1.3 million (-1.1%). The favourable impact on revenues of the acquisition of magazines from Transcontinental Inc. (“Transcontinental”) on April 12, 2015 was outweighed by the impact of the discontinuance of some titles and the decrease in advertising and newsstand revenues.

 

 

Revenues of Quebecor Media Out of Home increased by $3.5 million (28.9%), mainly because of higher advertising revenues, including digital revenues.

 

 

Book distribution and publishing revenues decreased by $3.5 million (-3.3%), primarily as a result of lower volumes in mass market and bookstore distribution, partially offset by higher scholastic and general literature sales.

 

 

Music distribution and production revenues decreased by $10.5 million (-18.3%), mainly because of lower CD sales in 2016 than in 2015, due primarily to the release of singer-songwriter Adele’s hit album in 2015.

Adjusted operating income: $63.3 million in 2016, a $6.9 million (-9.8%) decrease.

 

 

Adjusted operating income from broadcasting operations decreased $1.7 million (-7.1%) due to:

 

   

impact of lower advertising revenues at TVA Sports;

 

   

higher selling expenses, spending on new digital activities and administrative expenses.

Partially offset by:

 

   

impact of higher advertising revenues at TVA Network;

 

   

favourable impact of higher subscription revenues at the specialty services;

 

   

cost savings yielded by the restructuring initiatives implemented in 2016, including the elimination of 220 positions in the Media segment announced on November 2, 2016.

 

 

There was a $5.0 million (-35.2%) unfavourable variance in adjusted operating income from film production and audiovisual services, mainly because of the impact of lower soundstage and equipment leasing revenues.

 

 

Adjusted operating income from newspaper publishing decreased by $4.4 million (-29.1%) due to:

 

   

impact of the revenue decrease;

 

   

higher newsprint costs.

Partially offset by:

 

   

favourable impact on adjusted operating income of reduced operating expenses, including the impact of restructuring initiatives.

 

73


Table of Contents
 

Adjusted operating income from magazine publishing increased by $4.7 million (51.6%), mainly because of the impact of cost savings yielded by the restructuring plan, including lower selling, administrative and production expenses, and the inclusion of income of magazines acquired from Transcontinental on April 12, 2015, partially offset by the impact of a decrease in revenues on a same-store basis.

 

 

There was a $2.8 million favourable variance in the adjusted operating income of Quebecor Media Out of Home due to the impact of the revenue increase.

 

 

Adjusted operating income from book distribution and publishing increased by $1.8 million (21.4%), due primarily to reductions in some operating expenses, including selling and administrative expenses for distribution and general literature, and the impact of increased revenues in the scholastic and general literature segments.

 

 

There was a $2.4 million unfavourable variance in adjusted operating income from music distribution and production, due primarily to the impact of the decrease in revenues.

Cost/revenue ratio: Employee costs and purchases of goods and services for the Media segment’s operations, expressed as a percentage of revenues, were 93.3% in 2016 compared with 92.8% in 2015. The increase was mainly due to the large fixed component of operating costs, which does not fluctuate in proportion to the decrease in revenues, partially offset by the impact of restructuring and cost-reduction initiatives.

Cash flows from operations

Cash flows from segment operations: $15.0 million in 2016 compared with $24.9 million in 2015 (Table 5). The $9.9 million unfavourable variance was mainly due to the $6.9 million decrease in adjusted operating income and a $3.1 million increase in additions to property, plant and equipment and to intangible assets.

Table 5: Media

Cash flows from operations

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

       2016     2015     2014  

Adjusted operating income

   $ 63.3     $ 70.2     $ 58.4  

Additions to property, plant and equipment

     (38.2     (36.0     (32.1

Additions to intangible assets

     (10.2     (9.3     (9.3

Proceeds from disposal of assets

     0.1       —         (0.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from segment operations

   $ 15.0     $ 24.9     $ 16.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sports and Entertainment

The Sports and Entertainment segment includes management and operation of the Videotron Centre under an agreement between Quebecor Media and Québec City for usage and naming rights to the arena that was ratified in 2011 and runs through 2040. The segment leases the arena, exploits advertising space, generates sponsorship revenues and operates the food concessions at events. The segment’s activities also include production and coproduction of shows presented at the Videotron Centre and other venues. As well, the Sports and Entertainment segment operates Québec City sports and cultural events manager Gestev, which in 2016 became the official imprint for all shows and events produced by Quebecor Media.

The Sports and Entertainment segment also includes the activities of the QMJHL hockey teams Armada de Blainville-Boisbriand and Remparts de Québec, plus the production of concert videos and television commercials by Les Productions Select TV inc.

 

74


Table of Contents

2016 operating results

Revenues: $34.6 million, a $11.4 million (49.1%) increase due primarily to:

 

 

inclusion of revenues from events at the Videotron Centre for the full year;

 

 

higher revenues from Gestev sporting events;

 

 

naming rights revenues.

Adjusted operating loss: $7.2 million in 2016 compared with $11.7 million in 2015. The $4.5 million (38.5%) favourable variance was due mainly to the impact of the revenue increase and startup costs incurred in 2015, creating a favourable variance in 2016.

Cash flows from operations

Cash flows from segment operations: Negative $10.5 million in 2016 compared with negative $58.3 million in 2015 (Table 6).

 

 

The $47.8 million favourable variance was due primarily to the $33.0 million payment to Québec City in the third quarter of 2015 for 25-year naming rights to the new Videotron Centre, plus spending on leasehold improvements and startup of the amphitheatre in 2015, combined with a $4.5 million decrease in the adjusted operating loss.

Table 6: Sports and Entertainment

Cash flows from operations

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

     2016     2015     2014  

Adjusted operating income

   $ (7.2   $ (11.7   $ (2.8

Additions to property, plant and equipment

     (2.5     (12.0     (5.3

Additions to intangible assets

     (0.8     (34.6     (0.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from segment operations

   $ (10.5   $ (58.3   $ (8.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

75


Table of Contents

2016/2015 FOURTH QUARTER COMPARISON

Analysis of consolidated results of Quebecor Media

Revenues: $1.05 billion, a $26.9 million (2.6%) increase.

 

 

Revenues increased in Telecommunications ($28.1 million or 3.6% of segment revenues).

 

 

Revenues decreased in Media ($4.1 million or -1.5%) and in Sports and Entertainment ($0.3 million or -3.0%).

Adjusted operating income: $387.2 million, a $24.0 million (6.6%) increase.

 

 

Adjusted operating income increased in Telecommunications ($15.6 million or 4.5% of segment adjusted operating income) and in Media ($2.4 million or 10.8%). There were favourable variances in Sports and Entertainment ($2.1 million) and at Head Office ($3.9 million). The change at Head Office was essentially due to a favourable variance in the stock-based compensation charge.

 

 

The change in the fair value of Quebecor Media stock options resulted in a $2.1 million unfavourable variance in the stock-based compensation charge in the fourth quarter of 2016 compared with the same period of 2015. The change in the fair value of Quebecor stock options and in the value of Quebecor stock-price-based share units resulted in a $3.3 million favourable variance in the Corporation’s stock-based compensation charge in the fourth quarter of 2016.

Net income attributable to shareholders: $96.1 million in the fourth quarter of 2016 compared with $67.5 million in the same period of 2015, a $28.6 million (42.4%) increase.

 

 

The favourable variance was due primarily to:

 

   

$24.0 million increase in adjusted operating income;

 

   

$9.2 million decrease in the depreciation and amortization charge;

 

   

$4.9 million favourable variance in losses on valuation and translation of financial instruments;

 

   

$3.7 million favourable variance in non-cash charge for impairment of goodwill and other assets.  

Partially offset by:

 

   

$7.3 million unfavourable variance in loss on debt refinancing;

 

   

$5.4 million unfavourable variance in the charge for restructuring of operations, litigation and other items;

 

   

$2.2 million unfavourable variance in non-controlling interest.  

Depreciation and amortization charge: $166.7 million in the fourth quarter of 2016, a $9.2 million decrease due primarily to the end of the accounting useful lives of some assets acquired as part of the acquisition of Videotron in October 2000.

Financial expenses: $77.5 million, a $1.3 million decrease.

Loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments: $1.5 million in the fourth quarter of 2016 compared with $6.4 million in the same period of 2015. The $4.9 million favourable variance was essentially caused by gains and losses on embedded derivatives related to long term debt, partially offset by an unfavourable variance in the ineffective portion of hedges.

Charge for restructuring of operations, litigation and other items: $13.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2016 compared with $7.9 million in the same period of 2015, a $5.4 million unfavourable variance.

 

 

In the fourth quarter of 2016, the Telecommunications segment recognized a $4.4 million charge for restructuring of operations ($3.0 million in the same period of 2015), essentially due to customer migration from analog to digital services.

 

 

A $7.3 million charge for restructuring of operations was recorded in the Media segment in connection with staff-reduction programs in the fourth quarter of 2016 ($4.2 million in the same period of 2015).

 

 

The other segments recorded a $1.2 million charge for restructuring of operations in the fourth quarter of 2016 ($0.4 million gain in the same period of 2015).

 

76


Table of Contents
 

In the fourth quarter of 2016, Quebecor Media’s segments also recognized a $0.7 million gain on other items ($0.1 million charge in the fourth quarter of 2015).

 

 

A $1.1 million interest expense was recorded in the Telecommunications segment in the fourth quarter of 2016 ($1.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2015) in connection with a court ruling handed down in 2014.

Charge for impairment of goodwill and other assets: $3.7 million in the fourth quarter of 2015, reflecting impairment of intangible assets in some segments.

Loss on debt refinancing: $7.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2016 compared with nil in the same period of 2015.

 

 

In accordance with a notice issued on December 2, 2016, Videotron redeemed, on January 5, 2017, $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 6.875% Senior Notes issued on July 5, 2011 and maturing on July 15, 2021 at a redemption price of 103.438% of their principal amount. A $7.3 million loss was recorded in the consolidated statement of income in 2016 in connection with this redemption.

Income tax expense: $23.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2016 (effective tax rate of 19.0%) compared with $22.5 million in the same period of 2015 (effective tax rate of 24.9%), a $0.5 million unfavourable variance. The effective tax rate is calculated considering only taxable and deductible items.

 

 

The income tax impact of the increase in taxable income was offset by one-time items that had a favourable impact on comparative effective tax rates.

 

 

The announced lowering of Québec’s tax rate over the coming years had a favourable impact on the effective tax rate in the fourth quarter of 2016 due to the corresponding reduction in deferred income tax balances on the balance sheet. The decrease in deferred income tax liabilities in light of developments in tax audits, jurisprudence and tax legislation had a favourable impact on the effective tax rate in the fourth quarter of 2015.

 

77


Table of Contents

SEGMENTED ANALYSIS

Telecommunications

Revenues: $805.2 million, a $28.1 million (3.6%) increase essentially due to the same factors as those noted above in the 2016/2015 financial year comparison.

 

 

Revenues from mobile telephony service increased $25.6 million (23.0%) to $137.1 million.

 

 

Revenues from Internet access services increased $9.0 million (3.8%) to $248.5 million.

 

 

Combined revenues from all cable television services decreased $7.3 million (-2.8%) to $256.2 million.

 

 

Revenues from cable telephony service decreased $6.7 million (-6.0%) to $104.8 million.

 

 

Revenues from Club illico increased $1.6 million (22.9%) to $8.6 million.

 

 

Revenues of Videotron Business Solutions increased $12.1 million (66.9%) to $30.2 million.

 

 

Revenues from customer equipment sales decreased $5.5 million (-26.8%) to $15.0 million.

 

 

Revenues of Le SuperClub Vidéotron retail chain decreased $0.2 million (-8.3%) to $2.2 million.

 

 

Other revenues decreased $0.6 million (-19.4%) to $2.5 million.

ARPU: $148.56 in the fourth quarter of 2016 compared with $140.19 in the same period of 2015, an $8.37 (6.0%) increase.

Customer statistics

Revenue-generating units – 62,300 (1.1%) unit increase in the fourth quarter of 2016 compared with an increase of 41,600 in the same period of 2015.

Mobile telephony – 26,200 (3.0%) subscriber-connection increase in the fourth quarter of 2016 compared with an increase of 26,100 in the same period of 2015 .

Cable Internet access – 16,700 (1.0%) customer increase in the fourth quarter of 2016 compared with an increase of 8,700 in the same period of 2015.

Cable television – 4,800 (-0.3%) decrease in the combined customer base for all of Videotron’s cable television services in the fourth quarter of 2016 compared with a decrease of 9,000 in the same period of 2015.

 

 

Subscriptions to illico Digital TV increased by 16,300 (1.0%) in the fourth quarter of 2016 compared with an increase of 6,000 in the same period of 2015.

 

 

Subscriptions to analog cable television services decreased by 21,100 (-16.9%) in the fourth quarter of 2016 compared with a decrease of 15,000 in the same period of 2015.

Cable telephony – 12,000 (-0.9%) subscriber decrease in the fourth quarter of 2016 compared with a decrease of 13,200 in the same period of 2015.

Club illico – 36,200 (13.0%) subscriber increase in the fourth quarter of 2016 compared with an increase of 29,000 in the same period of 2015.

Adjusted operating income: $364.6 million, a $15.6 million (4.5%) increase due primarily to:

 

 

impact of the revenue increase.

Partially offset by:

 

 

impact of the increased loss incurred on mobile device sales, partially offset by the favourable impact of BYOD plans.

Cost/revenue ratio: Operating costs for all Telecommunications segment operations, expressed as a percentage of revenues, were 54.7% in the fourth quarter of 2016 compared with 55.1% in the same period of 2015.

 

78


Table of Contents

Media

Revenues: $266.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2016, a $4.1 million (-1.5%) decrease.

 

 

Broadcasting revenues increased $8.7 million (7.3%), mainly due to:

 

   

higher advertising revenues at the TVA Network;

 

   

increased subscription revenues at the specialty channels, including TVA Sports and Yoopa.

Partially offset by:

 

   

decreased revenues from commercial production.

 

 

Film production and audiovisual service revenues increased by $2.3 million (17.8%), mainly because of higher revenues from visual effects, postproduction, and soundstage and equipment leasing.

 

 

Newspaper publishing revenues decreased $1.6 million (-3.0%).

 

   

Advertising revenues decreased 13.0%; circulation revenues increased 5.8%; digital revenues decreased 7.9%; combined revenues from commercial printing and other sources increased 15.5%.

 

 

Magazine publishing revenues decreased by $6.8 million (-18.9%) in the fourth quarter of 2016, mainly because of decreased advertising revenues, the discontinuance of some titles and decreased custom publishing revenues.

 

 

Revenues of Quebecor Media Out of Home increased by $1.1 million (29.7%), essentially because of higher advertising revenues, including digital revenues.

 

 

Book distribution and publishing revenues decreased by $0.2 million (-0.7%).

 

 

Music distribution and production revenues decreased by $8.7 million (-34.3%) mainly because of lower CD sales, due primarily to the release of singer-songwriter Adele’s hit album in the fourth quarter of 2015.

Adjusted operating income: $24.7 million in the fourth quarter of 2016, a $2.4 million (10.8%) increase compared with the same period of 2015.

 

 

Adjusted operating income from broadcasting operations increased $4.7 million (37.0%) due to:

 

   

impact of higher advertising revenues at TVA Network;

 

   

impact of increased subscription revenues at the specialty services, including TVA Sports and Yoopa;

 

   

cost savings yielded by restructuring initiatives.

Partially offset by:

 

   

increased administrative and selling expenses and spending on new digital activities;

 

   

higher content costs at TVA Sports.

 

 

Adjusted operating income from film production and audiovisual services increased by $1.3 million (118.2%), mainly because of the impact of the revenue increase.

 

 

Adjusted operating income from newspaper publishing increased by $0.2 million (8.7%) due to:

 

   

favourable impact on adjusted operating income of reduced operating expenses, including the impact of restructuring initiatives.

Partially offset by:

 

   

impact of the revenue decrease.

 

 

Adjusted operating income from magazine publishing decreased by $1.0 million (-32.3%), mainly because of the impact of the decrease in revenues, partially offset by lower operating expenses, including selling and production expenses.

 

 

There was a $1.0 million favourable variance in the adjusted operating income of Quebecor Media Out of Home, mainly because of the impact of the revenue increase.

 

 

Adjusted operating income from book distribution and publishing decreased by $0.1 million (-16.7%).

 

79


Table of Contents
 

There was a $3.2 million unfavourable variance in adjusted operating income from music distribution and production, due primarily to the impact of decreased revenues.

Cost/revenue ratio: Employee costs, and purchases of goods and services for the Media segment’s operations, expressed as a percentage of revenues, were 90.7% in the fourth quarter of 2016 compared with 91.7% in the same period of 2015. The decrease was mainly due to the impact of restructuring and cost-reduction initiatives, partially offset by the large fixed component of costs, which does not fluctuate in proportion to the decrease in revenues.

Sports and Entertainment

Revenues: $9.8 million in the fourth quarter of 2016, a $0.3 million (-3.0%) decrease due mainly to higher revenues from concerts and events in the fourth quarter of 2015 following the startup of the Videotron Centre’s operations.

Adjusted operating loss: $1.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2016 compared with $3.1 million in the same period of 2015. The $2.1 million favourable variance was due primarily to startup costs for Videotron Centre management operations recognized in the fourth quarter of 2015.

 

80


Table of Contents

2015/2014 FINANCIAL YEAR COMPARISON

Analysis of consolidated results of Quebecor Media

Revenues: $3.89 billion, a $271.0 million (7.5%) increase.

 

 

Revenues increased in all segments: Telecommunications ($169.7 million or 6.0% of segment revenues), Media ($112.0 million or 13.0%), and Sports and Entertainment ($16.1 million).

Adjusted operating income: $1.44 billion, a $35.6 million (2.5%) increase.

 

 

Adjusted operating income increased in Telecommunications ($32.6 million or 2.4% of segment adjusted operating income) and in Media ($11.8 million or 20.2%).

 

 

The Sports and Entertainment segment posted an unfavourable variance in adjusted operating income ($8.9 million).

 

 

The change in the fair value of Quebecor Media stock options resulted in a $4.9 million favourable variance in the stock-based compensation charge in 2015 compared with 2014. The change in the fair value of Quebecor stock options and the impact of various transactions on the options issued under this program resulted in a $4.7 million unfavourable variance in the Corporation’s stock-based compensation charge in 2015.

Net income attributable to shareholders: $207.6 million in 2015 compared with $107.6 million in 2014, a $100.0 million favourable variance.

 

 

The favourable variance was due primarily to:

 

   

$166.8 million favourable variance in the charge for restructuring of operations, litigation and other items, including $34.3 million without any tax consequences;

 

   

$61.9 million favourable variance in the loss related to discontinued operations;

 

   

$35.6 million increase in adjusted operating income;

 

   

$14.6 million decrease in financial expenses;

 

   

$6.6 million favourable variance in losses on debt refinancing.

Partially offset by:

 

   

$149.7 million increase in non-cash charge for impairment of goodwill and other assets, including $60.3 million without any tax consequences;  

 

   

$32.7 million increase in the depreciation and amortization charge.

Depreciation and amortization charge: $691.0 million in 2015, a $32.7 million increase essentially due to the impact of capital expenditures in the Telecommunications segment, including depreciation of investments in the LTE network and expenditures resulting from the promotional strategy focused on equipment leasing, partially offset by the cessation of amortization of spectrum licences in accordance with a change in the estimate of their useful life ( see “Change in accounting estimates” below).

Financial expenses: $309.2 million, a $14.6 million decrease caused mainly by the impact of lower interest rates on long-term debt due to debt refinancing at lower rates and by lower average indebtedness.

Loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments: $3.8 million in 2015 compared with a $3.1 million loss in 2014, a $0.7 million unfavourable variance.

Charge for restructuring of operations, litigation and other items: $117.2 million gain in 2015 compared with a $49.6 million charge in 2014, a $166.8 million favourable variance.

 

 

On March 6, 2015, the Québec Court of Appeal ruled in favour of Videotron and TVA Group and ordered Bell ExpressVu to pay Videotron compensation in the amount of $135.3 million and TVA Group compensation in the amount of $0.6 million, including interest, for failing to implement an appropriate security system in a timely manner to prevent piracy of the signals broadcast by its satellite television service between 1999 and 2005, thereby harming its competitors and broadcasters. On October 15, 2015, the Supreme Court of Canada denied Bell ExpressVu leave to appeal the decision. A $139.1 million gain on litigation was recorded in the statement of income in 2015. In 2014, the Telecommunications segment recorded a

 

81


Table of Contents
 

$34.3 million charge (without any tax consequences), including interest, following a trial judgment against Videotron. Videotron has applied for leave to appeal. A $1.0 million interest expense was recorded in 2015 in connection with this ruling.

 

 

In 2015, the Telecommunications segment recognized an $8.8 million charge for restructuring of operations ($1.8 million in 2014), mainly because of migration from analog to digital cable television service. A $9.8 million charge for restructuring of operations was recorded in the Media segment in connection with staff-reduction programs in 2015 ($6.5 million in 2014). The other segments recorded charges for restructuring of operations of $0.6 million in 2015 ($0.7 million in 2014).

 

 

In 2015, Quebecor Media’s segments also recognized a $1.7 million charge for other items ($6.3 million in 2014).

Charge for impairment of goodwill and other assets: $230.7 million in 2015 compared with $81.0 million in 2014, a $149.7 million unfavourable variance.

 

 

In 2015, Quebecor Media performed impairment tests on its CGUs and concluded that the recoverable amount of its Newspapers and Broadcasting CGUs was less than their carrying amount. The recoverable amount of those CGUs was adversely affected by declining newspaper and commercial printing volumes, and by continuing pressure on advertising revenues in the newspaper and television businesses. Accordingly, an $85.0 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge (without any tax consequences) and an $81.9 million non-cash impairment charge on other assets, relating mainly to the assets of the Mirabel printing plant, were recorded in the Newspapers CGU in 2015. A $60.1 million impairment charge on TVA Network’s broadcasting licences (including $30.1 million without any tax consequences) was recognized in the Broadcasting CGU in 2015. A $3.7 million impairment charge on intangible assets was also recognized in 2015 in other segments.

 

 

In 2014, Quebecor Media performed impairment tests on its Newspapers and Broadcasting CGUs. The recoverable amount of those CGUs was adversely affected by market disruption and weakness in the newspaper and television businesses. Accordingly, a $30.0 million non-cash impairment charge (without any tax consequences) was recorded in the Newspapers CGU, as well as a $41.7 million non-cash impairment charge on broadcasting licences (including $20.9 million without any tax consequences), and a $9.3 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge (including $3.9 million without any tax consequences) in the Broadcasting CGU.

Loss on debt refinancing: $12.1 million in 2015 compared with $18.7 million in 2014, a $6.6 million favourable variance.

 

 

In accordance with a notice issued on June 16, 2015, Videotron redeemed, on July 16, 2015, the entirety of its outstanding 9.125% Senior Notes issued on April 15, 2008 and maturing on April 15, 2018, in the aggregate principal amount of US$75.0 million, at a redemption price of 101.521% of their principal amount, and unwound the related hedges in an asset position. A $0.2 million loss was recorded in the consolidated statement of income in the second quarter of 2015 in connection with this redemption, including a $2.1 million net gain previously recorded in “Other comprehensive income.”

 

 

In accordance with a notice issued on June 16, 2015, Videotron redeemed, on July 16, 2015, the entirety of its outstanding 7.125% Senior Notes issued on January 13, 2010 and maturing on January 15, 2020, in the aggregate principal amount of $300.0 million, at a redemption price of 103.563% of their principal amount. A $13.6 million loss was recorded in the consolidated statement of income in the second quarter of 2015 in connection with this redemption.

 

 

In accordance with a notice issued on March 11, 2015, Videotron redeemed, on April 10, 2015, the entirety of its 6.375% Senior Notes maturing on December 15, 2015, in the aggregate principal amount of US$175.0 million, at a redemption price of 100.00% of their principal amount, and unwound the related hedges in an asset position. A $1.7 million net gain was recorded in the consolidated statement of income in the first quarter of 2015 in connection with this redemption, including a $1.8 million gain previously recorded in “Other comprehensive income.”

 

 

In accordance with a notice issued on March 26, 2014, Videotron redeemed, on April 24, 2014, US$260.0 million aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 9.125% Senior Notes issued on March 5, 2009 and maturing on April 15, 2018, at a redemption price of 103.042% of their principal amount. A $21.4 million net loss was recorded in the consolidated statement of income in the first quarter of 2014 in connection with this redemption, including a $1.7 million loss previously recorded in “Other comprehensive income.”

 

 

In accordance with a notice issued on March 26, 2014, Quebecor Media redeemed, on April 25, 2014, the entirety of its outstanding 7.75% Senior Notes issued on October 5, 2007 and maturing on March 15, 2016, in the aggregate principal amount of US$380.0 million, at a redemption price of 100.00% of their principal amount, and settled the related hedges. A $2.7 million net gain was recorded in the consolidated statement of income in the first quarter of 2014 in connection with this redemption, including a $12.5 million gain previously recorded in “Other comprehensive income.”

 

82


Table of Contents

Income tax expense: $104.1 million (effective tax rate of 24.4%) in 2015 compared with $102.3 million (effective tax rate of 28.4%) in 2014, a $1.8 million unfavourable variance. The effective tax rate is calculated considering only taxable and deductible items.

 

 

The impact of the increase in taxable income was offset by one-time items that had a favourable impact on comparative effective tax rates.

 

 

The favourable variance in the effective tax rate was mainly due to the impact of a decrease in deferred income tax liabilities in light of developments in tax audits, jurisprudence and tax legislation.

 

83


Table of Contents

SEGMENTED ANALYSIS

Telecommunications

Revenues: $3.01 billion in 2015, a $169.7 million (6.0%) increase.

 

 

Revenues from the mobile telephony service increased $116.0 million (40.3%) to $403.7 million, essentially due to the increase in the number of subscriber connections and higher net revenue per connection.

 

 

Revenues from Internet access services increased $64.6 million (7.5%) to $920.7 million. The favourable variance was mainly due to higher per-subscriber revenues, increased usage, higher revenues from Internet access resellers, and customer base growth.

 

 

Combined revenues from all cable television services decreased $21.0 million (-2.0%) to $1.05 billion, due primarily to the impact of the net decrease in the customer base, higher discounts and the decrease in pay TV and video-on-demand orders, partially offset by higher per-subscriber revenues and increased revenues from the leasing of digital set-top boxes.

 

 

Revenues from the cable telephone service decreased $17.1 million (-3.6%) to $458.0 million, mainly because of higher discounts, lower long-distance revenues and the impact of the net decrease in subscribers.

 

 

Revenues from Club illico increased $11.4 million (93.4%) to $23.6 million, mainly because of subscriber growth.

 

 

Revenues of Videotron Business Solutions increased $3.5 million (5.3%) to $69.1 million.

 

 

Revenues from customer equipment sales increased $12.0 million (26.3%) to $57.6 million, mainly because of the growth in the number of subscriber connections to the mobile service and increased sales of more powerful equipment.

 

 

Revenues of the Le SuperClub Vidéotron retail chain decreased $1.5 million (-14.2%) to $9.1 million, mainly because of the impact of store closings and lower franchise fee revenues.

 

 

Other revenues increased $1.8 million (18.7%) to $11.4 million.

ARPU: $135.68 in 2015 compared with $125.16 in 2014, a $10.52 (8.4%) increase, including a $5.03 (11.7%) increase in revenues per user from the mobile telephony service.

Customer statistics

Revenue -generating units – As of December 31, 2015, the total number of revenue-generating units stood at 5,647,500, an increase of 168,200 (3.1%) in 2015 compared with an increase of 237,200 in 2014 (Table 3).

Mobile telephony – As of December 31, 2015, the number of subscriber connections to the mobile telephony service stood at 768,600, an increase of 135,800 (21.5%) in 2015 compared with an increase of 128,500 in 2014 (Table 3).

Cable Internet access – As of December 31, 2015, the number of subscribers to cable Internet access services stood at 1,568,200, an increase of 30,700 (2.0%) in 2015 compared with an increase of 31,500 in 2014 (Table 3). At December 31, 2015, Videotron’s cable Internet access services had a household and business penetration rate (number of subscribers as a proportion of the total 2,806,000 homes and businesses passed by Videotron’s network as of the end of December 2015, up from 2,777,300 at the end of 2014) of 55.9% compared with 55.4% a year earlier.

Cable television – The combined customer base for all Videotron cable television services decreased by 45,400 (-2.5%) in 2015 compared with a decrease of 42,800 in 2014 (Table 3). As of December 31, 2015, Videotron had 1,736,900 subscribers to its cable television services. The household and business penetration rate was 61.9% versus 64.2% a year earlier.

 

 

As of December 31, 2015, the number of subscribers to the illico Digital TV service stood at 1,570,600, an increase of 17,000 (1.1%) in 2015 compared with an increase of 26,200 in 2014. As of December 31, 2015, illico Digital TV had a household and business penetration rate of 56.0% versus 55.9% a year earlier.

 

 

The customer base for analog cable television services decreased by 62,400 (-27.3%) in 2015 compared with a decrease of 69,000 in 2014, partly as a result of customer migration to illico Digital TV.

 

84


Table of Contents

Cable telephony – As of December 31, 2015, the number of subscribers to the cable telephony service stood at 1,316,300, a decrease of 32,700 (-2.4%) in 2015 compared with an increase of 500 in 2014 (Table 3). At December 31, 2015, the cable telephony service had a household and business penetration rate of 46.9% versus 48.6% a year earlier.

Club illico – As of December 31, 2015, the number of subscribers to Club illico stood at 257,500, an increase of 79,800 (44.9%) in 2015 compared with an increase of 119,500 in 2014 (Table 3).

Adjusted operating income: $1.39 billion, a $32.6 million (2.4%) increase caused primarily by:

 

 

impact of the revenue increase.

Partially offset by:

 

 

increases in some operating expenses, including professional fees, engineering, customer service, advertising, and administration;

 

 

impact of the increased loss incurred on mobile device sales;

 

 

higher royalty costs at the cable television service, partly reflecting the unfavourable impact of a $7.2 million one-time retroactive adjustment recorded in 2014;

 

 

$13.9 million unfavourable impact of recognition of other one-time items, including $10.6 million in provisions for legal disputes;  

 

 

$3.8 million increase in stock-based compensation charge.  

Cost/revenue ratio: Operating costs for all Telecommunications segment operations, expressed as a percentage of revenues, were 53.9% in 2015 compared with 52.3% in 2014 . The increase was due primarily to the increase in some operating expenses, the impact of the increased loss incurred on mobile device sales, higher royalty costs at the cable television service, the impact of recognition of other one-time items, and an increase in the stock-based compensation charge.

Cash flows from segment operations: $666.5 million in 2015 compared with $665.3 million in 2014 (Table 4).

 

 

The $32.6 million increase in adjusted operating income was offset by a $30.3 million increase in additions to property, plant and equipment and to intangible assets, caused primarily by the impact of the promotional strategy focused on equipment leasing, spending on the construction and enlargement of data centres, and spending on the LTE network.

Media

Revenues: $975.8 million in 2015, a $112.0 million (13.0%) increase.

 

 

Broadcasting revenues increased $45.0 million (12.1%), mainly due to:

 

   

increased advertising and subscription revenues at the specialty services, mainly TVA Sports, due primarily to the addition of NHL hockey broadcasts.

Partially offset by:

 

   

lower advertising revenues at TVA Network.

 

 

The acquisition of substantially all of the assets of MELS in December 2014 had a favourable impact, generating film production and audiovisual revenues in the amount of $64.6 million in 2015.

 

 

Newspaper publishing revenues decreased $38.0 million (-14.2%).

 

   

Advertising revenues decreased 14.4%; circulation revenues decreased 2.8%; digital revenues increased 7.3%; combined revenues from commercial printing and other sources decreased 23.3%.

 

 

Magazine publishing revenues increased by $47.2 million (67.5%) in 2015, mainly because of the impact of the acquisition of magazines from Transcontinental on April 12, 2015, partially offset by the decrease in same-store revenues.

 

 

Quebecor Media Out of Home’s revenues increased by $2.5 million (26.0%), mainly because of new digital advertising revenues.

 

 

Book distribution and publishing revenues were flat.

 

85


Table of Contents
 

Music distribution and production revenues increased by $3.5 million (6.5%) mainly because of higher CD sales, due primarily to the release of singer-songwriter Adele’s hit album in 2015.

Adjusted operating income: $70.2 million in 2015, an $11.8 million (20.2%) increase.

 

 

Adjusted operating income from broadcasting operations increased $4.9 million (25.5%) to $24.1 million due to:

 

   

impact of higher subscription and advertising revenues at TVA Sports;

 

   

lower operating expenses at TVA Network, including content costs and production expenses. The decrease in content costs also reflects the impact of adjustments made in 2014 to the cost of certain prior-year broadcasting rights related to indemnification clauses.

Partially offset by:

 

   

spending on content at TVA Sports;

 

   

impact of decrease in TVA Network’s advertising revenues.

 

 

The acquisition of substantially all of the assets of MELS, which generated adjusted operating income in the amount of $14.2 million in 2015, had a favourable impact.

 

 

Adjusted operating income from newspaper publishing decreased $9.6 million (-38.9%) due to:

 

   

impact of the revenue decrease.

Partially offset by:

 

   

favourable impact on adjusted operating income of reduced operating expenses, including a $6.3 million favourable impact related to restructuring initiatives.

 

 

Adjusted operating income from magazine publishing operations decreased by $1.1 million (-10.8%), mainly as a result of:

 

   

impact of decrease in same-store revenues.

Partially offset by:

 

   

impact of acquisition of magazines from Transcontinental;

 

   

decreases in some operating expenses, including labour costs.

 

 

The adjusted operating loss of Quebecor Media Out of Home decreased by $1.2 million as a result of the impact of the increase in revenues.

 

 

Adjusted operating income from book distribution and publishing decreased by $0.3 million (-3.4%).

 

 

Adjusted operating income from music distribution and production increased by $2.4 million, mainly because of the impact of higher revenues and lower operating expenses.

Cost/revenue ratio: Employee costs and purchases of goods and services for the Media segment’s operations, expressed as a percentage of revenues, were 92.8% in 2015 compared with 93.2% in 2014. The favourable impact of the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of MELS and the impact of decreased operating expenses at TVA Network and newspaper publishing were largely offset by spending on content at TVA Sports and the impact of the decrease in newspaper revenues on a same-store basis (as the fixed component of operating costs does not fluctuate in proportion to the decrease in revenues).

Cash flows from segment operations: $24.9 million in 2015 compared with $16.9 million in 2014 (Table 5). The $8.0 million favourable variance was due primarily to the $11.8 million increase in adjusted operating income, partially offset by a $3.9 million increase in additions to property, plant and equipment.

 

86


Table of Contents

Sports and Entertainment

Revenues: $23.2 million in 2015 compared with $7.1 million in 2014. The $16.1 million increase was mainly due to the favourable impact on revenues of the acquisition of the Remparts de Québec of the QMJHL in November 2014 and the addition of revenues from events at the Videotron Centre.

Adjusted operating loss: $11.7 million in 2015 compared with $2.8 million in 2014. The $8.9 million unfavourable variance was due primarily to the startup of Videotron Centre management operations.

Cash flows from segment operations: Negative $58.3 million in 2015 compared with negative $8.2 million in 2014 (Table 6).

 

 

The $50.1 million unfavourable variance was due primarily to a $33.0 million payment to Québec City for 25-year naming rights to the new Videotron Centre, plus spending on leasehold improvements and startup of the amphitheatre, combined with an $8.9 million increase in the adjusted operating loss.

 

87


Table of Contents

CASH FLOWS AND FINANCIAL POSITION

This section provides an analysis of sources and uses of cash flows, as well as a financial position analysis as of the balance sheet date. This section should be read in conjunction with the discussion of trends under “Trend Information” above, the discussion of the Corporation’s risk factors under “Item 3. Key Information – B. Risk Factors” above, and the discussion of the Corporation’s financial risks under “Financial Instruments and Financial Risk” below.

Operating activities

2016 financial year

Cash flows provided by continuing operating activities: $1.14 billion in 2016 compared with $1.10 billion in 2015.

 

 

The $38.1 million increase was essentially due to:

 

   

$217.4 million favourable change in operating assets and liabilities, due primarily to favourable variances in the provision for current income taxes, current income tax payments, and inventory in the Telecommunications segment;

 

   

$63.6 million increase in adjusted operating income in the Telecommunications segment;

 

   

$6.2 million decrease in the cash portion of financial expenses;

 

   

$4.5 million decrease in the adjusted operating loss of the Sports and Entertainment segment.

Partially offset by:

 

   

$145.7 million unfavourable variance in the cash portion of the charge for restructuring of operations, litigation and other items;

 

   

$94.6 million increase in current income taxes;

 

   

$6.9 million decrease in adjusted operating income in the Media segment.

Reduced inventory in the Telecommunications segment, decreased income tax payments, higher profitability in the Telecommunications segment, the $4.5 million reduction in the Sports and Entertainment segment’s adjusted operating loss, and debt refinancing at lower interest rates had a positive impact on cash flows provided by continuing operating activities in 2016, while reduced profitability in the Media segment had an unfavourable impact. Receipt of a $139.1 million gain on dispute settlement had a favourable impact on cash flows in 2015.

2015 financial year

Cash flows provided by continuing operating activities: $1.10 billion in 2015 compared with $991.4 million in 2014.

 

 

The $108.3 million increase was mainly due to:

 

   

$166.8 million favourable variance in the cash portion of the charge for restructuring of operations, litigation and other items;

 

   

$58.5 million decrease in current income taxes;

 

   

$32.6 million and $11.8 million increases in adjusted operating income in the Telecommunications and Media segments respectively;

 

   

$13.1 million decrease in the cash portion of financial expenses.

Partially offset by:

 

   

$168.7 million unfavourable change in non-cash operating assets and liabilities due primarily to the increase in inventory and accounts receivable in the Telecommunications segment, payment of outstanding income tax balances and a decrease in current income taxes.  

Receipt of a $139.1 million gain on litigation, increased profitability in the Telecommunications and Media segments, and debt refinancing at lower interest rates had a favourable impact on cash flows provided by operating activities, while increased income tax payments and increased inventory and accounts receivable balances in the Telecommunications segment in 2015 had a negative impact.

 

88


Table of Contents

Working capital: Negative $386.8 million at December 31, 2016 compared with negative $300.7 million at December 31, 2015. The $86.1 million unfavourable variance was mainly due to current variances in activity.

Investing activities

2016 financial year

Additions to property, plant and equipment: $707.6 million in 2016 compared with $678.4 million in 2015. The $29.2 million increase, primarily in the Telecommunications segment, was mainly due to investment in the data centres and in expanding the capacity of wired and wireless networks, partially offset by a decrease in additions to property, plant and equipment resulting from the impact of the promotional strategy focused on equipment leasing.

Additions to intangible assets: $139.8 million in 2016 compared with $360.6 million in 2015. The $220.8 million decrease was mainly due to:

 

 

payments totalling $218.8 million in 2015 for the acquisition of spectrum;

 

 

$33.0 million payment to Québec City in 2015 for 25-year naming rights to the new Videotron Centre in the Sports and Entertainment segment.  

Partially offset by:

 

 

increased spending on computer hardware and software in the Telecommunications segment in 2016.

Proceeds from disposal of assets: $3.5 million in 2016 compared with $4.6 million in 2015.

Business acquisitions: $119.5 million in 2016 compared with $94.5 million in 2015.

 

 

In 2016, business acquisitions consisted primarily in the acquisition of Fibrenoire by the Telecommunications segment.

 

 

In 2015, business acquisitions consisted primarily in the acquisition of 4Degrees Colocation by the Telecommunications segment and of Transcontinental magazines by the Media segment.

Disposal of businesses: $3.0 million in 2016 compared with $316.3 million in 2015.

 

 

Business disposals in 2016 consisted of the balance of the selling price for the retail operations of Archambault Group Inc. (“Archambault Group”).

 

 

Business disposals in 2015 consisted mainly of the sale of English-language newspaper businesses in Canada in the Media segment, and the sale of Archambault Group’s retail operations in the Telecommunications segment.

2015 financial year

Additions to property, plant and equipment: $678.4 million in 2015 compared with $643.8 million in 2014. The $34.6 million increase was mainly due to the impact of the promotional strategy focused on equipment leasing, spending on the construction and expansion of data centres, and spending on the LTE network in the Telecommunications segment.

Additions to intangible assets: $360.6 million in 2015 compared with $317.3 million in 2014. The $43.3 million increase mainly reflected a $33.0 million payment to Québec City for 25-year naming rights to the new Videotron Centre in the Sports and Entertainment segment. Additions to intangible assets in 2015 included payments totalling $218.8 million for the acquisition of spectrum compared with $217.4 million in 2014.

Proceeds from disposal of assets: $4.6 million in 2015 compared with $5.4 million in 2014.

 

89


Table of Contents

Business acquisitions: $94.5 million in 2015 compared with $132.3 million in 2014.

 

 

In 2015, business acquisitions consisted primarily in the acquisition of 4Degrees Colocation by the Telecommunications segment, of Transcontinental magazines by the Media segment, and of the assets of Marathon de Québec by the Sports and Entertainment segment.

 

 

Business acquisitions in 2014 reflected, among other things, acquisition of substantially all of the assets of MELS in the Media segment, and of the Remparts de Québec of the QMJHL in the Sports and Entertainment segment.

Disposal of businesses: $316.3 million in 2015 compared with $193.5 million in 2014.

 

 

Business disposals in 2015 consisted mainly of the sale of English-language newspaper businesses in Canada in the Media segment and the sale of Archambault Group’s retail operations in the Telecommunications segment.

 

 

Business disposals in 2014 consisted mainly of the sale of the Nurun subsidiary to Publicis Groupe, and the sale of 74 Québec weeklies to Transcontinental Interactive.

Free cash flows from continuing operating activities

2016 financial year

Free cash flows from continuing operating activities: $293.9 million in 2016 compared with $284.1 million in 2015 (Table 7).

 

 

The $9.8 million favourable variance was mainly due to:

 

   

$38.1 million increase in cash flows provided by continuing operating activities;

 

   

$33.0 million payment to Québec City in 2015 for naming rights.

Partially offset by:

 

   

$29.2 million increase in additions to property, plant and equipment;

 

   

increased spending on computer software in the Telecommunications segment in 2016.

2015 financial year

Free cash flows from continuing operating activities: $284.1 million in 2015 compared with $253.1 million in 2014 (Table 7).

 

 

The $31.0 million favourable variance was due to:

 

   

$108.3 million increase in cash flows provided by continuing operating activities.

Partially offset by:

 

   

$41.9 million increase in additions to intangible assets (excluding spectrum), including the $33.0 million payment to Québec City for naming rights;

 

   

$34.6 million increase in additions to property, plant and equipment.

 

90


Table of Contents

Table 7

Cash flows provided by continuing operating activities reported in the consolidated financial statements and free cash flows from continuing operating activities

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

     2016     2015     2014  

Adjusted operating income (loss) :

      

Telecommunications

   $ 1,449.4     $ 1,385.8     $ 1,353.2  

Media

     63.3       70.2       58.4  

Sports and Entertainment

     (7.2     (11.7     (2.8

Head Office

     (7.7     (3.5     (3.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,497.8       1,440.8       1,405.2  

Cash interest expense 1

     (295.9     (302.1     (315.2

Cash portion of charge for restructuring of operations, litigation and other items 2

     (28.5     117.2       (49.6

Current income taxes

     (158.0     (63.4     (121.9

Other

     3.7       5.9       2.9  

Net change in non-cash balances related to operating activities

     118.7       (98.7     70.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows provided by continuing operating activities

     1,137.8       1,099.7       991.4  

Additions to property, plant and equipment and to intangible assets, less proceeds from disposal of assets (excluding spectrum licence acquisitions):

      

Telecommunications

     (789.0     (719.3     (687.9

Media

     (48.3     (45.3     (41.5

Sports and Entertainment

     (3.3     (46.6     (5.4

Head Office

     (3.3     (4.4     (3.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (843.9     (815.6     (738.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flows from continuing operating activities

   $ 293.9     $ 284.1     $ 253.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
1  

Interest on long-term debt, interest on net defined benefit liability, impact of foreign currency translation of short-term monetary items and other financial expenses ( see note 4 to the consolidated financial statements).

2  

Restructuring of operations, litigation and other items ( see note 6 to the consolidated financial statements).

Financing activities

2016 financial year

Consolidated debt (long-term debt plus bank indebtedness): $177.4 million decrease in 2016; $145.0 million net unfavourable variance in assets and liabilities related to derivative financial instruments.

 

 

Summary of debt reductions in 2016:

 

   

$108.5 million favourable impact of exchange rate fluctuations. The debt reduction attributable to this item was offset by a decrease in the asset (or increase in the liability) related to cross-currency swap agreements entered under “Derivative financial instruments”;

 

   

$37.4 million reduction in Videotron’s total drawings on its secured revolving credit facility;

 

   

current payments totalling $18.5 million on the term loan facilities of Videotron, TVA Group and Quebecor Media;

 

   

repayment of bank indebtedness by Quebecor Media and Videotron totalling $14.9 million.

 

91


Table of Contents
 

Assets and liabilities related to derivative financial instruments totalled a net asset of $808.7 million at December 31, 2016 compared with $953.7 million at December 31, 2015. The $145.0 million net unfavourable variance was mainly due to:

 

   

unfavourable impact of exchange rate fluctuations on the value of derivative financial instruments;

 

   

unfavourable impact of interest rate trends in Canada compared with the United States, on the fair value of derivative financial instruments.

 

 

In accordance with a notice issued on December 2, 2016, Videotron redeemed, on January 5, 2017, $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 6.875% Senior Notes issued on July 5, 2011 and maturing on July 15, 2021, at a redemption price of 103.438% of their principal amount. A $7.3 million loss was recorded in the consolidated statement of income in 2016 in connection with this redemption.

 

 

In June 2016, Quebecor Media amended its secured revolving credit facility to extend its term to July 2020 and Videotron amended its secured revolving credit facility and its unsecured revolving credit facility to extend their terms to July 2021. Some of the terms and conditions of the credit facilities were also amended.

2015 financial year

Consolidated debt (long-term debt plus bank indebtedness): $628.1 million increase in 2015; $655.6 million favourable net variance in assets and liabilities related to derivative financial instruments.

 

 

Summary of debt increases in 2015:

 

   

estimated $602.0 million unfavourable impact of exchange rate fluctuations. The increase in this item was offset by an increase in the asset (or decrease in the liability) related to cross-currency swap agreements entered under “Derivative financial instruments”;

 

   

issuance by Videotron on September 15, 2015 of $375.0 million aggregate principal amount of 5.75% Senior Notes maturing on January 15, 2026, for net proceeds of $370.1 million, net of financing fees of $4.9 million;

 

   

drawings by Videotron on its secured revolving credit facility in the aggregate amount of $246.7 million;

 

   

$33.8 million increase in the bank indebtedness of Videotron and Quebecor Media.

 

 

Summary of debt reductions in 2015:

 

   

early redemption and withdrawal by Videotron on July 16, 2015 of the entirety of its outstanding 9.125% Senior Notes issued on April 15, 2008 and maturing on April 15, 2018, in the aggregate principal amount of US$75.0 million;

 

   

early redemption and withdrawal by Videotron on July 16, 2015 of the entirety of its outstanding 7.125% Senior Notes issued on January 13, 2010 and maturing on January 15, 2020, in the aggregate principal amount of $300.0 million;

 

   

early redemption and withdrawal by Videotron on April 10, 2015 of the entirety of its outstanding 6.375% Senior Notes issued on September 16, 2005 and maturing on December 15, 2015, in the aggregate principal amount of US$175.0 million;

 

   

current payments, totalling $25.0 million, on the credit facilities and other debt of Videotron and Quebecor Media.

 

 

Assets and liabilities related to derivative financial instruments totalled a net asset of $953.7 million at December 31, 2015 compared with $298.1 million at December 31, 2014. The $655.6 million net favourable variance was due to:

 

   

favourable impact of exchange rate fluctuations on the value of derivative financial instruments;

 

   

early settlement of an offsetting foreign exchange forward contract used in conjunction with cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge the foreign exchange risk exposure on US$441.4 million of notional amount on Videotron’s 5.375% Senior Notes maturing on June 15, 2024.

Partially offset by:

 

   

unfavourable impact of interest rate trends in Canada, compared with the United States, on the fair value of derivative financial instruments;

 

   

unwinding of Videotron’s hedging contracts in an asset position in connection with the redemption and early withdrawal on July 16, 2015 of US$75.0 million aggregate principal amount of 9.125% Senior Notes;

 

   

unwinding of Videotron’s hedging contracts in an asset position in connection with the redemption and early withdrawal on April 10, 2015 of US$175.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 6.375% Senior Notes.

 

92


Table of Contents
 

On September 9, 2015, Quebecor Media repurchased for cancellation 7,268,324 common shares of Quebecor Media held by CDP Capital for an aggregate purchase price of $500.0 million, payable in cash. All the repurchased shares were cancelled. The transaction costs of $0.2 million and the $210.3 million excess of the purchase price over the carrying value of the repurchased common shares was recorded as an increase in the deficit.

 

 

On June 16, 2015, Videotron amended its $575.0 million secured revolving bank credit facility to increase it to $615.0 million and extend its term by two years to July 20, 2020. Videotron also entered into a new $350.0 million unsecured revolving credit facility expiring on July 20, 2020. The terms and conditions of the new unsecured credit facility are similar to those of Videotron’s existing secured revolving credit facility.

 

 

On March 20, 2015, TVA Group completed a rights offering whereby it received net proceeds totalling $110.0 million from the issuance of 19,434,629 TVA Group Class B Shares. Under the rights offering, Quebecor Media subscribed for 17,300,259 TVA Group Class B Shares at a total cost of $97.9 million. As a result, its total interest in TVA Group’s equity increased from 51.5% to 68.4%.

Financial Position

Net available liquidity: $1.04 billion at December 31, 2016 for Quebecor Media and its wholly owned subsidiaries, consisting of $1.06 billion in available unused revolving credit facilities, less $17.4 million in bank indebtedness. (Pro forma the increase in drawings on Videotron’s secured revolving credit facility in connection with the partial redemption on January 5, 2017 of Videotron’s 6.875% Senior Notes (“partial redemption of January 5, 2017”), net available liquidity was $863.0 million at December 31, 2016 for Quebecor Media and its wholly owned subsidiaries, consisting of $880.4 million in available unused revolving credit facilities, less $17.4 million in bank indebtedness.)

Consolidated debt (long-term debt plus bank indebtedness): $5.66 billion at December 31, 2016, a $177.4 million decrease compared with December 31, 2015; $145.0 million net unfavourable variance in assets and liabilities related to derivative financial instruments ( see “Financing activities” above).

 

 

Consolidated debt essentially consisted of Videotron’s $3.17 billion debt ($3.28 billion at December 31, 2015); TVA Group’s $69.1 million debt ($73.0 million at December 31, 2015); and Quebecor Media’s $2.41 billion debt ($2.48 billion at December 31, 2015).

As of December 31, 2016, minimum principal payments on long-term debt in the coming years were as follows:

Table 8

Minimum principal payments on Quebecor Media’s long-term debt

12-month periods ended December 31

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

2017

   $ 20.9  

2018

     19.2  

2019

     56.8  

2020

     442.5  

2021

     834.5  

2022 and thereafter

     4,296.0  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,669.9  
  

 

 

 

Quebecor Media may (but is under no obligation to) from time to time seek to retire or purchase its outstanding senior notes in open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. Such repurchases, if any, will depend on its liquidity position and requirements, prevailing market conditions, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.

The weighted average term of Quebecor Media’s consolidated debt was approximately 6.1 years as of December 31, 2016 (6.1 years pro forma for the partial redemption on January 5, 2017), compared to 7.0 years as of December 31, 2015. After taking into account the hedging instruments, the debt consisted of approximately 83.7 % fixed-rate debt (80.1% pro forma for the partial redemption on January 5, 2017), compared to 82.8 % as of December 31, 2015, and 16.3% floating-rate debt (19.9% pro forma for the partial redemption on January 5, 2017), compared to 17.2 % as of December 31, 2015.

 

93


Table of Contents

Management of the Corporation believes that cash flows and available sources of financing should be sufficient to cover committed cash requirements for capital investments, working capital, interest payments, income tax payments, debt repayments, pension plan contributions and dividend payments (or distribution of capital). The Corporation has access to cash flows generated by its subsidiaries through dividends (or distributions) and cash advances paid by its wholly owned subsidiaries. The Corporation believes it will be able to meet future debt maturities, which are staggered over the coming years.

Pursuant to their financing agreements, the Corporation is required to maintain certain financial ratios. The key indicators listed in these financing agreements include debt service coverage ratio and debt ratio (long-term debt over adjusted operating income). At December 31, 2016, the Corporation was in compliance with all required financial ratios.

Distributions paid and dividends declared and paid

 

 

Total of $100.0 million in distributions, in the form of a reduction of paid-up capital, which was paid to shareholders in 2016 ($25.0 million in 2015).

 

 

Total of $75.0 million in dividends declared and paid by the Board of Directors of Quebecor Media in 2015 (none in 2016).

 

94


Table of Contents

Analysis of consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2016

Table 9

Consolidated balance sheet of Quebecor Media

Analysis of main variances between December 31, 2016 and 2015

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

     December 31,
2016
     December 31,
2015
    Difference    

Main reasons for difference

Assets

         

Accounts receivable

   $ 525.0      $ 493.7     $ 31.3     Impact of current variances in activity

Inventories

     183.3        215.5       (32.2   Impact of current variances in activity

Property, plant and equipment

     3,562.5        3,379.9       182.6     Additions to property, plant and equipment ( see “Investing activities” above) and impact of acquisition of Fibrenoire, less depreciation for the period

Intangible assets

     1,224.0        1,178.0       46.0     Additions to intangible assets ( see “Investing activities” above) and impact of acquisition of Fibrenoire, less amortization for the period

Goodwill

     2,725.4        2,678.4       47.0     Impact of acquisition of Fibrenoire less goodwill impairment in Media segment

Derivative financial instruments 1

     808.7        953.7       (145.0   See “Financing activities”

Liabilities

         

Accounts payable and accrued charges

     690.9        646.7       44.2     Impact of current variances in activity

Income tax 2

     28.3        (19.5     47.8     Increase in current income taxes

Long-term debt, including short-term portion and bank indebtedness

     5,657.0        5,834.4       (177.4   See “Financing activities”

Deferred income tax 3

     524.3        560.6       (36.3   Net recovery of deferred income tax and tax benefits upon re-measurement of derivative financial instruments

 

1

Long-term assets less long-term liabilities.

2

Current liabilities less current assets.

3

Long-term liabilities less long-term assets.

 

95


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Contractual Obligations

At December 31, 2016, material contractual obligations of operating activities included: capital repayment and interest payments on long-term debt; operating lease arrangements; capital asset purchases and other commitments; and obligations related to derivative financial instruments, less estimated future receipts on derivative financial instruments. Table 10 below shows a summary of these contractual obligations.

Table 10

Contractual obligations of Quebecor Media as of December 31, 2016

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

     Total     Under
1 year
    1-3 years      3-5 years     5 years
or more
 

Long-term debt 1

   $ 5,669.9     $ 20.9     $ 76.0      $ 1,277.0     $ 4,296.0  

Interest payments 2

     1,720.8       238.9       564.8        511.6       405.5  

Operating leases

     286.1       53.0       78.7        40.6       113.8  

Additions to property, plant and equipment and other commitments

     1,203.8       197.7       259.9        217.4       528.8  

Derivative financial instruments 3

     (841.5     (17.9     1.0        (98.0     (726.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 8,039.1     $ 492.6     $ 980.4      $ 1,948.6     $ 4,617.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

1

The carrying value of long-term debt excludes adjustments to record changes in the fair value of long-term debt related to hedged interest rate risk, embedded derivatives and financing fees.

2

Estimated interest payable on long-term debt, based on interest rates, hedging of interest rates and hedging of foreign exchange rates as of December 31, 2016.

3

Estimated future receipts, net of future disbursements, on derivative financial instruments related to foreign exchange hedging.

Significant commitments included in Table 10

Videotron leases sites for its LTE network under operating lease arrangements and has contracted long-term commitments to acquire equipment for a total future consideration of $85.1 million.

In 2011, Quebecor Media announced an agreement with Québec City for the leasing and management of the Videotron Centre. As at December 31, 2016, the balance of those commitments stood at $75.5 million.

In 2012 and 2014, Quebecor Media signed 20-year agreements to install, maintain and advertise on bus shelters belonging to the Montréal and Laval transit commissions. In 2015, a similar 10-year agreement was signed with the Lévis transit commission. As at December 31, 2016, the balance of those commitments stood at $99.1 million.

In May 2013, Videotron and Rogers Communications signed a set of service sharing and exchange agreements, including a 20-year agreement to build out and operate an LTE network in Québec and the Ottawa area. As at December 31, 2016, the balance of those commitments stood at $273.5 million.

In the normal course of business, the Media segment, through TVA Group, contracts commitments regarding broadcast rights for television programs, sporting events and films, as well as distribution rights for audiovisual content. As at December 31, 2016, the balance of those commitments stood at $727.4 million.

Pension plan contributions

The expected employer contributions to the Corporation’s defined benefit pension plans and post-retirement benefit plans will be $30.1 million in 2017 based on the most recent financial actuarial reports filed (contributions of $36.0 million were paid in 2016).

 

96


Table of Contents

Related Party Transactions

The following describes transactions in which the Corporation and its directors, executive officers and affiliates are involved. The Corporation believes that each of the transactions described below was on terms no less favourable to Quebecor Media than could have been obtained from independent third parties.

Operating transactions

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Corporation made purchases and incurred rent charges with the parent corporation and affiliated companies in the amount of $9.0 million ($12.3 million in 2015 and $11.7 million in 2014), which are included in purchase of goods and services. The Corporation made sales to an affiliated corporation in the amount of $3.0 million ($3.3 million in 2015 and in 2014). These transactions were accounted for at the consideration agreed between the parties.

Management arrangements

The parent corporation has entered into management arrangements with the Corporation. Under these management arrangements, the parent corporation and the Corporation provide management services to each other on a cost-reimbursement basis. The expenses subject to reimbursement include the salaries of the Corporation’s executive officers, who also serve as executive officers of the parent corporation.

In 2016, the Corporation received an amount of $2.2 million, which is included as a reduction in employee costs ($2.0 million in 2015 and $2.2 million in 2014), and incurred management fees of $2.6 million ($2.2 million in 2015 and $2.0 million in 2014) with shareholders.

Tax transactions

In 2016, the parent corporation transferred $22.1 million of non-capital losses ($33.4 million in 2015 and $12.5 million in 2014) to the Corporation in exchange for a cash consideration of $5.6 million ($8.4 million in 2015 paid in 2016 and $3.1 million in 2014). This transaction was concluded on terms equivalent to those that prevail on an arm’s length basis and was accounted for at the consideration agreed between the parties. As a result, the Corporation recorded a reduction of $0.3 million in its income tax expense in 2016 ($0.6 million in 2015 and $0.3 million in 2014).

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Guarantees

In the normal course of business, the Corporation enters into numerous agreements containing guarantees, including the following:

Operating leases

The Corporation has guaranteed a portion of the residual value of certain assets under operating leases for the benefit of the lessor. Should the Corporation terminate these leases prior to term (or at the end of the lease terms), and should the fair value of the assets be less than the guaranteed residual value, then the Corporation must, under certain conditions, compensate the lessor for a portion of the shortfall. In addition, the Corporation has provided guarantees to the lessor of certain premises leases with expiry dates through 2020. Should the lessee default under the agreement, the Corporation must, under certain conditions, compensate the lessor. As of December 31, 2016, the maximum exposure with respect to these guarantees was $24.2 million and no liability has been recorded in the consolidated balance sheet.

Business and asset disposals

In the sale of all or part of a business or an asset, in addition to possible indemnification relating to failure to perform covenants and breach of representations or warranties, the Corporation may agree to indemnify against claims related to the past conduct of the business. Typically, the term and amount of such indemnification will be limited by the agreement. The nature of these indemnification agreements prevents the Corporation from estimating the maximum potential liability it could be required to pay to guaranteed parties. The Corporation has not accrued any amount in respect of these items in the consolidated balance sheet.

 

97


Table of Contents

Outsourcing companies and suppliers

In the normal course of its operations, the Corporation enters into contractual agreements with outsourcing companies and suppliers. In some cases, the Corporation agrees to provide indemnifications in the event of legal procedures initiated against them. In other cases, the Corporation provides indemnification to counterparties for damages resulting from the outsourcing companies and suppliers. The nature of the indemnification agreements prevents the Corporation from estimating the maximum potential liability it could be required to pay. No amount has been accrued in the consolidated balance sheet with respect to these indemnifications.

Other

One of the Corporation’s subsidiaries, has, as a franchiser, provided guarantees should franchisees, in their retail activities, default on certain purchase agreements. The nature of the indemnification agreements prevents the Corporation from estimating the maximum potential liability it could be required to pay. No amount has been accrued in the consolidated balance sheet with respect to these guarantees.

Financial Instruments and Financial Risk Management

The Corporation’s financial risk-management policies have been established in order to identify and analyze the risks faced by the Corporation, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. Risk-management policies are reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and in the Corporation’s activities.

The Corporation uses a number of financial instruments, mainly cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, long-term investments, bank indebtedness, trade payables, accrued liabilities, long-term debt, and derivative financial instruments. As a result of their use of financial instruments, the Corporation is exposed to credit risk, liquidity risk and market risks relating to foreign exchange fluctuations and interest rate fluctuations.

In order to manage its foreign exchange and interest rate risks, the Corporation uses derivative financial instruments: (i) to set in CAN dollars future payments on debts denominated in U.S. dollars (interest and principal) and certain purchases of inventories and other capital expenditures denominated in a foreign currency; (ii) to achieve a targeted balance of fixed- and floating-rate debts; and (iii) to lock in the value of certain derivative financial instruments through offsetting transactions. The Corporation does not intend to settle its derivative financial instruments prior to their maturity as none of these instruments is held or issued for speculative purposes.

 

98


Table of Contents

Table 11

Description of derivative financial instruments

As of December  31, 2016

(in millions of dollars)

Foreign exchange forward contracts

 

Maturity

   CAN dollar
average exchange
rate per one

U.S. dollar
     Notional
amount  sold
     Notional
amount
bought
 

Videotron

        

Less than 1 year

     1.3249      $ 220.2      US$ 166.2  

2017 1

     1.3849      US$ 260.0      $ 360.1  

 

1  

See footnote 1 below “Cross-currency interest rate swaps” table.

Interest rate swaps

 

Maturity

   Notional
amount
     Pay/
receive
     Fixed
rate
    Floating
rate
 

TVA Group

          

2017

   $ 33.0       


Pay fixed/

Receive
floating

 

 
 

     2.03    

Bankers’
acceptance
1 month
 
 
 

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

 

Hedged item

  

Hedging instrument

 
    

Period covered

           Notional      
amount
    

Annual
interest rate
on notional
amount in

CAN dollars

   

CAN dollar

exchange rate

on interest and

capital payments

per one U.S. dollar

 

Quebecor Media

          

5.750% Senior Notes due 2023

     2016 to 2023      US$ 431.3        7.27     0.9792  

5.750% Senior Notes due 2023

     2012 to 2023      US$ 418.7      6.85     0.9759  

Term loan “B”

     2013 to 2020      US$ 338.6       


Bankers’

acceptance
3 months

+ 2.77

 

 
 

    1.0346  

 

99


Table of Contents

Cross-currency interest rate swaps (continued)

 

Hedged item

   Hedging instrument  
     Period
covered
     Notional
amount
     Annual interest
rate on notional
amount in
CAN dollars
    CAN dollar
exchange rate
on interest and
capital payments

per one U.S. dollar
 

Videotron

             

5.000% Senior Notes due 2022

     2014 to 2022      US$        543.1        6.01     0.9983  

5.000% Senior Notes due 2022

     2012 to 2022      US$        256.9        5.81     1.0016  

5.375% Senior Notes due 2024 1

     2008 to 2017      US$        260.0        9.21     1.2965  

5.375% Senior Notes due 2024

     2014 to 2024      US$        158.6       

Bankers’

acceptance

3 months

+ 2.67

 

 

 

    1.1034  

5.375% Senior Notes due 2024

     2017 to 2024      US$        441.4        5.62     1.1039  

 

1

Videotron initially entered into these cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge the foreign currency risk exposure under its 9.125% Senior Notes due 2018 redeemed in 2014. These swaps are now used to set in CAN dollars all coupon payments through 2017 on US$441.4 million of notional amount under its 5.375% Senior Notes due 2024 and issued in 2014. In conjunction with the repurposing of these swaps, Videotron has entered into US$260.0 million offsetting foreign exchange forward contracts to lock in the value of its hedging position related to the December 15, 2017 notional exchange.

Certain cross-currency interest rate swaps entered into by the Corporation include an option that allows each party to unwind the transaction on a specific date at the then settlement amount.

The losses on valuation and translation of financial instruments for 2016, 2015 and 2014 are summarized in Table 12.

Table 12

Loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

       2016     2015     2014  

Loss (gain) on the ineffective portion of fair value hedges

   $ 2.0     $ (3.6   $ (3.2

Loss (gain) on the ineffective portion of cash flow hedges

     0.1       1.6       (0.5

(Gain) loss on embedded derivatives related to long term debt and derivative

financial instruments for which hedge accounting is not used

     (0.2     6.2       7.9  

Loss (gain) on reversal of embedded derivatives on debt redemption

     0.2       (0.4     (1.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 2.1     $ 3.8     $ 3.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

A loss on cash flow hedges of $30.9 million was recorded under “Other comprehensive income” in 2016 (gains of $14.0 million and $14.2 million respectively in 2015 and in 2014).

 

100


Table of Contents

Fair value of financial instruments

The fair value of long-term debt is estimated based on quoted market prices when available or on valuation models. When the Corporation uses valuation models, the fair value is estimated using discounted cash flows using year-end market yields or the market value of similar instruments with the same maturity.

The fair value of derivative financial instruments recognized in the consolidated balance sheets is estimated as per the Corporation’s valuation models. These models project future cash flows and discount the future amounts to a present value using the contractual terms of the derivative financial instrument and factors observable in external market data, such as period-end swap rates and foreign exchange rates. An adjustment is also included to reflect non-performance risk impacted by the financial and economic environment prevailing at the date of the valuation in the recognized measure of the fair value of the derivative financial instruments by applying a credit default premium, estimated using a combination of observable and unobservable inputs in the market, to the net exposure of the counterparty or the Corporation.

The fair value of early settlement options recognized as embedded derivatives is determined by option pricing models using market inputs, including volatility, discount factors and the underlying instrument’s adjusted implicit interest rate and credit premium.

The carrying value and fair value of long term debt and derivative financial instruments as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 are as follows:

Table 13

Fair value of long -term debt and derivative financial instruments

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

     December 31, 2016      December 31, 2015  

Asset (liability)

   Carrying
value
     Fair
value
     Carrying
value
     Fair
value
 

Long-term debt 1,2

   $ (5,669.9    $ (5,835.5    $ (5,836.6    $ (5,838.6

Derivative financial instruments 3

           

Early settlement options

     0.4        0.4        1.0        1.0  

Foreign exchange forward contracts 4

     2.5        2.5        9.3        9.3  

Interest rate swaps

     (0.3      (0.3      (0.8      (0.8

Cross-currency interest rate swaps 4

     806.5        806.5        945.2        945.2  

 

1  

The carrying value of long-term debt excludes adjustments to record changes in the fair value of long-term debt related to hedged interest risk, embedded derivatives and financing fees.

 

2

The fair value of the long-term debt does not include the fair value of early settlement options, which is presented separately in the table.

 

3  

The fair value of derivative financial instruments designated as hedges is an asset position of $808.7 million as of December 31, 2016 ($953.7 million as of December 31, 2015).

 

4

The value of foreign exchange forward contracts entered into to lock in the value of existing hedging positions is netted from the value of the offset financial instruments.

Due to the judgment used in applying a wide range of acceptable techniques and estimates in calculating fair value amounts, fair values are not necessarily comparable among financial institutions or other market participants and may not be realized in an actual sale or on the immediate settlement of the instrument.

Credit risk management

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Corporation if a customer or counterparty to a financial asset fails to meet its contractual obligations.

In the normal course of business, the Corporation continuously monitors the financial condition of its customers and reviews the credit history of each new customer. As of December 31, 2016, no customer balance represented a significant portion of the Corporation’s consolidated trade receivables. The Corporation establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the specific credit risk of its customers and historical trends. As of December 31, 2016, 13.0% of trade receivables were 90 days past their billing date (10.4% as of December 31, 2015) of which 32.5% had an allowance for doubtful accounts (40.4% as of December 31, 2015).

 

101


Table of Contents

The following table shows changes to the allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

       2016      2015  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 23.0      $ 21.8  

Charged to income

     36.1        32.1  

Utilization

     (31.0      (30.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 28.1      $ 23.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Corporation believes that its product lines and the diversity of its customer base are instrumental in reducing its credit risk, as well as the impact of fluctuations in product-line demand. The Corporation does not believe that it is exposed to an unusual level of customer credit risk.

As a result of their use of derivative financial instruments, the Corporation is exposed to the risk of non-performance by a third party. When the Corporation enters into derivative contracts, the counterparties (either foreign or Canadian) must have credit ratings at least in accordance with the Corporation’s risk-management policy and are subject to concentration limits. These credit ratings and concentration limits are monitored on an ongoing basis, but at least quarterly.

Liquidity risk management

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Corporation will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due or the risk that those financial obligations will have to be met at excessive cost. The Corporation manages this exposure through staggered debt maturities. The weighted average term of the Corporation’s consolidated debt was approximately 6.1 years as of December 31, 2016 (6.1 years pro forma the partial redemption on January 5, 2017), compared to 7.0 years as of December 31, 2015 ( see also “Contractual Obligations” above).

Market risk

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices due to foreign exchange rates, interest rates and/or equity prices will affect the value of the Corporation’s financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to mitigate and control exposures within acceptable parameters while optimizing the return on risk.

Foreign currency risk

Most of the Corporation’s consolidated revenues and expenses, other than interest expense on U.S.-dollar-denominated debt, purchases of set-top boxes, handsets and cable modems and certain capital expenditures, are received or denominated in CAN dollars. A significant portion of the interest, principal and premium, if any, payable on its debt is payable in U.S. dollars. The Corporation has entered into transactions to hedge the foreign currency risk exposure on its U.S.-dollar-denominated debt obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2016, to hedge its exposure on certain purchases of set-top boxes, handsets, cable modems and capital expenditures, and to lock in the value of certain derivative financial instruments through offsetting transactions. Accordingly, the Corporation’s sensitivity to variations in foreign exchange rates is economically limited.

The estimated sensitivity on income and on other comprehensive income, before income tax, of a variance of $0.10 in the year-end exchange rate of a CAN dollar per one U.S. dollar used to calculate the fair value of financial instruments as of December 31, 2016 is as follows:

 

Increase (decrease)

   Income      Other
comprehensive
income
 

Increase of $0.10

   $ 2.0      $ 43.0  

Decrease of $0.10

     (2.0      (43.0

 

102


Table of Contents

A variance of $0.10 in the 2016 average exchange rate of CAN dollar per one U.S. dollar would had resulted in a variance of $4.0 million on unhedged purchase of goods and services in 2016 and $6.5 million on unhedged acquisitions of tangible and intangible assets in 2016.

Interest rate risk

Some of the Corporation’s bank credit facilities bear interest at floating rates based on the following reference rates: (i) Bankers’ acceptance rate, (ii) LIBOR, (iii) Canadian prime rate, and (iv) U.S. prime rate. The Senior Notes issued by the Corporation bear interest at fixed rates. The Corporation has entered into cross-currency interest rate swap agreements in order to manage cash flow risk exposure. As of December 31, 2016, after taking into account the hedging instruments, long-term debt was comprised of 83.7% fixed-rate debt (80.1% pro forma the partial redemption on January 5, 2017), compared to 82.8% as of December 31, 2015 and 16.3% floating-rate debt (19.9% pro forma the partial redemption on January 5, 2017), compared to 17.2% as of December 31, 2015.

The estimated sensitivity on interest payments, of a 100 basis-point variance in the year-end Canadian Bankers’ acceptance rate as of December 31, 2016 was $7.9 million.

The estimated sensitivity on income and on other comprehensive income, before income tax, of a 100 basis-point variance in the discount rate used to calculate the fair value of financial instruments as of December 31, 2016, as per the Corporation’s valuation models, is as follows:

 

Increase (decrease)

   Income      Other
comprehensive
income
 

Increase of 100 basis points

   $ (2.4    $ (37.3

Decrease of 100 basis points

     2.4        37.3  

Capital management

The Corporation’s primary objective in managing capital is to maintain an optimal capital base in order to support the capital requirements of its various businesses, including growth opportunities.

In managing its capital structure, the Corporation takes into account the asset characteristics of its subsidiaries and planned requirements for funds, leveraging their individual borrowing capacities in the most efficient manner to achieve the lowest cost of financing. Management of the capital structure involves the issuance of new debt, the repayment of existing debt using cash flows generated by operations, and the level of distributions to shareholders. The Corporation has not significantly changed its strategy regarding the management of its capital structure since the last financial year.

The Corporation’s capital structure is composed of equity, bank indebtedness, long-term debt, derivative financial instruments, less cash and cash equivalents. The capital structure as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 was as follows:

Table 14

Capital structure of Quebecor Media

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

     2016      2015  

Bank indebtedness

   $ 18.9      $ 33.8  

Long-term debt

     5,638.1        5,800.6  

Derivative financial instruments

     (808.7      (953.7

Cash and cash equivalents

     (20.7      (18.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net liabilities

     4,827.6        4,862.1  

Equity

   $ 1,681.2      $ 1,432.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

103


Table of Contents

The Corporation is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements other than certain restrictions under the terms of its borrowing agreements, which relate, among other things, to permitted investments, inter-corporation transactions, the declaration and payment of dividends or other distributions.

Contingencies

There are a number of legal proceedings against the Corporation and its subsidiaries that are pending. In the opinion of the management of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, the outcome of those proceedings is not expected to have a material adverse effect on Corporation’s results or on its financial position.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Revenue recognition

The Corporation recognizes operating revenues when the following criteria are met:

 

 

the amount of revenue can be measured reliably;

 

 

the receipt of economic benefits associated with the transaction is probable;

 

 

the costs incurred or to be incurred in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably;

 

 

the stage of completion can be measured reliably where services have been rendered; and

 

 

significant risks and rewards of ownership, including effective control, have been transferred to the buyer where goods have been sold.

The portion of revenue that is unearned is recorded under “Deferred revenue” when customers are invoiced.

Telecommunications

The Telecommunications segment provides services under arrangements with multiple deliverables, for which there are two separate accounting units: one for subscriber services (cable television, Internet access, cable or mobile telephony and over-the-top video service, including connection costs and rental of equipment); the other for equipment sales to subscribers. Components of multiple deliverable arrangements are separately accounted for, provided the delivered elements have stand-alone value to the customer and the fair value of any undelivered elements can be objectively and reliably determined. Arrangement consideration is allocated among the separate accounting units based on their relative fair values.

The Telecommunications segment recognizes each of its main activities’ revenues as follows:

 

 

Operating revenues from subscriber services, such as cable television, Internet access, cable and mobile telephony, and over-the-top video service are recognized when services are provided. Promotional offers and rebates are accounted for as a reduction in the service revenue to which they relate;

 

 

Revenues from equipment sales to subscribers and their costs are recognized in income when the equipment is delivered. Promotional offers related to equipment, with the exclusion of mobile devices, are accounted for as a reduction in related equipment sales on delivery, while promotional offers related to the sale of mobile devices are accounted for as a reduction in related equipment sales on activation;

 

 

Operating revenues related to service contracts are recognized in income over the life of the specific contracts on a straight-line basis over the period in which the services are provided;

 

 

Cable connection revenues are deferred and recognized as revenues over the estimated average period that subscribers are expected to remain connected to the network. The incremental and direct costs related to cable connection costs, in an amount not exceeding the revenue, are deferred and recognized as an operating expense over the same period. The excess of those costs over the related revenues is recognized immediately in income.

Media

The Media segment recognizes each of its main activities’ revenues as follows:

 

 

Advertising revenues are recognized when the advertising is aired on television, is featured in newspapers or magazines, or is displayed on the digital properties or on transit shelters;

 

 

Revenues from subscriptions to specialty television channels or to online publications are recognized on a monthly basis at the time service is provided or over the period of the subscription;

 

104


Table of Contents
 

Revenues from the sale or distribution of newspapers, magazines, books and entertainment products are recognized on delivery, net of provisions for estimated returns based on historical rate of returns;

 

 

Soundstage and equipment leasing revenues are recognized over the rental period;

 

 

Revenues derived from speciality film and television services are recognized when services are provided.

Sports and Entertainment

The Sports and Entertainment segment recognizes each of its main activities’ revenues as follows:

 

 

Revenues from leasing, and from ticket (including season tickets), food and beverage sales are recognized when the events take place and/or goods are sold, as the case may be;

 

 

Revenues from the rental of suites are recognized ratably over the period of the agreement;

 

 

Revenues from the sale of advertising under the form of venue signage or sponsorships, are recognized ratably over the period of the agreement;

 

 

Revenues derived from sporting and cultural event management are recognized when services are provided.

Impairment of assets

For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped in CGUs, which represent the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows generated by those assets. The Corporation reviews, at each balance sheet date, whether events or circumstances have occurred to indicate that the carrying amounts of its long-lived assets with finite useful lives may be less than their recoverable amounts. Goodwill, other intangible assets having an indefinite useful life, and intangible assets not yet available for use are tested for impairment each financial year, as well as whenever there is an indication that the carrying amount of the asset, or the CGU to which an asset has been allocated, exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of the fair value less costs of disposal and the value in use of the asset or the CGU. Fair value less costs of disposal represents the amount an entity could obtain at the valuation date from the asset’s disposal in an arm’s length transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties, after deducting the costs of disposal. The value in use represents the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from the asset or the CGU.

The Corporation uses the discounted cash flow method to estimate the recoverable amount consisting of future cash flows derived primarily from the most recent budget and three-year strategic plan approved by the Corporation’s management and presented to the Board of Directors. These forecasts consider each CGU’s past operating performance and market share as well as economic trends, along with specific and market industry trends and corporate strategies. A perpetual growth rate is used for cash flows beyond this three-year period. The discount rate used by the Corporation is a pre-tax rate derived from the weighted average cost of capital pertaining to each CGU, which reflects the current market assessment of: (i) the time value of money; and (ii) the risk specific to the assets for which the future cash flow estimates have not been risk-adjusted. The perpetual growth rate has been determined with regard to the specific markets in which the CGUs participate.

An impairment loss is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of an asset or a CGU exceeds its recoverable amount. When the recoverable amount of a CGU to which goodwill has been allocated is lower than the CGU’s carrying amount, the related goodwill is first impaired. Any excess amount of impairment is recognized and attributed to assets in the CGU, prorated to the carrying amount of each asset in the CGU.

An impairment loss recognized in prior periods for long-lived assets with finite useful lives and intangible assets having an indefinite useful life, other than goodwill, can be reversed through the consolidated statement of income to the extent that the resulting carrying value does not exceed the carrying value that would have been the result if no impairment loss had previously been recognized.

The determination of CGUs requires judgment when determining the lowest level for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows generated by the group of assets.

In addition, when determining the recoverable amount of an asset or CGU, assessment of the information available at the valuation date is based on management’s judgment and may involve estimates and assumptions. Furthermore, the discounted cash flow method used in determining the recoverable amount of an asset or CGU relies on the use of estimates such as the amount and timing of cash flows, expected variations in the amount or timing of those cash flows, the time value of money as represented by the risk-free rate, and the risk premium associated with the asset or CGU.

Therefore, the judgment used in determining the recoverable amount of an asset or CGU may affect the amount of the impairment loss to be recorded to an asset or CGU, as well as the potential reversal of the impairment charge in the future.

 

105


Table of Contents

Based on the data and assumptions used in its last impairment test, the Corporation believes that there is no significant amount of long-lived assets with finite useful lives, or goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives on its books at this time that present a significant risk of impairment in the near future.

The net book value of goodwill as at December 31, 2016 was $2.73 billion, and the net book value of intangible assets with indefinite useful lives as at December 31, 2016 was $781.5 million.

Useful life of spectrum licences

Management has concluded that spectrum licences have an indefinite useful life. This conclusion was based on an analysis of factors, such as the Corporation’s financial ability to renew the spectrum licences, the competitive, legal and regulatory landscape, and the future expectation regarding the use of the spectrum licences. Therefore, the determination that spectrum licences have an indefinite useful life involves judgment, which could have an impact on the amortization charge recorded in the consolidated statements of income if management changes its conclusion in the future, as it did in 2015.

Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting

The Corporation uses various derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. The Corporation does not hold or use any derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. Under hedge accounting, the Corporation documents all hedging relationships between hedging items and hedged items, as well as its strategy for using hedges and its risk-management objective. It also designates its derivative financial instruments as either fair value hedges or cash flow hedges when they qualify for hedge accounting. The Corporation assesses the effectiveness of derivative financial instruments when the hedge is put in place and on an ongoing basis.

The Corporation generally enters into the following types of derivative financial instruments:

 

 

The Corporation uses foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge foreign currency rate exposure on anticipated equipment or inventory purchases in a foreign currency. The Corporation also uses offsetting foreign exchange forward contracts in combination with cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge foreign currency rate exposure on interest and principal payments on foreign currency denominated debt. These foreign exchange forward contracts are designated as cash flow hedges.

 

 

The Corporation uses cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge (i) foreign currency rate exposure on interest and principal payments on foreign currency denominated debt and/or (ii) fair value exposure on certain debt resulting from changes in interest rates. The cross-currency interest rate swaps that set all future interest and principal payments on U.S.-dollar-denominated debt in fixed CAN dollars, in addition to converting an interest rate from a floating rate to a floating rate or from a fixed rate to a fixed rate, are designated as cash flow hedges. The cross-currency interest rate swaps are designated as fair value hedges when they set all future interest and principal payments on U.S.-dollar-denominated debt in fixed CAN dollars, in addition to converting the interest rate from a fixed rate to a floating rate.

 

 

The Corporation uses interest rate swaps to manage fair value exposure on certain debts resulting from changes in interest rates. These swap agreements require a periodic exchange of payments without the exchange of the notional principal amount on which the payments are based. These interest rate swaps are designated as fair value hedges when they convert the interest rate from a fixed rate to a floating rate, or as cash flow hedges when they convert the interest rate from a floating rate to a fixed rate.

Under hedge accounting, the Corporation applies the following accounting policies:

 

 

For derivative financial instruments designated as fair value hedges, changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative recorded in income are substantially offset by changes in the fair value of the hedged item to the extent that the hedging relationship is effective. When a fair value hedge is discontinued, the carrying value of the hedged item is no longer adjusted and the cumulative fair value adjustments to the carrying value of the hedged item are amortized to income over the remaining term of the original hedging relationship.

 

 

For derivative financial instruments designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of a hedge is reported in “other comprehensive income” until it is recognized in income during the same period in which the hedged item affects income, while the ineffective portion is immediately recognized in income. When a cash flow hedge is discontinued, the amounts previously recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income are reclassified to income when the variability in the cash flows of the hedged item affects income.

 

106


Table of Contents

Any change in the fair value of derivative financial instruments recorded in income is included in gain or loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments. Interest expense on hedged long-term debt is reported at the hedged interest and foreign currency rates.

Derivative financial instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting, including derivatives that are embedded in financial or non-financial contracts that are not closely related to the host contracts, such as early settlement options on long term-debt, are reported on a fair value basis in the consolidated balance sheets. Any change in the fair value of these derivative financial instruments is recorded in the consolidated statements of income as a gain or loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments.

Early settlement options are accounted for separately from the debt when the corresponding option exercise price is not approximately equal to the amortized cost of the debt.    

The judgment used in determining the fair value of derivative financial instrument including embedded derivatives, using valuation and pricing models, may have a significant effect on the value of the gain or loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments recorded in the consolidated statements of income, and the value of the gain or loss on derivative financial instruments recorded in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Also, valuation and financial models are based on a number of assumptions including future cash flows, period-end swap rates, foreign exchange rates, credit default premium, volatility, discount factors and underlying instrument adjusted implicit interest rate and credit premium.

In addition, judgment is required to determine if an option exercise price is not approximately equal to the amortized cost of the debt. This determination may have a significant impact on the amount of gains or losses on valuation and translation of financial instruments recorded in the consolidated statements of income.    

Pension and postretirement benefits

The Corporation offers defined contribution pension plans and defined benefit pension plans to some of its employees.

Quebecor Media’s defined benefit obligations with respect to defined benefit pension plans and postretirement benefits are measured at present value and assessed on the basis of a number of economic and demographic assumptions, which are established with the assistance of Quebecor Media’s actuaries. Key assumptions relate to the discount rate, the rate of increase in compensation, retirement age of employees, healthcare costs, and other actuarial factors. Defined benefit pension plan assets are measured at fair value and consist of equities and corporate and government fixed-income securities.

Re-measurements of the net defined benefit liability or asset are recognized immediately in “Other comprehensive income.”

Recognition of a net benefit asset is limited under certain circumstances to the amount recoverable, which is primarily based on the present value of future contributions to the plan, to the extent that the Corporation can unilaterally reduce those future contributions. In addition, an adjustment to the net benefit asset or the net benefit liability can be recorded to reflect a minimum funding liability in a certain number of the Corporation’s pension plans. The assessment of the amount recoverable in the future, for the purpose of calculating the limit on the net benefit asset, is based on a number of assumptions, including future service costs and reductions in future plan contributions.

The Corporation considers all the assumptions used to be reasonable in view of the information available at this time. However, variances from certain of these assumptions may have a significant impact on the costs and obligations of pension plans and postretirement benefits in future periods.

Stock-based compensation

Stock-based awards to employees that call for settlement in cash, as deferred share units (“DSUs”) and performance share units (“PSUs”), or that call for settlement in cash at the option of the employee, as stock option awards, are accounted for at fair value and classified as a liability. The compensation cost is recognized in expenses over the vesting period. Changes in the fair value of stock-based awards between the grant date and the measurement date result in a change in the liability and compensation cost.

The fair value of DSUs and PSUs is based on the underlying share price at the date of valuation. The fair value of stock option awards is determined by applying an option pricing model, taking into account the terms and conditions of the grant and assumptions such as the risk-free interest rate, distribution yield, expected volatility, and the expected remaining life of the option.

The judgment and assumptions used in determining the fair value of the stock-based compensation liability may have an effect on the compensation cost recorded in the statements of income.

 

107


Table of Contents

Provisions

Provisions are recognized when (i) the Corporation has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, and when (ii) the amount of the obligation can be reliably estimated. Restructuring costs, comprised primarily of termination benefits, are recognized when a detailed plan for the restructuring exists and a valid expectation has been raised in those affected that the plan will be carried out.

Provisions are reviewed at each balance sheet date and changes in estimates are reflected in the consolidated statement of income in the reporting period in which changes occur.

The amount recognized as a provision is the best estimate of the expenditures required to settle the present obligation at the balance sheet date or to transfer it to a third party at that time, and is adjusted for the effect of time value when material. The amount recognized for onerous contracts is the lower of the cost necessary to fulfill the obligations, net of expected economic benefits deriving from the contracts, and any indemnity or penalty arising from failure to fulfill those obligations.

No amounts are recognized for obligations that are possible but not probable or for those for which an amount cannot be reasonably estimated.

Allowance for doubtful accounts

The Corporation maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to cover anticipated losses from customers who are unable to pay their debts. The allowance is reviewed periodically and is based on an analysis of specific significant accounts outstanding, the age of the receivable, customer creditworthiness, and historical collection experience.

Business combinations

A business combination is accounted for by the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured at the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for control of the business acquired at the acquisition date. This consideration can be comprised of cash, assets transferred, financial instruments issued, or future contingent payments. The identifiable assets and liabilities of the business acquired are recognized at their fair value at the acquisition date. Goodwill initially arising from a business acquisition is measured and recognized as the excess of the fair value of the consideration paid over the fair value of the recognized identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The judgments made in determining the estimated fair value and the expected useful life of each acquired asset, and the estimated fair value of each assumed liability, can significantly impact net income.

Determining the fair value of certain acquired assets, assumed liabilities and future contingent considerations requires judgment and involves complete and absolute reliance on estimates and assumptions. The Corporation primarily uses the discounted future cash flows approach to estimate the value of acquired intangible assets.

The estimates and assumptions used in the allocation of the purchase price at the date of acquisition may also have an impact on the amount of an impairment charge to be recognized, if any, after the date of acquisition, as discussed above under “Impairment of assets.”

Income taxes

Deferred income taxes are accounted for using the liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and their respective tax bases. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted or substantively enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred income tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the substantive enactment date. A deferred tax asset is recognized initially when it is probable that future taxable income will be sufficient to use the related tax benefits and may be subsequently reduced, if necessary, to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

The assessment of deferred income taxes is judgmental in nature and is dependent on assumptions and estimates as to the availability and character of future taxable income. The ultimate amount of deferred income tax assets realized could be slightly different from that recorded, since it is influenced by the Corporation’s future operating results.

The Corporation is under audit at all times by various tax authorities in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. A number of years may elapse before a particular matter for which management has established a reserve is audited and resolved. The number of years between each tax audit varies depending on the tax jurisdiction. Management believes that its estimates are reasonable and reflect the probable outcome of known tax contingencies, although the outcome is difficult to predict.

 

108


Table of Contents

Change in accounting estimates

In the second quarter of 2015, the Corporation changed its assessment of the useful life of its spectrum licences used in the operations of its Telecommunications segment. In light of recent spectrum auctions and developments in the telecommunications industry, the Corporation is now of the view that these spectrum licences have an indefinite useful life based on the following facts:

 

 

The Corporation intends to renew the spectrum licences and believes that they are likely to be renewed by Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada;

 

 

The Corporation has the financial and operational ability to renew these spectrum licences;

 

 

Currently, the competitive, legal and regulatory landscape does not limit the useful lives of the spectrum licences;

 

 

The Corporation foresees no limit to the period during which these licences can be expected to generate cash flows in the future.

Accordingly, the Corporation ceased to amortize spectrum licences used in its operations as of April 1, 2015 and no amortization expense has been recorded after that date. The straight-line amortization expense recorded relating to these licences was $13.9 million in 2015 and $55.4 million in 2014.

Recent accounting pronouncements

 

(i) IFRS 9 – Financial Instruments is required to be applied retrospectively for annual periods beginning on or after
January 1, 2018, with early adoption permitted.

IFRS 9 simplifies the measurement and classification of financial assets by reducing the number of measurement categories in IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement . The new standard also provides for a fair value option in the designation of a non-derivative financial liability and its related classification and measurement, as well as for a new hedge accounting model more closely aligned with risk-management activities undertaken by entities.

The Corporation does not expect its consolidated financial statements to be materially impacted by the adoption of IFRS 9.

 

(ii) IFRS 15 – Revenue from Contracts with Customers is required to be applied retrospectively for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018, with early adoption permitted.

IFRS 15 specifies how and when an entity will recognize revenue as well as requiring such entities to provide users of financial statements with more informative disclosures. The standard provides a single, principles-based, five-step model to be applied to all contracts with customers.

The Corporation expects that the adoption of IFRS 15 will have significant impacts on its consolidated financial statements, more specifically in its Telecommunications segment, with regards to the timing in the recognition of its revenues, the classification of its revenues, as well as the capitalization of costs to obtain a contract and of certain other costs.

Under IFRS 15, the total consideration from a contract with multiple deliverables will need to be allocated to all performance obligations in the contract based on the stand-alone selling price of each obligation, without being limited to a non-contingent amount. The Telecommunications segment provides mobile services under contracts with multiple deliverables. Among other impacts, the adoption of IFRS 15 will result in an increase in the revenue from the device sale and in a decrease in the mobile service revenue recognized over the contract term. The timing of the recognition of revenues will therefore change under IFRS 15. However, the total revenue recognized over a contract term relating to all performance obligations within the contract will remain the same.

In addition, under IFRS 15, certain costs to obtain a contract will be capitalized and amortized as operating expenses over the contract term or over the period of time the customer is expected to remain a customer of the Corporation. Currently, such costs are expensed as incurred. Also, the capitalization of connection costs will no longer be limited to the related connection revenues.

 

(iii) IFRS 16 – Leases is required to be applied retrospectively for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019, with early adoption permitted, provided that IFRS 15 is applied at the same time as IFRS 16.

IFRS 16 sets out new principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both parties to a contract. The standard provides lessees with a single accounting model for all leases, with certain exemptions. In particular, lessees will be required to report most leases on their balance sheets by recognizing right-of-use assets and related financial liabilities.    

 

109


Table of Contents

The Corporation expects that the adoption of IFRS 16 will have significant impacts on its consolidated financial statements since all of the Corporation segments are engaged in various long-term leases on premises and equipment.

Under IFRS 16, most lease charges will be expensed as an asset amortization charge, along with a financial charge on the asset related financial liabilities. As operating lease charges are currently recognized as operating expenses as they are incurred, the adoption of IFRS 16 will change the timing of the recognition of these lease charges over the term of each lease. It will also affect the classification of expenses in the statement of income.

 

110


Table of Contents

ITEM 6 — DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

A - Directors and Senior Management

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our directors and executive officers at March 13, 2017:

 

Name and Municipality of Residence

   Age   

Position

PIERRE DION

Saint-Bruno, Québec

   52    Director and Chairman of the Board

ANDRÉ P. BROSSEAU (1)

Montréal, Québec

   55    Director

CHRISTIAN DUBÉ

Montréal, Québec

   60    Director

JEAN LA COUTURE, FCPA, FCA (1)(2)

Montréal, Québec

   70    Director and Chair of the Audit Committee

SYLVIE LALANDE (3)

Lachute, Québec

   66    Director

PIERRE LAURIN (3)

Nuns’ Island, Québec

   77    Vice Chairman and Lead Director

GENEVIÈVE MARCON (3)

Lac Beauport, Québec

   48    Director

THE RIGHT HONOURABLE BRIAN

MULRONEY, P.C., C.C., LL.D.

Montréal, Québec

   77    Director

ROBERT PARÉ (2)

Westmount, Québec

   62    Director

ÉRIK PÉLADEAU

Lorraine, Québec

   61    Director

NORMAND PROVOST (1)(2)

Brossard, Québec

   62    Director

PIERRE KARL PÉLADEAU

Outremont, Québec

   55    President and Chief Executive Officer

 

111


Table of Contents

Name and Municipality of Residence

   Age   

Position

MANON BROUILLETTE

Montréal, Québec

   48    President and Chief Executive Officer, Videotron Ltd.

JULIE TREMBLAY

Westmount, Québec

   57    President and Chief Executive Officer, Quebecor Media Group

JEAN-FRANÇOIS PRUNEAU

Montréal, Québec

   46    Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

MARC M. TREMBLAY

Westmount, Québec

   56    Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Public Affairs and Corporate Secretary

FRANCE LAUZIÈRE

Town of Mount-Royal, Québec

   50    Senior Vice President, Quebecor Content

J. SERGE SASSEVILLE

Montréal, Québec

   58    Senior Vice President, Corporate and Institutional Affairs

DENIS DESAULNIERS

Orford, Québec

   52    Vice President, Human Resources

CHLOÉ POIRIER

Nuns’ Island, Québec

   47    Vice President and Treasurer

CAROLINE ROY

Montréal, Québec

   38    Vice President, Digital Research and Development, Quebecor Digital

DENIS SABOURIN

Nuns’ Island, Québec

   56    Vice President and Corporate Controller

 

(1) Member of the Audit Committee
(2) Member of the Executive Committee
(3) Member of the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee

Pierre Dion , Director and Chairman of the Board. Mr. Dion has been a Director of Quebecor and Quebecor Media since February 2017. He was President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor and Quebecor Media from April 28, 2014 to February 15, 2017. Prior to that, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of TVA Group from March 2005 to July 2014. He joined TVA Group in September 2004 as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. Prior to that date, Mr. Dion was at Sélection du Reader’s Digest (Canada) during eight years, four of which as President and Chief Executive Officer. From 1990 to 1996, he held various management positions with Le Groupe Vidéotron ltée.

André P. Brosseau, Director and member of the Audit Committee. Mr. Brosseau is a Director and member of the Audit Committee of Quebecor, Quebecor Media and Videotron since May 12, 2016. Mr. Brosseau is Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Avenue Capital Markets BNB Inc., a consulting firm for growth companies that he founded in 2010. He currently serves as a director, Chairman of the Audit Committee and member of the Compensation Committee of DMD Digital Health Connections Group Inc. He is also a member of the Advisory Committee for the OSMO Foundation and The Notman House. Mr. Brosseau was President for Blackmont Capital Markets in Toronto until June 2009 and then served as Chairman of Quebec Capital Markets until May 2010. From 1994 to 2007, he held various executive positions with CIBC.

Christian Dubé, Director. Mr. Dubé is a Director of Quebecor and Quebecor Media since May 12, 2016. Mr. Dubé is Executive Vice-President, Québec, of the CDPQ, one of the largest institutional fund managers in Canada and

 

112


Table of Contents

North America. Mr. Dubé sits on CDPQ’s Executive Committee and Investments and Risk Management Committee. Mr. Dubé represented the riding of Lévis in the Québec National Assembly from 2012 to 2014. He was Vice-Chair of the Commission des finances publiques. Mr. Dubé sits on the Board of Directors of Cirque du Soleil. Mr. Dubé is one of the representatives of Capital CDPQ on the Quebecor Media Board.

Jean La Couture , FCPA, FCA, Director, Vice Chairman and Chairman of the Audit Committee . Mr. La Couture has served as Director of Quebecor Media and as Chair of its Audit Committee since May 5, 2003. Mr. La Couture was appointed Vice Chairman of Quebecor and Quebecor Media on May 12, 2016. Mr. La Couture is also a Director and Chair of the Audit Committee of Quebecor and Videotron. Mr. La Couture, a Fellow Chartered Professional Accountant, is President of Huis Clos Ltée., a management and mediation firm. He headed Le Groupe Mallette (an accounting firm) before becoming, from 1990 to 1994, President and Chief Executive Officer of The Guarantee Company of North America. He is Chairman of the Board of Innergex Renewable Energy Inc., Chairman of the Board of Groupe Pomerleau (a Québec-based construction company) and a Director and Chair of the Investments and Risk Management Committee of CDPQ.

Sylvie Lalande , Director and Chair of the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee. Ms. Lalande is a Director of Videotron since July 2014 and of Quebecor Media since May 2013. She has served as a Director of Quebecor since May 2011. She was appointed as Chair of the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee of Quebecor and Quebecor Media on May 12, 2016. She is a Director of TVA Group since December 2001, and was appointed as Chair of the Board on March 10, 2014. She has also served as Chair of the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee of TVA Group since May 2013. Ms. Lalande held several senior positions in the media, marketing, communication marketing and company communications sectors. Until October 2001, she was Chief Communications Officer of Bell Canada. From 1994 to 1997, she was President and Chief Executive Officer of UBI Consortium, a consortium formed to develop and manage interactive and transactional communication services. From 1987 to 1994, she occupied several senior positions within TVA Group and Le Groupe Vidéotron ltée. Ms. Lalande began her career in the radio industry, after which she founded her own consultation firm. In 2006, Ms. Lalande earned a degree in corporate governance from the Collège des administrateurs de sociétés. Ms. Lalande was, until September 2016, a Director and Chair of the Corporate Governance and Human Resources Committee and Lead Director of Ovivo Inc. In November 2013, Ms. Lalande was appointed Chair of the Board of the Collège des administrateurs de sociétés of Université Laval .

Pierre Laurin , Vice Chairman and Lead Director and member of the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee . Mr. Laurin is a Director and member of the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee of Quebecor Media since May 2015. He was appointed Vice Chairman and Lead Director on June 19, 2014. Mr. Laurin has served as a Director of Quebecor since 1991. Mr. Laurin was Chairman of the Board of Atrium Innovations Inc. from its beginning in 2000 until it was privatised in 2014. For a major part of his career, Pierre Laurin headed HEC Montréal (previously known as l’École des Hautes Études Commerciales) after which he moved over to the position of Vice-President, Planning and Administration, at Aluminium Company of Canada. He was then founding President of SOCCRENT, a venture capital company, and thereafter, President of Merrill Lynch, Quebec. He is an Officer of the Order of Canada and a Chevalier de l’Ordre du Mérite de la République française .

Geneviève Marcon , Director and member of the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee. Ms. Marcon is a Director of Quebecor Media since May 2013 and a member of the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee since May 2016. She has served as a Director of Quebecor since May 2012. Ms. Marcon is President of GM Developpement Inc., a company operating in the real-estate sector as owner, developer and manager of properties. Ms. Marcon is associated with the revitalization of the Saint-Roch neighbourhood in Québec City, where she conducted several restoration and construction projects for the transformation of this neglected neighbourhood into an attractive urban centre. Ms. Marcon, who has a background in industrial relations from Université Laval , has also made her mark in the retail business sector. Convinced of her vision for the development of Saint-Roch, she opened the Benjo store in 1995 which has since become a benchmark in the toy sector. In 2015, Ms. Marcon earned a university certificate in corporate governance from the Collège des administrateurs de sociétés. Recognized for her involvement in the community, Ms. Marcon is active in several social and cultural organizations.

The Right Honourable Brian Mulroney , P.C., C.C., LL.D, Director. Mr. Mulroney has been a Director of Quebecor Media since January 31, 2001 and director of Quebecor since 1999. He is Chairman of the Board of Quebecor and Videotron since June 19, 2014. Since 1993, Mr. Mulroney has been a Senior Partner with the law firm Norton Rose

 

113


Table of Contents

Fulbright Canada LLP (formerly Ogilvy Renault LLP) in Montréal, Québec. Prior to that, Mr. Mulroney was the Prime Minister of Canada from 1984 until 1993. Mr. Mulroney practiced law in Montréal and served as President of The Iron Ore Company of Canada before entering politics in 1983. Mr. Mulroney serves as a Director of a number of public corporations, including Wyndham Worldwide Corporation (New Jersey) and The Blackstone Group LP (New York). He is also Chairman of the International Advisory Board of Barrick Gold Corporation. He is Companion of the Order of Canada as well as Grand Officier de l’Ordre national du Québec .

Robert Paré , Director. Mr. Paré is a Director of Quebecor and Quebecor Media since June 19, 2014. He is a corporate lawyer and senior partner at Fasken Martineau DuMoulin LLP since February 1987. Mr. Paré is a member of the Board and of the Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of ADF Group Inc. since 2009. He was a member of the Board and of the Nominating and Governance Committee and of the Human Resources and Compensation Committee of RONA Inc. from 2009 to 2016. He is also a member of the Board of Essilor Canada Ltd. since 1995. Mr. Paré is the current Chairman of the Board of the Institute of Corporate Governance – Quebec Chapter, as well as a member of the Board of the Montreal Institute Heart Foundation.

Érik Péladeau, Director. Mr. Péladeau has been a Director of Quebecor Media since July 2015. He also served as a Director from January 2001 to September 2009. Mr. Péladeau is also a Director of Quebecor since July 2015. He also served as a Director of Quebecor from 1988 to 2010 and as Vice Chairman of the Board for much of that period. Mr. Péladeau has been associated with different companies throughout the Quebecor group where he worked for more than 28 years. He also spearheaded the diversification of Quebecor’s digital content offerings with the creation of Quebecor Multimedia. Mr. Péladeau is currently President of Groupe Lelys Inc., a company he acquired in 1984 which specializes in flexographic label printing. Mr. Péladeau is active in many charitable organizations. Érik Péladeau is the brother of Pierre Karl Péladeau.

Normand Provost , Director and member of the Audit Committee . Mr. Provost has been a Director of Quebecor Media since July 2004 and a Director of Quebecor since May 2013. He also serves as a member of the Audit Committee of Quebecor, Quebecor Media and Videotron since June 2014. From May 2014 to December 2015, Mr. Provost was Assistant to the President of CDPQ, one of the largest institutional fund managers in Canada and North America. Mr. Provost joined CDPQ in 1980 and has held various management positions during his time there. He served as President of CDP Capital Americas from 1995 to 2003. He has served as Executive Vice President, Private Equity, of CDPQ from October 2003 until May 2014. In addition to his responsibilities in the investment sector, Mr. Provost served as Chief Operations Officer of CDPQ from April 2009 to March 2012. Mr. Provost is a Director of the Fondation de l’Entrepreneurship. In addition, he sits on the Supervisory Board and on the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of Groupe Kéolis S.A.S. Since March 2015, Mr. Provost also sits on the Board of Directors and on the Investment Committee of Desjardins Financial Security. Mr. Provost is one of the representatives of Capital CDPQ on the Quebecor Media Board.

Pierre Karl Péladeau , President and Chief Executive Officer . Mr. Péladeau was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor and Quebecor Media on February 15, 2017. Prior to that Mr. Péladeau entered in politics in 2014. He ran as the Parti Québécois candidate in Saint-Jérôme riding and was elected to Québec’s National Assembly in April 2014. He became the party’s leader on May 15, 2015 and served as Leader of the Official Opposition in the National Assembly until May 2, 2016. Mr. Péladeau joined Quebecor’s communications division in 1985 as Assistant to the President. Since then, he has occupied various positions within the Quebecor group of companies. Namely, Mr. Péladeau was a Director of Quebecor Media from August 2000 to March 2014 and of Quebecor from April 1992 until March 2014. In May 2013, He was appointed Chairman of the Board of Directors of Quebecor Media, Videotron, TVA Group and Sun Media Corporation and was also appointed Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors of Quebecor. Mr. Péladeau was President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor Media and of Quebecor from April 2009 until May 2013. Mr. Péladeau chaired on numerous other boards of directors, namely for La Fondation de l’entrepreneurship (2011-2014) and Hydro-Quebec (2013-2014). Mr. Péladeau is active in many charitable and cultural organizations. Pierre Karl Péladeau is the brother of Érik Péladeau.

Manon Brouillette , President and Chief Executive Officer, Videotron Ltd. In May 2014, Ms. Brouillette was promoted President and Chief Executive Officer of Videotron. From May 2013 to May 2014, she acted as President and Chief Operating Officer of Videotron, after acting as President, Consumer Market from January 2012 to May 2013. She acted as Executive Vice President, Strategy and Market Development of Videotron from March 2009 to January 2012. From January 2011 to May 2012, she also acted as Vice President and Chief Digital Officer of Quebecor Media. From

 

114


Table of Contents

June 2008 to March 2009, she acted as Senior Vice President, Strategic Development and Market Development of Quebecor Media. She joined Videotron in July 2004 and acted as Vice President, Marketing, from July 2004 to January 2005, as Vice President, New Product Development, from January 2005 to August 2006 and as Senior Vice President, Marketing, Content and New Product Development, from September 2006 to June 2008. Before joining Videotron, Ms. Brouillette was Vice President, Marketing and Communications of the San Francisco Group from April 2003 to February 2004. She was also responsible for the national and regional accounts of the Blitz division of Groupe Cossette Communication Marketing from April 2002 to April 2003. From September 1998 to April 2002, she worked at Publicité Martin inc. Ms. Brouillette holds a Bachelor’s degree in communications with a minor in marketing from Université Laval .

Julie Tremblay , President and Chief Executive Officer, Quebecor Media Group. Julie Tremblay was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor Media Group on July 30, 2014. On that date, she was also appointed President and Chief Executive Officer of TVA Group. Since 1989, Ms. Tremblay held different positions within the Quebecor group, including the position of Vice President, Human Resources of Quebecor and Quebecor Media, a position she held over a period of 8 years. From June 2011 to September 2013, she acted as Chief Operating Officer of Sun Media. In September 2013, she was promoted President and Chief Executive Officer of the said corporation, the activities of which are now included in Quebecor Media Group, a segment of Quebecor dedicated to entertainment and news. Prior to joining Quebecor, she practiced law in a private law firm. She has been a member of the Barreau du Québec since 1984 and holds a Bachelor degree of Arts with a minor in Political Science from McGill University.

Jean-François Pruneau , Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer . Mr. Pruneau has served as Vice President, Finance of the Corporation from May 2009 to November 2010 and was then promoted Chief Financial Officer. He also serves as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Quebecor and as Vice President of Videotron and Sun Media. From October 2005 to May 2009, Mr. Pruneau served as Treasurer of the Corporation, Sun Media and Videotron. From February 2007 to May 2009, he also served as Treasurer of Quebecor. Prior to that, Mr. Pruneau served as Director, Finance and Assistant Treasurer Corporate Finance of Quebecor Media. Before joining Quebecor Media in May 2001, Mr. Pruneau was Associate Director of BCE Media from 1999 to 2001. From 1997 to 1999, he served as Corporate Finance Officer at Canadian National Railway. He has been a member of the CFA Institute, formerly the Association for Investment Management and Research, since 2000.

Marc M. Tremblay , Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Public Affairs and Corporate Secretary . Mr. Tremblay was promoted Senior Vice President and Chief Legal Officer and Public Affairs and Corporate Secretary of Quebecor and Quebecor Media in September 2014. Prior to that date, he was Senior Vice President and Chief Legal Officer and Public Affairs of Quebecor Media, a position he held from October 2013. Prior to that date, Mr. Tremblay was Senior Vice President, Legal Affairs, a position he held from March 2012. Prior to that date, he was Vice President, Legal Affairs of Quebecor Media, a position he held from March 2007. Prior to that date, Mr. Tremblay practiced law at Ogilvy Renault LLP (now Norton Rose Fulbright Canada LLP) for 22 years. He has been a member of the Barreau du Québec since 1983.

France Lauzière , Senior Vice President, Quebecor Content. France Lauzière was appointed to her current position in January 2013. She also serves as Vice President, Programming of TVA Group since February 2006. Ms. Lauzière first joined the TVA Group in 2001 as manager of Variety Programming before taking on the position of General Manager, Programming. In 2007, she also took the responsibilities of managing TVA Productions. Two years later, she established a division called TVA Création.

J. Serge Sasseville , Senior Vice President, Corporate and Institutional Affairs . Mr. Sasseville was promoted Senior Vice President, Corporate and Institutional Affairs in March 2012 from his previous position as Vice President, Corporate and Institutional Affairs of Quebecor Media, a position he held since November 2008. Mr. Sasseville joined the Quebecor Group in 1987 and has served in many capacities both as a lawyer and manager, including Vice President, Legal Affairs and Secretary of Videotron and its subsidiaries and President, Music Sector of Archambault Group. Mr. Sasseville is a member of the Boards of Directors of Select Music and the Quebecor Fund. He is also a member of the Executive Committee and the Vice-Chair of the Board of Directors of CWTA (Canadian Wireless Telecommunications Association) and the Vice-Chair of the Board of Directors of CPAC (Cable Public Affairs Channel). He has been a member of the Barreau du Québec since 1981 and practiced law at the law firm Stein, Monast in Québec City from 1981 to 1987.

 

115


Table of Contents

Denis Desaulniers , Vice President, Human Resources . Mr. Desaulniers was appointed to his current position in September 2016. Prior to joining Quebecor, Mr. Desaulniers held various senior manager positions with international companies. He was Vice President, Human Resources and Communications of Colabor Group Inc. He occupied a series of executive positions with PepsiCo in Québec, the USA and across Canada (based out of Mississauga, Ontario), including Vice President, Human Resources, from 1998 to 2012. He is a member of the Ordre des conseillers en ressources humaines agrees (CRHA). He holds a Bachelor degree in industrial relations from Université Laval .

Chloé Poirier , Vice President and Treasurer . Ms. Poirier was promoted Vice President and Treasurer in June 2013 from her previous position as Treasurer of Quebecor Media, a position she held since July 2009. She also serves as Vice President and Treasurer of Quebecor and Videotron. Ms. Poirier joined the Corporation in 2001 as Director, Treasury / Assistant Treasurer, Treasury Operations. Prior to that, she was Analyst, Treasury and Finance with Natrel inc./Agropur from 1997 to 2001 and a trader at the Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec from 1995 to 1997. She is a Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) and holds a Bachelor degree in Actuarial Science and an MBA from Université Laval .

Caroline Roy , Vice President, Digital Research and Development, Quebecor Digital. Caroline Roy was appointed to her current position in August 2013. She has been with Quebecor since 2010. She was previously Vice President, Digital of Sun Media. Before that, she distinguished herself as Director of TVA Interactif, where she demonstrated her abilities by giving TVA’s brands a digital dimension and developing and implementing TVA’s mobile strategy. Prior to joining Quebecor, Ms. Roy held management positions in the telecommunications and new media industry. She was also a lecturer at the Master degree level in Digital project manager at the University of Sherbrooke and holds a Bachelor Degree in Commerce from McGill University, Montréal.

Denis Sabourin , CPA, CA, Vice President and Corporate Controller . Mr. Sabourin was appointed Vice President and Corporate Controller of Quebecor Media in March 2004. Prior to that date, he held the position of Senior Manager, Control. Mr. Sabourin is also Vice President and Corporate Controller of Quebecor. Prior to joining Quebecor Media, Mr. Sabourin served as corporate controller of Compagnie Unimédia (previously known as Unimédia Inc.) from 1994 to 2001 and as Operating Controller for the Hotel Group Auberges des Gouverneurs  Inc. from 1990 to 1994. He also spent seven years with Samson Bélair/Deloitte & Touche, Chartered Accountants. Mr. Sabourin is a Chartered Professional Accountant and is a member of the Ordre des comptables professionnels agréés du Québec .

 

116


Table of Contents

B - Compensation

Compensation of Directors

The table below indicates the compensation received by our Directors for the financial year ended December 31, 2016:

 

Compensation for the financial year ended December 31, 2016 (1)

     $  

Chair of the Board (2)

     390,000  

Vice Chair of the Board and Lead Director

     60,000  

Vice Chair of the Board (since May 2016)

     10,000  

Base compensation of Directors

     90,000  

Chair of the Audit Committee

     30,000  
Chair of the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee (since May 2016) (3)      26,000  
Chair of the Human Resources and Compensation Committee (until May 2016) (3)      15,000  
Chair of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee (until May 2016) (3)      11,000  

Members of the Audit Committee (except Chair)

     15,000  
Members of the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee (since May 2016) (3)      17,000  
Members of the Human Resources and Compensation Committee (except Chair) (until May 2016) (3)      11,000  
Members of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee (until May 2016) (3)      6,000  

Members of the Executive Committee

     5,000  

Attendance fees (lump sum payment)

     20,000  

 

(1) All Directors of Quebecor are also acting as Directors of Quebecor Media. Fees are borne on a pro rata basis between the two corporations.
(2) The Chair of the Board does not receive attendance fees nor any other additional compensation for acting as Director.
(3) On May 12, 2016, the Human Resources and Compensation Committee and the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee have merged into one committee under the name Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee.

All of our Directors are reimbursed for travel and other reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board of Directors or of one of its committees.

From January 1 to December 31, 2016, the amount of compensation (including benefits in kind) paid to our Directors for services in all capacities to Quebecor and Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries (other than TVA Group) was $1,686,909. None of our Directors have contracts with us or any of our subsidiaries that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

Quebecor has implemented a Directors’ Deferred Stock Unit Plan (the “ DSUP ”). Under the DSUP, each director of Quebecor and Quebecor Media must receive a portion of his compensation in the form of units, such portion representing at least 50% of the annual base compensation, which could be less upon reaching the minimum shareholding threshold set out in the policy regarding the minimum shareholding by directors. Subject to certain conditions, each director may elect to receive up to 100% of the total fees payable for services as a director in the form of units. The value of a deferred share unit (“ DSU ”) is based on the weighted average trading price of Quebecor’s Class B shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange over the last five trading days immediately preceding the relevant date. DSUs will entitle the holders thereof to dividends, which will be paid in the form of additional units at the same rate as that applicable to dividends paid from time to time on Quebecor’s Class B shares. Subject to certain limitations, the DSUs will be redeemed by Quebecor when the director ceases to serve as a director of Quebecor and/or Quebecor Media. For the purpose of redeeming units, the value of a DSU shall correspond to the fair market value of Quebecor’s Class B shares on the redemption date.

Compensation of Executive Officers

Compensation of our senior executive officers is composed primarily of base salary and the payment of short-term and mid-term cash bonuses. Cash bonuses are generally tied to the achievement of financial performance indicators and strategic objectives, and they may vary from 30% to 100% of base salary depending upon the level of responsibilities of the senior executive officer. Our executive compensation package is also complemented by long-term incentives in the form of stock options.

 

117


Table of Contents

For the financial year ended December 31, 2016, our senior executive officers, as a group, received aggregate compensation of $26.5 million for services they rendered in all capacities during 2016, which amount includes base salary, bonuses and benefits in kind.

Quebecor Media’s Stock Option Plan

Under a stock option plan established by Quebecor Media, 6,180,140 common shares of Quebecor Media (representing 6.4% of all of the outstanding common shares of Quebecor Media) have been set aside for directors, officers, senior employees, and other key employees of Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries. Our Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for the administration of this stock option plan and, as such, designates the participants under the stock option plan and determines the number of options granted, the vesting schedule, the expiration date and any other terms and conditions relating to the options.

Each option may be exercised within a maximum period of ten years following the date of grant at an exercise price not lower than, as the case may be, the fair market value of the common shares of Quebecor Media at the date of grant, as determined by our Board of Directors (if the common shares of Quebecor Media are not listed on a stock exchange at the time of the grant) or the 5-day weighted average closing price ending on the day preceding the date of grant of the common shares of Quebecor Media on the stock exchange(s) where such shares are listed at the time of grant, as applicable. For so long as the shares of Quebecor Media are not listed on a recognized stock exchange, optionees may exercise their vested options during one of the following annual periods: from March 1 to March 30, from June 1 to June 29, from September 1 to September 29 and from December 1 to December 30. Holders of options under the plan have the choice at the time of exercising their options to receive an amount in cash equal to the difference between the fair market value of the common shares, as determined by our Board of Directors, and the exercise price of their vested options or, subject to certain stated conditions, purchase common shares of Quebecor Media at the exercise price. Except under specific circumstances, and unless our Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee decides otherwise, options vest over a five-year period in accordance with one of the following vesting schedules as determined by our Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee at the time of grant: (i) equally over five years with the first 20% vesting on the first anniversary of the date of the grant; (ii) equally over four years with the first 25% vesting on the second anniversary of the date of grant; and (iii) equally over three years with the first 33  1 / 3 % vesting on the third anniversary of the date of grant. Pursuant to the terms of this plan, no optionee may hold options representing more than 5% of the outstanding common shares of Quebecor Media.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, no options were granted under this plan to officers and employees of Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries. During the year ended December 31, 2016, a total of 399,689 options were exercised by officers and employees of Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries, for aggregate gross value realized of $6.5 million. The value realized on option exercises represents the difference between the option exercise price and the fair market value of Quebecor Media common shares (as determined as set forth above) at the date of exercise. As of December 31, 2016, an aggregate total of 980,905 options were outstanding (of which 163,550 were vested as at that date), with a weighted average exercise price of $61.71 per share.

Further to the implementation of the DSU and of the performance share unit (“ PSU ”) plans described below, no further grant of options is being contemplated for the near future.

Quebecor’s Stock Option Plan

Under a stock option plan established by Quebecor, 13,000,000 Quebecor Class B Shares have been set aside for Directors, officers, senior employees and other key employees of Quebecor and its subsidiaries, including Quebecor Media. The exercise price of each option is equal to the weighted average trading price of Quebecor Class B Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange over the last five trading days immediately preceding the grant of the option. Each option may be exercised during a period not exceeding ten years from the date granted. Options usually vest as follows:  1 / 3 after one year,  2 / 3 after two years, and 100% three years after the original grant. Holders of options under the Quebecor stock option plan have the choice, when they want to exercise their options, to acquire Quebecor Class B Shares at the corresponding option exercise price or to receive a cash payment from Quebecor equivalent to the difference between the market value of the underlying shares and the exercise price of the option. The Board of Directors of Quebecor may, at its discretion, affix different vesting periods at the time of each grant.

 

118


Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2016, no options to purchase Quebecor Class B Shares were granted to senior executive officers of Quebecor Media. As of December 31, 2016, a total of 1,310,000 options to purchase Quebecor Class B Shares, with a weighted average exercise price of $25.37 per share, were outstanding (of which 246,666 were vested at that date). The closing sale price of the Quebecor Class B Shares on the TSX on December 30, 2016 was $37.32.

TVA Group’s stock option plan

Under a stock option plan established by TVA Group, 2,200,000 TVA Group Class B Shares have been set aside for senior executives and directors of TVA Group and its subsidiaries. The terms and conditions of options granted are determined by TVA Group’s Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee. The subscription price of an option cannot be less than the closing price of TVA Group Class B Shares on the TSX the day before the option is granted. Unless the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee of TVA Group decides otherwise, options vest over a five-year period in accordance with one of the following vesting schedules as determined by the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee of TVA Group at the time of grant: (i) equally over five years with the first 20% vesting on the first anniversary of the date of the grant; (ii) equally over four years with the first 25% vesting on the second anniversary of the date of grant; and (iii) equally over three years with the first 33 1/3% vesting on the third anniversary of the date of grant. The term of an option cannot exceed 10 years. Holders of options under the TVA Group’s stock option plan have the choice, at the time of exercising their options, of receiving a cash payment from TVA Group equal to the number of shares corresponding to the options exercised, multiplied by the difference between the market value of the TVA Group Class B Shares and the exercise price of the option or, subject to certain conditions, exercise their options to purchase TVA Group Class B Shares at the exercise price. The market value is defined as the average closing market price of the TVA Group Class B Shares for the last five trading days preceding the date on which the option was exercised. As of December 31, 2016, a total of 357,632 options to purchase TVA Group Class B Shares, with a weighted average exercise price of $12.71 per share, were outstanding (of which 283,632 were vested at that date). The closing sale price of the TVA Group Class B Shares on the TSX on December 30, 2016 was $3.25.

Quebecor’s DSU and PSU plans

On July 13, 2016, Quebecor established a DSU plan and a PSU plan for its employees and those of its subsidiaries. Both plans are based on Quebecor Class B shares and, in the case of the DSU plan, also on TVA Group Class B shares. The DSUs vest over six years and will be redeemed for cash only upon the participant’s retirement or termination of employment, as the case may be. The PSUs vest over three years and will be redeemed for cash at the end of this period subject to the achievement of financial targets. DSUs and PSUs entitle the holders to receive additional units when dividends are paid on Quebecor Class B shares or TVA Group Class B shares. As of December 31, 2016, 79,841 DSUs based on Quebecor Class B shares, 49,827 DSUs based on TVA Group Class B shares and 102,211 PSUs based on Quebecor Class B Shares were outstanding.

TVA Group’s DSU and PSU plans

On July 10, 2016, TVA Group established a DSU plan and a PSU plan for its employees based on TVA Group Class B shares. The DSUs vest over six years and will be redeemed for cash only upon the participant’s retirement or termination of employment, as the case may be. The PSUs vest over three years and will be redeemed for cash at the end of this period subject to the achievement of financial targets. DSUs and PSUs entitle the holders to receive additional units when dividends are paid on TVA Group Class B shares. As of December 31, 2016, 159,499 DSUs and 212,671 PSUs were outstanding.

For more information on the compensation plans described above, refer to note 22 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016 included under “Item 18. Financial Statements” of this annual report.

Pension Benefits

Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries maintain a pension plan for their executive officers. The higher pension benefits under the Quebecor Media plan equal 2.0% of the average salary over the best five consecutive years of salary (including bonuses), multiplied by the number of years of membership in the plan as an executive officer. The pension benefits so calculated are payable at the normal retirement age, which is 65 years of age, or sooner at the election of the executive officer, and, from age 61, without early retirement reduction. In addition, the pension benefits may be deferred, but not beyond the age limit under the provisions of the Income Tax Act (Canada), in which case the pension benefits are adjusted to take into account the delay in payment thereof in relation to the normal retirement age. The maximum pension benefits payable under such pension plan are as prescribed by the Income Tax Act (Canada) and is based on a maximum salary of $145,722. An executive officer contributes to the plan an amount equals to 5% of his or her salary up to a maximum of $7,286 in respect of 2017. Quebecor Media closed this pension plan to all new employees hired on and after December 27, 2008. However, Quebecor Media reserves the right, in exceptional circumstances, to allow an executive officer to join the pension plan as of the date of hire or any subsequent date. New employees are eligible to enroll in a retirement savings plan.

The total amount we contributed for the year ended December 31, 2016 to provide the pension benefits to our senior executives, as a group, was $354,100. For a description of the amount set aside or accrued for pension plans and post-retirement benefits by us to all participants, refer to Note 28 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016 included under “Item 18. Financial Statements” of this annual report.

 

119


Table of Contents

The table below indicates the annual pension benefits that would be payable at the normal retirement age of 65 years:

 

     Years of Participation  

Compensation

   10      15      20      25      30  

$145,722 or more

   $ 29,144      $ 43,717      $ 58,289      $ 72,861      $ 87,433  

C - Board Practices

In accordance with our charter, our Board of Directors may consist of at least one Director and no more than 20 Directors. Our Board of Directors currently consists of eleven Directors. Each Director serves a one-year term and holds office until the next annual general shareholders’ meeting or until the election of his or her successor, unless he or she resigns or his or her office becomes vacant by reason of death, removal or other cause. Pursuant to a Consolidated and Amended Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2000, as amended, among Quebecor, certain wholly owned subsidiaries of Quebecor, Capital Communications CDPQ Inc. (now Capital CDPQ) and Quebecor Media (the “ Corporation s Shareholders Agreement ”), our Board of Directors is comprised of nominees of each of Quebecor and of Capital CDPQ. In February 2017, the size of our Board of Directors was increased from ten to eleven directors. In accordance with the Corporation’s Shareholders Agreement, Quebecor has nominated nine directors and Capital CDPQ two directors. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — Major Shareholders” below for a description of the Corporation’s Shareholders Agreement.

Reference is made to “A. Directors and Senior Management” above for the current term of office, if applicable, and the period during which our directors and senior management have served in that office.

Executive Committee

The Executive Committee of our Board of Directors is currently composed of three members, namely Messrs. Jean La Couture, Robert Paré and Normand Provost. Mr. La Couture is the Chairman of our Executive Committee. Subject to the provisions of the Corporation’s Shareholders Agreement, the Committee has and may exercise all the powers of the Board of Directors, subject to the restrictions that shall be imposed by the Board of Directors from time to time and by the Business Corporations Act (Québec). However, the Committee does not have the power to grant options, DSUs or PSUs which power has already been delegated by the Board of Directors to its Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee.

Audit Committee

Our Audit Committee is currently composed of three Directors, namely Messrs. Jean La Couture, André P. Brosseau and Normand Provost. Mr. La Couture is the Chairman of our Audit Committee and our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. La Couture is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined under SEC rules. See “Item 16A — Audit Committee Financial Expert”. Our Board of Directors has adopted the mandate of our Audit Committee in light of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and related SEC rulemaking. Our Audit Committee assists our Board of Directors in overseeing our financial controls and reporting. Our Audit Committee also oversees our compliance with financial covenants and legal and regulatory requirements governing financial disclosure matters and financial risk management.

The current mandate of our Audit Committee provides, among other things, that our Audit Committee reviews our annual and quarterly financial statements before they are submitted to our Board of Directors, as well as the financial information contained in our annual reports on Form 20-F, our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, our quarterly reports furnished to the SEC under cover of Form 6-K and other documents containing similar information before their public disclosure or filing with regulatory authorities; reviews our accounting policies and practices; and discusses with our independent auditors the scope of their audit, as well as our auditors’ recommendations and observations with respect to the audit, our accounting policies and financial reporting, and the responses of our management with respect thereto. Our Audit Committee is also responsible for ensuring that we have in place adequate and effective internal control and management information systems to monitor our financial information and to ensure that our transactions with related parties are made on terms that are fair for us. Our Audit Committee pre-approves all audit services and permitted non-audit services and pre-approves all the fees pertaining to those services that are payable to our independent auditor, and submits the appropriate recommendations to our Board of Directors in connection with these services and fees. Our Audit Committee also reviews the scope of the audit and the results of the examinations conducted by our internal audit department. In addition, our Audit Committee recommends the appointment

 

120


Table of Contents

of our independent auditors, subject to our shareholders’ approval. At least every five years, our Audit Committee carries out an assessment of the external auditor. It also reviews and approves our Code of Ethics applicable to the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, controller, principal financial officer and other persons performing similar functions. Lastly, it also reviews and oversees risk management, particularly including operational risks related to information technology and cybersecurity.

Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee

Our Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee is composed of Ms. Sylvie Lalande, Ms. Geneviève Marcon and Mr. Pierre Laurin. Ms. Lalande is the Chair of our Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee. Our Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee was formed with the mandate to examine and decide upon our global compensation and benefits policies and those of our subsidiaries that do not have a Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee, including certain matters relating to the DSU and PSU plans. Our Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee is also responsible for the review, on an annual basis, of the compensation of our Directors, and of corporate governance matters.

Liability Insurance

Quebecor Media carries liability insurance for the benefit of its Directors and officers, as well as for the Directors and officers of Quebecor and those of Quebecor Media’s subsidiaries against certain liabilities incurred by them in such capacity. These policies are subject to customary deductibles and exceptions. The premiums in respect of this insurance are entirely paid by Quebecor Media, which is then reimbursed by Quebecor and Quebecor Media’s subsidiaries for their ratable portion thereof.

D- Employees

At December 31, 2016, we had 10,144 employees on a consolidated basis. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, we had 10,340 and 13,835 employees on a consolidated basis, respectively. A number of our employees work part-time. The following table sets forth certain information relating to our employees in each of our operating segments as of December 31, 2016

 

Business segments

   Total number
of employees
     Number of employees
under collective
bargaining agreements
     Number of collective
bargaining agreements
 

Telecommunications

     6,588        3,866        5  

Videotron

     6,481        3,799        4  

Other

     107        67        1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Media

     3,239        1,615        26  

MediaQMI

     396        173        5  

TVA Group

     1,977        1,093        13  

Other

     866        349        8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sports and Entertainment

     107        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Corporate

     210        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     10,144        5,481        31  

At December 31, 2016, 54% of our employees were represented by collective bargaining agreements. Through our subsidiaries, we are currently party to 31 collective bargaining agreements:

 

   

Videotron is party to four collective bargaining agreements representing 3,799 unionized employees. The collective bargaining agreement covering 2,703 unionized employees in the Montréal region will expire on December 31, 2018. There are also three collective bargaining agreements covering unionized employees in the Saguenay, Gatineau and Québec regions, with terms running through December 31, 2019, August 31, 2020 and December 31, 2018 respectively.

 

121


Table of Contents
   

One other collective bargaining agreement covering 67 unionized employees of our subsidiary, SETTE inc., expired on December 31, 2015. This collective bargaining agreement is currently being negotiated.

 

   

MediaQMI is party to five collective bargaining agreements, representing 173 unionized employees. Of these five collective bargaining agreements, three collective bargaining agreements representing 95 unionized employees expire on December 31, 2017. The fourth one expires on December 31, 2018 and the fifth one on April 4, 2020.

 

   

TVA Group is party to 13 collective bargaining agreements, representing 1,093 unionized employees. Negotiations related to four collective bargaining agreements that expired in 2014, 2015 and 2016 representing in total 634 unionized employees are in progress or will be undertaken in 2017. The nine remaining collective agreements, representing 459 unionized employees, will expire on various dates through December 2018.

 

   

Of the other eight collective bargaining agreements, representing 349 unionized employees, three collective bargaining agreements representing 162 unionized employees expired in 2015 or in 2016 and are currently being negotiated. The other collective bargaining agreements will expire between December 2017 and December 2019.

We currently have no labour disputes nor do we currently anticipate any such labour dispute in the near future. We can neither predict the outcome of current or future negotiations relating to labour disputes, if any, union representation or renewal of collective bargaining agreements, nor guarantee that we will not experience further work stoppages, strikes or other forms of labour protests pending the outcome of any current or future negotiations.

If our unionized workers engage in a strike or any other form of work stoppage, we could experience a significant disruption to our operations, damage to our property and/or interruption to our services, which could adversely affect our business, assets, financial position, results of operations and reputation. Even if we do not experience strikes or other forms of labour protests, the outcome of labour negotiations could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Such could be the case if current or future labour negotiations or contracts were to further restrict our ability to maximize the efficiency of our operations. In addition, our ability to make short-term adjustments to control compensation and benefits costs is limited by the terms of our collective bargaining agreements.

D - Share Ownership

Except as disclosed under “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — Major Shareholders” of this annual report, none of our equity securities are held by any of our Directors or senior executive officers. For a description of Quebecor Media’s stock option plan, see “B. Compensation” above.

ITEM 7 — MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A - Major Shareholders

As of December 31, 2016, Capital CDPQ indirectly held 18,170,810 shares of our Corporation, representing a 18.93% interest in Quebecor Media (excluding dilution from options under Quebecor Media’s stock option plan) and Quebecor held, directly and indirectly, 77,812,366 common shares of our Corporation, representing a 81.07% voting and equity interest in us. The primary asset of Quebecor, a communications holding company, is its interest in us. Capital CDPQ is a wholly owned subsidiary of the CDPQ, one of Canada’s largest pension fund managers.

To the knowledge of our directors and officers and according to public information available, the only persons or companies which, as at March 13, 2017, beneficially owned or exercised control or direction over more than 10% of the shares of any class of voting shares of Quebecor were Pierre Karl Péladeau, Beutel, Goodman & Co. Ltd. (“ Beutel ”), RBC Global Asset Management Inc. (“ RBC GAM ”), Letko, Brosseau & Associates Inc. (“ Letko ”) and Fidelity Management & Research Company et als (“ Fidelity ”).

 

122


Table of Contents

Name

   Number of
Class A Shares
held
     % of
Class A Shares
held
    Number of
Class B Shares
held
     % of
Class B Shares
held
    % of voting rights
attached to
outstanding
Class A and B
Shares
 

Pierre Karl Péladeau

     34,936,928        90.10     414,520        0.50     74.33

Beutel (1)

     —          —         11,577,903        13.98     2.46

RBC GAM (2)

     —          —         10,528,807        12.71     2.24

Letko (3)

     —          —         8,380,156        10.12     1.78

Fidelity (4)

     —          —         8,362,500        10.10     1.78

 

(1) Based on an alternative monthly report for the period ending March 31, 2016 and filed on SEDAR on April 6, 2016, the last publicly available information disclosing the share ownership in Quebecor of Beutel.
(2) Based on an alternative monthly report for the period ending December 30, 2016 and filed on SEDAR on January 10, 2017, the last publicly available information disclosing the share ownership in Quebecor of RBC GAM.
(3) Based on an alternative monthly report for the period ending December 31, 2013 and filed on SEDAR on January 8, 2014, the last publicly available information disclosing the share ownership in Quebecor of Letko.
(4) Based on an early warning report dated September 9, 2013, and filed on SEDAR on September 10, 2013, the last publicly available information disclosing the share ownership in Quebecor of Fidelity Management & Research Company, Pyramis Global Advisors, LLC, Pyramis Global Advisors Trust Company, Strategic Advisers Incorporated, FIL Limited, Crosby Advisors LLC and Fidelity SelectCo, LLC.

B - The Corporation’s Shareholders Agreement

We entered into a shareholders’ agreement, dated October 23, 2000, with Quebecor and certain of its wholly owned subsidiaries, and Capital CDPQ, as consolidated and amended by a shareholders’ agreement dated December 11, 2000, which sets forth the rights and obligations of Quebecor and Capital CDPQ as our shareholders. Except as specifically provided in the Corporation’s Shareholders Agreement, the rights thereunder apply only to shareholders holding at least 10% of our equity shares, which we refer to as “ QMI Shares ”, on a fully-diluted basis.

The Corporation’s Shareholders Agreement provides, among other things, for:

 

  (a) standard rights of first refusal with respect to certain transfers of QMI Shares;

 

  (b) standard preemptive rights which permit shareholders to maintain their respective holdings of QMI Shares on a fully diluted basis in the event of issuances of additional QMI Shares or our convertible securities;

 

  (c) rights of representation on our Board of Directors in proportion to shareholdings;

 

  (d) consent rights in certain circumstances with respect to matters relating to us and our non-reporting issuer (public) subsidiaries, including (1) a substantial change in the nature of our business and our subsidiaries taken as a whole, (2) an amendment to our articles or certain of our subsidiaries, (3) the merger or amalgamation of us or certain of our subsidiaries with a person other than an affiliate, (4) the issuance by us or certain of our subsidiaries of shares or of securities convertible into shares except in the event of an initial public offering of QMI Shares, (5) any transaction having a value of more than $75,000,000, other than the sale of goods and services in the normal course of business, and (6) a business acquisition in a business sector unrelated to sectors in which we and certain of our subsidiaries are involved;

 

  (e) standard rights of first refusal in favor of Capital CDPQ with respect to the sale of all or substantially all of the shares or assets of TVA Group or Videotron; and

 

  (f) a non-competition covenant by Quebecor in respect of it and its affiliates pursuant to which Quebecor and its affiliates shall not compete with Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries in their areas of activity so long as Quebecor has “ de jure ” or “ de facto ” control of us, subject to certain limited exceptions.

 

123


Table of Contents

The Corporation’s Shareholders Agreement provides that once we become a reporting issuer and have a 20% public “float” of QMI Shares, certain provisions of the Corporation’s Shareholders Agreement will cease to apply, including the consent rights described under subsections (d)(4) and (6) in the description of the Corporation’s Shareholders Agreement above.

In a separate letter agreement, dated December 11, 2000, Quebecor and Capital CDPQ agreed, subject to applicable laws, fiduciary obligations and existing agreements, to attempt to apply the same board representation and consent rights as set forth in the Corporation’s Shareholders Agreement to our reporting issuer (public) subsidiaries so long as Capital CDPQ holds at least 20% of the QMI Shares on a fully diluted basis or, in the case of TVA Group only, 10%.

In connection with the October 2012 agreement with CDPQ regarding a partial sale of Capital CDPQ’s interest in Quebecor Media and the transactions contemplated thereunder, our shareholders agreed to amend the Corporation’s Shareholders Agreement and entered into an amending agreement among Quebecor, certain of Quebecor’s wholly owned subsidiaries, CDPQ and Capital CDPQ providing for, among other things:

 

  (a) the addition of demand registration rights and piggyback registration rights in favour of Capital CDPQ, effective from and after January 1, 2019;

 

  (b) the addition of exit rights, effective on or after January 1, 2019, including the right of Capital CDPQ to require Quebecor Media to carry out an initial public offering and the right of Capital CDPQ to sell its remaining interest in Quebecor Media to a financial third party, without providing any right of first refusal or first offer to Quebecor or Quebecor Media; and

 

  (c) the addition of consent rights in respect of the declaration or payment of cumulative dividends by Quebecor Media in any financial year exceeding the greater of (i) 25% of its consolidated net earnings in the immediately preceding financial year and (ii) $225 million.

In February 2017, our shareholders, acting by written resolution, fixed the size of our Board of Directors to eleven directors. In accordance with the Corporation’s Shareholders Agreement, Quebecor is entitled to nominate nine directors and Capital CDPQ is entitled to nominate two directors.

C - Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

Related Party Transaction s

The following describes transactions in which the Corporation and its directors, executive officers and affiliates are involved. The Corporation believes that each of the transactions described below was on terms no less favourable to Quebecor Media than could have been obtained from independent third parties.

Operating transactions

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Corporation and its subsidiaries made purchases and incurred rent charges with the parent corporation and affiliated companies in the amount of $9.0 million ($12.3 million in 2015 and $11.7 million in 2014), which are included in purchase of goods and services. During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Corporation and its subsidiaries made sales to an affiliated corporation in the amount of $3.0 million ($3.3 million in 2015 and $3.3 million in 2014). These transactions were accounted for at the consideration agreed between parties.

Management arrangements

The parent corporation has entered into management arrangements with the Corporation. Under these management arrangements, the parent corporation and the Corporation provide management services to each other on a cost-reimbursement basis. The expenses subject to reimbursement include the salaries of the Corporation’s executive officers, who also serve as executive officers of the parent corporation.

 

124


Table of Contents

In 2016, the Corporation received an amount of $2.2  million, which is included as a reduction in employee costs ($2.0 million in 2015 and $2.2 million in 2014), and incurred management fees of $2.6  million ($2.2 million in 2015 and $2.0 million in 2014) with the Corporation’s shareholders.

Tax transactions

In 2016, the parent corporation transferred $22.1 million of non-capital losses (33.4 million in 2015 and 12.5 million in 2014) to the Corporation and its subsidiaries in exchange for a total cash consideration of $5.6 million paid in December 2016 ($8.4 million in 2015 and $3.1 million in 2014). This transaction was concluded on terms equivalent to those that prevail on an arm’s length basis and was accounted for at the consideration agreed to between the parties. As a result, the Corporation recorded a reduction $0.3 million in its income tax expense in 2016 ($0.6 million in 2015 and $0.3 million in 2014).

Bridge Financing and Standby Commitment Agreement

On December 30, 2014, the Corporation provided TVA Group with an unsecured $100 million bridge funding facility (the “ Bridge Facility ”) in order to fund the purchase price of the VG Acquisition. The net proceeds of the TVA Rights Offering have been used, in part, to repay all of the amounts outstanding under the Bridge Facility on March 20, 2015.

On March 20, 2015, the closing of the TVA Rights Offering took place. An amount of $1.1 million as a standby commitment fee was paid to Quebecor Media pursuant to a standby commitment agreement with TVA Group.

D - Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

ITEM 8 — FINANCIAL INFORMATION

A - Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

The consolidated balance sheets of Quebecor Media as at December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity and cash flows of Quebecor Media for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016, as well as the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm thereon, are presented in “Item 18. Financial Statements” of this annual report (beginning on page F-1).

B - Legal Proceedings

We and our subsidiaries are involved in a number of other legal proceedings against us which are pending. In the opinion of our management, the outcome of these proceedings is not expected to have a material adverse effect on our results or financial position.

In 2001, Videotron refused to complete the acquisition of Cable-Axion, a cable operator, claiming that a material adverse change had occurred. However, Telus and Novacap disagreed and, as shareholders and interest owners of Cable-Axion, they filed an action in damages against Videotron for an amount of $18.8 million in 2002. The trial occurred during the fall of 2014. On January 20, 2015, the Superior Court of Québec rendered a judgement against Videotron in the amount of $34.3 million (including accrued interest). On February 18, 2015, Videotron filed an appeal against this judgment with the Court of Appeal of Québec.

 

125


Table of Contents

C - Dividend Policy and Dividends

Dividend Policies and Payments

Our authorized share capital consists of (i) common shares, (ii) Cumulative First Preferred Shares, consisting of Series A Shares, Series B Shares, Series C Shares, Series D Shares, Series F Shares and Series G Shares, and (iii) Preferred Shares, Series E. As of December 31, 2016, our issued and outstanding share capital was as follows:

 

   

95,983,176 common shares outstanding, of which 77,812,366 were held by Quebecor and 18,170,810 were held by Capital CDPQ.

Holders of our common shares are entitled, subject to the rights of the holders of any Preferred Shares, to receive such dividends as our Board of Directors shall determine in its discretion. In 2016, the Board of Directors of Quebecor Media declared and made a distribution in the form of a reduction of paid-up capital of our common shares in the amount of $100 million. In 2015, the Board of Directors of Quebecor Media declared and paid aggregate cash dividends on our common shares of $75 million and declared and made a distribution in the form of a reduction of paid-up capital of our common shares in the amount of $25 million. In 2014, the Board of Directors of Quebecor Media declared and paid aggregate cash dividends on our common shares of $100 million. We currently expect, to the extent permitted by our Articles of Incorporation, the terms of our indebtedness and applicable law, to continue to pay dividends to our shareholders or reduce paid-up capital in the future.

Holders of our Series A Shares are entitled to receive fixed cumulative preferred dividends at a rate of 12.5% per share per annum. The dividends declared on the Series A Shares are payable semi-annually on a cumulative basis on January 14 and July 14 of each year. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series A Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series A Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

Holders of our Series B Shares are entitled to receive a cumulative cash dividend, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. The dividend shall be payable only upon conversion of the Series B Shares into Common shares. Dividends are determined by the Board of Directors in accordance with our Articles of Incorporation.

Holders of our Series C Shares are entitled to receive fixed cumulative preferred dividends at a rate of 11.25% per share per annum. The dividends declared on the Series C Shares are payable semi-annually on a cumulative basis on June 20 and December 20 of each year. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series C Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series C Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

Holders of our Series D Shares are entitled to receive fixed cumulative preferred dividends at a rate of 11.0% per share per annum. The dividends declared on the Series D Shares are payable semi-annually on a cumulative basis on June 20 and December 20 of each year. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series D Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series D Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

Holders of our Series E Shares are entitled to receive a maximum non-cumulative preferred monthly dividend at a rate of 1.25% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Series E Shares when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. The Series E Shares rank senior to the common shares but junior to the Series A Shares, Series B Shares, Series C Shares and Series D Shares.

Holders of our Series F Shares are entitled to receive fixed cumulative preferred dividends at a rate of 10.85% per annum per share. The dividends declared on the Series F Shares are payable semi-annually on a cumulative basis on January 14 and July 14 of each year. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series F Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series F Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

Holders of our Series G Shares are entitled to receive fixed cumulative preferred dividends at a rate of 10.85% per annum per share. The dividends declared on the Series G Shares are payable semi-annually on a cumulative basis on June 20 and December 20 of each year. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series G Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series G Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

D - Significant Changes

Except as otherwise disclosed in this annual report (including under “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”), there has been no significant change in our financial position since December 31, 2015.

ITEM 9 — THE OFFER AND LISTING

A - Offer and Listing Details

Not applicable.

 

126


Table of Contents

B - Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

C - Markets

Outstanding Notes

On October 11, 2012, we issued and sold CAN$500.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 6  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2023 and US$850.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2023 in private placements exempt from the registration requirement of the Securities Act and prospectus requirements of applicable Canadian securities laws. Our 5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2023 and our 6  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2023 are unsecured and are due on January 15, 2023, with cash interest payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. In connection with the private placement of the 5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2023, we filed a registration statement on Form F-4 with the SEC on April 10, 2013 and completed the registered exchange offer on May 21, 2013. As a result of this exchange offer, our 5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2023 issued on October 11, 2012 have been registered under the Securities Act. Our 6  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2023 were not and will not be registered under the Securities Act or under the laws of any other jurisdiction.

On January 5, 2011, we issued and sold CAN$325.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 7  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2021 in private placements exempt from the registration requirement of the Securities Act and prospectus requirements of applicable Canadian securities laws. Our 7  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2021 are unsecured and are due on January 15, 2021, with cash interest payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. Our 7  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2021 were not and will not be registered under the Securities Act or under the laws of any other jurisdiction.

There is currently no established trading market for our senior notes. There can be no assurance as to the liquidity of any market that may develop for our outstanding senior notes, the ability of the holders of any such senior notes to sell them or the prices at which any such sales may be made. We have not and do not presently intend to apply for a listing of our outstanding senior notes on any exchange or automated dealer quotation system. The record holder of our 5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2023 is Cede & Co., a nominee of The Depository Trust Company, and the record holder of our 7  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2021 and our 6  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2023 is CDS Clearing and Depository Services Inc.

D - Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

E - Dilution

Not applicable.

F - Expenses of the Issuer

Not applicable.

ITEM 10 — ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A - Share Capital

In addition to our common shares, our authorized share capital is comprised of (i) Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series A, or Series A Shares; (ii) Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series B, or Series B Shares; (iii) Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series C, or Series C Shares; (iv) Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series D, or Series D Shares; (v) Preferred Shares, Series E, or Series E Shares; (vi) Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series F, or Series F Shares; and (vii) Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series G, or Series G Shares. As of December 31, 2016, there were no issued and outstanding preferred shares.

 

127


Table of Contents

B- Memorandum and Articles of Association

On January 17, 2013, our Articles of Incorporation and the various Articles of Amendment were consolidated, as permitted by the Business Corporations Act (Quebec). These Articles of Consolidation are filed as an exhibit to this annual report. In this description, we refer to our Articles of Consolidation as the “ Articles ”. The following is a summary of certain provisions of our Articles and our by-laws.

We were incorporated, in Canada, under Part IA of the Companies Act (Quebec) as 9093-9687 Québec Inc. on August 8, 2000 under registration number 1149501992. Since its coming into force on February 14, 2011, we are governed by the Business Corporations Act (Quebec). On August 18, 2000, a Certificate of Amendment was filed to change our name to Media Acquisition Inc. Our name was further changed to Quebecor Media on September 26, 2000. Our Articles do not describe our object and purpose.

 

1.   (a)   Our by-laws provide that a director must disclose the nature and value of any interest he has in a contract or transaction to which our Corporation is a party. A director must also disclose a contract or transaction to which the Corporation and any of the following are a party:
      a)    an associate of the director;
      b)    a group of which the director is a director;
      c)    a group in which the director or an associate of the director has an interest.
    No director may vote on a resolution to approve, amend or terminate the contract or transaction, or be present during deliberations concerning the approval, amendment or termination of such a contract or transaction unless the contract or transaction:

 

      a)    relates primarily to the remuneration of the director or an associate of the director as a director of the Corporation or an affiliate of the Corporation;
      b)    relates primarily to the remuneration of the director or an associate of the director as an officer, employee or mandatary of the Corporation or an affiliate of the Corporation, if the Corporation is not a reporting issuer;
      c)    is for the indemnification of the directors in certain circumstances or liability insurance taken out by the Corporation;
      d)    is with an affiliate of the Corporation, and the sole interest of the director is as a director or officer of the affiliate.
  (b)   Neither the Articles nor our by-laws contain provisions with respect to directors’ power, in the absence of an independent quorum, to determine their remuneration.
  (c)   Subject to any restriction which may from time to time be included in the Articles or our by-laws, or the terms, rights or restrictions of any of our shares or securities outstanding, our directors may authorize us to borrow money and obtain advances upon the credit of our Corporation, from any bank, corporation, firm, association or person, upon such terms and conditions, in all respects, as they think fit. The directors may authorize the issuance of bonds or other evidences of indebtedness of our Corporation, and may authorize the pledge or sale of the same upon such terms and conditions, in all respects, as they think fit. The directors are also authorized to hypothecate the property, undertaking and assets, movable or immovable, of our Corporation to secure payment for any bonds or other evidences of indebtedness or otherwise give guarantees to secure the payment of loans.

Neither the Articles nor our by-laws contain any provision with respect to (i) the retirement or non-retirement of our directors under an age limit requirement or (ii) the number of shares, if any, required for the qualification of our directors.

 

128


Table of Contents
2. The rights, preferences and restrictions attaching to our common shares, Cumulative First Preferred Shares (consisting of the Series A Shares, the Series B Shares, the Series C Shares, the Series D Shares, the Series F Shares and the Series G Shares) and our Preferred Shares, Series E are set forth below:

Common Shares

 

  (a) Dividend rights : Subject to the rights of the holders of our Preferred Shares, each common share shall be entitled to receive such dividends as our Board of Directors shall determine.

 

  (b) Voting rights : The holders of our common shares shall be entitled to receive notice of any meeting of our shareholders and to attend and vote on all matters to be voted on by our shareholders, except at meetings at which only the holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each common share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote.

 

  (c) Rights to share in our profits : Other than as provided in paragraph (a) above (the holders of our common shares are entitled to receive dividends as determined by our Board of Directors) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of our common shares are entitled to participation in our remaining property and assets available for distribution in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization), none.

 

  (d) Rights upon liquidation : In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of our common shares shall be entitled, subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Shares, to participate equally, share for share, in our remaining property and assets available for distribution to our shareholders, without preference or distinction.

 

  (e) Redemption provisions : None

 

  (f) Sinking fund provisions : None

 

  (g) Liability to capital calls by Quebecor Media : Our by-laws and the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) provide that our directors may, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. Our directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.

 

  (h) Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of common shares as a result of such holder owning a substantial number of shares : None

For a description of the Corporation’s Shareholders Agreement among the holders of our common stock, see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — Major Shareholders” in this annual report.

Cumulative First Preferred Shares

Our Board of Directors may issue Cumulative First Preferred Shares at any time and from time to time in one or more series. Unless the Articles otherwise provide, the Cumulative First Preferred Shares of each series shall rank on parity with the Cumulative First Preferred Shares of every other series with respect to priority in the payment of dividends, return of capital and in the distribution of our assets in the event of our liquidation or dissolution. Unless the Articles otherwise provide, the Cumulative First Preferred Shares shall be entitled to priority over our common shares and any other class of our shares, with respect to priority in the payment of dividends, return of capital and in the distribution of our assets in the event of liquidation or dissolution.

As long as there are Cumulative First Preferred Shares outstanding, we shall not, unless consented to by the holders of the Cumulative First Preferred Shares and upon compliance with the provisions of the Business Corporations Act (Quebec), (a) create any other class of shares ranking pari passu or in priority to any outstanding series of the Cumulative First Preferred Shares, (b) voluntarily liquidate or dissolve our Corporation or execute any decrease of capital involving the distribution of assets on any other shares of our capital stock or (c) repeal, amend or otherwise alter any provisions of the Articles relating to any series of the Cumulative First Preferred Shares.

 

129


Table of Contents

Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series A (Series A Shares)

 

  (a) Dividend rights : The holders of record of the Series A Shares shall be entitled to receive in each fiscal year fixed cumulative preferred dividends at the rate of 12.5% per share per annum. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series A Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series A Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

 

  (b) Voting rights : Holders of Series A Shares shall not, as such, be entitled to receive notice of, or attend or vote at, any meeting of our shareholders unless we shall have failed to pay certain semi-annual dividends on the Series A Shares. In that event and only for so long as the dividend remains in arrears, the holders of Series A Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders’ meetings, except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series A Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote.

 

  (c) Rights to share in our profits : Except as provided in paragraph (a) above (the holders of Series A Shares are entitled to receive a 12.5% cumulative preferential dividend) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of Series A Shares are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series A Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization), none.

 

  (d) Rights upon liquidation : In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series A Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series A Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 

  (e) Redemption provisions : Holders of Series A Shares may require us to redeem the Series A preferred shares at any time at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto. In addition, we may, at our option, redeem the Series A Shares at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 

  (f) Sinking fund provisions : None.

 

  (g) Liability to capital calls by us : Our by-laws and the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) provide that our directors may, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. The directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.

 

  (h) Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of Series A Shares as a result of such holders owning a substantial number of shares : None.

Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series B (Series B Shares)

 

  (a) Dividend rights : The holders of record of the Series B Shares shall be entitled to receive a single cumulative dividend, payable in cash, in an amount to be determined by our Board of Directors in accordance with the Articles, which dividend, once determined by our Board of Directors, shall be paid on the date of conversion of the Series B Shares into our common shares. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series B Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series B Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

 

130


Table of Contents
  (b) Voting rights : Holders of Series B Shares, as such, shall not be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend or vote at, any meeting of our shareholders, unless we shall have failed to pay the dividend due to such holders. In that event and only for so long as the said dividend remains in arrears, the holders of Series B Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders’ meetings, except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series B Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote.

 

  (c) Rights to share in our profits : Except as provided in paragraph (a) above (the holders of Series B Shares are entitled to receive the dividend referred to in paragraph (a) above) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of the Series B Shares are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1.00 per Series B Share and the dividend referred to in paragraph (a) above in the event of liquidation, dissolution or reorganization), none.

 

  (d) Rights upon liquidation : In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series B Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1.00 per Series B Share held and the dividend referred to in paragraph (a) above.

 

  (e) Redemption provisions : Holders of Series B Shares may require us to redeem the Series B Shares at any time at a price of $1.00 per share plus the dividend referred to in paragraph (a) above. In addition, we may, at our option, redeem the Series B Shares at a price of $1.00 per share plus the dividend referred to in paragraph (a) above.

 

  (f) Sinking fund provisions : None.

 

  (g) Liability to capital calls by us : Our by-laws and the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) provide that our directors may, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. The directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.

 

  (h) Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of Series B Shares as a result of such holders owning a substantial number of shares : None.

Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series C (Series C Shares)

 

  (a) Dividend rights : The holders of record of the Series C Shares shall be entitled to receive in each fiscal year fixed cumulative preferred dividends at the rate of 11.25% per share per annum. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series C Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series C Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

 

  (b) Voting rights : Holders of Series C Shares shall not, as such, be entitled to receive notice of, or attend or vote at, any meeting of our shareholders unless we shall have failed to pay certain dividends on the Series C Shares. In that event and only for so long as the dividend remains in arrears, the holders of Series C Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders’ meetings, except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series C Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote.

 

  (c) Rights to share in our profits : Except as provided in paragraph (a) above (the holders of Series C Shares are entitled to receive a 11.25% cumulative preferential dividend) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of Series C Shares are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series C Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization), none.

 

131


Table of Contents
  (d) Rights upon liquidation : In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series C Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series C Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 

  (e) Redemption provisions : Holders of Series C Shares may require us to redeem the Series C preferred shares at any time at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto. In addition, we may, at its option, redeem the Series C Shares at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 

  (f) Sinking fund provisions : None.

 

  (g) Liability to capital calls by us : Our by-laws and the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) provide that our directors may, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. The directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.

 

  (h) Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of Series C Shares as a result of such holders owning a substantial number of shares : None.

Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series D (Series D Shares)

 

  (a) Dividend rights : The holders of record of the Series D Shares shall be entitled to receive in each fiscal year fixed cumulative preferred dividends at the rate of 11.0% per share per annum. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series D Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series D Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

 

  (b) Voting rights : Holders of Series D Shares shall not, as such, be entitled to receive notice of, or attend or vote at, any meeting of our shareholders unless we shall have failed to pay certain dividends on the Series D Shares. In that event and only for so long as the dividend remains in arrears, the holders of Series D Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders’ meetings, except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series D Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote.

 

  (c) Rights to share in our profits : Except as provided in paragraph (a) above (the holders of Series D Shares are entitled to receive a 11.0% cumulative preferential dividend) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of Series D Shares are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series D Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization), none.

 

  (d) Rights upon liquidation: In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series D Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series D Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 

  (e) Redemption provisions : Holders of Series D Shares may require us to redeem the Series D preferred shares at any time at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto. In addition, we may, at its option, redeem the Series D Shares at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 

  (f) Sinking fund provisions : None.

 

132


Table of Contents
  (g) Liability to capital calls by us : Our by-laws and the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) provide that our directors may, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. The directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.

 

  (h) Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of Series D Shares as a result of such holders owning a substantial number of shares : None.

Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series F (Series F Shares)

 

  (a) Dividend rights : The holders of record of the Series F Shares shall be entitled to receive in each fiscal year fixed cumulative semi-annual dividends at the rate of 10.85% per share per annum. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series F Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series F Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

 

  (b) Voting rights : Holders of Series F Shares shall not, as such, be entitled to receive notice of, or attend or vote at, any meeting of our shareholders unless we shall have failed to pay eight semi-annual dividends on the Series F Shares. In that event and only for so long as the dividend remains in arrears, the holders of Series F Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders’ meetings, except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series F Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote.

 

  (c) Rights to share in our profits : Except as provided in paragraph (a) above (holders of Series F Shares are entitled to receive a 10.85% cumulative preferential semi-annual dividend) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of Series F Shares are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series F Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization), none.

 

  (d) Rights upon liquidation : In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series F Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series F Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 

  (e) Redemption provisions : Holders of Series F Shares may require us to redeem the Series F preferred shares at any time at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto. In addition, we may, at our option, redeem the Series F Shares at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 

  (f) Sinking fund provisions : None.

 

  (g) Liability to capital calls by Quebecor Media : Our by-laws and the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) provide that our directors may, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. The directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.

 

  (h) Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of Series F Shares as a result of such holders owning a substantial number of shares : None.

 

133


Table of Contents

Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series G (Series G Shares)

 

  (a) Dividend rights : The holders of record of the Series G Shares shall be entitled to receive in each fiscal year fixed cumulative semi-annual dividends at the rate of 10.85% per share per annum. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series G Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series G Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

 

  (b) Voting rights : Holders of Series G Shares shall not, as such, be entitled to receive notice of, or attend or vote at, any meeting of our shareholders unless we shall have failed to pay eight semi-annual dividends on the Series G Shares. In that event and only for so long as the dividend remains in arrears, the holders of Series G Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders’ meetings, except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series G Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote.

 

  (c) Rights to share in our profits : Except as provided in paragraph (a) above (holders of Series G Shares are entitled to receive a 10.85% cumulative preferential semi-annual dividend) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of Series G Shares are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series G Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization), none.

 

  (d) Rights upon liquidation : In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series G Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series G Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 

  (e) Redemption provisions : Holders of Series G Shares may require us to redeem the Series G preferred shares at any time at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto. In addition, we may, at our option, redeem the Series G Shares at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 

  (f) Sinking fund provisions : None.

 

  (g) Liability to capital calls by Quebecor Media : Our by-laws and the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) provide that our directors may, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. The directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.

 

  (h) Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of Series G Shares as a result of such holders owning a substantial number of shares : None.

Preferred Shares

Preferred Shares, Series E (Series E Shares)

 

  (a) Dividend rights : The holders of record of the Series E Shares shall be entitled to receive a maximum non-cumulative preferential monthly dividend at the rate of 1.25% per share per month, which dividend shall be calculated based on the redemption price (the amount equal to the aggregate consideration for such share). The Series E Shares rank senior to the common shares but junior to the Series A Shares, Series B Shares, Series C Shares and Series D Shares.

 

  (b) Voting rights : Holders of Series E Shares shall not, as such, be entitled to receive notice of, or attend or vote at, any meeting of our shareholders.

 

134


Table of Contents
  (c) Rights to share in our profits : Except as provided in paragraph (a) above (the holders of Series E Shares are entitled to receive a 1.25% maximum non-cumulative preferential monthly dividend) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of Series E Shares are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, but subsequent to the holders of Series A Shares, Series B Shares, Series C Shares and Series D Shares, an amount equal to the redemption price of the Series E Shares and the amount of any declared but unpaid dividends on the Series E Shares referred to in paragraph (a) above), none.

 

  (d) Rights upon liquidation : In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series E Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, but subsequent to the holders of Series A Shares, Series B Shares, Series C Shares and Series D Shares, an amount equal to the redemption price of the Series E Shares held and the amount of any declared but unpaid dividends on the Series E Shares referred to in paragraph (a) above.

 

  (e) Redemption provisions : Holders of Series E Shares may require us to redeem the Series E preferred shares at any time at a price equal to the redemption price plus an amount equal to any dividends declared thereon but unpaid up to the date of redemption. The redemption price shall be equal to the aggregate consideration received for such share.

 

  (f) Sinking fund provisions : None.

 

  (g) Liability to capital calls by Quebecor Media : Our by-laws and the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) provide that our directors may, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. The directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.

 

  (h) Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of Series E Shares : None.

 

3.

Actions necessary to change the rights of shareholders : For a description of the action necessary to change the rights of holders of our Cumulative First Preferred Shares, see “Cumulative First Preferred Shares” in section 2 above. As regards our Preferred Shares, Series E, we will not, unless consented to by the holders of the Series E Shares and upon compliance with the provisions of the Business Corporations Act (Quebec), repeal, amend or otherwise alter any provisions of the Articles relating to the Series E Shares. Under the general provisions of the Business Corporations Act (Quebec), (i) our Articles may be amended by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds (  2 / 3 ) of the votes cast by the shareholders at a special meeting, and (ii) our by-laws may be amended by our Board of Directors and ratified by a majority of the votes cast by the shareholders at the next shareholders meeting. Unless they are rejected by the shareholders at the close of the meeting or not submitted to the shareholders, the amended by-laws are effective as of the date of the resolution of the Board of Directors approving them. However, by-laws amendments relating to procedural matters with respect to shareholders meetings take effect only once they have received shareholders approval.

 

4. Shareholder Meetings : Our by-laws and the Business Corporations Act (Québec) provide that the annual meeting of our shareholders shall be held within fifteen (15) months after the last preceding annual meeting. All shareholders meetings shall be held within the province of Québec at the place and time determined by our Board of Directors and may be called by order of our Board of Directors.

Our by-laws provide that notice specifying the place, date, time and purpose of any meeting of our shareholders shall be sent to all the shareholders entitled to vote and to each director at least 21 days but not more than 60 days before the meeting by any means providing proof of the date of sending at the addresses indicated in our records.

Our chairman of the board or, in his absence, our vice-chair of the board, if any, or in his absence, our president and chief executive officer or any other person that may be named by the board shall preside at all meetings of our shareholders. If the person who is to chair the meeting is not present at the meeting within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the meeting, the shareholders present choose one of their own to chair of the board the meeting.

 

135


Table of Contents

Our by-laws provide that a quorum of shareholders is present at a shareholders meeting if, at the opening of the meeting, one or several holders of 50% or more of the shares that carry the right to vote at the meeting are present in person or represented by proxy.

 

5.

Limitations on right to own securities : There are regulations related to the ownership and control of Canadian broadcast undertakings as described under “Item 4 — Information on the Corporation — Regulation”. There is no limitation imposed by Canadian law or by the Articles or our other constituent documents on the right of non-residents or foreign owners to hold or vote shares, other than as provided in the Investment Canada Act (Canada) and the Radiocommunication Act. The Investment Canada Act (Canada) requires “non-Canadian” (as defined in the Investment Canada Act (Canada)) individuals, governments, corporations and other entities who wish to acquire control of a “Canadian business” (as defined in the Investment Canada Act (Canada)) to file either an application for review (when certain asset value thresholds are met) or a post closing notification with the Director of Investments appointed under the Investment Canada Act (Canada), unless a specific exemption applies. The Investment Canada Act (Canada) requires that, when an acquisition of control of a Canadian business by a “non-Canadian” is subject to review, it must be approved by the Minister responsible for the Investment Canada Act (Canada) on the basis that the Minister is satisfied that the acquisition is “likely to be of net benefit to Canada”, having regard to criteria set forth in the Investment Canada Act (Canada). Radio licenses may be issued under the Radiocommunication Act to radiocommunication service providers (“ Service Providers ”) that meet the eligibility criteria of Canadian ownership and control set forth in the Canadian Telecommunications Common Carrier Ownership and Control Regulations (the “ CTCCOCR ”). Under the CTCCOCR, the holding corporation of a Service Provider may refuse to accept any subscription for or register the transfer of any of its voting shares unless it receives a declaration that such subscription or transfer would not result in the percentage of the total voting shares of the holding corporation of the Service Provider that are beneficially owned and controlled by non-Canadians exceeding 33  1 / 3  %.

 

6. Provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control : The Articles provide that none of our shares may be transferred without the consent of the directors expressed in a resolution duly adopted by them.

A register of transfers containing the date and particulars of all transfers of shares of our share capital shall be kept either at our head office or at any other place designated by the Board of Directors.

 

7. Not applicable.

 

8. Not applicable.

 

9. Not applicable.

C- Material Contracts

The following is a summary of each material contract, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, to which we or any of our subsidiaries is a party, for the two years preceding publication of this annual report.

 

  (a)

Indenture relating to $500,000,000 of our 6  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due January  15, 2023, dated as of October  11, 2012, by and between Quebecor Media, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee.

On October 11, 2012, we issued $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 6  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2023 pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2012, by and between Quebecor Media and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee. These senior notes are unsecured and mature on January 15, 2023. Interest on these senior notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. These senior notes are not guaranteed by our subsidiaries. These senior notes are redeemable, at our option, under certain circumstances and at the “make-whole”

 

136


Table of Contents

redemption price set forth in the indenture. This indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Quebecor Media and certain of its subsidiaries and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than our bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding senior notes may declare all the senior notes to be due and payable immediately. The senior notes issued pursuant to this indenture were not and will not be registered under the Securities Act or under the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

  (b)

Indenture relating to US$850,000,000 of our 5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due January  15, 2023 dated as of October  11, 2012, by and between Quebecor Media, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.

On October 11, 2012, we issued US$850,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2023 pursuant to an Indenture dated as of October 11, 2012, by and between Quebecor Media and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. These senior notes are unsecured and mature on January 15, 2023. Interest on these senior notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. These senior notes are not guaranteed by our subsidiaries. These senior notes are redeemable, at our option, under certain circumstances and at the “make-whole” redemption price set forth in the indenture. The indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Quebecor Media and certain of its subsidiaries and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than our bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding senior notes may declare all the senior notes to be due and payable immediately.

 

  (c)

Indenture relating to $325,000,000 of our 7  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due January  15, 2021, dated as of January  5, 2011, by and between Quebecor Media, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee.

On January 5, 2011, we issued $325,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 7  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2021 pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of January 5, 2011, by and between Quebecor Media and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee. These senior notes are unsecured and mature on January 15, 2021. Interest on these senior notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. These senior notes are not guaranteed by our subsidiaries. These senior notes are redeemable, at our option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth in this indenture. This indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Quebecor Media and certain of its subsidiaries and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than our bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding senior notes may declare all the senior notes to be due and payable immediately. The senior notes issued pursuant to this indenture were not and will not be registered under the Securities Act or under the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

  (d) Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June  14, 2013, as amended, by and among Quebecor Media, as borrower, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time, as lenders, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent.

Our senior secured credit facilities are comprised of a $300,000,000 revolving credit facility (“Revolving Facility”) that matures on July 15, 2020 and a US$350,000,000 term credit facility (“Facility B”) that matures on August 17, 2020. Our senior secured credit facilities also provide us with the ability to borrow up to an additional amount of $800,000,000 (minus the equivalent amount in Canadian dollars of Facility B as of August 1, 2013) under an uncommitted incremental facility (or increase to the Revolving Facility or Facility B), subject to absence of default and lenders being willing to fund the incremental amount. We may draw letters of credit under our Revolving Facility. The proceeds of our senior secured credit facilities may be used for our general corporate purposes.

Borrowings under the Revolving Facility bear interest at the Canadian prime rate, the U.S. prime rate, the bankers’ acceptance rate or U.S. London Interbank Offered Rate (“ LIBOR ”), plus, in each case, an applicable margin. With regard to Canadian prime rate advances and U.S. prime rate advances under the Revolving Facility, the applicable margin is determined by our Leverage Ratio (as defined in our senior

 

137


Table of Contents

secured credit facilities) and ranges from 1.125% when this ratio is less than or equal to 2.75x to 2.00% when this ratio is greater than 4.5x. With regard to bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit under the Revolving Facility, the applicable margin ranges from 2.125% when our Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 2.75x to 3.00% when this ratio is greater than 4.5x. With regard to LIBOR advances under the Revolving Facility, the applicable margin ranges from 2.125% when our Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 2.75x to 3.00% when this ratio is greater than 4.5x. Specified commitment fees or drawing fees may also be payable. Borrowings under Facility B bear interest at the U.S. prime rate or LIBOR, plus, in each case, an applicable margin. With regard to U.S. prime rate advances under Facility B, the applicable margin is 1.5% and with regard to LIBOR advances under Facility B, the applicable margin is 2.5%. Borrowings under the Revolving Facility are repayable in full on July 15, 2020 and those under Facility B are repayable in full on August 17, 2020.

Borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities and under eligible derivative instruments are secured by a first-ranking hypothec and security agreement (subject to certain permitted encumbrances) on all of our movable property and first-ranking pledges of all of the shares (subject to certain permitted encumbrances) of Videotron.

Our senior secured credit facilities contain customary covenants that restrict and limit our ability to, among other things, enter into merger or amalgamation transactions, grant encumbrances, sell assets, pay dividends or make other distributions, incur indebtedness and enter into related party transactions. In addition, our senior secured credit facilities contain customary financial covenants solely for the benefit of lenders under the Revolving Facility. Our senior secured credit facilities contain customary events of default including the non-payment of principal or interest, the breach of any financial covenant, the failure to perform or observe any other covenant, certain bankruptcy events relating to Quebecor Media and its material subsidiaries (including Videotron), and the occurrence of a change of control.

 

  (e)

Indenture relating to US$175,000,000 of Videotron’s 6  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due December  15, 2015, dated as of September  16, 2005, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee.

On September 16, 2005, Videotron issued US$175,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 6  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due December 15, 2015, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of September 16, 2005, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. These senior notes were unsecured and bore a maturity date of December 15, 2015. Interest on these senior notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. These senior notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by most, but not all, of Videotron’s subsidiaries. These senior notes are redeemable, at Videotron’s option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture. The indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Videotron and certain of its subsidiaries, and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than Videotron’s bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding senior notes may declare all the senior notes to be due and payable immediately. On April 10, 2015, Videotron redeemed and retired the entire remaining principal amount outstanding of its 6  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due December 15, 2015.

 

  (f)

Indenture relating to US$715,000,000 of Videotron’s 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due April  15, 2018, dated as of April  15, 2008, as supplemented, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee.

On April 15, 2008, Videotron issued US$455,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due April 15, 2018, and on March 5, 2009, Videotron issued and sold an additional US$260,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due April 15, 2018, in each case pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of April 15, 2008, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. These senior notes, which form a single series and class, were unsecured and bore a maturity date of April 15, 2018. Interest on these senior notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. These senior notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by most, but not all, of Videotron’s subsidiaries. These senior

 

138


Table of Contents

notes are redeemable, at Videotron’s option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth in an indenture dated as of April 15, 2008. This indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Videotron and certain of its subsidiaries and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than Videotron’s bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding senior notes may declare all of such senior notes to be due and payable immediately. On July 2, 2013, Videotron redeemed and retired US$380,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018. On April 24, 2014, Videotron redeemed and retired US$260,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018. On July 16, 2015, Videotron redeemed and retired the entire remaining principal amount outstanding of its 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due April 15, 2018.

 

  (g)

Indenture relating to $300,000,000 of Videotron’s 7  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due January  15, 2020, dated as of January  13, 2010, as supplemented, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee.

On January 13, 2010, Videotron issued $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 7  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2020, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of January 13, 2010, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee. These senior notes were unsecured and bore a maturity date of January 15, 2020. Interest on these senior notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. These senior notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by most, but not all, of Videotron’s subsidiaries. These senior notes are redeemable, at Videotron’s option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture. The indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Videotron and certain of its subsidiaries, and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than Videotron’s bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding senior notes may declare all the senior notes to be due and payable immediately. The senior notes issued pursuant to this indenture were not and will not be registered under the Securities Act or under the laws of any other jurisdiction. On July 16, 2015, Videotron redeemed and retired the entire remaining principal amount outstanding of its 7  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2020.

 

  (h)

Indenture relating to $300,000,000 of Videotron’s 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due July  15, 2021, dated as of July  5, 2011, as supplemented, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee.

On July 5, 2011, Videotron issued $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due July 15, 2021, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of July 5, 2011, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee. These senior notes are unsecured and mature on July 15, 2021. Interest on these senior notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. These senior notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by most, but not all, of Videotron’s subsidiaries. These senior notes are redeemable, at Videotron’s option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture. The indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Videotron and certain of its subsidiaries, and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than Videotron’s bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding senior notes may declare all the senior notes to be due and payable immediately. The senior notes issued pursuant to this indenture were not and will not be registered under the Securities Act or under the laws of any other jurisdiction. On January 5, 2017, Videotron redeemed and retired $175,000,000 aggregate principal amount outstanding of its 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due July 15, 2021.

 

  (i) Indenture relating to US$800,000,000 of Videotron’s 5% Senior Notes due July  15, 2022, dated as of March  14, 2012, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee .

On March 14, 2012, Videotron issued US$800,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 5% Senior Notes due July 15, 2022, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of March 14, 2012, by and among Videotron,

 

139


Table of Contents

the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. These senior notes are unsecured and mature on July 15, 2022. Interest on these senior notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year. These senior notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by most, but not all, of Videotron’s subsidiaries. These senior notes are redeemable, at Videotron’s option, under certain circumstances and at the make-whole redemption price set forth in the indenture. This indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Videotron and certain of its subsidiaries, and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than Videotron’s bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding senior notes may declare all the senior notes to be due and payable immediately.

 

  (j)

Indenture relating to $400,000,000 of Videotron’s 5  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due June 15, 2025, dated as of June 17, 2013, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee.

On June 17, 2013, Videotron issued $400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 5  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due June 15, 2025, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of June 17, 2013, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee. These senior notes are unsecured and mature on June 15, 2025. Interest on these senior notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year. These senior notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by most, but not all, of Videotron’s subsidiaries. These senior notes are redeemable, at Videotron’s option, under certain circumstances and at the make-whole redemption price set forth in the indenture. The indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Videotron and certain of its subsidiaries, and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than Videotron’s bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding senior notes may declare all the senior notes to be due and payable immediately. The senior notes issued pursuant to this indenture have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act or under the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

  (k)

Indenture relating to US$600,000,000 of Videotron’s 5  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due June 15, 2024, dated as of April 9, 2014, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee.

On April 9, 2014, Videotron issued US$600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 5  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due June 15, 2024, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of April 9, 2014, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. These senior notes are unsecured and mature on June 15, 2024. Interest on these senior notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. These senior notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by most, but not all, of Videotron’s subsidiaries. These senior notes are redeemable, at Videotron’s option, under certain circumstances and at the make-whole redemption price set forth in the indenture. The indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Videotron and certain of its subsidiaries, and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than Videotron’s bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding senior notes may declare all the senior notes to be due and payable immediately. The senior notes issued pursuant to this indenture have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act or under the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

  (l)

Indenture relating to $375,000,000 of Videotron’s 5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2026, dated as of September 15, 2015, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee.

On September 15, 2015, Videotron issued $375,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2026, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of September 15, 2015, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee. These senior notes are unsecured and mature on January 15, 2026. Interest on these senior notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year. These senior notes are

 

140


Table of Contents

guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by most, but not all, of Videotron’s subsidiaries. These senior notes are redeemable, at Videotron’s option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture. The indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Videotron and certain of its subsidiaries, and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than Videotron’s bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding senior notes may declare all the senior notes to be due and payable immediately. The senior notes issued pursuant to this indenture have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act or under the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

  (m) Credit Agreement originally dated as of November  28, 2000, by and among Videotron, as borrower, the guarantors party thereto, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time, as lenders, and Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent, as amended.

Videotron’s senior credit facilities, as amended and restated as of June 16, 2015 (and as amended thereafter), currently provide for a $630,000,000 secured revolving credit facility and a $335,000,000 unsecured revolving credit facility that both mature on July 20, 2021, as well as a secured export financing facility (in a principal amount of $32,142,857 as of the amendment and restatement date of June 16, 2015) providing for a term loan that matures on June 15, 2018. The proceeds of the revolving credit facilities can be used for general corporate purposes including, without limitation, to issue letters of credit and to pay dividends to Quebecor Media subject to certain conditions. The proceeds of the term loan were used for payments and reimbursement of payments of export equipment and local services in relation to Videotron’s contracts for mobile infrastructure equipment with an affiliate of Nokia Corporation and also for the financing of the Finnvera guarantee fee (Finnvera plc being a specialized financing company owned by the State of Finland which is providing an export buyer credit guarantee in favor of the lenders under the export financing facility covering political and commercial risks).

Advances under Videotron’s secured revolving credit facility bear interest at the Canadian prime rate, the U.S. prime rate, the LIBOR or the bankers’ acceptance rate plus, in each instance, an applicable margin determined by the Leverage Ratio (as defined in Videotron’s credit agreement) of the Relevant Group (as defined in such credit agreement). The applicable margin for Canadian prime rate advances and U.S. prime rate advances ranges from 0.35% when this ratio is less than or equal to 1.75x, to 1.625% when this ratio is greater than 4.5x. The applicable margin for LIBOR advances, bankers’ acceptance advances or letters of credit fees ranges from 1.35% when this ratio is less than or equal to 1.75x, to 2.625% when this ratio is greater than 4.5x.

Advances under Videotron’s unsecured revolving credit facility bear interest at the Canadian prime rate, the U.S. prime rate, the LIBOR or the bankers’ acceptance rate plus, in each instance, an applicable margin determined by the Leverage Ratio (as referred to above). The applicable margin for Canadian prime rate advances ranges from 0.675% when this ratio is less than or equal to 1.75x, to 2.00% when this ratio is greater than 4.5x. The applicable margin for LIBOR advances, bankers’ acceptance advances or letters of credit fees ranges from 1.675% when this ratio is less than or equal to 1.75x, to 3.00% when this ratio is greater than 4.5x.

Videotron has also agreed to pay specified commitment fees in respect of its revolving credit facilities. Advances under Videotron’s export financing facility bear interest at the bankers’ acceptance rate plus a margin at a rate of 0.875%.

The revolving credit facilities are both repayable in full on July 20, 2021. Drawdowns under the export financing facility are repayable by way of seventeen equal and consecutive semi-annual payments that commenced on June 15, 2010.

Borrowings under Videotron’s senior credit facilities (excluding the unsecured revolving credit facility) and under eligible derivative instruments are secured by a first-ranking hypothec or security interest (subject to certain permitted encumbrances) on all current and future assets of Videotron and of the guarantors under the senior credit facilities (which include most, but not all of Videotron’s subsidiaries), guarantees by such guarantors, pledges of shares by Videotron and such guarantors and other security.

 

141


Table of Contents

In respect of the unsecured revolving credit facility, Videotron’s credit agreement contemplates that within approximately fifteen (15) days following the date on which our 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2021 have all been repaid in full, then the entire amount of the unsecured revolving credit facility shall be added to the amount of the secured revolving credit facility (with the relevant commitments being transferred and converted), such that all unsecured obligations under the unsecured revolving credit facility shall become secured obligations under the secured revolving credit facility.

Videotron’s senior credit facilities contain customary covenants that restrict and limit the ability of Videotron and the members of the VL Group (as defined in the credit agreement to mean Videotron and all of its wholly-owned subsidiaries) to, among other things, enter into merger or amalgamation transactions or liquidate or dissolve, grant encumbrances, sell assets, pay dividends or make other distributions, issue shares of capital stock, incur indebtedness and enter into related party transactions. In addition, Videotron’s senior credit facilities contain customary financial covenants and customary events of default including the non-payment of principal or interest, the breach of any financial covenant, the failure to perform or observe any other covenant, certain bankruptcy events relating to Videotron or any member of the VL Group (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary, as defined in the credit agreement), and the occurrence of a change of control.

D- Exchange Controls

There are currently no laws, decrees, regulations or other legislation in Canada that restrict the export or import of capital, or affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of the Corporation’s securities, other than withholding tax requirements. Canada has no system of exchange controls. See “— Taxation — Canadian Material Federal Income Tax Considerations for Residents of the United States” below.

There is no limitation imposed by Canadian law or by the Articles of Incorporation or other charter documents of the Corporation on the right of a non-resident to hold voting shares of the Corporation, other than as provided by the Investment Canada Act (Canada), as amended, as amended by the North American Free Trade Agreement Implementation Act (Canada), and the World Trade Organization (WTO) Agreement Implementation Act . The Investment Canada Act (Canada) requires notification and, in certain cases, advance review and approval by the Government of Canada of the acquisition by a “non-Canadian” of “control of a Canadian business”, all as defined in the Investment Canada Act (Canada). Generally, the threshold for review will be higher in monetary terms for a member of the WTO or NAFTA.

In addition, there are regulations related to the ownership and control of Canadian broadcast undertakings. See “Item 4 — Information on the Corporation — Regulation”.

E- Taxation

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following discussion is a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our 7  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2021 issued on January 5, 2011 (the “ 2011 C$ notes ”), our 5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2023 issued on October 11, 2012 (the “ 2012 US$ notes ”) and our 6  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2023 issued on October 11, 2012 (the “ 2012 C$ notes ”) (and collectively with our 2011 C$ notes and 2012 US$ notes, the “ notes ”) by a U.S. Holder (as defined below), but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax effects. This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) rulings and judicial decisions now in effect. All of these are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or different interpretations.

This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to particular U.S. Holders in light of their specific circumstances (for example, U.S. Holders subject to the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code or U.S. Holders subject to the 3.8% Medicare tax on net investment income) or to U.S. Holders that may be subject to special rules under U.S. federal income tax law, including:

 

   

dealers in stocks, securities or currencies;

 

142


Table of Contents
   

persons using a mark-to-market accounting method;

 

   

banks and financial institutions;

 

   

insurance companies;

 

   

regulated investment companies;

 

   

real estate investment trusts;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations;

 

   

persons holding notes as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or a straddle;

 

   

persons deemed to sell notes under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

   

persons who or that are, or may become, subject to the expatriation provisions of the Code;

 

   

persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar; and

 

   

direct, indirect or constructive owners of 10% or more of our outstanding voting shares.

The summary also does not discuss any aspect of state, local or non-U.S., or U.S. federal estate and gift tax law as applicable to U.S. Holders. Moreover, this discussion is limited to U.S. Holders who acquire and hold the notes as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). In addition, this summary assumes that the notes are properly characterized as debt that is not contingent debt for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

For purposes of this summary, “ U.S. Holder ” means the beneficial holder of a note who or that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation or other entity treated as a corporation, formed or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust, (i) if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more “U.S. persons” (within the meaning of the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) if a valid election is in effect to treat the trust as a U.S. person.

We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS with respect to the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a different position concerning the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership or disposition of the notes or that any such position will not be sustained.

If a partnership or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds the notes, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Such partner should consult its own tax advisor as to the tax consequences of the partnership purchasing, owning and disposing of the notes.

U.S. HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH REGARD TO THE APPLICATION OF THE TAX CONSEQUENCES DESCRIBED BELOW TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS THE APPLICATION OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAX LAWS, INCLUDING GIFT AND ESTATE TAX LAWS.

 

143


Table of Contents

Interest on the Notes

Interest on the 2011 C$ notes, 2012 US$ note and 2012 C$ notes

Payments of stated interest on the 2011 C$ notes, 2012 US$ notes and our 2012 C$ notes generally will be taxable to a U.S. Holder as ordinary income at the time that such payments are received or accrued, in accordance with the U.S. Holder’s method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Interest on the notes will constitute income from sources outside the United States and generally, with certain exceptions, will be “passive category income”, which is treated separately from other income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to a U.S. Holder under the U.S. federal income tax laws. Due to the complexity of the foreign tax credit rules, U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the amount of foreign taxes that may be claimed as a credit.

In certain circumstances we may be obligated to pay amounts in excess of stated interest or principal on the notes or may make payments or redeem the notes in advance of their expected maturity. According to U.S. Treasury regulations, the possibility that any such payments or redemptions will be made will not affect the amount of interest income a U.S. Holder recognizes if there is only a remote chance as of the date the notes were issued that such payments will be made, or if such payments are incidental. We believe the likelihood that we will make any such payments is remote and/or incidental. Therefore, we do not intend to treat the potential payments or redemptions pursuant to the provisions related to changes in Canadian laws or regulations applicable to tax-related withholdings or deductions, any registration rights provisions, or the other redemption and repurchase provisions as part of the yield to maturity of the notes or as affecting the tax treatment of the notes. Our determination that these contingencies are remote and/or incidental is binding on a U.S. Holder unless such holder discloses its contrary position in the manner required by applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. Our determination is not, however, binding on the IRS, and if the IRS were to challenge this determination, a U.S. Holder may be required to accrue income on its notes in excess of interest that would otherwise accrue and to treat as ordinary income rather than capital gain any income realized on the taxable disposition of a note before the resolution of the contingencies. In the event a contingency occurs, it would affect the amount and timing of the income recognized by a U.S. Holder. If we pay additional amounts on the notes, U.S. Holders will be required to recognize such amounts as income.

Our 2011 C$ notes and our 2012 C$ notes (collectively, the “ C$ notes ”) are denominated in Canadian dollars. Interest on these notes will be included in a U.S. Holder’s gross income in an amount equal to the U.S. dollar value of the Canadian dollar amount, regardless of whether the Canadian dollars are converted into U.S. dollars. Generally, a U.S. Holder that uses the cash method of tax accounting will determine such U.S. dollar value using the spot rate of exchange on the date of receipt. A cash method U.S. Holder generally will not realize foreign currency gain or loss on the receipt of the interest payment but may have foreign currency gain or loss attributable to the actual disposition of the Canadian dollars received.

Generally, a U.S. Holder of C$ notes that uses the accrual method of tax accounting will determine the U.S. dollar value of accrued interest income using the average rate of exchange for the accrual period (or, with respect to an accrual period that spans two taxable years, at the average rate for the partial period within the U.S. Holder’s taxable year). Alternatively, an accrual basis U.S. Holder may make an election (which must be applied consistently to all debt instruments from year to year and cannot be changed without the consent of the IRS) to translate accrued interest income at the spot rate of exchange on the last day of the accrual period (or the last day of the taxable year in the case of a partial accrual period) or the spot rate on the date of receipt, if that date is within five business days of the last day of the accrual period. A U.S. Holder that uses the accrual method of accounting for tax purposes will recognize foreign currency gain or loss on the receipt of an interest payment if the exchange rate in effect on the date payment is received differs from the rate applicable to an accrual of that interest. The amount of foreign currency gain or loss to be recognized by such U.S. Holder will be an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of the Canadian dollar interest payment (determined on the basis of the spot rate on the date the interest income is received) in respect of the accrual period and the U.S. dollar value of the interest income that has accrued during the accrual period (as determined above). This foreign currency gain or loss will be ordinary income or loss and generally will not be treated as an adjustment to interest income or expense.

Foreign currency gain or loss generally will be U.S. source provided that the residence of a taxpayer is considered to be the United States for purposes of the rules regarding foreign currency gain or loss.

 

144


Table of Contents

Market Discount, Acquisition Premium, and Bond Premium

Market Discount

If a U.S. Holder purchases notes for an amount less than their stated redemption price at maturity, the difference is treated as market discount. Subject to a de minimis exception, gain realized on the maturity, sale, exchange or retirement of a market discount note will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of any accrued market discount not previously recognized (including, in the case of a note exchanged for a registered note pursuant to a registration offer, any market discount accrued on the related outstanding note). A U.S. Holder may elect to include market discount in income currently as it accrues, on either a ratable or constant yield method. In that case, such U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the notes will increase by such income inclusions. An election to include market discount in income currently, once made, will apply to all market discount obligations acquired by the U.S. Holder during the taxable year of the election and thereafter, and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS. If a U.S. Holder does not make such an election, in general, all or a portion of the interest expense on any indebtedness incurred or continued in order to purchase or carry notes may be deferred until the maturity of the notes, or certain earlier dispositions. Unless a U.S. Holder elects to accrue market discount under a constant yield method, any market discount will accrue ratably during the period from the date of acquisition of the related note to its maturity date.

In the case of C$ note, market discount is accrued in Canadian dollars, and the amount includible in income by a U.S. Holder upon a sale of a C$ note in respect of accrued market discount will be the U.S. dollar value of the amount accrued. Such U.S. dollar value is generally calculated at the spot rate of exchange on the date the C$ note is sold. Any market discount on a C$ note that is currently includible in income under the election noted above will be translated into U.S. dollars at the average exchange rate for the accrual period or portion of such accrual period within the U.S. Holder’s taxable year. In such case, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize foreign currency gain or loss with respect to accrued market discount under the rules similar to those that apply to accrued interest on a note received by an accrual basis U.S. Holder, as described above.

Bond Premium

If a U.S. Holder purchases notes for an amount greater than the sum of all amounts (other than qualified stated interest) payable with respect to the notes after the date of acquisition, the U.S. Holder is treated as having purchased the related notes with amortizable bond premium. A U.S. Holder generally may elect to amortize the premium from the purchase date to the maturity date of the notes under a constant yield method. Amortizable premium generally may be deducted against interest income on such notes and generally may not be deducted against other income. A U.S. Holder’s basis in a note will be reduced by any premium amortization deductions. An election to amortize premium on a constant yield method, once made, generally applies to all debt obligations held or subsequently acquired by such U.S. Holder during the taxable year of the election and thereafter, and may not be revoked without IRS consent. For a U.S. Holder that did not elect to amortize bond premium, the amount of such premium will be included in such U.S. Holder’s tax basis upon the sale of a note. In the case of a C$ note, premium is computed in Canadian dollars. At the time amortized bond premium offsets interest income, foreign currency gain or loss (taxable as ordinary income or loss) will be realized on such amortized bond premium based on the difference between the spot rate of exchange on the date or dates such premium is recovered through interest payments on the C$ note and the spot rate of exchange on the date on which the U.S. Holder acquired the C$ note. For a U.S. Holder that did not elect to amortize bond premium, the amount of such premium will be included in such U.S. Holder’s tax basis upon the sale of a C$ note.

The market discount and bond premium rules are complicated, and U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of owning and disposing of notes with market discount, or bond premium, including the availability of certain elections.

Sale, Exchange or Retirement of a Note

A U.S. Holder generally will recognize gain or loss upon the sale, exchange (other than pursuant to a tax-free transaction), redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of a note, equal to the difference, if any, between:

 

   

the amount realized (less any portion allocable to the payment of accrued interest not previously included in income, which amount will be taxable as ordinary interest income); and

 

   

the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the note.

 

145


Table of Contents

Except with respect to gains or losses attributable to changes in exchange rates, as described below, any such gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss (except as described under “— Market Discount, and Bond Premium” above) and generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the note has been held or deemed held for more than one year at the time of the disposition. Long-term capital gains of noncorporate U.S. Holders, including individuals, may be taxed at lower rates than items of ordinary income. The ability of a U.S. Holder to offset capital losses against ordinary income is limited. Any capital gain or loss recognized by a U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition of a note generally will be treated as income from sources within the United States or loss allocable to income from sources within the United States. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the source of gain attributable to market discount.

A U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in a note generally will equal the U.S. Holder’s cost therefor, increased by any market discount previously included in income and reduced by any payments (other than payments constituting qualified stated interest) received on the notes, any amount treated as a return of pre-issuance accrued interest excluded from income, and the amount of amortized bond premium, if any, previously taken into account with respect to the note. If a U.S. Holder purchases a C$ note with Canadian dollars, the U.S. dollar cost of the C$ note will generally be the U.S. dollar value of the purchase price upon the date of purchase calculated at the spot rate of exchange on that date. The amount realized upon the disposition of a C$ note will generally be the U.S. dollar value of the amount received on the date of the disposition calculated at the spot rate of exchange on that date. However, if the C$ note is traded on an established securities market, a cash basis U.S. Holder (and, if it so elects, an accrual basis U.S. Holder) will determine the U.S. dollar value of the cost of or amount received on the C$ note, as applicable, by translating the amount paid or received at the spot rate of exchange on the settlement date of the purchase or disposition. The election available to accrual basis U.S. Holders in respect of the purchase and disposition of C$ notes traded on an established securities market must be applied consistently to all debt instruments from year to year and cannot be changed without the consent of the IRS.

Gain or loss recognized by a U.S. Holder on the sale, exchange or retirement of a C$ note that is attributable to changes in the rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and foreign currency generally will be treated as U.S. source ordinary income or loss. Such foreign currency gain or loss will equal the difference between (i) the U.S. dollar value of the U.S. Holder’s Canadian dollar purchase price for the C$ note calculated at the spot rate of exchange on the date of the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition and (ii) the U.S. dollar value of the U.S. Holder’s Canadian dollar purchase price for the C$ note calculated at the spot rate of exchange on the date of purchase of the C$ note. If the C$ note is traded on an established securities market, with respect to a cash basis U.S. Holder (and, if it so elects, an accrual basis U.S. Holder), such foreign currency gain or loss will equal the difference between (x) the U.S. dollar value of the U.S. Holder’s Canadian dollar purchase price for the C$ note calculated at the spot rate of exchange on the settlement date of the disposition and (y) the U.S. dollar value of the U.S. Holder’s Canadian dollar purchase price for the C$ note calculated at the spot rate of exchange on the settlement date of the purchase of the C$ note. Such foreign currency gain or loss is recognized on the sale or retirement of such note only to the extent of total gain or loss recognized on the sale or retirement of such note. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding certain foreign currency translation elections that may be available with respect to a sale, exchange, or redemption of the C$ notes.

Transactions in Foreign Currency

Foreign currency received as a payment of interest on, or on the sale or retirement of, a C$ note will have a tax basis equal to its U.S. dollar value at the time such interest is received or at the time the note is disposed of or payment is received in consideration of such sale or retirement (as applicable). The amount of gain or loss recognized on a subsequent sale or other disposition of such foreign currency will be equal to the difference between (i) the amount of U.S. dollars, or the fair market value in U.S. dollars of the other currency or property received in such sale or other disposition, and (ii) the tax basis of the recipient in such foreign currency. A U.S. Holder who acquires such note with previously owned foreign currency will recognize ordinary income or loss in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between such U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the foreign currency and the U.S. dollar fair market value of the note on the date of acquisition. Such gain or loss generally will be treated as income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

 

146


Table of Contents

Reportable Transaction Reporting

Under certain U.S. Treasury Regulations, U.S. Holders that participate in “reportable transactions” (as defined in the U.S. Treasury Regulations) must attach to their U.S. federal income tax returns a disclosure statement on IRS Form 8886. Under the relevant rules, a U.S. Holder may be required to treat a foreign currency exchange loss from the C$ note as a reportable transaction if this loss exceeds the relevant threshold in the U.S. Treasury Regulations. For individuals and trusts, this loss threshold is US$50,000 in any single year. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors as to the possible obligation to file IRS Form 8886 with respect to the ownership or disposition of the C$ notes, or any related transaction, including without limitation, the disposition of any non-U.S. currency received as interest or as proceeds from the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition of the C$ notes.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

In general, information reporting requirements may apply to payments of principal and interest on a note and to the proceeds of the sale or other disposition of a note made to U.S. Holders other than certain exempt recipients (such as corporations). A U.S. Holder of the notes may be subject to “backup withholding” with respect to certain “reportable payments,” including interest payments and, under certain circumstances, principal payments on the notes or upon the receipt of proceeds upon the sale or other disposition of such notes. These backup withholding rules apply if the U.S. Holder, among other things:

 

   

fails to furnish a social security number or other taxpayer identification number (“ TIN ”) certified under penalty of perjury within a reasonable time after the request for the TIN;

 

   

furnishes an incorrect TIN;

 

   

is notified by the IRS that it has failed to report properly interest or dividends; or

 

   

under certain circumstances, fails to provide a certified statement, signed under penalties of perjury, that the TIN furnished is the correct number and that such holder is not subject to backup withholding.

A U.S. Holder can generally avoid the application of the backup withholding rules by properly completing and submitting the IRS Form W-9 included with the Letter of Transmittal. A U.S. Holder that does not provide us with its correct TIN also may be subject to penalties imposed by the IRS. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amount withheld from a payment to a U.S. Holder under the backup withholding rules is creditable against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, and may entitle the U.S. Holder to a refund, provided that the required information is properly and timely furnished to the IRS. Backup withholding will not apply, however, with respect to payments made to certain exempt U.S. Holders, including corporations and tax-exempt organizations, provided their exemptions from backup withholding are properly established.

In addition, U.S. individuals that hold specified foreign financial assets (including stock and securities of a foreign issuer) with an aggregate value in excess of US$50,000 on the last day of the taxable year or US$75,000 at any time during the taxable year are required to report their holdings, along with other information, on their U.S. federal income tax returns, with certain exceptions. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors to determine the scope of these disclosure responsibilities.

Certain Canadian Material Federal Income Tax Considerations for Residents of the United States

The following is, at the date hereof, a summary of the principal Canadian federal income tax considerations generally applicable to a holder who acquires, as beneficial owner, the Senior Notes, including entitlement to all payments thereunder, pursuant to this offering and who, at all relevant times and for the purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the “ Tax Act ”) and the regulations thereunder, (i) is not, and is not deemed to be, resident in Canada (including as a consequence of the Canada-United States Income Tax Convention (1980), as amended), (ii) deals at arm’s length with Quebecor Media and with any transferee resident or deemed resident in Canada to whom the holder disposes of Senior Notes, (iii) does not use or hold and is not deemed to use or hold the Senior Notes in or in the course of carrying on business in Canada, (iv) does not receive any payment of interest (including any amounts deemed to be interest) on the Senior Notes in respect of a debt or other obligation to pay an amount to a person with whom Quebecor Media does not

 

147


Table of Contents

deal at arm’s length, (v) is not an “authorized foreign bank”, as defined in the Tax Act, (vi) is not a “registered non-resident insurer”, as defined in the Tax Act, (vii) is not an insurer carrying on an insurance business in Canada and elsewhere, and (viii) is not a, and deals at arm’s length with any, “specified shareholder” of Quebecor Media for purposes of the thin capitalization rules in the Tax Act (a “ Non-Resident Holder ”). A “specified shareholder” for these purposes generally includes a person who (either alone or together with persons with whom that person is not dealing at arm’s length for the purposes of the Tax Act) owns or has the right to acquire or control or is otherwise deemed to own 25% or more of Quebecor Media’s shares determined on a votes or fair market value basis.

This summary is based on the current provisions of the Tax Act and the regulations thereunder and the current administrative and assessing practices and policies of the Canada Revenue Agency published in writing prior to the date hereof. This summary takes into account all specific proposals to amend the Tax Act and the regulations thereunder announced by or on behalf of the Minister of Finance of Canada prior to the date hereof (the “ Proposed Amendments ”) and assumes that all Proposed Amendments will be enacted in the form proposed. However, no assurance can be given that the Proposed Amendments will be enacted as proposed or at all. This summary does not otherwise take into account or anticipate any changes in law or any administrative or assessing practice, whether by judicial, governmental, regulatory or legislative decision or action, nor does it take into account provincial, territorial or foreign income tax considerations which may differ from the Canadian federal income tax considerations described herein.

THIS SUMMARY IS OF A GENERAL NATURE ONLY AND IS NOT EXHAUSTIVE OF ALL CANADIAN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS THAT MAY BE RELEVANT TO A PARTICULAR HOLDER. THIS SUMMARY IS NOT INTENDED TO BE, AND SHOULD NOT BE INTERPRETED AS, LEGAL OR TAX ADVICE TO ANY PARTICULAR HOLDER, AND NO REPRESENTATION WITH RESPECT TO THE INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO ANY PARTICULAR HOLDER IS MADE. ACCORDINGLY, YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO YOUR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.

No Canadian withholding tax will apply to interest (including any amounts deemed to be interest), principal or premium paid or credited by Quebecor Media on the Senior Notes to a Non-Resident Holder, or to the proceeds received by a Non-Resident Holder on a disposition of a Senior Note, including a redemption, payment on maturity, repurchase or purchase for cancellation.

No other taxes on income or gains will be payable under the Tax Act by a Non-Resident Holder on interest (including any amounts deemed to be interest), principal or premium or on the proceeds received by such Non-Resident Holder on the disposition of a Senior Note, including a redemption, payment on maturity, repurchase or purchase for cancellation.

F- Dividends and Paying Agents

Not applicable.

G- Statement By Experts

Not applicable.

H- Documents on Display

You may read and copy documents referred to in this annual report that have been filed with the SEC at the Public Reference Room at the SEC’s Headquarters, located at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, or obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Room at prescribed rates. You may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the SEC’s Public Reference Room. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports and other information that we have furnished electronically with the SEC. The URL of that website is http://www.sec.gov. Any documents referred to in this annual report may also be inspected without charge at our offices at 612 St. Jacques Street, Montréal, Québec, Canada, H3C 4M8.

I- Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.

 

148


Table of Contents

ITEM 11 — QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We use certain financial instruments, such as interest rate swaps, cross-currency swaps and foreign exchange forward contracts, to manage interest rate and foreign exchange risk exposures. These instruments are used solely to manage the financial risks associated with our obligations and are not used for trading or speculation purposes.

Foreign Currency Risk and Interest Rate Risk

Most of the Corporation’s consolidated revenues and expenses, other than interest expense on U.S. dollar-denominated debt, purchases of set-top boxes, handsets and cable modems and certain capital expenditures, are received or denominated in CAN dollars. A significant portion of the interest, principal and premium, if any, payable on its debt is payable in U.S. dollars. The Corporation has entered into transactions to hedge the foreign currency risk exposure on its U.S. dollar-denominated debt obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2016, to hedge its exposure on certain purchases of set-top boxes, handsets, cable modems, and capital expenditures, and to lock-in the value of certain derivative financial instruments through offsetting transactions. Accordingly, the Corporation’s sensitivity to variations in foreign exchange rates is economically limited.

Some of the Corporation’s bank credit facilities bear interest at floating rates based on the following reference rates: (i) Bankers’ acceptance rate, (ii) LIBOR, (iii) Canadian prime rate and (iv) U.S. prime rate. The Senior Notes issued by the Corporation bear interest at fixed rates. The Corporation has entered into cross-currency interest rate swap agreements in order to manage cash flow risk exposure. As of December 31, 2016, after taking into account the hedging instruments, long-term debt was comprised of 83.7% fixed-rate debt (80.1% pro forma the partial redemption on January 5, 2017), compared to 82.8% as of December 31, 2015 and 16.3% floating-rate debt (19.9% pro forma the partial redemption on January 5, 2017), compared to 17.2% as of December 31, 2015.

The estimated sensitivity on interest payments of a 100 basis-point variance in the year-end Canadian Bankers’ acceptance rate as of December 31, 2016 is $7.9  million.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Corporation if a customer or counterparty to a financial asset fails to meet its contractual obligations.

In the normal course of business, the Corporation continuously monitors the financial condition of its customers and reviews the credit history of each new customer. As of December 31, 2016, no customer balance represented a significant portion of the Corporation’s consolidated trade receivables. The Corporation establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the specific credit risk of its customers and historical trends. As of December 31, 2016, 13.0% of trade receivables were 90 days past their billing date (10.4% as of December 31, 2015) of which 32.5% had an allowance for doubtful accounts (40.4% as of December 31, 2015).

The Corporation believes that its product lines and the diversity of its customer base are instrumental in reducing its credit risk, as well as the impact of fluctuations in product-line demand. The Corporation does not believe that it is exposed to an unusual level of customer credit risk.

As a result of their use of derivative financial instruments, the Corporation is exposed to the risk of non-performance by a third party. When the Corporation enters into derivative contracts, the counterparties (either foreign or Canadian) must have credit ratings at least in accordance with the Corporation’s risk management policy and are subject to concentration limits. These credit ratings and concentration limits are monitored on an ongoing basis, but at least quarterly.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

See “Item 5 – Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Additional Information – Financial Instruments and Financial Risk Management – Fair Value of Financial Instruments” in this annual report.

 

149


Table of Contents

Material Limitations

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time and are based on relevant market information about the financial instruments. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgement and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

Principal Repayments

As of December 31, 2016, the aggregate amount of minimum principal payments on long-term debt required in each of the next five years and thereafter, based on borrowing levels as at that date, are as follows:

 

Twelve month period ending December  31,

      
(in millions)       

2017

     20.9  

2018

     19.2  

2019

     56.8  

2020

     442.5  

2021

     834.5  

2022 and thereafter

     4,296.0  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,669.9  

ITEM 12 — DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

Not applicable.

 

150


Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 13 — DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

A - None.

B - Not applicable.

ITEM 14 — MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

A - Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders

There have been no material modifications to the rights of security holders.

B - Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

ITEM 15 — CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

As at the end of the period covered by this report, Quebecor Media’s President and Chief Executive Officer and Quebecor Media’s Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, together with members of Quebecor Media’s senior management, have carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures. These are defined (in Rule 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) as controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within specified time periods. As of the date of the evaluation, Quebecor Media’s President and Chief Executive Officer and Quebecor Media’s Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer concluded that Quebecor Media’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Corporation files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Corporation’s principal executive and principal financial officer, to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.

Quebecor Media’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting of the Corporation (as defined by Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Quebecor Media’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS. Quebecor Media’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of Quebecor Media’s assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS, and that receipts and expenditures of Quebecor Media are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of Quebecor Media; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of Quebecor Media’s assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Quebecor Media’s management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013)  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“ COSO ”). Based on this evaluation, management concluded that Quebecor Media’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2016.

Pursuant to the Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and related SEC rules, Quebecor Media is not required to include in its annual report an attestation report of Quebecor Media’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding our internal control over financial reporting. Our management’s report regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting was therefore not subject to attestation procedures by our independent registered public accounting firm.

 

151


Table of Contents

There have been no changes in Quebecor Media’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15 or 15d-15 under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, Quebecor Media’s internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 16 — [RESERVED]

ITEM 16A — AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Jean La Couture is an “audit committee financial expert” (as defined in Item 16A of Form 20-F) serving on our Audit Committee. Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Jean La Couture is an “independent” director, as defined under SEC rules.

ITEM 16B — CODE OF ETHICS

We have a Code of Ethics that applies to all directors, officers and employees of Quebecor Media, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, principal accounting officer, controller and persons performing similar functions. Our Code of Ethics is included as an exhibit to this annual report on Form 20-F.

ITEM 16C — PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Ernst & Young LLP has served as our independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014. The audited consolidated financial statements for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016 are included in this annual report on Form 20-F.

Our Audit Committee establishes the independent auditors’ compensation. The Audit Committee adopted a policy relating to the pre-approval of services to be rendered by its independent auditors. The Audit Committee pre-approves all audit services, determines which non-audit services the independent auditors are prohibited from providing, and authorizes permitted non-audit services to be performed by the independent auditors to the extent those services are permitted by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Canadian law. For each of the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, none of the non-audit services described below were approved by the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors pursuant to the “de minimis exception” to the pre-approval requirement for non-audit services. The following table presents the aggregate fees billed for professional services and other services rendered by our independent auditor, Ernst & Young LLP, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

 

     2016      2015      2014  

Audit Fees (1)

   $ 2,322,925      $ 2,412,089      $ 2,532,993  

Audit related Fees (2)

     279,595        226,996        722,819  

Tax Fees (3)

     14,500        25,336        43,994  

All Other Fees (4)

     —          —          3,675  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,617,020      $ 2,664,421      $ 3,303,481  

 

(1) Audit Fees consist of fees approved for the annual audit of the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements and quarterly reviews of interim financial statements of the Corporation with the SEC, including required assistance or services that only the external auditor reasonably can provide and accounting consultations on specific issues and translation. It also includes audit and attestation services required by statute or regulation, such as comfort letters and consents, SEC prospectus and registration statements, other filings and other offerings, including annual reports and SEC forms and statutory audits.
(2) Audit related Fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are traditionally performed by the external auditor, and include consultations concerning financial accounting and reporting standards on proposed transactions, due diligence or accounting work related to acquisitions; employee benefit plan audits, and audit or attestation services not required by statute or regulation.
(3) Tax Fees include fees billed for tax compliance services, including the preparation of original and amended tax returns and claims for refunds, tax consultations, such as assistance and representation in connection with tax audits and appeals, tax advice related to mergers, acquisitions and divestitures, transfer pricing, and requests for advance tax rulings or technical interpretations.
(4) All Other Fees include fees billed for forensic accounting and occasional training services, assistance with respect to internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures.

 

152


Table of Contents

ITEM 16D — EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

Not applicable.

ITEM 16E — PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

Not applicable.

ITEM 16F — CHANGES IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

Not applicable.

ITEM 16G — CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Not applicable.

 

153


Table of Contents

PART III

ITEM 17 — FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Not applicable.

ITEM 18 — FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Our consolidated balance sheets as at December 31, 2016 and 2015 and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016, including the notes thereto and together with the report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, are included beginning on page F-1 of this annual report.

ITEM 19 — EXHIBITS

EXHIBITS

The following documents are filed as exhibits to this annual report on Form 20-F:

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

1.1    Certificate and Articles of Incorporation of Quebecor Media as of January 17, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, filed on March 20, 2013, Commission file No. 333-13792).
1.2    By-laws of Quebecor Media (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.3 to Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 22, 2012, Commission file No. 333-13792).
1.3    By-law number 2004-1 of Quebecor Media (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.7 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, filed on March 31, 2005, Commission file No. 333-13792).
1.4    By-law number 2004-2 of Quebecor Media (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.8 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, filed on March 31, 2005, Commission file No. 333-13792).
1.5    By-law number 2005-1 of Quebecor Media (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.10 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, filed on March 31, 2006, Commission file No. 333-13792).
1.6    By-law number 2007-1 of Quebecor Media (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.12 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, filed on March 30, 2007, Commission file No. 333-13792).
1.7    By-law number 2007-2 of Quebecor Media (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.14 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, filed on March 27, 2008, Commission file No. 333-13792).
1.8    By-law number 2008-1 of Quebecor Media (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.15 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, filed on March 12, 2009, Commission file No. 333-13792).
2.1    Form of 7  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2021 of Quebecor Media (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.6 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 21, 2011, Commission file No. 333-13792).

 

154


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

2.2    Indenture relating to Quebecor Media’s 7  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2021, dated as of January 5, 2011, by and between Quebecor Media and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.6 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 21, 2011, Commission file No. 333-13792).
2.3    Form of 6  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2023 of Quebecor Media (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to to Exhibit 2.8 to Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, filed on March 20, 2013, Commission file No. 333-13792).
2.4    Indenture, relating to Quebecor Media’s 6  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2023, dated as of October 11, 2012, by and between Quebecor Media, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.8 to Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, filed on March 20, 2013, Commission file No. 333-13792).
2.5    Form of 5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2023 of Quebecor Media (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.10 to Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, filed on March 20, 2013, Commission file No. 333-13792).
2.6    Indenture, relating to Quebecor Media’s 5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2023, dated as of October 11, 2012, by and between Quebecor Media, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.10 to Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, filed on March 20, 2013, Commission file No. 333-13792).
2.7    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 14, 2014, by and among Quebecor Media, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of October 11, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.8 to Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, filed on March 23, 2015, Commission file No. 333-13792).
2.8    Form of 6   7 / 8 % Senior Notes due July 15, 2021 of Videotron Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.42 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.9    Form of Notation of Guarantee of the subsidiary guarantors of the 6   7 / 8 % Senior Notes due July 15, 2021 of Videotron Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit E to Exhibit 2.42 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.10    Indenture, dated as of July 5, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., the subsidiary guarantors signatory thereto and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.42 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.11    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 12, 2015, by and among Videotron, 4Degrees Colocation Inc., as guarantor, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of July 5, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.4 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, filed on March 18, 2016, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.12    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 8, 2016, by and among Videotron, 9529454 Canada Inc., 8480869 Canada Inc., Fibrenoire Inc. and Canadian P2P Fibre Systems Ltd., as guarantors, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of July 5, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.5 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, filed on March 18, 2016, Commission file No. 033-51000).

 

155


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

2.13    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 20, 2016, by and among Videotron, 9176-6857 Québec Inc., as guarantor, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of July 5, 2011.
2.14    Form of 5% Senior Notes due July 15, 2022 of Videotron (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.47 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.15    Form of Notation of Guarantee by the subsidiary guarantors of the 5% Senior Notes due July 15, 2022 of Videotron Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit E to Exhibit 2.47 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.16    Indenture, dated as of March 14, 2012, by and among Videotron Ltd., the subsidiary guarantors signatory thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.47 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.17    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 12, 2015, by and among Videotron, 4Degrees Colocation Inc., as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of March 14, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.9 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, filed on March 18, 2016, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.18    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 8, 2016, by and among Videotron, 9529454 Canada Inc., 8480869 Canada Inc., Fibrenoire Inc. and Canadian P2P Fibre Systems Ltd., as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of March 14, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.10 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, filed on March 18, 2016, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.19    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 20, 2016, by and among Videotron, 9176-6857 Québec Inc., as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of March 14, 2012.
2.20    Form of 5   5 / 8 % Senior Notes due June 15, 2025 of Videotron Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.40 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, filed on March 20, 2014, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.21    Form of Notation of Guarantee of the subsidiary guarantors of the 5   5 / 8 % Senior Notes due June 15, 2025 of Videotron Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit E to Exhibit 2.40 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, filed on March 20, 2014, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.22    Indenture, dated as of June 17, 2013, by and among Videotron Ltd., the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.40 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, filed on March 20, 2014, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.23    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 12, 2015, by and among Videotron, 4Degrees Colocation Inc., as guarantor, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of June 17, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.14 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, filed on March 18, 2016, Commission file No. 033-51000).

 

156


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

2.24    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 8, 2016, by and among Videotron, 9529454 Canada Inc., 8480869 Canada Inc., Fibrenoire Inc. and Canadian P2P Fibre Systems Ltd., as guarantors, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of June 17, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.12 above).
2.25    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 20, 2016, by and among Videotron, 9176-6857 Québec Inc., as guarantor, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of June 17, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.13 above).
2.26    Form of 5  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due June 15, 2024 of Videotron Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.32 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, filed on March 23, 2015, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.27    Form of Notation of Guarantee of the subsidiary guarantors of the 5  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due June 15, 2024 of Videotron Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit E to Exhibit 2.32 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, filed on March 23, 2015, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.28    Indenture, dated as of April 9, 2014, by and among Videotron Ltd., the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.32 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, filed on March 23, 2015, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.29    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 12, 2015, by and among Videotron, 4Degrees Colocation Inc., as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of April 9, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.19 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, filed on March 18, 2016, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.30    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 8, 2016, by and among Videotron, 9529454 Canada Inc., 8480869 Canada Inc., Fibrenoire Inc. and Canadian P2P Fibre Systems Ltd., as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of April 9, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.20 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, filed on March 18, 2016, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.31    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 20, 2016, by and among Videotron, 9176-6857 Québec Inc., as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of April 9, 2014.
2.32    Form of 5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2026 of Videotron Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.34 below).
2.33    Form of Notation of Guarantee of the subsidiary guarantors of the 5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2026 of Videotron Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit E to Exhibit 2.34 below).
2.34    Indenture, dated as of September 15, 2015, by and among Videotron Ltd., the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.32 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, filed on March 23, 2015, Commission file No. 033-51000).
2.35    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 8, 2016, by and among Videotron, 9529454 Canada Inc., 8480869 Canada Inc., Fibrenoire Inc. and Canadian P2P Fibre Systems Ltd., as guarantors, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of September 15, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.12 above).

 

157


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

2.36    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 20, 2016, by and among Videotron, 9176-6857 Québec Inc., as guarantor, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of September 15, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.13 above).
3.1      Shareholders’ Agreement dated December 11, 2000 by and among Quebecor Inc., Capital Communications CDPQ inc. (now known as Capital d’Amérique CDPQ inc.) and Quebecor Media, together with a summary thereof in the English-language (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 9.1 to Quebecor Media’s Registration Statement on Form F-4, dated September 5, 2001, Registration Statement No. 333-13792).
3.2      Letter Agreement dated December 11, 2000 between Quebecor Inc. and Capital Communications CDPQ inc. (now known as Capital d’Amérique CDPQ inc.) (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 9.2 to Quebecor Media’s Registration Statement on Form F-4, dated September 5, 2001 Registration Statement 333-13792).
3.3      Written resolution adopted by the Shareholders of Quebecor Media on February 17, 2017 relating to the increase in the size of the Board of Directors of Quebecor Media (translation).
3.4      Amendment Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2012, amending the Shareholders’ Agreement dated December 11, 2000 by and among Quebecor Inc., Capital Communications CDPQ inc. (now known as Capital d’Amérique CDPQ inc.) and Quebecor Media (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, filed on March 20, 2013, Commission file No. 333-13792).
4.1      Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2016, amending the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 14, 2013, by and among Quebecor Media, as Borrower, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time, as Lenders, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, as amended.
4.2      First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2013, amending the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 14, 2013, by and among Quebecor Media, as Borrower, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time, as Lenders, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, filed on March 20, 2014, Commission file No. 333-13792).
4.3      Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 14, 2013, by and among Quebecor Media, as Borrower, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time, as Lenders, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, filed on March 20, 2014, Commission file No. 333-13792).
4.4      First Amending Agreement, dated as of June 14, 2013, amending the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2011, by and among Videotron, Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent, and the financial institutions signatory thereto and acknowledged by Le SuperClub Videotron, Videotron Infrastructures Inc., Videotron US Inc., 9227-2590 Québec Inc., 9230-7677 Québec Inc., Videotron G.P., Videotron L.P. and 8487782 Canada Inc. as guarantors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, filed on March 20, 2014, Commission file No. 333-13792).

 

158


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

4.5    Second Amending Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2015, amending the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2011, as amended, by and among Videotron, Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent, and the financial institutions signatory thereto and acknowledged by 9293-6707 Québec Inc., 9227-2590 Québec Inc., 9230-7677 Québec Inc., 8487782 Canada Inc., Videotron G.P., Videotron L.P. and Videotron Infrastructures Inc., as guarantors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, filed on March 18, 2016, Commission file No. 033-51000).
4.6    Third Amending Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2015, amending the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2011, as amended, by and among Videotron, Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent, and the financial institutions signatory thereto and acknowledged by 9293-6707 Québec Inc., 9227-2590 Québec Inc., 9230-7677 Québec Inc., 8487782 Canada Inc., Videotron G.P., Videotron L.P., Videotron Infrastructures Inc. and 4Degrees Colocation Inc., as guarantors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, filed on March 18, 2016, Commission file No. 033-51000).
4.7    First Amending Agreement to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (made pursuant to the Third Amendment Agreement dated June 16, 2015 filed as Exhibit 4.6), dated as of June 24, 2016, amending the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2015, by and among Videotron Ltd., Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent, and the financial institutions signatory thereto and acknowledged by 9293-6707 Québec Inc., 9227-2590 Québec Inc., 9230-7677 Québec Inc., 9176-6857 Québec Inc., Videotron G.P., Videotron L.P., Videotron Infrastructures Inc., 4Degrees Colocation Inc., 9529454 Canada Inc., 8480869 Canada Inc., Fibrenoire Inc. and Canadian P2P Fibre Systems Ltd., as guarantors.
4.8    Credit Agreement, dated as of April 7, 2006, by and between Société Générale (Canada), as lender, and Quebecor Media, as borrower (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Quebecor Media’s Registration Statement on Form F-4, dated November 20, 2007, Registration Statement No. 333-147551).
4.9    First Amending Agreement, dated as of December 7, 2007, amending the Credit Agreement dated as of April 7, 2006 among Quebecor Media, as borrower, and Société Générale (Canada), as lender (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, filed on March 16, 2010, Commission file No. 333-13792).
4.10    Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2011, by and among Videotron, Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent, and the financial institutions signatory thereto and acknowledged by Le SuperClub Videotron, Videotron Infrastructures Inc., Jobboom Inc., Videotron US Inc., 9227-2590 Québec Inc., 9230-7677 Québec Inc., Videotron G.P., and Videotron L.P., as guarantors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012, Commission file No. 033-51000).
4.11    Form of Guarantee of the Guarantors of the Credit Agreement (incorporated by reference to Schedule D of Exhibit 4.1 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012, Commission file No. 033-51000).
4.12    Form of Share Pledge of the shares of Videotron Ltd. and the Guarantors of the Credit Agreement (incorporated by reference to Schedule E of Exhibit 4.1 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012, Commission file No. 033-51000).
7.1    Statement regarding calculation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges.
8.1    Subsidiaries of Quebecor Media.

 

159


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

11.1    Code of Ethics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 11.1 to Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, filed on March 20, 2013, Commission file No. 333-13792).
12.1    Certification of Pierre Karl Péladeau, President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor Media, pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 78(m)(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
12.2    Certification of Jean-François Pruneau, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Quebecor Media, pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 78(m)(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
13.1    Certification of Pierre Karl Péladeau, President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor Media, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
13.2    Certification of Jean-François Pruneau, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Quebecor Media, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

160


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
By:  

/s/ Jean-François Pruneau

  Name: Jean-François Pruneau
 

Title:   Senior Vice President and Chief

            Financial Officer

Dated: March 23, 2017

 

161


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   
Consolidated financial statements   

Consolidated statements of income

     F-3  

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income

     F-4  

Consolidated statements of equity

     F-5  

Consolidated statements of cash flows

     F-6  

Consolidated balance sheets

     F-8  

Segmented information

     F-10  

Notes to consolidated financial statements

     F-14  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and to the shareholders of

Quebecor Media Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Quebecor Media Inc. as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Corporation’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Quebecor Media Inc. at December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

Montréal, Canada    /s/ Ernst & Young LLP (1)

March 14, 2017

 

1

FCPA auditor, FCA, public accountancy permit no. A107913

 

F-2


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

 

     Note      2016     2015     2014  

Revenues

     2      $ 4,016.6     $ 3,890.8     $ 3,619.8  

Employee costs

     3        707.9       694.4       650.6  

Purchase of goods and services

     3        1,810.9       1,755.6       1,564.0  

Depreciation and amortization

        650.4       691.0       658.3  

Financial expenses

     4        302.9       309.2       323.8  

Loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments

     5        2.1       3.8       3.1  

Restructuring of operations, litigation and other items

     6        28.5       (117.2     49.6  

Impairment of goodwill and other assets

     7        40.9       230.7       81.0  

Loss on debt refinancing

     8        7.3       12.1       18.7  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

        465.7       311.2       270.7  

Income taxes (recovery):

         

Current

     9        158.0       63.4       121.9  

Deferred

     9        (31.7     40.7       (19.6
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        126.3       104.1       102.3  

Income from continuing operations

        339.4       207.1       168.4  

Loss from discontinued operations

     29        —         (19.7     (81.6
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

      $ 339.4     $ 187.4     $ 86.8  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to

         

Shareholders

      $ 352.0     $ 225.7     $ 186.1  

Non-controlling interests

        (12.6     (18.6     (17.7
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to

         

Shareholders

      $ 352.0     $ 207.6     $ 107.6  

Non-controlling interests

        (12.6     (20.2     (20.8
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

 

     Note      2016     2015     2014  

Income from continuing operations

      $ 339.4     $ 207.1     $ 168.4  

Other comprehensive income (loss) from continuing operations:

         

Items that may be reclassified to income:

         

Cash flows hedges:

         

(Loss) gain on valuation of derivative financial instruments

        (30.9     14.0       14.2  

Deferred income taxes

        15.9       (41.6     (21.3

Items that will not be reclassified to income:

         

Defined benefit plans:

         

Re-measurement gain (loss)

     28        33.1       (28.2     (45.1

Deferred income taxes

        (8.9     7.7       12.1  

Reclassification to income:

         

Gain related to cash flows hedges

     8        —         (3.9     (10.8

Deferred income taxes

        —         (0.4     0.4  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        9.2       (52.4     (50.5
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income from continuing operations

        348.6       154.7       117.9  

Loss from discontinued operations

     29        —         (19.7     (81.6

Other comprehensive loss from discontinued operations

     29        —         —         (7.6
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

      $ 348.6     $ 135.0     $ 28.7  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to

         

Shareholders

      $ 358.5     $ 174.4     $ 139.9  

Non-controlling interests

        (9.9     (19.7     (22.0
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to

         

Shareholders

      $ 358.5     $ 156.2     $ 53.8  

Non-controlling interests

        (9.9     (21.2     (25.1
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

 

       Equity attributable to shareholders              
     Capital
stock
(note 21)
    Contributed
surplus
     Deficit     Accumulated
other
comprehensive loss
(note 23)
    Equity
attributable
to non-

controlling
interests
    Total
equity
 
             

Balance as of December 31, 2013

   $ 4,116.1     $ 1.3      $ (2,280.9   $ (30.8   $ 151.1     $ 1,956.8  

Net income (loss)

     —         —          107.6       —         (20.8     86.8  

Other comprehensive loss

     —         —          —         (53.8     (4.3     (58.1

Dividends

     —         —          (100.0     —         (0.2     (100.2

Non-controlling interests acquisitions

     —         —          (0.1     —         0.1       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2014

     4,116.1       1.3        (2,273.4     (84.6     125.9       1,885.3  

Net income (loss)

     —         —          207.6       —         (20.2     187.4  

Other comprehensive loss

     —         —          —         (51.4     (1.0     (52.4

Dividends

     —         —          (75.0     —         (0.2     (75.2

Reduction of paid-up capital

     (25.0     —          —         —         —         (25.0

Repurchase of shares

     (289.7     —          (210.5     —         —         (500.2

Issuance of shares of a subsidiary to non-controlling interests (note 10)

     —         —          —         —         12.1       12.1  

Non-controlling interests and business acquisitions (note 10)

     —         —          16.5       —         (15.7     0.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2015

     3,801.4       1.3        (2,334.8     (136.0     100.9       1,432.8  

Net income (loss)

     —         —          352.0       —         (12.6     339.4  

Other comprehensive income

     —         —          —         6.5       2.7       9.2  

Dividends

     —         —          —         —         (0.2     (0.2

Reduction of paid-up capital

     (100.0     —          —         —         —         (100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016

   $ 3,701.4     $ 1.3      $ (1,982.8   $ (129.5   $ 90.8     $ 1,681.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

 

     Note      2016     2015     2014  

Cash flows related to operating activities

         

Income from continuing operations

      $ 339.4     $ 207.1     $ 168.4  

Adjustments for:

         

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

     13        552.5       592.6       533.0  

Amortization of intangible assets

     14        97.9       98.4       125.3  

Loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments

     5        2.1       3.8       3.1  

Impairment of goodwill and other assets

     7        40.9       230.7       81.0  

Loss on debt refinancing

     8        7.3       12.1       18.7  

Amortization of financing costs and long-term debt discount

     4        7.0       7.1       8.6  

Deferred income taxes

     9        (31.7     40.7       (19.6

Other

        3.7       5.9       2.9  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        1,019.1       1,198.4       921.4  

Net change in non-cash balances related to operating activities

        118.7       (98.7     70.0  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows provided by continuing operating activities

        1,137.8       1,099.7       991.4  

Cash flows related to investing activities

         

Business acquisitions

     10        (119.5     (94.5     (132.3

Business disposals

     29        3.0       316.3       193.5  

Additions to property, plant and equipment

     13        (707.6     (678.4     (643.8

Additions to intangible assets

     14        (139.8     (360.6     (317.3

Proceeds from disposals of assets

        3.5       4.6       5.4  

Acquisition of tax deductions from the parent corporation

     27        (14.0     —         (3.1

Other

        12.7       (12.7     0.5  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows used in continuing investing activities

        (961.7     (825.3     (897.1

Cash flows related to financing activities

         

Net change in bank indebtedness

        (14.9     29.3       4.5  

Net change under revolving facilities

        (40.3     246.9       —    

Issuance of long-term debt, net of financing fees

        —         370.1       728.3  

Repayments of long-term debt

     8        (19.0     (652.3     (814.7

Settlement of hedging contracts

     8        0.4       (34.3     (65.4

Repurchase of Common Shares

     21        —         (500.2     —    

Issuance of shares of a subsidiary to non-controlling interests

     10        —         12.1       —    

Reduction of paid-up capital

        (100.0     (25.0     —    

Dividends

        —         (75.0     (100.0

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

        (0.2     (0.2     (0.2
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows used in continuing financing activities

        (174.0     (628.6     (247.5
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations

      $ 2.1     $ (354.2   $ (153.2

 

F-6


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

 

     Note      2016     2015     2014  

Net change in cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations

      $ 2.1     $ (354.2   $ (153.2

Cash flows (used in) provided by discontinued operations

     29        —         (22.5     71.9  

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

        18.6       395.3       476.6  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

      $ 20.7     $ 18.6     $ 395.3  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additional information on the consolidated statements of cash flows

         

Cash and cash equivalents consist of

         

Cash

      $ 19.9     $ 17.0     $ 155.9  

Cash equivalents

        0.8       1.6       239.4  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ 20.7     $ 18.6     $ 395.3  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in non-cash balances related to operating activities (excluding the effect of business acquisitions and disposals)

         

Accounts receivable

      $ (34.5   $ (16.0   $ 10.4  

Inventories

        24.7       (44.5     7.2  

Accounts payable, accrued charges and provisions

        40.1       30.1       30.9  

Income taxes

        51.4       (97.4     8.2  

Deferred revenues

        14.0       21.0       8.8  

Defined benefit plans

        10.4       (3.6     (19.7

Other

        12.6       11.7       24.2  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ 118.7     $ (98.7   $ 70.0  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-cash investing activities

         

Net change in additions to property, plant and equipment and intangible assets financed with accounts payable

      $ (6.2   $ (12.7   $ 2.4  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest and taxes reflected as operating activities

         

Cash interest payments

      $ 286.1     $ 282.4     $ 312.3  

Cash income tax payments (net of refunds)

        104.3       158.0       124.9  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31, 2016 and 2015

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

 

     Note      2016      2015  

Assets

        

Current assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

      $ 20.7      $ 18.6  

Accounts receivable

     11        525.0        493.7  

Income taxes

        6.9        28.6  

Inventories

     12        183.3        215.5  

Prepaid expenses

        52.9        45.9  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        788.8        802.3  

Non-current assets

        

Property, plant and equipment

     13        3,562.5        3,379.9  

Intangible assets

     14        1,224.0        1,178.0  

Goodwill

     15        2,725.4        2,678.4  

Derivative financial instruments

     26        809.0        1,072.4  

Deferred income taxes

     9        16.0        29.5  

Other assets

     16        91.7        89.4  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        8,428.6        8,427.6  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

      $ 9,217.4      $ 9,229.9  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-8


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (continued)

December 31, 2016 and 2015

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

 

     Note      2016     2015  

Liabilities and equity

       

Current liabilities

       

Bank indebtedness

      $ 18.9     $ 33.8  

Accounts payable and accrued charges

     17        690.9       646.7  

Provisions

     18        69.3       67.1  

Deferred revenue

        339.7       321.5  

Income taxes

        35.2       9.1  

Amounts payable to the parent corporation

        0.7       5.7  

Current portion of long-term debt

     19        20.9       19.1  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        1,175.6       1,103.0  

Non-current liabilities

       

Long-term debt

     19        5,617.2       5,781.5  

Derivative financial instruments

     26        0.3       118.7  

Other liabilities

     20        202.8       203.8  

Deferred income taxes

     9        540.3       590.1  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        6,360.6       6,694.1  

Equity

       

Capital stock

     21        3,701.4       3,801.4  

Contributed surplus

        1.3       1.3  

Deficit

        (1,982.8     (2,334.8

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     23        (129.5     (136.0
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity attributable to shareholders

        1,590.4       1,331.9  

Non-controlling interests

        90.8       100.9  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        1,681.2       1,432.8  

Commitments and contingencies

     18, 24       

Guarantees

     25       
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

      $ 9,217.4     $ 9,229.9  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

On March 14, 2017, the Board of Directors approved the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

On behalf of the Board of Directors,

 

/s/ Pierre Dion

Pierre Dion,

Chairman of the Board

 

/s/ Jean La Couture

Jean La Couture , Director

 

F-9


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

S EGMENTED INFORMATION

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

Quebecor Media Inc. (“Quebecor Media” or the “Corporation”) is incorporated under the laws of Québec and is a subsidiary of Quebecor Inc. (“Quebecor” or the “parent corporation”). Unless the context otherwise requires, Quebecor Media or the Corporation refer to Quebecor Media Inc. and its subsidiaries. The Corporation’s head office and registered office is located at 612 rue Saint-Jacques, Montréal (Québec), Canada. The percentages of voting rights and equity in its major subsidiaries are as follows:

 

       % voting     % equity  

Videotron Ltd.

     100.0     100.0

TVA Group Inc.

     99.9     68.4

MediaQMI Inc.

     100.0     100.0

QMI Spectacles Inc.

     100.0     100.0

The Corporation operates, through its subsidiaries, in the following industry segments: Telecommunications, Media, and Sports and Entertainment. The Telecommunications segment offers television distribution, Internet access, business solutions (including data centers), cable and mobile telephony and over-the-top video services in Canada and is engaged in the rental of movies, televisual products and video games through its video-on-demand service and video rental stores. The operations of the Media segment in Québec include the operation of an over-the-air television network and specialty television services, the operation of soundstage and equipment leasing and post-production services for the film and television industries, the printing, publishing and distribution of daily newspapers, the operation of Internet portals and specialized web sites, the publishing of books and magazines, the distribution of books, magazines and movies, the distribution and production of music, and the operation of an out-of-home advertising business. The activities of the Sports and Entertainment segment in Québec encompass the operation and management of the Videotron Centre in Québec City, show production, sporting and cultural events management, and the operation of two Quebec Major Junior Hockey League (“QMJHL”) teams.

These segments are managed separately since they all require specific market strategies. The accounting policies of each segment are the same as the accounting policies used for the consolidated financial statements. Segment income includes income from sales to third parties and inter segment sales. Transactions between segments are measured at exchange amounts between the parties.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

S EGMENTED INFORMATION (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

 

     Telecommunications      Media      Sports and
Entertainment
    Head Office
and
Intersegments
    Total  
                               2016  

Revenues

   $ 3,151.8      $ 938.0      $ 34.6     $ (107.8   $ 4,016.6  

Employee costs

     379.7        269.2        11.5       47.5       707.9  

Purchase of goods and services

     1,322.7        605.5        30.3       (147.6     1,810.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted operating income 1

     1,449.4        63.3        (7.2     (7.7     1,497.8  

Depreciation and amortization

               650.4  

Financial expenses

               302.9  

Loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments

               2.1  

Restructuring of operations, litigation and other items

               28.5  

Impairment of goodwill and other assets

               40.9  

Loss on debt refinancing

               7.3  
            

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

             $ 465.7  
            

 

 

 

Additions to property, plant and equipment

   $ 666.8      $ 38.2      $ 2.5     $ 0.1     $ 707.6  

Additions to intangible assets

     125.6        10.2        0.8       3.2       139.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

S EGMENTED INFORMATION (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

 

     Telecommunications      Media      Sports and
Entertainment
    Head Office
and
Intersegments
    Total  
                               2015  

Revenues

   $ 3,007.0      $ 975.8      $ 23.2     $ (115.2   $ 3,890.8  

Employee costs

     359.4        285.3        11.0       38.7       694.4  

Purchase of goods and services

     1,261.8        620.3        23.9       (150.4     1,755.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted operating income 1

     1,385.8        70.2        (11.7     (3.5     1,440.8  

Depreciation and amortization

               691.0  

Financial expenses

               309.2  

Loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments

               3.8  

Litigation, restructuring of operations and other items

               (117.2

Impairment of goodwill and other assets

               230.7  

Loss on debt refinancing

               12.1  
            

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

             $ 311.2  
            

 

 

 

Additions to property, plant and equipment

   $ 630.2      $ 36.0      $ 12.0     $ 0.2     $ 678.4  

Additions to intangible assets

     312.3        9.3        34.6       4.4       360.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

S EGMENTED INFORMATION (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

 

     Telecommunications      Media      Sports and
Entertainment
    Head Office
and
Intersegments
    Total  
                               2014  

Revenues

   $ 2,837.3      $ 863.8      $ 7.1     $ (88.4   $ 3,619.8  

Employee costs

     345.1        258.8        4.2       42.5       650.6  

Purchase of goods and services

     1,139.0        546.6        5.7       (127.3     1,564.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted operating income 1

     1,353.2        58.4        (2.8     (3.6     1,405.2  

Depreciation and amortization

               658.3  

Financial expenses

               323.8  

Loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments

               3.1  

Litigation, restructuring of operations and other items

               49.6  

Impairment of goodwill

               81.0  

Loss on debt refinancing

               18.7  
            

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

             $ 270.7  
            

 

 

 

Additions to property, plant and equipment

   $ 606.1      $ 32.1      $ 5.3     $ 0.3     $ 643.8  

Additions to intangible assets

     304.7        9.3        0.1       3.2       317.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

1  

The Chief Executive Officer uses adjusted operating income as the measure of profit to assess the performance of each segment. Adjusted operating income is referred to as a non-International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) measure and is defined as net income before depreciation and amortization, financial expenses, loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments, restructuring of operations, litigation and other items, impairment of goodwill and other assets, loss on debt refinancing, income taxes and loss from discontinued operations.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

  (a) Basis of presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for certain financial instruments (note 1(k)), the liability related to stock-based compensation (note 1(u)) and the net defined benefit liability (note 1(v)), and they are presented in Canadian dollars (“CAN dollars”), which is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Corporation operates (“functional currency”).

Comparative figures for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 have been restated to conform to the presentation adopted for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

  (b) Change in accounting estimates

In the second quarter of 2015, the Corporation changed its assessment of the useful life of its spectrum licences used in the operation of its Telecommunications segment. In light of recent spectrum auctions and developments in the telecommunications industry, the Corporation is now of the view that these spectrum licences have an indefinite useful life based on the following facts:

 

   

The Corporation intends to renew the spectrum licences and believes that they are likely to be renewed by Innovation, Science and Economic Development (“ISED”) Canada;

 

   

The Corporation has the financial and operational ability to renew these spectrum licences;

 

   

Currently, the competitive, legal and regulatory landscape does not limit the useful lives of the spectrum licences;

 

   

The Corporation foresees no limit to the period during which these licences can be expected to generate cash flows in the future.

Accordingly, the Corporation ceased to amortize spectrum licences used in its operations as of April 1, 2015 and no amortization expense has been recorded after this date. The straight-line amortization expense recorded relating to these licences was $13.9 million in 2015 and $55.4 million in 2014.

 

  (c) Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Corporation and its subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated on consolidation.

A subsidiary is an entity controlled by the Corporation. Control is achieved when the Corporation is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity.

Non-controlling interests in the net assets and results of consolidated subsidiaries are identified separately from the parent corporation’s ownership interest in them. Non-controlling interests in the equity of a subsidiary consist of the amount of non-controlling interests calculated at the date of the original business combination and their share of changes in equity since that date. Changes in non-controlling interests in a subsidiary that do not result in a loss of control by the Corporation are accounted for as equity transactions.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  (d) Business combinations

A business combination is accounted for by the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured at the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for control of the business acquired at the acquisition date. This consideration can be comprised of cash, assets transferred, financial instruments issued, or future contingent payments. The identifiable assets and liabilities of the business acquired are recognized at their fair value at the acquisition date. Results of operations of a business acquired are included in the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements from the date of the business acquisition. Business acquisition and integration costs are expensed as incurred and included as other items in the consolidated statements of income.

Non-controlling interests in an entity acquired are presented in the consolidated balance sheets within equity, separately from the equity attributable to shareholders, and are initially measured at fair value.

 

  (e) Foreign currency translation

Foreign currency transactions are translated to the functional currency by applying the exchange rate prevailing at the date of the transactions. Translation gains and losses on assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency are included in financial expenses, or in gain or loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments, unless hedge accounting is used.

Financial statements of the foreign operations disposed of in 2014 (note 29) were translated using the rate in effect at the balance sheet date for assets and liabilities, and using the average exchange rates during the period for revenues and expenses.

 

  (f) Revenue recognition

The Corporation recognizes operating revenues when the following criteria are met:

 

   

the amount of revenue can be measured reliably;

 

   

the receipt of economic benefits associated with the transaction is probable;

 

   

the costs incurred or to be incurred in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably;

 

   

the stage of completion can be measured reliably where services have been rendered; and

 

   

significant risks and rewards of ownership, including effective control, have been transferred to the buyer where goods have been sold.

The portion of revenue that is unearned is recorded under “Deferred revenue” when customers are invoiced.

Telecommunications

The Telecommunications segment provides services under arrangements with multiple deliverables, for which there are two separate accounting units: one for subscriber services (cable television, Internet access, cable or mobile telephony and over-the-top video service, including connection costs and rental of equipment); the other for equipment sales to subscribers. Components of multiple deliverable arrangements are separately accounted for, provided the delivered elements have stand-alone value to the customer and the fair value of any undelivered elements can be objectively and reliably determined. Arrangement consideration is allocated among the separate accounting units based on their relative fair values.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  (f) Revenue recognition (continued)

 

Telecommunications (continued)

 

The Telecommunications segment recognizes each of its main activities’ revenues as follows:

 

   

Operating revenues from subscriber services, such as cable television, Internet access, cable and mobile telephony, and over-the-top video service are recognized when services are provided. Promotional offers and rebates are accounted for as a reduction in the service revenue to which they relate;

 

   

Revenues from equipment sales to subscribers and their costs are recognized in income when the equipment is delivered. Promotional offers related to equipment, with the exclusion of mobile devices, are accounted for as a reduction in related equipment sales on delivery, while promotional offers related to the sale of mobile devices are accounted for as a reduction in related equipment sales on activation;

 

   

Operating revenues related to service contracts are recognized in income over the life of the specific contracts on a straight-line basis over the period in which the services are provided;

 

   

Cable connection revenues are deferred and recognized as revenues over the estimated average period that subscribers are expected to remain connected to the network. The incremental and direct costs related to cable connection costs, in an amount not exceeding the revenue, are deferred and recognized as an operating expense over the same period. The excess of those costs over the related revenues is recognized immediately in income.

Media

The Media segment recognizes each of its main activities’ revenues as follows:

 

   

Advertising revenues are recognized when the advertising is aired on television, is featured in newspapers or magazines or is displayed on the digital properties or on transit shelters;

 

   

Revenues from subscriptions to specialty television channels or to online publications are recognized on a monthly basis at the time service is provided or over the period of the subscription;

 

   

Revenues from the sale or distribution of newspapers, magazines, books and entertainment products are recognized upon delivery, net of provisions for estimated returns based on historical rate of returns;

 

   

Soundstage and equipment leasing revenues are recognized over the rental period;

 

   

Revenues derived from speciality film and television services are recognized when services are provided.

Sports and Entertainment

The Sports and Entertainment segment recognizes each of its main activities’ revenues as follows:

 

   

Revenues from leasing, and from ticket (including season tickets), food and beverage sales are recognized when the events take place and/or goods are sold, as the case may be;

 

   

Revenues from the rental of suites are recognized ratably over the period of the agreement;

 

   

Revenues from the sale of advertising under the form of venue signage or sponsorships, are recognized ratably over the period of the agreement;

 

   

Revenues derived from sporting and cultural event management are recognized when services are provided.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  (g) Impairment of assets

For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped in cash-generating units (“CGUs”), which represent the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows generated by those assets. The Corporation reviews, at each balance sheet date, whether events or circumstances have occurred to indicate that the carrying amounts of its long-lived assets with finite useful lives may be less than their recoverable amounts. Goodwill, other intangible assets having an indefinite useful life, and intangible assets not yet available for use are tested for impairment each financial year, as well as whenever there is an indication that the carrying amount of the asset, or the CGU to which an asset has been allocated, exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of the fair value less costs of disposal and the value in use of the asset or the CGU. Fair value less costs of disposal represents the amount an entity could obtain at the valuation date from the asset’s disposal in an arm’s length transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties, after deducting the costs of disposal. The value in use represents the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from the asset or the CGU.

An impairment loss is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of an asset or a CGU exceeds its recoverable amount. When the recoverable amount of a CGU to which goodwill has been allocated is lower than the CGU’s carrying amount, the related goodwill is first impaired. Any excess amount of impairment is recognized and attributed to assets in the CGU, prorated to the carrying amount of each asset in the CGU.

An impairment loss recognized in prior periods for long-lived assets with finite useful lives and intangible assets having an indefinite useful life, other than goodwill, can be reversed through the consolidated statement of income to the extent that the resulting carrying value does not exceed the carrying value that would have been the result if no impairment loss had previously been recognized.

 

  (h) Barter transactions

In the normal course of operations, the Corporation principally offers advertising in exchange for goods and services. Revenues thus earned and expenses incurred are accounted for on the basis of the fair value of goods and services provided.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Corporation recorded $11.7 million of barter advertising revenues ($10.3 million in 2015 and $14.5 million in 2014).

 

  (i) Income taxes

Current income taxes are recognized with respect to amounts expected to be paid or recovered under the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

Deferred income taxes are accounted for using the liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and their respective tax bases. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted or substantively enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred income tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the substantive enactment date. A deferred tax asset is recognized initially when it is probable that future taxable income will be sufficient to use the related tax benefits and may be subsequently reduced, if necessary, to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized. A deferred tax expense or benefit is recognized in other comprehensive income or otherwise directly in equity to the extent that it relates to items that are recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity in the same or a different period.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  (i) Income taxes (continued)

 

In the course of the Corporation’s operations, there are a number of uncertain tax positions due to the complexity of certain transactions and due to the fact that related tax interpretations and legislation are continually changing. When a tax position is uncertain, the Corporation recognizes an income tax benefit or reduces an income tax liability only when it is probable that the tax benefit will be realized in the future or that the income tax liability is no longer probable.

 

  (j) Leases

Assets under leasing agreements are classified at the inception of the lease as (i) finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset to the lessee, or as (ii) operating leases for all other leases.

Operating lease rentals are recognized in the consolidated statement of income on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease. Any lessee incentives are deferred and then recognized evenly over the lease term.

 

  (k) Financial instruments

Classification, recognition and measurement

Financial instruments are classified as held-for-trading, available-for-sale, loans and receivables, or as other financial liabilities, and measurement in subsequent periods depends on their classification. The Corporation has classified its financial instruments (except derivative financial instruments) as follows:

 

Held-for-trading

  

Loans and receivables

  

Available-for-sale

  

Other liabilities

•    Cash and cash equivalents

•    Bank indebtedness

  

•    Accounts receivable

•    Loans and other long-term receivables included in “Other assets”

  

•    Other portfolio investments included in “Other assets”

  

•    Accounts payable and accrued charges

•    Amounts payable to the parent corporation

•    Long-term debt

•    Other long-term financial liabilities included in “Other liabilities”

Financial instruments held-for-trading are measured at fair value with changes recognized in income as a gain or loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments. Available-for-sale portfolio investments are measured at fair value or at cost in the case of equity investments that do not have a quoted market price in an active market and where fair value is insufficiently reliable, and changes in fair value are recorded in other comprehensive income. Financial assets classified as loans and receivables and financial liabilities classified as “Other liabilities” are initially measured at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost, using the effective interest rate method of amortization. Liabilities recognized as a result of contingent consideration arising from a business acquisition and included in “Other liabilities”, are initially recorded at their acquisition-date fair value and re-measured at fair value in subsequent periods. These changes in fair value are recorded in the consolidated statements of income as other items.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  (k) Financial instruments (continued)

 

Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting

The Corporation uses various derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. The Corporation does not hold or use any derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. Under hedge accounting, the Corporation documents all hedging relationships between hedging items and hedged items, as well as its strategy for using hedges and its risk-management objective. It also designates its derivative financial instruments as either fair value hedges or cash flow hedges when they qualify for hedge accounting. The Corporation assesses the effectiveness of derivative financial instruments when the hedge is put in place and on an ongoing basis.

The Corporation generally enters into the following types of derivative financial instruments:

 

   

The Corporation uses foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge foreign currency rate exposure on anticipated equipment or inventory purchases in a foreign currency. The Corporation also uses offsetting foreign exchange forward contracts in combination with cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge foreign currency rate exposure on interest and principal payments on foreign currency denominated debt. These foreign exchange forward contracts are designated as cash flow hedges.

 

   

The Corporation uses cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge (i) foreign currency rate exposure on interest and principal payments on foreign currency denominated debt and/or (ii) fair value exposure on certain debt resulting from changes in interest rates. The cross-currency interest rate swaps that set all future interest and principal payments on U.S.-dollar-denominated debt in fixed CAN dollars, in addition to converting an interest rate from a floating rate to a floating rate or from a fixed rate to a fixed rate, are designated as cash flow hedges. The cross-currency interest rate swaps are designated as fair value hedges when they set all future interest and principal payments on U.S.-dollar-denominated debt in fixed CAN dollars, in addition to converting the interest rate from a fixed rate to a floating rate.

 

   

The Corporation uses interest rate swaps to manage fair value exposure on certain debts resulting from changes in interest rates. These swap agreements require a periodic exchange of payments without the exchange of the notional principal amount on which the payments are based. These interest rate swaps are designated as fair value hedges when they convert the interest rate from a fixed rate to a floating rate, or as cash flow hedges when they convert the interest rate from a floating rate to a fixed rate.

Under hedge accounting, the Corporation applies the following accounting policies:

 

   

For derivative financial instruments designated as fair value hedges, changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative recorded in income are substantially offset by changes in the fair value of the hedged item to the extent that the hedging relationship is effective. When a fair value hedge is discontinued, the carrying value of the hedged item is no longer adjusted and the cumulative fair value adjustments to the carrying value of the hedged item are amortized to income over the remaining term of the original hedging relationship.

 

   

For derivative financial instruments designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of a hedge is reported in other comprehensive income until it is recognized in income during the same period in which the hedged item affects income, while the ineffective portion is immediately recognized in income. When a cash flow hedge is discontinued, the amounts previously recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income are reclassified to income when the variability in the cash flows of the hedged item affects income.

Any change in the fair value of derivative financial instruments recorded in income is included in gain or loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments. Interest expense on hedged long-term debt is reported at the hedged interest and foreign currency rates.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  (k) Financial instruments (continued)

 

Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting (continued)

 

Derivative financial instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting, including derivatives that are embedded in financial or non-financial contracts that are not closely related to the host contracts, such as early settlement options on long term-debt, are reported on a fair value basis in the consolidated balance sheets. Any change in the fair value of these derivative financial instruments is recorded in the consolidated statements of income as a gain or loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments.

Early settlement options are accounted for separately from the debt when the corresponding option exercise price is not approximately equal to the amortized cost of the debt.

 

  (l) Financing fees

Financing fees related to long-term debt are capitalized in reduction of long-term debt and amortized using the effective interest rate method.

 

  (m) Tax credits and government assistance

The Corporation has access to several government programs designed to support production and distribution of televisual products and movies, as well as music products, magazine and book publishing in Canada. In addition, the Corporation receives tax credits mainly related to its research and development activities, publishing activities and digital activities. Government financial assistance is accounted for as revenue or as a reduction in related costs, whether capitalized and amortized or expensed, in the year the costs are incurred and when management has reasonable assurance that the conditions of the government programs are met.

 

  (n) Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments purchased three months or less from maturity and are recorded at fair value. These highly liquid investments consisted mainly of Bankers’ acceptances and term deposits.

 

  (o) Trade receivables

Trade receivables are stated at their nominal value, less an allowance for doubtful accounts and an allowance for sales returns. The Corporation establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the specific credit risk of its customers and historical trends. Individual accounts receivables are written off when management deems them not collectible.

 

  (p) Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost, determined by the first-in, first-out method or the weighted-average cost method, and net realizable value. Net realizable value represents the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale. When the circumstances that previously caused inventories to be written down below cost no longer exist, the amount of the write-down is reversed.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  (p) Inventories (continued)

 

In particular, inventories related to broadcasting activities, which primarily comprise programs and broadcast and distribution rights, are accounted for as follows:

 

  (i) Programs produced and productions in progress

Programs produced and productions in progress related to broadcasting activities are accounted for at the lesser of cost and net realizable value. Cost includes direct charges for goods and services and the share of labour and general expenses related to each production. The cost of each program is charged to operating expenses when the program is broadcast.

 

  (ii) Broadcast and distribution rights

Broadcast rights are essentially contractual rights allowing the limited or unlimited broadcast of televisual products or movies. Distribution rights include costs to acquire distribution rights for televisual products and movies and other operating costs incurred that generate future economic benefits. The Corporation records the rights acquired as inventory and the obligations incurred under a licence agreement as a liability when the broadcast or distribution period begins and all of the following conditions have been met: (a) the cost of the licence for each program, movies, series or right to broadcast a live event is known or can be reasonably determined; (b) the programs, movies or series have been accepted or the live event is broadcast in accordance with the conditions of the licence agreement; (c) the programs, movies or series are available for distribution, first showing or telecast, or when the live event is broadcast.

Amounts paid for broadcast and distribution rights before all of the above conditions are met are recorded as prepaid rights.

Broadcast and distribution rights are classified as current or long-term assets, based on management’s estimate of the broadcast or distribution period. These rights are charged to operating expenses when televisual products and movies are broadcast over the contract period, using a method based on how future economic benefits from those rights will be generated. Broadcast and distribution rights payable are classified as current or long-term liabilities based on the payment terms included in the licence.

Estimates of future revenues used to determine the net realizable values of inventories related to the broadcasting or distribution of television products and movies are examined periodically by management and revised as necessary. The carrying value of programs produced and productions in progress, broadcast rights and distribution rights is reduced to the net realizable value, as necessary, based on this assessment.

 

  (q) Long-term investments

Investments in companies subject to significant influence are accounted for using the equity method. Under the equity method, the share of the results of operations of the associated corporation is recorded in the consolidated statement of income. Carrying values of investments are reduced to estimated fair values if there is objective evidence that the investment is impaired.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  (r) Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Cost represents the acquisition costs, net of government grants and investment tax credits, or construction costs, including preparation, installation and testing costs. In the case of projects to construct cable and mobile networks, the cost includes equipment, direct labour and related overhead costs. Projects under development may also be comprised of advance payments made to suppliers for equipment under construction.

Borrowing costs are also included in the cost of property, plant and equipment during the development phase. Expenditures, such as maintenance and repairs, are expensed as incurred.

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives:

 

Assets

   Estimated useful life  

Buildings and leasehold improvements

     10 to 40 years  

Machinery and equipment

     3 to 20 years  

Telecommunication networks

     3 to 20 years  

Depreciation methods, residual values, and the useful lives of significant property, plant and equipment are reviewed at least once a year. Any change is accounted for prospectively as a change in accounting estimate.

Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the term of the lease and their estimated useful life.

The Corporation does not record any decommissioning obligations in connection with its cable distribution networks. The Corporation expects to renew all of its agreements with utility companies to access their support structures in the future, making the retirement date so far into the future that the present value of the restoration costs is insignificant for those assets. A decommissioning obligation is however recorded for the rental of sites related to the mobile network.

Videotron Ltd. (“Videotron”) is engaged in an agreement to operate a shared LTE network in the Province of Québec and the Ottawa region.

 

  (s) Goodwill and intangible assets

Goodwill

Goodwill initially arising from a business acquisition is measured and recognized as the excess of the fair value of the consideration paid over the fair value of the recognized identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. When the Corporation acquires less than 100% of the equity interests in the business acquired at the acquisition date, goodwill attributable to the non-controlling interests is also recognized at fair value.

Goodwill is allocated as at the date of a business acquisition to a CGU for purposes of impairment testing (note 1(g)). The allocation is made to the CGU or group of CGUs expected to benefit from the synergies of the business acquisition.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  (s) Goodwill and intangible assets (continued)

 

Intangible assets

Spectrum licences are recorded at cost. Spectrum licences have an indefinite useful life and are not amortized based on the following facts: (i) the Corporation intends to renew the spectrum licences and believes that they are likely to be renewed by ISED Canada, (ii) the Corporation has the financial and operational ability to renew these spectrum licences, (iii) currently, the competitive, legal and regulatory landscape does not limit the useful lives of the spectrum licences, and (iv) the Corporation foresees no limit to the period during which these licences can be expected to generate cash flows in the future (note 1 (b)).

Broadcasting licences, trademarks and sport franchises have also an indefinite useful life and are not amortized. In particular, given the low cost of renewal of broadcasting licences, management believes it is economically compelling to renew the licences and to comply with all rules and conditions attached to those licences. These intangibles assets are recorded at cost or at fair value at the acquisition date if they are acquired through a business acquisition.

Software is recorded at cost. In particular, internally generated intangible assets such as software and website development are mainly comprised of internal costs in connection with the development of those assets to be used internally or to provide services to customers. These costs are capitalized when the development stage of the software application begins and costs incurred prior to that stage are recognized as expenses.

Naming rights for the Videotron Centre in Québec City are recognized at cost.

Customer relationships acquired through a business acquisition are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition.

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, development or production of an intangible asset are also included as part of the cost of that asset during the development phase.

Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized over their useful lives using the straight-line method over the following periods:

 

Assets

   Estimated useful life  

Software

     3 to 7 years  

Naming rights

     25 years  

Customer relationships and other

     3 to 10 years  

Amortization methods, residual values, and the useful lives of significant intangible assets are reviewed at least once a year. Any change is accounted for prospectively as a change in accounting estimate.

 

  (t) Provisions

Provisions are recognized when (i) the Corporation has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, and when (ii) the amount of the obligation can be reliably estimated. Restructuring costs, comprised primarily of termination benefits, are recognized when a detailed plan for the restructuring exists and a valid expectation has been raised in those affected, that the plan will be carried out.

Provisions are reviewed at each balance sheet date and changes in estimates are reflected in the consolidated statement of income in the reporting period in which changes occur.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  (u) Stock-based compensation

Stock-based awards to employees that call for settlement in cash, as deferred share units (“DSUs”) and performance share units (“PSUs”), or that call for settlement in cash at the option of the employee, as stock options awards, are accounted for at fair value and classified as a liability. The compensation cost is recognized in expenses over the vesting period. Changes in the fair value of stock-based awards between the grant date and the measurement date result in a change in the liability and compensation cost.

The fair value of DSUs and PSUs is based on the underlying share price at the date of valuation. The fair value of stock option awards is determined by applying an option pricing model, taking into account the terms and conditions of the grant. Key assumptions are described in note 22.

 

  (v) Pension plans and postretirement benefits

The Corporation offers defined contribution pension plans and defined benefit pension plans to some of its employees.

 

  (i) Defined contribution pension plans

Under its defined contribution pension plans, the Corporation pays fixed contributions to participating employees’ pension plans and has no legal or constructive obligation to pay any further amounts. Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognized as employee benefits in the consolidated statements of income when the contributions become due.

 

  (ii) Defined benefit pension plans and postretirement plans

Defined benefit pension plan costs are determined using actuarial methods and are accounted for using the projected unit credit method, which incorporates management’s best estimates of future salary levels, other cost escalations, retirement ages of employees, and other actuarial factors. Defined benefit pension costs, recognized in the consolidated statements of income as employee costs, mainly include the following:

 

   

service costs provided in exchange for employee services rendered during the period;

 

   

prior service costs recognized at the earlier of (a) when the employee benefit plan is amended or (b) when restructuring costs are recognized;

 

   

curtailment or settlement gain or loss.

Interest on net defined benefit liability or asset, recognized in the consolidated statements of income as financial expenses, is determined by multiplying the net defined benefit liability or asset by the discount rate used to determine the defined benefit obligation.

Re-measurements of the net defined benefit liability or asset are recognized immediately in other comprehensive loss and in accumulated other comprehensive loss. Re-measurements are comprised of the following:

 

   

actuarial gains and losses arising from changes in financial and demographic actuarial assumptions used to determine the defined benefit obligation or from experience adjustments on liabilities;

 

   

the difference between actual return on plan assets and interest income on plan assets anticipated as part of the interest on net defined benefit liability or asset calculation;

 

   

changes in the net benefit asset limit or in the minimum funding liability.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  (v) Pension plans and postretirement benefits (continued)

 

  (ii) Defined benefit pension plans and postretirement plans (continued)

 

Recognition of a net benefit asset is limited under certain circumstances to the amount recoverable, which is primarily based on the present value of future contributions to the plan, to the extent that the Corporation can unilaterally reduce those future contributions. In addition, an adjustment to the net benefit asset or the net benefit liability can be recorded to reflect a minimum funding liability in a certain number of the Corporation’s pension plans.

The Corporation also offers discounts on telecommunication services, health, life and dental insurance plans to some of its retired employees. The cost of postretirement benefits is determined using an accounting methodology similar to that for defined benefit pension plans. The benefits related to these plans are funded by the Corporation as they become due.

 

  (w) Use of estimates and judgments

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires management to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, related amounts of revenues and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Although these estimates are based on management’s best judgment and information available at the time of the assessment date, actual results could differ from those estimates.

The following significant areas represent management’s most difficult, subjective or complex estimates:

 

  (i) Recoverable amount of an asset or a CGU

When an impairment test is performed on an asset or a CGU, management estimates the recoverable amount of the asset or CGU based on its fair value less costs of disposal or its value in use. These estimates are based on valuation models requiring the use of a number of assumptions such as forecasts of future cash flows, pre-tax discount rate (WACC) and perpetual growth rate. These assumptions have a significant impact on the results of impairment tests and on the impairment charge, as the case may be, recorded in the consolidated statements of income. A description of key assumptions used in the goodwill impairment tests and a sensitivity analysis of recoverable amounts are presented in note 15.

 

  (ii) Fair value of derivative financial instruments, including embedded derivatives

Derivative financial instruments must be accounted for at their fair value, which is estimated using valuation models based on a number of assumptions such as future cash flows, period-end swap rates, foreign exchange rates, and credit default premium. Also, the fair value of embedded derivatives related to early settlement options on debt is determined with option pricing models using market inputs, including volatility, discount factors and the underlying instrument’s adjusted implicit interest rate and credit premium. The assumptions used in the valuation models have a significant impact on the gain or loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments recorded in the consolidated statements of income, the gain or loss on valuation of financial instruments recorded in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income, and the carrying value of derivative financial instruments in the consolidated balance sheets. A description of valuation models used and sensitivity analysis on key assumptions are presented in note 26.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  (w) Use of estimates and judgments (continued)

 

  (iii) Costs and obligations related to pension and postretirement benefit plans

Estimates of costs and obligations related to pension and postretirement benefit obligations are based on a number of assumptions, such as the discount rate, the rate of increase in compensation, the retirement age of employees, health care costs, and other actuarial factors. Certain of these assumptions may have a significant impact on employee costs and financial expenses recorded in the consolidated statements of income, the re-measurement gain or loss on defined benefit plans recorded in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income, and on the carrying value of other assets or other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. Key assumptions and a sensitivity analysis on the discount rate are presented in note 28.

 

  (iv) Provisions

The recognition of provisions requires management to estimate expenditures required to settle a present obligation or to transfer it to a third party at the date of assessment. More specifically, an assessment of the probable outcomes of legal proceedings or other contingencies is also required. A description of the main provisions, including management expectations on the potential effect on the consolidated financial statements of the possible outcomes of legal disputes, is presented in note 18.

The following areas represent management’s most significant judgments, apart from those involving estimates:

 

  (i) Useful life periods for the depreciation and amortization of assets with finite useful lives

For each class of assets with finite useful lives, management has to determine over which period the Corporation will consume the assets’ future economic benefits. The determination of a useful life period involves judgment and has an impact on the depreciation and amortization charge recorded in the consolidated statements of income.

 

  (ii) Indefinite useful life of spectrum licences

Management has concluded that spectrum licences have an indefinite useful life. This conclusion was based on an analysis of factors, such as the Corporation’s financial ability to renew the spectrum licences, the competitive, legal and regulatory landscape, and the future expectation regarding the use of the spectrum licences. Therefore, the determination that spectrum licences have an indefinite useful life involves judgment, which could have an impact on the amortization charge recorded in the consolidated statements of income if management changed its conclusion in the future, as it did in 2015 (note 1 (b)).

 

  (iii) CGU’s determination for the purpose of impairment tests

The determination of CGUs requires judgment when determining the lowest level for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows generated by the group of assets. In identifying assets to group in CGUs, the Corporation considers, among other factors, offering bundled services, sharing telecommunication or broadcasting network infrastructure, integration of media assets, geographical proximity, similarity on exposure to market risk, and materiality. The determination of CGUs could affect the results of impairment tests and, as the case may be, the impairment charge recorded in the consolidated statements of income.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  (w) Use of estimates and judgments (continued)

 

  (iv) Determination if early settlement options are not closely related to their debt contract

Early settlement options are not considered closely related to their debt contract when the corresponding option exercise price is not approximately equal to the amortized cost of the debt. Judgment is therefore required to determine if an option exercise price is not approximately equal to the amortized cost of the debt. This determination may have a significant impact on the amount of gains or losses on valuation and translation of financial instruments recorded in the consolidated statements of income.

 

  (v) Interpretation of laws and regulations

Interpretation of laws and regulation, including tax regulations, requires judgment from management that could have an impact on the recognition of provisions for legal litigation and income taxes in the consolidated financial statements.

 

  (x) Recent accounting pronouncements

 

  (i) IFRS 9 – Financial Instruments is required to be applied retrospectively for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018, with early adoption permitted.

IFRS 9 simplifies the measurement and classification of financial assets by reducing the number of measurement categories in IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. The new standard also provides for a fair value option in the designation of a non-derivative financial liability and its related classification and measurement, as well as for a new hedge accounting model more closely aligned with risk-management activities undertaken by entities.

The Corporation does not expect its consolidated financial statements to be materially impacted by the adoption of IFRS 9.

 

  (ii) IFRS 15 – Revenue from Contracts with Customers is required to be applied retrospectively for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018, with early adoption permitted.

IFRS 15 specifies how and when an entity will recognize revenue as well as requiring such entities to provide users of financial statements with more informative disclosures. The standard provides a single, principles-based, five-step model to be applied to all contracts with customers.    

The Corporation expects that the adoption of IFRS 15 will have significant impacts on its consolidated financial statements, more specifically in its Telecommunications segment, with regards to the timing in the recognition of its revenues, the classification of its revenues, as well as the capitalization of costs to obtain a contract and of certain other costs.

Under IFRS 15, the total consideration from a contract with multiple deliverables will need to be allocated to all performance obligations in the contract based on the stand-alone selling price of each obligation, without being limited to a non-contingent amount. The Telecommunications segment provides mobile services under contracts with multiple deliverables. Among other impacts, the adoption of IFRS 15 will result in an increase in the revenue from the device sale and in a decrease in the mobile service revenue recognized over the contract term. The timing of the recognition of revenues will therefore change under IFRS 15. However, the total revenue recognized over a contract term relating to all performance obligations within the contract will remain the same.

In addition, under IFRS 15, certain costs to obtain a contract will be capitalized and amortized as operating expenses over the contract term or over the period of time the customer is expected to remain a customer of the Corporation. Currently, such costs are expensed as incurred. Also, the capitalization of connection costs will no longer be limited to the related connection revenues.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  (x) Recent accounting pronouncements (continued)

 

  (iii) IFRS 16 – Leases is required to be applied retrospectively for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019, with early adoption permitted, provided that the IFRS 15 is applied at the same time as IFRS 16.

IFRS 16 sets out new principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both parties to a contract. The standard provides lessees with a single accounting model for all leases, with certain exemptions. In particular, lessees will be required to report most leases on their balance sheets by recognizing right-of-use assets and related financial liabilities.    

The Corporation expects that the adoption of IFRS 16 will have significant impacts on its consolidated financial statements since all of the Corporation segments are engaged in various long-term leases on premises and equipment.

Under IFRS 16, most lease charges will be expensed as an asset amortization charge, along with a financial charge on the asset related financial liabilities. As operating lease charges are currently recognized as operating expenses as they are incurred, the adoption of IFRS 16 will change the timing of the recognition of these lease charges over the term of each lease. It will also affect the classification of expenses in the statement of income.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

2. REVENUES

The breakdown of revenues between services rendered and product sales is as follows:

 

                                         
         2016              2015                2014      

Services rendered

   $ 3,668.2      $ 3,516.4        $ 3,257.6  

Product sales

     348.4        374.4          362.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 
   $ 4,016.6      $ 3,890.8        $ 3,619.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

3. EMPLOYEE COSTS AND PURCHASE OF GOODS AND SERVICES

The main components are as follows:

 

                                         
     2016      2015      2014  

Employee costs

   $ 891.2      $ 871.0      $ 807.6  

Less employee costs capitalized to property, plant and equipment and to intangible assets

     (183.3      (176.6      (157.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     707.9        694.4        650.6  

Purchase of goods and services:

        

Royalties, rights and creation costs

     701.9        729.3        662.2  

Cost of products sold

     352.4        318.0        264.3  

Service contracts

     168.7        159.7        151.4  

Marketing, circulation and distribution expenses

     113.8        112.3        93.4  

Building expenses

     92.5        84.2        70.8  

Other

     381.6        352.1        321.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,810.9        1,755.6        1,564.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,518.8      $ 2,450.0      $ 2,214.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

4. FINANCIAL EXPENSES

 

                                         
         2016              2015              2014      

Interest on long-term debt

   $ 288.0      $ 287.3      $ 313.5  

Amortization of financing costs and long-term debt discount

     7.0        7.1        8.6  

Interest on net defined benefit liability

     6.7        5.4        4.6  

Loss on foreign currency translation on short-term monetary items

     0.5        6.4        4.0  

Other

     0.7        3.0        (6.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 302.9      $ 309.2      $ 323.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

5. LOSS ON VALUATION AND TRANSLATION OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

     2016      2015      2014  

Loss (gain) on the ineffective portion of fair value hedges

   $ 2.0      $ (3.6    $ (3.2

Loss (gain) on the ineffective portion of cash flow hedges

     0.1        1.6        (0.5

(Gain) loss on embedded derivatives related to long-term debt and derivative financial instruments for which hedge accounting is not used

     (0.2      6.2        7.9  

Loss (gain) on reversal of embedded derivatives on debt redemption

     0.2        (0.4      (1.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2.1      $ 3.8      $ 3.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

6. RESTRUCTURING OF OPERATIONS, LITIGATION AND OTHER ITEMS

 

     2016      2015      2014  

Restructuring of operations

   $ 26.1      $ 19.2      $ 9.0  

Litigation

     1.1        (138.1      34.3  

Other items

     1.3        1.7        6.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 28.5      $ (117.2    $ 49.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restructuring of operations

In 2016, the Telecommunications segment recorded a charge for restructuring costs of $14.3 million, mainly related to the migration of its subscribers from analog to digital services ($8.8 million in 2015 and $1.8 million in 2014).

The Media segment has implemented various restructuring initiatives to reduce operating costs and, as a result, restructuring costs of $10.1 million, mainly for the reduction of positions, were recorded in 2016 ($9.8 million in 2015 and $6.5 million in 2014).

Other segments recorded a charge for restructuring costs of $1.7 million in 2016 ($0.6 million in 2015 and $0.7 million in 2014).

Litigation

On March 6, 2015, the Court of Appeal of Quebec ruled in favour of Videotron and TVA Group Inc. (“TVA Group”), and ordered Bell ExpressVu Limited Partnership (“Bell ExpressVu”), a subsidiary of Bell Canada, to pay Videotron $135.3 million and TVA Group $0.6 million, including interest, for negligence in failing to implement an appropriate security system to prevent piracy of the signals broadcast by its satellite television service between 1999 and 2005, thereby harming its competitors and broadcasters. On October 15, 2015, the Supreme Court of Canada rejected Bell ExpressVu’s application for leave to appeal the judgment. The related $139.1 million gain was recorded in 2015.

In 2014, a charge of $34.3 million, including interest, was accounted for as a result of an unfavorable judgment against Videotron in a legal action. Videotron is currently appealing this judgment. $1.1 million in interest relating to this litigation was recorded in 2016 ($1.0 million in 2015).

 

F-30


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

7. IMPAIRMENT OF GOODWILL AND OTHER ASSETS

 

     2016      2015      2014  

Impairment of goodwill

   $ 40.1      $ 85.0      $ 39.3  

Impairment of property, plant and equipment

     —          76.5        —    

Impairment of intangible assets

     0.8        69.2        41.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 40.9      $ 230.7      $ 81.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2016

During the third quarter of 2016, the Corporation performed an impairment test of its Magazines CGU in light of the continuous downtrend in advertising revenues in this industry. The Corporation concluded that the recoverable amount was less than the carrying amount of the Magazines CGU and recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $40.1 million (without any tax consequence).

An impairment charge on intangible assets of $0.8 million was also recorded in 2016 in the Media segment.

2015

In 2015, the Corporation performed impairment tests on its CGUs and concluded that the recoverable amounts of its Newspapers and Broadcasting CGUs were less than their carrying values. The recoverable amounts of these CGUs were negatively impacted by the decrease in newspaper and commercial printing volumes at the Mirabel printing plant, plus the continuing pressure on advertising revenues in the newspaper and television industries. Accordingly, a goodwill impairment charge of $85.0 million (without any tax consequence) and an impairment charge on other assets of $81.9 million, mainly related to Mirabel printing plant assets, were recorded for the Newspapers CGU. An impairment charge of $60.1 million on the TVA Network’s broadcasting licence (including $30.1 million without any tax consequence) was recorded for the Broadcasting CGU.

An impairment charge on intangible assets of $3.7 million was also recorded in 2015 in other segments.

2014

In 2014, the Corporation performed impairment tests on its CGUs and concluded that the recoverable amounts of its Newspapers and Broadcasting CGUs were less than their carrying values. The recoverable amounts of these CGUs were negatively impacted by the digital transformation and weak market conditions in the newspaper and broadcasting industries. The Corporation recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $190.0 million for the Newspapers CGU (without any tax consequence), of which $160.0 million is presented as part of discontinued operations. An impairment charge of $41.7 million on the TVA Network’s broadcasting licence (including $20.9 million without any tax consequence) and a goodwill impairment charge of $9.3 million (including $3.9 million without any tax consequence) were recorded for the Broadcasting CGU.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

8. LOSS ON DEBT REFINANCING

2016

 

   

On December 2, 2016, Videotron issued a notice for the redemption of an aggregate principal amount of $175.0 million of its issued and outstanding 6.875% Senior Notes due July 15, 2021, at a redemption price of 103.438% of their principal amount. On January 5, 2017, the Senior Notes were redeemed for a cash consideration of $181.0 million.

This transaction resulted in a loss of $7.3 million in 2016.

2015

 

   

On April 10, 2015, Videotron redeemed all of its issued and outstanding 6.375% Senior Notes due December 15, 2015, in aggregate principal amount of US$175.0 million, and the related hedging contracts were unwound for a total cash consideration of $204.5 million.

 

   

On July 16, 2015, Videotron redeemed all of its issued and outstanding 9.125% Senior Notes due April 15, 2018, in aggregate principal amount of US$75.0 million, and the related hedging contracts were unwound for a total cash consideration of $75.9 million.

 

   

On July 16, 2015, Videotron redeemed all of its issued and outstanding 7.125% Senior Notes due January 15, 2020, in aggregate principal amount of $300.0 million, for a total cash consideration of $310.7 million.

These transactions resulted in a total loss of $12.1 million in 2015, net of a gain of $3.9 million previously reported in other comprehensive income.

2014

 

   

In April 2014, Quebecor Media redeemed all of its issued and outstanding 7.75% Senior Notes due March 2016, in aggregate principal amount of US$380.0 million, and settled its related hedging contracts for a total cash consideration of $367.8 million.

 

   

In April 2014, Videotron redeemed US$260.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its issued and outstanding 9.125% Senior Notes due April 2018 for a total cash consideration of $295.4 million.

These transactions resulted in a total loss of $18.7 million in 2014, net of a gain of $10.8 million previously reported in other comprehensive income.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

9. INCOME TAXES

The following table reconciles income taxes at the Corporation’s domestic statutory tax rate of 26.9% in 2016, 2015 and 2014, and income taxes in the consolidated statements of income:

 

     2016      2015      2014  

Income taxes at domestic statutory tax rate

   $ 125.3      $ 83.7      $ 72.8  

Increase (reduction) resulting from:

        

Effect of non-deductible charges, non-taxable income and differences between current and future tax rates

     1.0        12.9        17.7  

Change in benefit arising from the recognition of current and prior year tax losses

     (0.5      2.8        2.2  

Change in deferred tax balances due to a change in substantively enacted tax rates

     (6.4      —          —    

Effect of tax consolidation transactions with the parent corporation

     (0.3      (0.6      (0.3

Non-deductible impairment of goodwill

     10.8        22.9        9.0  

Other 1

     (3.6      (17.6      0.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income taxes

   $ 126.3      $ 104.1      $ 102.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  1  

Includes in 2015 a decrease of $16.1 million in income tax liability resulting from developments in tax audit matters, jurisprudence and tax legislation.

The significant items comprising the Corporation’s net deferred income tax liability and their impact on the deferred income tax expense are as follows:

 

     Consolidated
balance sheets
     Consolidated income statements  
     2016      2015      2016      2015      2014  

Loss carryforwards

   $ 4.0      $ 1.3      $ 2.9      $ 11.4      $ 6.7  

Accounts payable, accrued charges,
provisions and deferred revenue

     15.9        11.9        (4.0      (6.9      1.9  

Defined benefit plans

     32.7        39.4        (2.2      1.5        4.9  

Property, plant and equipment

     (402.3      (386.0      12.7        (26.4      4.9  

Goodwill, intangible assets and other assets

     (119.6      (93.0      22.7        29.4        (13.2

Long-term debt and derivative financial instruments

     (49.4      (65.0      0.3        14.3        5.7  

Benefits from a general partnership

     (0.6      (67.6      (67.0      11.1        (30.9

Other

     (5.0      (1.6      2.9        4.0        0.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ (524.3    $ (560.6    $ (31.7    $ 38.4      $ (19.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

9. INCOME TAXES (continued)

Changes in the net deferred income tax liability are as follows:

 

     Note      2016      2015  

Balance at beginning of year

      $ (560.6    $ (528.7

Recognized in income as continuing operations

        31.7        (40.7

Recognized in income as discontinued operations

     29        —          2.3  

Recognized in other comprehensive income as continuing operations

        7.0        (34.3

Business acquisitions and disposals

     10,29        (7.5      31.8  

Acquisition of tax deductions

     27        5.6        8.4  

Other

        (0.5      0.6  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

      $ (524.3    $ (560.6
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred income tax asset

      $ 16.0      $ 29.5  

Deferred income tax liability

        (540.3      (590.1
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
      $ (524.3    $ (560.6
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016, the Corporation had loss carryforwards for income tax purposes of $31.3 million available to reduce future taxable income, that will expire between 2030 and 2036. These losses have been recognized. The Corporation also had capital losses of $894.6 million that can be carried forward indefinitely and applied only against future capital gains, none of which were recognized.

There are no income tax consequences attached to the payment of dividends or distributions in 2016, 2015 or 2014 by the Corporation to its shareholders.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

10. NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS AND BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS

 

  (a) Non-controlling interests acquisitions

2015

 

   

On March 20, 2015, TVA Group completed a rights offering, whereby TVA Group received aggregate gross proceeds of $110.0 million from the issuance of 19,434,629 Class B Shares, non-voting, participating, without par value of TVA Group (“TVA Group Class B Shares”). Under the rights offering, Quebecor Media has subscribed to 17,300,259 TVA Group Class B Shares at a total cost of $97.9 million; accordingly, its aggregate equity interest in TVA Group increased from 51.5% to 68.4%. The increase of Quebecor Media’s interest in TVA Group was accounted for as an equity transaction and resulted in a decrease of deficit of $18.7 million and in an equivalent decrease of non-controlling interests.

 

   

Other non-controlling interests acquisitions were made in 2015, resulting in an increase of deficit of $2.2 million and in an equivalent increase of non-controlling interests.

 

  (b) Business acquisitions

2016

 

   

On January 7, 2016, Videotron acquired Fibrenoire inc., a company that provides businesses with fibre-optic connectivity services, for a purchase price of $125.0 million. At closing, Videotron paid an amount of $119.1 million, net of cash acquired of $1.8 million. A post-closing adjustment of $0.2 million was received in the second quarter of 2016. The purchase balance was paid in February 2017 for an amount of $5.9 million, including interests. Goodwill arising from this acquisition reflects anticipated synergies and future growth potential.

 

   

An amount of $0.6 million was also paid in 2016 relating to balances payable on prior business acquisitions.

2015

 

   

On March 11, 2015, the Telecommunications segment acquired 4Degrees Colocation Inc. (“4Degrees Colocation”) and its data center, the largest in Québec City, for a purchase price of $35.5 million in cash. A post-closing adjustment of $0.2 million was received in the second quarter of 2015. The acquisition enables Videotron to meet its business customers’ growing technological and hosting needs. Goodwill arising from this acquisition mainly reflects 4Degrees Colocation’s expertise and future growth potential.

 

   

On April 12, 2015, TVA Group acquired 14 magazines, including some magazines that will be owned and operated in partnership, for a purchase price of $55.5 million in cash and a post-closing adjustment of $0.8 million, paid in the fourth quarter of 2015. The transaction is in line with the strategy of investing in the production and distribution of high-quality, rich, diverse entertainment and news media content. Goodwill arising from this acquisition mainly reflects content quality and anticipated synergies.

 

   

In 2015, the Corporation also acquired other businesses, such as Marathon de Québec, included in the Sports and Entertainment segment.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

 

10. NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS AND BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS (continued)

 

  (b) Business acquisitions (continued)

2014

 

   

In December 2014, the Media segment acquired, through TVA Group, substantially all of the assets (including assuming certain operational liabilities) of Global Vision A.R. Ltd. – now operated by Mels Studios and Postproduction G.P. (“MELS”) – for a purchase price of $116.1 million in cash and a post-closing adjustment of $1.2 million paid in 2015. MELS operates in the film and television industry by offering studio, soundstage and equipment leasing and post-production services. The assets acquired include Mel’s La Cité du Cinéma in Montréal and Studio Melrose in Saint-Hubert, which facilities are used for both local and foreign film and television production, including American blockbusters. The purpose of this acquisition was to invest in sectors that are a good fit with the Media segment’s activities, with the effect of diversifying segment revenues. Goodwill arising from this acquisition reflects the reputation of the workforce, future growth potential and expected synergies.

 

   

In 2014, the Corporation also acquired other businesses, such as the Remparts de Québec, a hockey team in the QMJHL, included in the Sports and Entertainment segment.

The purchase price allocation between the fair value of identifiable assets and liabilities related to business acquisitions in 2016 and 2015 is summarized as follows:

 

     2016      2015  

Assets acquired

     

Non-cash current assets

   $ 5.5      $ 20.1  

Property, plant and equipment

     32.7        13.9  

Intangible assets

     15.6        32.0  

Goodwill

     87.1        48.8  

Other assets

     —          2.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     140.9        116.9  

Liabilities assumed

     

Non-cash current liabilities

     (3.1      (21.2

Deferred income taxes

     (7.5      (0.2

Other long-term liabilities

     (5.7      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (16.3      (21.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net assets acquired at fair value

     124.6        95.5  

Non-controlling interests

     —          (0.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 124.6      $ 94.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consideration

     

Cash

   $ 119.0      $ 94.5  

Balance payable

     5.6        0.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 124.6      $ 94.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The pro forma revenues and net income in 2016 would not have been significantly different than the actual figures if all business acquisitions had occurred at the beginning of the year.

The amount of goodwill that is deductible for tax purposes is $0.1 million in 2016 ($7.6 million in 2015 and $18.0 million in 2014).

 

F-36


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

11. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

 

     Note     2016      2015  

Trade

     26 (c)    $ 466.2      $ 433.0  

Other

       58.8        60.7  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     $ 525.0      $ 493.7  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

12. INVENTORIES

 

     2016      2015  

Raw materials and supplies

   $ 23.5      $ 22.6  

Finished goods

     81.8        112.9  

Programs, broadcast and distribution rights

     76.2        77.9  

Work in progress

     1.8        2.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 183.3      $ 215.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost of inventories included in purchase of goods and services amounted to $736.1 million in 2016 ($680.0 million in 2015 and $611.8 million in 2014). Write-downs of inventories totalling $6.8 million were recognized in purchase of goods and services in 2016 ($5.8 million in 2015 and $4.3 million in 2014).

 

F-37


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

13. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, changes in the net carrying amount of property, plant and equipment are as follows:

 

     Land,
buildings and
leasehold
improvements
    Machinery
and
equipment
    Telecommunication
networks
    Projects
under
development
    Total  

Cost

          

Balance as of December 31, 2014

   $ 464.0     $ 1,397.7     $ 4,881.1     $ 37.7     $ 6,780.5  

Additions

     36.6       180.9       295.0       165.9       678.4  

Net change in additions financed with accounts payable

     —         2.1       (0.4     (21.8     (20.1

Business acquisitions (note 10)

     12.6       1.3       —         —         13.9  

Reclassification

     —         5.0       98.0       (103.0     —    

Retirement, disposals and other 1

     (14.5     (65.1     (79.9     (4.2     (163.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2015

     498.7       1,521.9       5,193.8       74.6       7,289.0  

Additions

     79.2       188.1       341.0       99.3       707.6  

Net change in additions financed with accounts payable

     —         (3.3     10.5       (4.4     2.8  

Business acquisitions (note 10)

     0.5       0.3       31.9       —         32.7  

Reclassification

     —         10.2       66.6       (76.8     —    

Retirement, disposals and other

     (4.8     (53.6     (94.7     (0.2     (153.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016

   $ 573.6     $ 1,663.6     $ 5,549.1     $ 92.5     $ 7,878.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

13. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (continued)

 

     Land,
buildings and
leasehold
improvements
    Machinery
and
equipment
    Telecommunication
networks
    Projects
under
development
     Total  

Accumulated depreciation and impairment losses

           

Balance as of December 31, 2014

   $ 162.3     $ 708.4     $ 2,526.9     $ —        $ 3,397.6  

Depreciation

     14.6       220.1       357.9       —          592.6  

Impairment (note 7)

     19.3       57.2       —         —          76.5  

Retirement, disposals and other 1

     (12.4     (55.2     (90.0     —          (157.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2015

     183.8       930.5       2,794.8       —          3,909.1  

Depreciation

     18.0       207.4       327.1       —          552.5  

Retirement, disposals and other

     (1.8     (49.6     (93.9     —          (145.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016

   $ 200.0     $ 1,088.3     $ 3,028.0     $ —        $ 4,316.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net carrying amount

           

As of December 31, 2015

   $ 314.9     $ 591.4     $ 2,399.0     $ 74.6      $ 3,379.9  

As of December 31, 2016

   $ 373.6     $ 575.3     $ 2,521.1     $ 92.5      $ 3,562.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

1  

Also includes the net change in assets related to discontinued operations.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

14. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, changes in the net carrying amount of intangible assets are as follows:

 

     Spectrum
licences 1,2
     Software     Customer
relationships,
naming

rights and
other
    Broadcasting
licences,

trademarks
and sport
franchises
     Projects
under
development
    Total  

Cost

              

Balance as of December 31, 2014

   $ 787.9      $ 624.3     $ 93.8     $ 111.7      $ 7.4     $ 1,625.1  

Additions

     219.0        64.0       37.1       —          40.5       360.6  

Net change in additions financed with accounts payable

     —          15.2       —         —          (7.8     7.4  

Business acquisitions (note 10)

     —          2.2       21.4       8.4        —         32.0  

Reclassification

     —          10.7       —         —          (10.7     —    

Retirement, disposals and other 3

     —          (8.3     (34.1     —          (0.1     (42.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2015

     1,006.9        708.1       118.2       120.1        29.3       1,982.6  

Additions

     —          108.8       2.8       —          28.2       139.8  

Net change in additions financed with accounts payable

     —          (7.0     —         —          (2.0     (9.0

Business acquisitions (note 10)

     —          0.5       10.3       4.8        —         15.6  

Reclassification

     —          30.4       —         —          (30.4     —    

Retirement, disposals and other

     —          (29.8     (15.0     —          —         (44.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016

   $ 1,006.9      $ 811.0     $ 116.3     $ 124.9      $ 25.1     $ 2,084.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

14. INTANGIBLE ASSETS (continued)

 

     Spectrum
licences
     Software     Customer
relationships,
naming
rights and
other
    Broadcasting
licences,
trademarks
and sport
franchises
     Projects
under
development
     Total  

Accumulated amortization and impairment losses

               

Balance as of December 31, 2014

   $ 233.8      $ 331.8     $ 71.2     $ 42.5      $ —        $ 679.3  

Amortization

     13.9        75.1       9.4       —          —          98.4  

Impairment (note 7)

     —          5.4       3.7       60.1        —          69.2  

Retirement, disposals and other 3

     —          (7.1     (35.2     —          —          (42.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2015

     247.7        405.2       49.1       102.6        —          804.6  

Amortization

     —          84.7       13.2       —          —          97.9  

Impairment (note 7)

     —          —         0.8       —          —          0.8  

Retirement, disposals and other

     —          (28.1     (15.0     —          —          (43.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016

   $ 247.7      $ 461.8     $ 48.1     $ 102.6      $ —        $ 860.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net carrying amount

               

As of December 31, 2015

   $ 759.2      $ 302.9     $ 69.1     $ 17.5      $ 29.3      $ 1,178.0  

As of December 31, 2016

   $ 759.2      $ 349.2     $ 68.2     $ 22.3      $ 25.1      $ 1,224.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

1

Videotron has the option to sell its unused AWS spectrum licence in the Toronto area to Rogers Communications Partnership for a price of $180.0 million, subject to regulatory approvals. The spectrum licence was purchased at a cost of $96.4 million in 2008.

2

In 2015, Videotron acquired four AWS-3 spectrum licences, covering the Province of Québec and the Ottawa region, and eighteen 2500 MHz spectrum licences, covering the Province of Québec, the Ottawa region, the cities of Toronto, Vancouver, Calgary, and Edmonton, for a total price of $219.0 million.

3  

Also includes the net change in assets related to discontinued operations.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

14. INTANGIBLE ASSETS (continued)

 

The cost of internally generated intangible assets, mainly composed of software, was $504.7 million as of December 31, 2016 ($449.1 million as of December 31, 2015). For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Corporation recorded additions of internally generated intangible assets of $66.0 million ($36.9 million in 2015 and $62.0 million in 2014).

The accumulated amortization and impairment losses on internally generated intangible assets, mainly composed of software, was $284.3 million as of December 31, 2016 ($245.8 million as of December 31, 2015). For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Corporation recorded $44.3 million in amortization on its internally generated intangible assets ($39.2 million in 2015 and $44.8 million in 2014). The net carrying value of internally generated intangible assets was $220.4 million as of December 31, 2016 ($203.3 million as of December 31, 2015).

Spectrum licences are allocated to the Telecommunications CGU, broadcasting licences are allocated to the Broadcasting CGU, trademarks are allocated to the Telecommunications and Magazines CGUs, while sport franchises are allocated to the Sports and Entertainment CGU.

 

15. GOODWILL

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, changes in the net carrying amount of goodwill are as follows:

 

       2016      2015  

Cost

     

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 5,601.1      $ 5,584.3  

Business acquisitions (note 10)

     87.1        48.8  

Business disposals

     —          (32.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     5,688.2        5,601.1  

Accumulated amortization and impairment losses

     

Balance at beginning of year

     2,922.7        2,869.7  

Impairment loss (note 7)

     40.1        85.0  

Business disposals

     —          (32.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     2,962.8        2,922.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net carrying amount

   $ 2,725.4      $ 2,678.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

15. GOODWILL (continued)

 

The net carrying amount of goodwill as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 was allocated to the following significant CGU groups:

 

     2016      2015  

CGU groups

             

Telecommunications

   $ 2,677.0      $ 2,589.9  

Magazines

     29.9        70.0  

Other 1

     18.5        18.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,725.4      $ 2,678.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  1  

Includes the CGUs related to Speciality film and television services, Book publishing and distribution, and Sports and Entertainment.

Recoverable amounts

CGU recoverable amounts were determined based on the higher of a value in use or a fair value less costs of disposal with respect to the impairment tests performed. The Corporation uses the discounted cash flow method to estimate the recoverable amount, consisting of future cash flows derived primarily from the most recent budget and three-year strategic plan approved by the Corporation’s management and presented to the Board of Directors. These forecasts considered each CGU’s past operating performance and market share as well as economic trends, along with specific and market industry trends and corporate strategies. In particular, specific assumptions are used for each type of revenue generated by a CGU or for each nature of expenses, as well as for future capital expenditures. Such assumptions will consider, among many other factors, subscribers, readership and viewer statistics, advertising market trends, competitive landscape, evolution of products and services offerings, wireless penetration growth, proliferation of media platforms, technology evolution, broadcast programming strategy, bargaining agreements, Canadian GDP rates, and operating cost structures.

A perpetual growth rate is used for cash flows beyond the three-year strategic plan period. The discount rate used by the Corporation is a pre-tax rate derived from the weighted average cost of capital pertaining to each CGU, which reflects the current market assessment of (i) the time value of money, and (ii) the risk specific to the assets for which the future cash flow estimates have not been risk-adjusted. The perpetual growth rate was determined with regard to the specific markets in which the CGUs participate. In certain circumstances, the Corporation can also estimate the fair value less cost of disposal with a market approach that consists of estimating the recoverable amount by using multiples of operating performance of comparable entities, transaction metrics and other financial information available, instead of primarily using the discounted cash flow method.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

15. GOODWILL (continued)

 

Recoverable amounts  (continued)

 

The following key assumptions were used to determine recoverable amounts in the most recent impairment tests performed on the Corporation’s significant CGU groups:

 

     2016     2015  

CGU groups 1,2

   Pre-tax discount
rate (WACC)
    Perpetual
growth rate
    Pre-tax discount
rate (WACC)
    Perpetual
growth rate
 

Telecommunications

     8.5     2.5     9.0     2.5

Magazines

     15.5       (1.0     16.0       0.0  

Other

     12.0 to 16.5       0.0 to 2.0       11.0 to 16.0       0.0 to 2.0  

 

  1  

In 2016 and 2015, the recoverable amounts of all CGUs, except the Newspaper CGU, were based on value in use, using the discounted cash flow method.

  2  

The recoverable amount of the Newspapers CGU determined as part of the goodwill impairment test performed in 2015 was based a fair value less costs of disposal (note 7). More specifically, the fair value of the CGU was based on the individual assets which were estimated using external valuation reports, comparable transaction metrics, and other financial information available. These fair values are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy described in note 26(b).

Sensitivity of recoverable amounts

The following table presents, for the Corporation’s significant CGU groups, the change in the discount rate or in the perpetual growth rate used in the tests performed that would have been required for the recoverable amount to equal the carrying value of the CGU as of the most recent impairment tests in 2016:

 

CGU groups 1

   Incremental increase
in pre-tax discount  rate
(WACC)
    Incremental decrease
in perpetual

growth rate
 

Telecommunications

     6.0     6.5

Magazines 1

     —         —    

 

  1

The recoverable amount as per the latest impairment test equals the carrying value of the CGU as an impairment charge was recorded as a result of the test.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

16. OTHER ASSETS

 

    Note      2016      2015  

Programs, broadcast and distribution rights

     $ 44.7      $ 36.3  

Deferred connection costs

       13.5        18.2  

Defined benefit plans

    28        8.9        —    

Other

       24.6        34.9  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     $ 91.7      $ 89.4  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       

 

17. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED CHARGES

 

     2016      2015  

Trade and accruals

   $ 492.6      $ 468.5  

Salaries and employee benefits

     137.3        126.8  

Interest payable

     43.8        42.0  

Stock-based compensation

     17.2        9.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 690.9      $ 646.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

18. PROVISIONS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

     Restructuring
of operations
     Contingencies,
legal disputes
and other
     Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2015

   $ 4.3      $ 78.1      $ 82.4  

Recognized in income

     26.1        5.0        31.1  

Payments

     (26.9      (1.3      (28.2

Other

     —          0.2        0.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016

   $ 3.5      $ 82.0      $ 85.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current portion

   $ 3.5      $ 65.8      $ 69.3  

Non-current portion (included in “Other Liabilities”)

     —          16.2        16.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The recognition of provisions, in terms of both timing and amounts, requires the exercise of judgment based on relevant circumstances and events that can be subject to change over time. Provisions are primarily comprised of the following:

Restructuring of operations

Provisions for restructuring activities primarily cover severance payments related to initiatives to eliminate positions in the Media segment.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

18. PROVISIONS AND CONTINGENCIES (continued)

 

Contingencies and legal disputes

There are a number of legal proceedings against the Corporation that are pending. In the opinion of the management of the Corporation, the outcome of those proceedings is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s results or on its financial position. Management of the Corporation, after taking legal advice, has established provisions for specific claims or actions considering the facts of each case. The Corporation cannot determine when and if any payment will be made related to those provisions.

Other

Other provisions are principally related to decommissioning obligations.

 

19. LONG-TERM DEBT

 

     Effective interest
rate as of
December 31,
2016
    2016      2015  

Quebecor Media

       

Bank credit facilities (i)

     3.40   $ 453.4      $ 474.0  

Senior Notes (ii)

       1,966.3        2,001.8  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       2,419,7        2,475.8  

Videotron (iii)

       

Bank credit facilities (iv)

     2.08     225.5        273.5  

Senior Notes (ii)

       2,954.8        3,012.6  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       3,180.3        3,286.1  

TVA Group (iii)

       

Bank credit facilities (v)

     2.43     69.6        73.8  

Other

       0.3        0.9  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

       5,669.9        5,836.6  

Change in fair value related to hedged interest rate risk

       8.4        11.4  

Adjustments related to embedded derivatives

       0.6        0.6  

Financing fees, net of amortization

       (40.8      (48.0
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       (31.8      (36.0
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       5,638.1        5,800.6  

Less current portion

       (20.9      (19.1
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     $ 5,617.2      $ 5,781.5  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-46


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

19. LONG-TERM DEBT (continued)

 

 

  (i) The bank credit facilities of Quebecor Media are comprised of a US$350.0 million secured term loan “B” facility that matures in August 2020 and is bearing interest at U.S. London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), subject to a LIBOR floor of 0.75%, plus a premium of 2.50% and a $300.0 million secured revolving credit facility that matures in July 2020 and is bearing interest at Bankers’ acceptance rate, LIBOR, Canadian prime rate or U.S. prime rate, plus a premium determined by a leverage ratio. The term loan “B” facility provides for quarterly amortization payments totaling 1.00% per annum of the original principal amount, with the balance payable on August 17, 2020. These credit facilities contain covenants such as maintaining certain financial ratios, limitations on the Corporation’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, and make other distributions. They are secured by liens on all of the movable property and assets of the Corporation (primarily shares of its subsidiaries), now owned or hereafter acquired. As of December 31, 2016, the credit facilities of the Corporation were secured by assets with a carrying value of $3,123.2 million ($3,328.3 million in 2015). As of December 31, 2016, no amount was drawn on the revolving credit facility ($2.0 million was drawn in 2015), and the balance of the term loan “B” is $453.4 million ($472.0 million in 2015).

 

  (ii ) The Senior Notes are unsecured and contain certain restrictions on the respective issuers, including limitations on their ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, or make other distributions. Some Notes are redeemable at the option of the issuer, in whole or in part, at a price based on a make-whole formula during the first five years of the term of the Notes and at a decreasing premium thereafter, while the remaining Notes are redeemable at a price based on a make-whole formula at any time prior to maturity. The Notes issued by Videotron are guaranteed by specific subsidiaries of Videotron. The following table summarizes the terms of the outstanding Senior Notes as of December 31, 2016:

 

Principal amount

   Annual nominal
interest rate
    Effective interest rate
(after discount or
premium at issuance)
    Maturity date      Interest payable
every 6 months on
 

Quebecor Media

         

     $ 325.0

     7.375     7.375     January 15, 2021        June and December 15  

US$ 850.0

     5.750     5.750     January 15, 2023        June and December 15  

     $ 500.0

     6.625     6.625     January 15, 2023        June and December 15  

Videotron

         

     $ 300.0

     6.875     6.875     July 15, 2021        June and December 15  

US$ 800.0

     5.000     5.000     July 15, 2022        January and July 15  

US$ 600.0 1

     5.375     5.375     June 15, 2024        June and December 15  

     $ 400.0

     5.625     5.625     June 15, 2025        April and October 15  

     $ 375.0 2

     5.750     5.750     January 15, 2026        March and September 15  

 

  1

The Notes were issued in April 2014 for net proceeds of $654.5 million, net of financing fees of $7.8 million.

  2

The Notes were issued in September 2015 for net proceeds of $370.1 million, net of financing fees of $4.9 million.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

19. LONG-TERM DEBT (continued)

 

  (ii i) The debts of these subsidiaries are non-recourse to Quebecor Media.

 

  (iv ) The bank credit facilities provide for a $630.0 million secured revolving credit facility that matures in July 2021, a $335.0 million unsecured revolving credit facility that matures in July 2021, and a $75.0 million secured export financing facility providing for a term loan that matures in June 2018. The revolving credit facilities bear interest at Bankers’ acceptance rate, LIBOR, Canadian prime rate or U.S. prime rate, plus a margin, depending on Videotron’s leverage ratio. Advances under the export financing facility bear interest at Bankers’ acceptance rate plus a margin. The secured bank credit facilities are secured by a first ranking hypothec on the universality of all tangible and intangible assets, current and future, of Videotron and most of its wholly owned subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2016, the secured bank credit facilities were secured by assets with a carrying value of $5,804.3 million ($7,646.3 million in 2015). The bank credit facilities contain covenants such as maintaining certain financial ratios, limitations on Videotron’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, or make other distributions. As of December 31, 2016, $209.4 million had been drawn on the secured revolving credit facilities ($246.7 million was drawn in 2015), $16.1 million was outstanding on the export financing facility ($26.8 million in 2015), and no amount was drawn on the unsecured revolving credit facility.

 

  (v) The bank credit facilities of TVA Group comprise a secured revolving credit facility in the amount of $150.0 million, maturing in February 2019, and a secured term loan in the amount of $75.0 million, maturing in November 2019. TVA Group’s revolving credit facility bears interest at floating rates based on Bankers’ acceptance rate, LIBOR, Canadian prime rate or U.S. prime rate, plus a premium determined by a leverage ratio. The term loan bears interest at floating rates based on Bankers’ acceptance rate or Canadian prime rate, plus a premium determined by a leverage ratio. The term loan provides for quarterly amortization payments commencing on December 20, 2015. The bank credit facilities contain covenants such as maintaining certain financial ratios, limitations on TVA Group’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, or make other distributions. They are secured by liens on all of its movable assets and an immovable hypothec on its Head Office building. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, no amount had been drawn on the revolving credit facility, and as of December 31, 2016, $69.6 million was outstanding on the term loan ($73.8 million in 2015).

On December 31, 2016, the Corporation was in compliance with all debt covenants.

Principal repayments of long-term debt over the coming years are as follows:

 

2017

   $ 20.9  

2018

     19.2  

2019

     56.8  

2020

     442.5  

2021

     834.5  

2022 and thereafter

     4,296.0  
  

 

F-48


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

20. OTHER LIABILITIES

 

     Note      2016      2015  

Defined benefit plans

     28      $ 132.6      $ 146.4  

Deferred revenue

        20.7        18.9  

Stock-based compensation 1

     22        12.1        9.7  

Other

        37.4        28.8  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
      $ 202.8      $ 203.8  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

1  

The current $17.2 million portion of stock-based compensation is included in accounts payable and accrued charges ($9.4 million in 2015) (note 17).

 

21. CAPITAL STOCK

 

  (a) Authorized capital stock

An unlimited number of Common Shares, without par value;

An unlimited number of non-voting Cumulative First Preferred Shares, without par value; the number of preferred shares in each series and the related characteristics, rights and privileges are determined by the Board of Directors prior to each issue:

 

   

An unlimited number of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series A (“Preferred A Shares”), carrying a 12.5% annual fixed cumulative preferential dividend, redeemable at the option of the holder and retractable at the option of the Corporation;

 

   

An unlimited number of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series B (“Preferred B Shares”), carrying a fixed cumulative preferential dividend generally equivalent to the Corporation’s credit facility interest rate, redeemable at the option of the holder and retractable at the option of the Corporation;

 

   

An unlimited number of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series C (“Preferred C Shares”), carrying an 11.25% annual fixed cumulative preferential dividend, redeemable at the option of the holder and retractable at the option of the Corporation;

 

   

An unlimited number of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series D (“Preferred D Shares”), carrying an 11.0% annual fixed cumulative preferential dividend, redeemable at the option of the holder and retractable at the option of the Corporation;

 

   

An unlimited number of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series F (“Preferred F Shares”), carrying a 10.85% annual fixed cumulative preferential dividend, redeemable at the option of the holder and retractable at the option of the Corporation;

 

   

An unlimited number of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series G (“Preferred G Shares”), carrying a 10.85% annual fixed cumulative preferential dividend, redeemable at the option of the holder and retractable at the option of the Corporation;

An unlimited number of non-voting Preferred Shares, Series E (“Preferred E Shares”), carrying a non-cumulative dividend subsequent to the holders of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, redeemable at the option of the holder and retractable at the option of the Corporation.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

21. CAPITAL STOCK (continued)

 

  (b) Issued and outstanding capital stock

 

     Common Shares  
     Number      Amount  

Balance as of December 31, 2014

     103,251,500      $ 4,116.1  

Redemption

     (7,268,324      (289.7

Reduction of paid-up capital

     —          (25.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2015

     95,983,176      $ 3,801.4  

Reduction of paid-up capital

     —          (100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016

     95,983,176      $ 3,701.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In 2016, the Corporation reduced its paid-up capital for a total cash consideration of $100.0 million ($25.0 million in 2015).

On September 9, 2015, the Corporation repurchased 7,268,324 of its Common Shares held by CDP Capital d’Amérique Investissement inc. , a subsidiary of the Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec , for an aggregate purchase price of $500.0 million, paid in cash. All repurchased shares were cancelled. Transaction fees of $0.2 million, and the $210.3 million excess in the purchase price over the carrying value of the Common Shares repurchased, were recorded in increase to the deficit.

 

  (c) Cumulative First Preferred Shares

As of December 31, 2015, 430,000 Preferred G Shares were issued and outstanding for an amount of $430.0 million. All Cumulative First Preferred Shares were owned by subsidiaries of the Corporation and were eliminated on consolidation. In 2016, all Preferred G Shares were repurchased.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

22. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

 

  (a) Quebecor plans

 

  (i) Stock option plan

Under a stock option plan established by the parent corporation, 13,000,000 Class B Shares of the parent corporation have been set aside for directors, officers, senior employees, and other key employees of Quebecor and the Corporation. The exercise price of each option is equal to the weighted average trading price of the parent corporation’s Class B Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange over the last five trading days immediately preceding the granting of the option. Each option may be exercised during a period not exceeding 10 years from the date granted. Options usually vest as follows: 1/3 after one year, 2/3 after two years, and 100% three years after the original grant. Holders of options under the stock option plan have the choice, when they exercise their options, of acquiring the Class B Shares at the corresponding option exercise price, or receiving a cash payment equivalent to the difference between the market value of the underlying shares and the exercise price of the option. The Board of Directors of the parent corporation may, at its discretion, affix different vesting periods at the time of each grant.

The following table gives details on changes to outstanding options for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

     2016      2015  
     Options      Weighted
average
exercise price
     Options      Weighted
average
exercise price
 

Balance at beginning and end of year

     680,000      $ 25.37        680,000      $ 25.37  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested options at end of year

     131,666      $ 23.55        50,000      $ 22.23  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table gives summary information on outstanding options as of December 31, 2016:

 

     Outstanding options      Vested options  

Range of exercise price

   Number      Weighted
average  years
to maturity
     Weighted
average
exercise price
     Number      Weighted
average
exercise price
 

$22.23 to 30.24

     680,000        7.18      $ 25.37        131,666      $ 23.55  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-51


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

22. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS (continued)

 

  (a) Quebecor plans (continued)

 

  (ii) Mid-term stock-based compensation plan

Under the mid-term stock-based compensation plan, participants are entitled to receive a cash payment at the end of a three-year period based on the appreciation of the Quebecor Class B Share price, and subject to the achievement of certain non-market performance criteria. The following table provides details of changes to outstanding units in the mid-term stock-based compensation plan for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

     2016      2015  
     Units      Weighted
average
exercise price
     Units      Weighted
average
exercise price
 

Balance at beginning of year

     738,174      $ 28.68        401,759      $ 26.22  

Granted

     —          —          336,415        31.62  

Exercised

     (24,361      21.78        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     713,813      $ 28.92        738,174      $ 28.68  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016, a cash consideration of $0.3 million was paid upon the exercise of 24,361 units.

 

  (iii) Deferred share unit plan

The Quebecor DSU plan is for the benefit of Quebecor and the Corporation’s directors. Under this plan, each director receives a portion of his/her compensation in the form of DSUs, such portion representing at least 50% of the annual retainer which could be less upon reaching the minimum shareholding threshold set out in the policy regarding the minimum shareholding by directors. Subject to certain conditions, each director may elect to receive up to 100% of the total fees payable for services as a director in the form of units. The value of a DSU is based on the weighted average trading price of the Corporation’s Class B Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange over the last five trading days immediately preceding the relevant date. DSUs will entitle the holders thereof to dividends, which will be paid in the form of additional units at the same rate as that applicable to dividends paid from time to time on the Corporation’s Class B Shares. Subject to certain limitations, the DSUs will be redeemed by the Corporation when the director ceases to serve as a director of the Corporation. For the purpose of redeeming units, the value of a DSU shall correspond to the fair market value of the Corporation’s Class B Shares on the date of redemption. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the total number of DSUs outstanding under this plan was 45,018 and 29,424, respectively.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

22. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS (continued)

 

  (b) Quebecor Media stock option plan
 

 

Under a stock option plan established by the Corporation, 6,180,140 Common Shares of the Corporation have been set aside for officers, senior employees, directors, and other key employees of the Corporation. Each option may be exercised within a maximum period of 10 years following the date of grant at an exercise price not lower than, as the case may be, the fair market value of the Common Shares of Quebecor Media at the date of grant, as determined by its Board of Directors (if the Common Shares of Quebecor Media are not listed on a stock exchange at the time of the grant), or the five-day weighted average market price ending on the day preceding the date of grant of the Common Shares of the Corporation on the stock exchange(s) where such shares are listed at the time of grant. As long as the Common Shares of Quebecor Media are not listed on a recognized stock exchange, optionees may exercise their vested options during one of the following periods: from March 1 to March 30, from June 1 to June 29, from September 1 to September 29, and from December 1 to December 30. Holders of options under the plan have the choice at the time of exercising their options of receiving an amount in cash (equal to the difference between either the five-day weighted average market price ending on the day preceding the date of exercise of the Common Shares of the Corporation on the stock exchange(s) where such shares are listed at the time of exercise, or the fair market value of the Common Shares, as determined by the Corporation’s Board of Directors, and the exercise price of their vested options) or, subject to certain stated conditions, exercise their options to purchase Common Shares of Quebecor Media at the exercise price. Except under specific circumstances, and unless the Human Resources and Corporate Governance decides otherwise, options vest over a five-year period in accordance with one of the following vesting schedules as determined by the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee at the time of grant: (i) equally over five years with the first 20% vesting on the first anniversary of the date of the grant; (ii) equally over four years with the first 25% vesting on the second anniversary of the date of grant; and (iii) equally over three years with the first 33 1/3% vesting on the third anniversary of the date of grant.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

22. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS (continued)

 

  (b) Quebecor Media stock option plan (continued)

 

The following table gives details on changes to outstanding options granted as of December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

     2016      2015  
     Options      Weighted
average
exercise price
     Options      Weighted
average
exercise price
 

Balance at beginning of year

     1,482,494      $ 60.44        1,631,959      $ 55.15  

Granted

     —          —          369,500        70.56  

Exercised

     (399,689      56.48        (480,165      50.35  

Cancelled

     (101,900      63.79        (38,800      59.01  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     980,905      $ 61.71        1,482,494      $ 60.44  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested options at end of year

     163,550      $ 54.90        244,261      $ 51.44  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016, 399,689 of the Corporation’s stock options were exercised for a cash consideration of $6.5 million (480,165 stock options for $9.5 million in 2015).

The following table gives summary information on outstanding options as of December 31, 2016:

 

     Outstanding options      Vested options  

Range of exercise price

   Number      Weighted
average  years
to maturity
     Weighted
average
exercise price
     Number      Weighted
average
exercise price
 

$37.91 to 53.40

     85,700        3.39      $ 46.32        68,500      $ 44.90  

$57.35 to 70.56

     895,205        7.28        63.18        95,050        62.11  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

$37.91 to 70.56

     980,905        6.94      $ 61.71        163,550      $ 54.90  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-54


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

22. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS (continued)

 

  (c) TVA Group stock option plan

Under this stock option plan, 2,200,000 TVA Group Class B Shares have been set aside for senior executives and directors of TVA Group and its subsidiaries. The terms and conditions of options granted are determined by TVA Group’s Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee. The subscription price of an option cannot be less than the closing price of Class B Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange the day before the option is granted. Unless the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee decides otherwise, options vest over a five-year period in accordance with one of the following vesting schedules as determined by the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee at the time of grant: (i) equally over five years with the first 20% vesting on the first anniversary of the date of the grant; (ii) equally over four years with the first 25% vesting on the second anniversary of the date of grant; and (iii) equally over three years with the first 33 1/3% vesting on the third anniversary of the date of grant. The term of an option cannot exceed 10 years. Holders of options under the plan have the choice, at the time of exercising their options, of receiving a cash payment from TVA Group equal to the number of shares corresponding to the options exercised, multiplied by the difference between the market value of the TVA Group Class B Shares and the exercise price of the option or, subject to certain conditions, exercise their options to purchase TVA Group Class B Shares at the exercise price. The market value is defined as the average closing market price of the TVA Group Class B Shares for the last five trading days preceding the date on which the option was exercised.

The following table gives details on changes to outstanding options for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

     2016      2015  
     Options      Weighted
average
exercise price
     Options      Weighted
average
exercise price
 

Balance at beginning of year

     463,371      $ 13.30        525,368      $ 15.25  

Granted

     —          —          80,000        6.85  

Cancelled

     —          —          (82,366      13.68  

Expired

     (105,739      15.29        (59,631      21.28  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     357,632      $ 12.71        463,371      $ 13.30  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested options at end of year

     283,632      $ 14.11        369,371      $ 14.81  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table gives summary information on outstanding options as of December 31, 2016:

 

     Outstanding options      Vested options  

Range of exercise price

   Number      Weighted
average  years
to maturity
     Weighted
average
exercise price
     Number      Weighted
average
exercise price
 

$6.85 to 11.83

     100,000        7.94      $ 7.47        26,000      $ 7.80  

$11.84 to 14.75

     257,632        0.85        14.75        257,632        14.75  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

$6.85 to 14.75

     357,632        2.83      $ 12.71        283,632      $ 14.11  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-55


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

22. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS (continued)

 

 

  (d) Deferred share unit and performance share unit plans

On July 10, 2016, TVA Group established a DSU plan and a PSU plan for its employees based on TVA Group Class B Shares. The DSUs vest over six years and will be redeemed for cash only upon the participant’s retirement or termination of employment, as the case may be. The PSUs vest over three years and will be redeemed for cash at the end of this period subject to the achievement of financial targets. DSUs and PSUs entitle the holders to receive additional units when dividends are paid on TVA Group Class B Shares. No treasury shares will be issued for the purposes of these plans. As of December 31, 2016, 159,499 DSUs and 212,671 PSUs were outstanding under these plans.

On July 13, 2016, Quebecor also established a DSU plan and a PSU plan for its employees and those of its subsidiaries. Both plans are based on Quebecor Class B Subordinate Shares (“Quebecor Class B Shares”) and, in the case of the DSU plan, also on TVA Group Class B Shares. The DSUs vest over six years and will be redeemed for cash only upon the participant’s retirement or termination of employment, as the case may be. The PSUs vest over three years and will be redeemed for cash at the end of this period subject to the achievement of financial targets. DSUs and PSUs entitle the holders to receive additional units when dividends are paid on Quebecor Class B Shares or TVA Group Class B Shares. No treasury shares will be issued for the purposes of these plans. As of December 31, 2016, 64,471 DSUs based on Quebecor Class B Shares, 31,823 DSUs based on TVA Group Class B Shares and 81,075 PSUs based on Quebecor Class B Shares were outstanding under these plans.

 

  (e) Assumptions in estimating the fair value of stock-based awards

The fair value of stock-based awards under the stock option plans of the parent corporation, Quebecor Media and TVA Group was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following weighted-average assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of all outstanding stock options under the stock option plans as of December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

December 31, 2016

   Quebecor     Quebecor Media     TVA Group  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.25     1.10     0.91

Distribution yield

     0.48     1.33     —  

Expected volatility

     19.27     18.93     35.48

Expected remaining life

     4.0 years       3.0 years       1.9 years  

 

December 31, 2015

   Quebecor     Quebecor Media     TVA Group  

Risk-free interest rate

     0.95     0.80     0.68

Distribution yield

     0.42     1.50     —  

Expected volatility

     20.86     19.30     67.83

Expected remaining life

     5.0 years       3.6 years       1.8 years  

Except for Quebecor Media, the expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the underlying share price for a period equivalent to the expected remaining life of the options. Since the Common Shares of Quebecor Media are not publicly traded on a stock exchange, expected volatility is derived from the implied volatility of Quebecor’s stock. The expected remaining life of options granted represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate over the expected remaining life of the option is based on the Government of Canada yield curve in effect at the time of the valuation. Distribution yield is based on the current average yield.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

22. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS (continued)

 

  (f) Liability of vested options

As of December 31, 2016, the liability for all vested options was $5.7 million as calculated using the intrinsic value ($5.0 million as of December 31, 2015).

 

  (g) Consolidated stock based compensation charge

For the year ended December 31, 2016, a consolidated charge related to all stock-based compensation plans was recorded in the amount of $16.3 million ($6.5 million in 2015 and $8.0 million in 2014, of which a net reversal of the charge of $0.3 million in 2015 and a charge of $1.0 million in 2014 were presented as part of discontinued operations).

 

23. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

       Translation of  net
investments in
foreign operations
     Cash flow
hedges
     Defined
benefit  plans
     Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2013

   $ 1.7      $ (21.9    $ (10.6    $ (30.8

Other comprehensive loss

     (1.7      (17.5      (34.6      (53.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2014

     —          (39.4      (45.2      (84.6

Other comprehensive loss

     —          (31.7      (19.7      (51.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2015

     —          (71.1      (64.9      (136.0

Other comprehensive (loss) income

     —          (15.1      21.6        6.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016

   $ —        $ (86.2    $ (43.3    $ (129.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

No significant amount is expected to be reclassified in income over the next 12 months in connection with derivatives designated as cash flow hedges. The balance is expected to reverse over a 7 1/2-year period.

 

24. COMMITMENTS

The Corporation rents premises and equipment under operating leases and has entered into long-term commitments to purchase services, capital equipment, broadcasting rights, and to pay royalties. Rent payments include an amount of $57.0 million for future payments to the parent corporation. The operating leases have various terms, escalation clauses, purchase options and renewal rights. The minimum payments for the coming years are as follows:

 

     Leases      Other
commitments
 

2017

   $ 53.0      $ 197.7  

2018 to 2021

     119.3        477.3  

2022 and thereafter

     113.8        528.8  

The Corporation’s operating lease expenses amounted to $67.1 million in 2016 ($71.2 million in 2015 and $73.6 million in 2014, of which $6.0 million in 2015 and $14.7 million in 2014 were presented as part of discontinued operations).

 

F-57


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

25. GUARANTEES

In the normal course of business, the Corporation enters into numerous agreements containing guarantees, including the following:

Operating leases

The Corporation has guaranteed a portion of the residual value of certain assets under operating leases for the benefit of the lessor. Should the Corporation terminate these leases prior to term (or at the end of the lease terms), and should the fair value of the assets be less than the guaranteed residual value, then the Corporation must, under certain conditions, compensate the lessor for a portion of the shortfall. In addition, the Corporation has provided guarantees to the lessor of certain premises leases with expiry dates through 2020. Should the lessee default under the agreement, the Corporation must, under certain conditions, compensate the lessor. As of December 31, 2016, the maximum exposure with respect to these guarantees was $24.2 million and no liability has been recorded in the consolidated balance sheet.

Business and asset disposals

In the sale of all or part of a business or an asset, in addition to possible indemnification relating to failure to perform covenants and breach of representations or warranties, the Corporation may agree to indemnify against claims related to the past conduct of the business. Typically, the term and amount of such indemnification will be limited by the agreement. The nature of these indemnification agreements prevents the Corporation from estimating the maximum potential liability it could be required to pay to guaranteed parties. The Corporation has not accrued any amount in respect of these items in the consolidated balance sheet.

Outsourcing companies and suppliers

In the normal course of its operations, the Corporation enters into contractual agreements with outsourcing companies and suppliers. In some cases, the Corporation agrees to provide indemnifications in the event of legal procedures initiated against them. In other cases, the Corporation provides indemnification to counterparties for damages resulting from the outsourcing companies and suppliers. The nature of the indemnification agreements prevents the Corporation from estimating the maximum potential liability it could be required to pay. No amount has been accrued in the consolidated balance sheet with respect to these indemnifications.

Other

One of the Corporation’s subsidiaries, has, as a franchiser, provided guarantees should franchisees, in their retail activities, default certain purchase agreements. The nature of the indemnification agreements prevents the Corporation from estimating the maximum potential liability it could be required to pay. No amount has been accrued in the consolidated balance sheet with respect to these guarantees.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

26. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

The Corporation’s financial risk-management policies have been established in order to identify and analyze the risks faced by the Corporation, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. Risk-management policies are reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and in the Corporation’s activities.

The Corporation uses a number of financial instruments, mainly cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, long-term investments, bank indebtedness, trade payables, accrued liabilities, long-term debt, and derivative financial instruments. As a result of its use of financial instruments, the Corporation is exposed to credit risk, liquidity risk and market risks relating to foreign exchange fluctuations and interest rate fluctuations.

In order to manage its foreign exchange and interest rate risks, the Corporation uses derivative financial instruments (i) to set in CAN dollars future payments on debts denominated in U.S. dollars (interest and principal) and certain purchases of inventories and other capital expenditures denominated in a foreign currency, (ii) to achieve a targeted balance of fixed- and floating-rate debts, and (iii) to lock-in the value of certain derivative financial instruments through offsetting transactions. The Corporation does not intend to settle its derivative financial instruments prior to their maturity as none of these instruments is held or issued for speculative purposes.

 

  (a) Description of derivative financial instruments

 

  (i) Foreign exchange forward contracts

 

Maturity

   CAN dollar
average
exchange rate
per one U.S.
dollar
     Notional
amount sold
     Notional
amount  bought
 

Videotron

        

Less than 1 year

     1.3249           $ 220.2      US$       166.2  

2017 1

     1.3849      US$       260.0           $ 360.1  

 

  1  

See footnote 1 below “Cross-currency interest rate swaps” table.

 

  (ii) Interest rate swaps

 

Maturity

   Notional
amount
     Pay/
receive
     Fixed
rate
    Floating rate  

TVA Group

          

2017

   $ 33.0       


Pay fixed/

Receive
floating

 

 
 

     2.03    

Bankers’
acceptances
1 month
 
 
 

 

F-59


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

26. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

  (a) Description of derivative financial instruments (continued)
 

 

  (iii) Cross-currency interest rate swaps

 

 

Hedged item

   Hedging instrument  
     Period covered      Notional
amount
     Annual
interest rate
on notional
amount in
CAN dollars
    CAN dollar
exchange rate
on interest

and capital
payments per
one U.S. dollar
 

Quebecor Media

          

5.750% Senior Notes due 2023

     2016 to 2023      US$  431.3        7.27     0.9792  

5.750% Senior Notes due 2023

     2012 to 2023      US$ 418.7        6.85     0.9759  

Term loan “B”

     2013 to 2020      US$ 338.6       

Bankers’
acceptance

3 months + 

2.77

 
 

 

    1.0346  

Videotron

          

5.000% Senior Notes due 2022

     2014 to 2022      US$ 543.1        6.01     0.9983  

5.000% Senior Notes due 2022

     2012 to 2022      US$ 256.9        5.81     1.0016  

5.375% Senior Notes due 2024 1

     2008 to 2017      US$ 260.0        9.21     1.2965  

5.375% Senior Notes due 2024

     2014 to 2024      US$ 158.6       


Bankers’
acceptance

3 months + 
2.67

 
 

 

    1.1034  

5.375% Senior Notes due 2024

     2017 to 2024      US$ 441.4        5.62     1.1039  

 

  1  

Videotron initially entered into these cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge the foreign currency risk exposure under its 9.125% Senior Notes due 2018 redeemed in 2014. These swaps are now used to set in CAN dollars all coupon payments through 2017 on US$441.4 million of notional amount under its 5.375% Senior Notes due 2024 and issued in 2014. In conjunction with the repurposing of these swaps, Videotron has entered into US$260.0 million offsetting foreign exchange forward contracts to lock-in the value of its hedging position related to the December 15, 2017 notional exchange.

Certain cross-currency interest rate swaps entered into by the Corporation include an option that allows each party to unwind the transaction on a specific date at the then settlement amount.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

26. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

 

  (b) Fair value of financial instruments

In accordance with IFRS 13, Fair value measurement , the Corporation considers the following fair value hierarchy which reflects the significance of the inputs used in measuring its financial instruments:

 

•       Level 1:

   quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

•       Level 2:

   inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices); and

•       Level 3:

   inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

The fair value of long-term debt is estimated based on quoted market prices when available or on valuation models using Level 1 and Level 2 inputs. When the Corporation uses valuation models, the fair value is estimated using discounted cash flows using year-end market yields or the market value of similar instruments with the same maturity.

The fair value of cash equivalents and bank indebtedness, classified as held for trading and accounted for at their fair value in the consolidated balance sheets, is determined using Level 2 inputs.

The fair value of derivative financial instruments recognized in the consolidated balance sheets is estimated as per the Corporation’s valuation models. These models project future cash flows and discount the future amounts to a present value using the contractual terms of the derivative instrument and factors observable in external market data, such as period-end swap rates and foreign exchange rates (Level 2 inputs). An adjustment is also included to reflect non-performance risk impacted by the financial and economic environment prevailing at the date of the valuation in the recognized measure of the fair value of the derivative instruments by applying a credit default premium, estimated using a combination of observable and unobservable inputs in the market (Level 3 inputs), to the net exposure of the counterparty or the Corporation. Derivative financial instruments are classified as Level 2.

The fair value of early settlement options recognized as embedded derivatives is determined by option pricing models using Level 2 market inputs, including volatility, discount factors, and the underlying instrument’s adjusted implicit interest rate and credit premium.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

26. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

  (b) Fair value of financial instruments (continued)

 

The carrying value and fair value of long-term debt and derivative financial instruments as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

 

     2016      2015  

Asset (liability)

   Carrying
value
     Fair value      Carrying
value
     Fair value  

Long-term debt 1,2

   $ (5,669.9    $ (5,835.5    $ (5,836.6    $ (5,838.6

Derivative financial instruments 3

           

Early settlement options

     0.4        0.4        1.0        1.0  

Foreign exchange forward contracts 4

     2.5        2.5        9.3        9.3  

Interest rate swaps

     (0.3      (0.3      (0.8      (0.8

Cross-currency interest rate swaps 4

     806.5        806.5        945.2        945.2  

 

  1  

The carrying value of long-term debt excludes adjustments to record changes in the fair value of long-term debt related to hedged interest risk, embedded derivatives and financing fees.

  2  

The fair value of the long-term debt does not include the fair value of early settlement options, which is presented separately in the table.

  3  

The fair value of derivative financial instruments designated as hedges is an asset position of $808.7 million as of December 31, 2016 ($953.7 million as of December 31, 2015).

  4  

The value of foreign exchange forward contracts entered into to lock-in the value of existing hedging positions is netted from the value of the offset financial instruments.

 

  (c) Credit risk management

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Corporation if a customer or counterparty to a financial asset fails to meet its contractual obligations.

In the normal course of business, the Corporation continuously monitors the financial condition of its customers and reviews the credit history of each new customer. As of December 31, 2016, no customer balance represented a significant portion of the Corporation’s consolidated trade receivables. The Corporation establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the specific credit risk of its customers and historical trends. As of December 31, 2016, 13.0% of trade receivables were 90 days past their billing date (10.4% as of December 31, 2015) of which 32.5% had an allowance for doubtful accounts (40.4% as of December 31, 2015).

The following table shows changes to the allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

     2016      2015  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 23.0      $ 21.8  

Charged to income

     36.1        32.1  

Utilization

     (31.0      (30.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 28.1      $ 23.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-62


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

26. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

  (c) Credit risk management (continued)

 

The Corporation believes that its product lines and the diversity of its customer base are instrumental in reducing its credit risk, as well as the impact of fluctuations in product-line demand. The Corporation does not believe that it is exposed to an unusual level of customer credit risk.

As a result of its use of derivative financial instruments, the Corporation is exposed to the risk of non-performance by a third party. When the Corporation enters into derivative contracts, the counterparties (either foreign or Canadian) must have credit ratings at least in accordance with the Corporation’s risk-management policy and are subject to concentration limits. These credit ratings and concentration limits are monitored on an ongoing basis, but at least quarterly.

 

  (d) Liquidity risk management

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Corporation will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due or the risk that those financial obligations will have to be met at excessive cost. The Corporation manages this exposure through staggered debt maturities. The weighted average term of the Corporation’s consolidated debt was approximately 6.1 years as of December 31, 2016 (7.0 years as of December 31, 2015).

The Corporation’s management believes that cash flows and available sources of financing should be sufficient to cover committed cash requirements for capital investments, working capital, interest payments, debt repayments, pension plan contributions, share repurchases, dividends or distributions to shareholders in the future. The Corporation has access to cash flows generated by its subsidiaries through dividends (or distributions) and cash advances paid by its wholly owned subsidiaries.

As of December 31, 2016, material contractual obligations related to financial instruments included capital repayment and interest on long-term debt and obligations related to derivative instruments, less estimated future receipts on derivative instruments. These obligations and their maturities are as follows:

 

     Total     Less than
1 year
    1-3 years      3-5 years     5 years
or more
 

Bank indebtedness

   $ 18.9     $ 18.9     $ —        $ —       $ —    

Accounts payable and accrued charges

     690.9       690.9       —          —         —    

Long-term debt 1

     5,669.9       20.9       76.0        1,277.0       4,296.0  

Interest payments 2

     1,720.8       238.9       564.8        511.6       405.5  

Derivative instruments 3

     (841.5     (17.9     1.0        (98.0     (726.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,259.0     $ 951.7     $ 641.8      $ 1,690.6     $ 3,974.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  1  

The carrying value of long-term debt excludes adjustments to record changes in the fair value of long-term debt related to hedged interest rate risk, embedded derivatives and financing fees.

  2

Estimate of interest payable on long-term debt, based on interest rates, hedging of interest rates and hedging of foreign exchange rates as of December 31, 2016.

  3  

Estimated future receipts, net of future disbursements, on derivative financial instruments related to foreign exchange hedging.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

26. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

  (e) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices due to foreign exchange rates, interest rates and/or equity prices will affect the value of the Corporation’s financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to mitigate and control exposures within acceptable parameters while optimizing the return on risk.

Foreign currency risk

Most of the Corporation’s consolidated revenues and expenses, other than interest expense on U.S.-dollar-denominated debt, purchases of set-top boxes, handsets and cable modems and certain capital expenditures, are received or denominated in CAN dollars. A significant portion of the interest, principal and premium, if any, payable on its debt is payable in U.S. dollars. The Corporation has entered into transactions to hedge the foreign currency risk exposure on its U.S.-dollar-denominated debt obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2016, to hedge its exposure on certain purchases of set-top boxes, handsets, cable modems and capital expenditures, and to lock-in the value of certain derivative financial instruments through offsetting transactions. Accordingly, the Corporation’s sensitivity to variations in foreign exchange rates is economically limited.

The estimated sensitivity on income and on other comprehensive income, before income tax, of a variance of $0.10 in the year-end exchange rate of a CAN dollar per one U.S. dollar used to calculate the fair value of financial instruments as of December 31, 2016 is as follows:

 

Increase (decrease)

   Income      Other
comprehensive
income
 

Increase of $0.10

   $ 2.0      $ 43.0  

Decrease of $0.10

     (2.0      (43.0

A variance of $0.10 in the 2016 average exchange rate of CAN dollar per one U.S. dollar would had resulted in a variance of $4.0 million on unhedged purchase of goods and services in 2016 and $6.5 million on unhedged acquisitions of tangible and intangible assets in 2016.

Interest rate risk

Some of the Corporation’s bank credit facilities bear interest at floating rates based on the following reference rates: (i) Bankers’ acceptance rate, (ii) LIBOR, (iii) Canadian prime rate, and (iv) U.S. prime rate. The Senior Notes issued by the Corporation bear interest at fixed rates. The Corporation has entered into cross-currency interest rate swap agreements in order to manage cash flow risk exposure. As of December 31, 2016, after taking into account the hedging instruments, long-term debt was comprised of 83.7% fixed-rate debt (82.8% in 2015) and 16.3% floating-rate debt (17.2% in 2015).

The estimated sensitivity on interest payments, of a 100 basis-point variance in the year-end Canadian Bankers’ acceptance rate as of December 31, 2016 was $7.9 million.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

26. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

  (e) Market risk (continued)

 

Interest rate risk (continued)

 

The estimated sensitivity on income and on other comprehensive income, before income tax, of a 100 basis-point variance in the discount rate used to calculate the fair value of financial instruments as of December 31, 2016, as per the Corporation’s valuation models, is as follows:

 

Increase (decrease)

   Income      Other
comprehensive
income
 

Increase of 100 basis points

   $ (2.4    $ (37.3

Decrease of 100 basis points

     2.4        37.3  

 

  (f) Capital management

The Corporation’s primary objective in managing capital is to maintain an optimal capital base in order to support the capital requirements of its various businesses, including growth opportunities.

In managing its capital structure, the Corporation takes into account the asset characteristics of its subsidiaries and planned requirements for funds, leveraging their individual borrowing capacities in the most efficient manner to achieve the lowest cost of financing. Management of the capital structure involves the issuance of new debt, the repayment of existing debt using cash flows generated by operations, and the level of distributions to shareholders. The Corporation has not significantly changed its strategy regarding the management of its capital structure since the last financial year.

The Corporation’s capital structure is composed of equity, bank indebtedness, long-term debt, derivative financial instruments, less cash and cash equivalents. The capital structure as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 is as follows:

 

     2016      2015  

Bank indebtedness

   $ 18.9      $ 33.8  

Long-term debt

     5,638.1        5,800.6  

Derivative financial instruments

     (808.7      (953.7

Cash and cash equivalents

     (20.7      (18.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net liabilities

     4,827.6        4,862.1  

Equity

   $ 1,681.2      $ 1,432.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Corporation is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements other than certain restrictions under the terms of its borrowing agreements, which relate, among other things, to permitted investments, inter-corporation transactions, the declaration and payment of dividends or other distributions.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

27. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Compensation of key management personnel

Key management personnel comprises members of the Board of Directors and key senior managers of the Corporation and its main subsidiaries. Their compensation is as follows:

 

     2016      2015      2014  

Salaries and short-term benefits

   $ 9.3      $ 9.9      $ 10.4  

Share-based compensation

     9.3        4.1        1.2  

Other long-term benefits

     1.3        1.4        7.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 19.9      $ 15.4      $ 18.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating transactions

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Corporation made purchases and incurred rent charges with the parent corporation and affiliated companies in the amount of $9.0 million ($12.3 million in 2015 and $11.7 million in 2014), which are included in purchase of goods and services. The Corporation made sales to an affiliated corporation in the amount of $3.0 million ($3.3 million in 2015 and 2014). These transactions were accounted for at the consideration agreed between parties.

Management arrangements

The parent corporation has entered into management arrangements with the Corporation. Under these management arrangements, the parent corporation and the Corporation provide management services to each other on a cost-reimbursement basis. The expenses subject to reimbursement include the salaries of the Corporation’s executive officers, who also serve as executive officers of the parent corporation. In 2016, the Corporation received an amount of $2.2 million, which is included as a reduction in employee costs ($2.0 million in 2015 and $2.2 million in 2014), and incurred management fees of $2.6 million ($2.2 million in 2015 and $2.0 million in 2014) with shareholders.

Tax transactions

In 2016, the parent corporation transferred $22.1 million of non-capital losses ($33.4 million in 2015 and $12.5 million in 2014) to the Corporation in exchange for a cash consideration of $5.6 million ($8.4 million in 2015 paid in 2016 and $3.1 million in 2014). This transaction was concluded on terms equivalent to those that prevail on an arm’s length basis and was accounted for at the consideration agreed between the parties. As a result, the Corporation recorded a reduction of $0.3 million in its income tax expense in 2016 ($0.6 million in 2015 and $0.3 million in 2014).

 

28. PENSION PLANS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS

The Corporation maintains various flat-benefit plans, various final-pay plans with indexation features from zero to 2%, as well as defined contribution plans. The Corporation also provides postretirement benefits to eligible retired employees. The Corporation’s pension plans are registered with a provincial or federal regulatory authority.

The Corporation’s funding policy for its funded pension plans is to maintain its contribution at a level sufficient to cover benefits and to meet requirements of the applicable regulations and plan provisions that govern the funding of the plans. These provisions establish, among others, the future payment of amortization payments when the funding ratio of the pension plans insufficient as defined by the relevant provincial and federal laws. Payments are determined by an actuarial report performed by an independent company at least every three years or annually, according to the applicable laws and in accordance with plan provisions.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

28. PENSION PLANS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS (continued)

 

By their design, the defined benefit plans expose the Corporation to the typical risks faced by defined benefit plans, such as investment performance, changes to the discount rates used to value the obligation, longevity of plan participants, and future inflation. The administration of the plans is assured by pension committees composed of members of the plans, members of the Corporation’s management and independent members or by the Corporation, in accordance with the provisions of each plan. Under the Corporation’s rules of governance, the approval and oversight of the defined benefit plan policies are performed at different levels through the pension committees, the Corporation’s management, or the Audit Committee. The risk management of pension plans is also performed under the leadership of these committees at various levels. The custody of securities and management of security transactions are assigned to trustees within a mandate given by the pension committee or the Corporation, as the case may be. Policies include those on investment objectives, risk-mitigation strategies and the mandate to hire investment fund managers and monitor their work and performance. The defined benefit pension plans are monitored on an ongoing basis to assess the benefit, funding and investment policies, financial status, and the Corporation’s funding requirement.

The following tables show a reconciliation of the changes in the plans’ benefit obligations and the fair value of plan assets for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

     Pension benefits      Postretirement benefits  
     2016      2015      2016      2015  

Change in benefit obligations

           

Benefit obligations at the beginning of the year

   $ 1,220.3      $ 1,169.3      $ 69.2      $ 65.2  

Service costs

     34.9        36.4        1.8        1.7  

Interest costs

     49.3        48.5        2.8        2.7  

Plan participants’ contributions

     11.9        13.1        —          —    

Actuarial loss (gain) arising from:

           

Financial assumptions

     20.6        19.8        1.4        1.3  

Participant experience

     (0.5      6.0        —          —    

Benefits and settlements paid

     (62.2      (65.8      (1.8      (1.7

Curtailment, amendments and other

     0.6        (7.0      —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Benefit obligations at the end of the year

   $ 1,274.9      $ 1,220.3      $ 73.4      $ 69.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in plan assets

           

Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year

   $ 1,164.8      $ 1,115.6      $ —        $ —    

Actual return on plan assets

     98.0        62.2        —          —    

Employer contributions

     34.2        42.6        1.8        1.7  

Plan participants’ contributions

     11.9        13.1        —          —    

Administrative fees

     (2.3      (2.9      —          —    

Benefits and settlements paid

     (62.2      (65.8      (1.8      (1.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at the end of the year

   $ 1,244.4      $ 1,164.8      $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-67


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

28. PENSION PLANS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS (continued)

 

As of December 31, 2016, the weighted average duration of defined benefit obligations was 16.2 years (16.0 years in 2015). The Corporation expects future benefit payments of $64.6  million in 2017.

The investment strategy for plan assets takes into account a number of factors, including the time horizon of the pension plans’ obligations and the investment risk. For each of the plans, an allocation range by asset class is developed, whereby a mix of equities and fixed-income investments is used to optimize the risk-return profile of plan assets and to mitigate asset-liability mismatch.

Plan assets are comprised of:

 

     2016     2015  

Equity securities:

    

Canadian

     23.6     21.4

Foreign

     31.9       33.8  

Debt securities

     41.2       42.3  

Other

     3.3       2.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The fair value of plan assets is principally based on quoted prices in an active market.

Where funded plans have a net defined benefit asset, the Corporation determines if potential reductions in future contributions are permitted by applicable regulations and by collective bargaining agreements. When a defined benefit asset is created, it cannot exceed the future economic benefit that the Corporation can expect to obtain from the asset. The future economic benefit represents the value of reductions in future contributions and expenses payable to the pension fund. It does not reflect gains that could be generated in the future that would allow reductions in contributions by the Corporation. When there is a minimum funding requirement, this could also limit the amount recognized in the balance sheet. A minimum funding requirement represents the present value of amortization payments based on the most recent actuarial financing reports filed.

The reconciliation of funded status to the net amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

     Pension benefits      Postretirement benefits  
     2016      2015      2016      2015  

Benefit obligations

   $ (1,274.9    $ (1,220.3    $ (73.4    $ (69.2

Fair value of plan assets

     1,244.4        1,164.8        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Plan deficit

     (30.5      (55.5      (73.4      (69.2

Asset limit and minimum funding adjustment

     (19.8      (21.7      —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net amount recognized 1

   $ (50.3    $ (77.2    $ (73.4    $ (69.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  1

The net amount recognized for 2016 consists of an asset of $8.9 million included in Other assets (note 16) (none in 2015) and a liability of $132.6 million included in “Other Liabilities” (note 20) ($146.4 million in 2015).

 

F-68


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

28. PENSION PLANS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS (continued)

 

Components of re-measurements are as follows:

 

     Pension benefits      Postretirement benefits  
     2016      2015      2014      2016      2015      2014  

Actuarial loss on benefit obligations

   $ (20.1    $ (25.8    $ (145.8    $ (1.4    $ (1.3    $ (8.7

Actual return on plan assets, less interest income anticipated in the interest on the net defined benefit liability calculation

     51.8        16.2        71.7        —          —          —    

Asset limit and minimum funding adjustment

     2.8        (17.3      29.8        —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Re-measurements gain (loss) recorded in other comprehensive income

   $ 34.5      $ (26.9    $ (44.3    $ (1.4    $ (1.3    $ (8.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Components of the net benefit costs are as follows:                  
     Pension benefits      Postretirement benefits  
     2016      2015      2014      2016      2015      2014  

Employee costs:

                 

Service costs

   $ 34.9      $ 36.4      $ 31.4      $ 1.8      $ 1.7      $ 1.1  

Administrative fees, curtailment and other

     3.0        (2.8      3.7        —          —          —    

Interest on net defined benefit liability

     3.9        3.0        2.1        2.8        2.4        2.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net benefit costs 1

   $ 41.8      $ 36.6      $ 37.2      $ 4.6      $ 4.1      $ 3.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  1  

Net benefit gains of $6.0 million in 2015 and net benefit costs of $5.1 million in 2014 were presented as part of discontinued operations.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

28. PENSION PLANS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS (continued)

 

The expense related to defined contribution pension plans amounted to $16.8 million in 2016 ($16.0 million in 2015 and $15.3 million in 2014), of which $0.4 million in 2015 and $1.5 million in 2014 are presented as part of discontinued operations.

The expected employer contributions to the Corporation’s defined benefit pension plans and post-retirement benefit plans will be $30.1 million in 2017, based on the most recent financial actuarial reports filed (contributions of $36.0 million were paid in 2016).

Assumptions

The Corporation determines its assumption for the discount rate to be used for purposes of computing annual service and interest costs based on an index of high-quality corporate bond-yield and matched-funding yield curve analysis as of the measurement date.

The actuarial assumptions used in measuring the Corporation’s benefit obligations as of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 and current periodic benefit costs are as follows:

 

     Pension benefits     Postretirement benefits  
     2016     2015     2014     2016     2015     2014  

Benefit obligations

            

Rates as of year-end:

            

Discount rate

     3.90     4.00     4.10     3.90     4.00     4.10

Rate of compensation increase

     3.00       3.00       3.00       3.00       3.00       3.00  

Current periodic costs

            

Rates as of preceding year-end:

            

Discount rate

     4.00     4.10     4.90     4.00     4.10     4.90

Rate of compensation increase

     3.00       3.00       3.00       3.00       3.00       3.00  

The assumed average retirement age of participants used was of 62 years in 2016, 2015 and 2014.

The assumed health care cost trend rate used in measuring the accumulated postretirement benefit obligations was 6.5% at the end of 2016. These costs, as per the estimate, are expected to decrease gradually over the next 8 years to 4.5% and to remain at that level thereafter.

Sensitivity analysis

An increase of 10 basis points in the discount rate would have decreased the pension benefits obligation by $19.7 million and the postretirement benefits obligation by $1.5 million as of December 31, 2016. There are limitations to this sensitivity analysis since it only considers the impacts of an increase of 10 basis points in the discount rate assumption without changing any other assumptions. No sensitivity analysis was performed on other assumptions as a similar change to those assumptions would not have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

29. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

2015

 

   

In February 2015, the Corporation closed its specialty channel, SUN News.

 

   

On April 13, 2015, the Corporation completed the sale, initially announced on October 6, 2014, of all of its English-language newspaper operations in Canada, consisting of more than 170 newspapers and publications, the Canoe English-language portal and 8 printing plants, including the Islington, Ontario plant, for a cash consideration consisting of $305.5 million, less cash disposed of $1.9 million. An amount of $1.3 million was also paid as an adjustment related to working capital items.

 

   

On September 27, 2015, the Corporation completed the sale of Archambault Group Inc.’s retail operations, consisting of the 14 Archambault stores, the archambault.ca website, and the English-language Paragraphe Bookstore, for a cash consideration consisting of $14.5 million, less cash disposed of $1.1 million, and a balance of $3.0 million received in 2016.

2014

 

   

In January 2014, the Corporation ceased its door-to-door distribution of flyers and weekly newspapers in the Province of Québec.

 

   

On June 1, 2014, the Corporation sold its 74 Québec weeklies for a cash consideration of $75.0 million and a net amount of $4.0 million relating to adjustments of working capital items. The Corporation received $78.4 million in 2014 and a final balance of $0.6 million in 2015.

 

   

On September 2, 2014, the Corporation sold its Nurun Inc. subsidiary for a cash consideration consisting of $125.0 million, less cash disposed of $18.1 million. An amount of $8.2 million was also received relating to certain transaction adjustments.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

29. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS (continued)

 

The results of operations and cash flows related to those businesses were reclassified as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income and cash flows as follows:

Consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income

 

     2015      2014  

Revenues

   $ 194.1      $ 723.2  

Employee costs

     54.3        264.2  

Purchase of goods and services

     133.2        375.3  

Depreciation and amortization

     2.0        31.0  

Financial expenses

     0.2        1.2  

Restructuring of operations and other items

     23.9        13.3  

Impairment of goodwill

     —          160.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (19.5      (121.8

Current income taxes

     (1.1      9.4  

Deferred income taxes

     (2.3      (0.1

(Loss) gain on disposal of businesses

     (3.6      49.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss from discontinued operations

     (19.7      (81.6

Other comprehensive loss:

     

Loss on translation of net investments in foreign operations

     —          (1.7

Defined benefit plans:

     

Re-measurement loss

     —          (7.9

Deferred income taxes

     —          2.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     —          (7.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss from discontinued operations

   $ (19.7    $ (89.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated statements of cash flows

 

       2015      2014  

Cash flows related to operating activities

   $ (21.3    $ 71.2  

Cash flows related to investing activities

     (1.2      0.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows (used in) provided by discontinued operations

   $ (22.5    $ 71.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-72


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

30. NON-CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE CORPORATION

The Corporation has access to the cash flows generated by its subsidiaries by way of distributions from its public subsidiaries and distributions and advances from its private subsidiaries. However, some of the Corporation’s subsidiaries have restrictions, based on contractual debt obligations and corporate solvency tests, regarding the amounts of distributions and advances that can be paid to the Corporation.

The U.S Securities and Exchange Commission requires that the non-consolidated financial statements of the parent corporation be presented when its subsidiaries have restrictions that may limit the amount of cash that can be paid to the parent corporation. These non-consolidated and condensed financial statements, as prepared under IFRS, are shown below.

Non-consolidated condensed statements of income and comprehensive income

 

     2016      2015      2014  

Revenues:

        

Dividends

   $ 282.0      $ 744.1      $ 445.0  

Management fees

     59.9        55.9        57.2  

Interest

     0.1        1.9        0.7  

Other

     52.3        50.7        52.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     394.3        852.6        555.0  

General and administrative expenses

     121.7        111.4        117.8  

Depreciation and amortization

     3.3        2.4        1.1  

Financial expenses

     138.9        131.8        145.1  

Impairment and disposal of investments in subsidiaries

     73.3        102.8        236.7  

Loss on notes receivable from subsidiaries

     14.8        —          —    

Loss (gain) on valuation and translation of financial instruments

     —          3.2        (0.4

Gain on debt refinancing

     —          —          (2.7

Other

     2.0        8.1        5.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     40.3        492.9        51.7  

Income taxes

     1.7        7.1        10.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

     38.6        485.8        40.8  

Other comprehensive loss

     (3.3      (8.5      (17.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 35.3      $ 477.3      $ 23.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-73


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

30. NON-CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE CORPORATION (continued)

 

Non-consolidated and condensed statements of cash flows

 

     2016      2015      2014  

Cash flows related to operations

        

Net income

   $ 38.6      $ 485.8      $ 40.8  

Depreciation and amortization

     3.3        2.4        1.1  

Impairment and disposal of investments in subsidiaries

     73.3        102.8        236.7  

Loss on notes receivable from subsidiaries

     14.8        —          —    

Loss (gain) on valuation and translation of financial instruments

     —          3.2        (0.4

Amortization of financing costs and long-term debt discount

     2.8        2.7        3.8  

Gain on debt refinancing

     —          —          (2.7

Deferred income taxes

     1.8        8.0        8.4  

Other

     (0.3      0.5        —    

Net change in non-cash balances related to operations

     7.5        (70.8      (41.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows provided by operations

     141.8        534.6        246.4  

Cash flows related to investing activities

        

Net change in investments in subsidiaries

     (63.5      (380.8      (20.5

Proceeds from disposal of subsidiaries

     —          301.5        211.7  

Acquisition of tax deductions from the parent corporation

     (14.0      —          (3.1

Other

     3.9        (13.1      (13.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows (used in) provided by investing activities

     (73.6      (92.4      174.6  

Cash flows related to financing activities

        

Net change in bank indebtedness

     (8.1      10.6        —    

Net change under revolving facilities

     (2.8      2.0        —    

Repayment of long-term debt

     (3.6      (14.3      (433.7

Settlement of hedging contracts

     5.2        2.9        53.8  

Repurchase of Common Shares

     —          (500.2      —    

Repurchase of redeemable preferred shares issued to subsidiaries

     (430.0      —          (1,200.0

Dividends and reduction of paid-up capital

     (100.0      (100.0      (100.0

Net change in subordinated loans from subsidiaries

     (2,768.0      2,003.0        20.0  

Net change in convertible obligations, subordinated loans and notes receivable – subsidiaries

     3,199.0        (1,907.5      1,076.0  

Net change in advances to or from subsidiaries

     40.1        0.2        82.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows used in financing activities

     (68.2      (503.3      (501.6

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     —          (61.1      (80.6

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

     —          61.1        141.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

   $ —        $ —        $ 61.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-74


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

30. NON-CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE CORPORATION (continued)

 

Non-consolidated and condensed balance sheets

 

     2016      2015  

Assets

     

Current assets

   $ 168.0      $ 169.6  

Investments in subsidiaries at cost

     2,527.9        2,539.3  

Advances to subsidiaries

     21.5        16.0  

Convertible obligations, subordinated loans and notes receivable – subsidiaries

     425.0        3,638.8  

Other assets

     427.3        619.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,569.7      $ 6,983.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and equity

     

Current liabilities

   $ 59.7      $ 69.1  

Long-term debt

     2,402.0        2,456.5  

Advances from subsidiaries

     146.4        100.8  

Other liabilities

     45.1        177.5  

Subordinated loan from subsidiaries

     425.0        3,193.0  

Redeemable preferred shares issued to subsidiaries

     —          430.0  

Equity attributable to shareholders

     491.5        556.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,569.7      $ 6,983.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-75

 

 

Exhibit 2.13

VIDEOTRON LTD. / VIDÉOTRON LTÉE

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of June 20, 2016

 

 

Computershare Trust Company of Canada,

Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 


SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE , dated as of June 20, 2016 (this “Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among Videotron Ltd. / Vidéotron Ltée, a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec (the “ Corporation ”), 9176-6857 Québec inc., a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec (the “ Additional Subsidiary Guarantor ”) and Computershare Trust Company of Canada (“ Computershare ” or the “ Trustee ”), as trustee, to each of (i) the Indenture, dated as of July 5, 2011, as supplemented through the date hereof, by and among the Corporation, each of the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, and Computershare, as trustee (the “ 2011 Indenture ”), (ii) the Indenture, dated as of June 17, 2013, as supplemented through the date hereof, by and among the Corporation, each of the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, and Computershare, as trustee (the “ 2013 Indenture ”), and (iii) the Indenture, dated as of September 15, 2015, as supplemented through the date hereof, by and among the Corporation, each of the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, and Computershare, as trustee (the “ 2015 Indenture ” and collectively with the 2011 Indenture and the 2013 Indenture the “ Indentures ” and each an “ Indenture ”).

WHEREAS, the Corporation, the existing subsidiary guarantors party thereto, and Computershare, as trustee, have entered into (i) the 2011 Indenture governing the Corporation’s 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2021 (the “ 2021 Notes ”), (ii) the 2013 Indenture governing the Corporation’s 5  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due June 15, 2025 (the “ 2025 Notes” ), and (iii) the 2015 Indenture governing the Corporation’s 5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2026 (the “ 2026 Notes ” and, collectively with the 2021 Notes and the 2025 Notes, the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, Section 4.19 of each of the Indentures, respectively, provides that under certain circumstances the Corporation shall cause a Restricted Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing for a Subsidiary Guarantee of the payment of the notes issued thereunder by such Restricted Subsidiary;

WHEREAS, the parties hereto are desirous of further supplementing each Indenture in the manner hereinafter provided for the purpose of providing Subsidiary Guarantees by the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the terms of each Indenture;

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(5) of each Indenture, respectively, provides that the Corporation and the Trustee may amend or supplement such Indenture without the consent of any Holder to add additional guarantees with respect to the notes issued thereunder; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary have been done to make this Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement of the Corporation, the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor and the Trustee, in accordance with its terms.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises contained herein, the parties hereto mutually covenant and agree as follows:

1. In respect of each the Indentures, respectively, terms used in this Supplemental Indenture that are not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in such Indenture.

Supplemental Indenture – VL/9176-6857 Québec inc.


2. The Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth in each Indenture, including but not limited to Article 10 of each Indenture.

3. This Supplemental Indenture shall be construed as supplemental to each Indenture, respectively, and shall form a part thereof, and each Indenture is hereby incorporated by reference herein and, as supplemented, modified and restated hereby, is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed.

4. This Supplemental Indenture shall be effective as of the date hereof. On and after the date hereof, each reference in each Indenture to “this Indenture,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” or “herein” shall mean and be a reference to such Indenture as supplemented by this Supplemental Indenture unless the context otherwise requires.

5. Except as provided below, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of each Indenture, respectively, and the terms and conditions of this Supplemental Indenture, the terms and conditions of this Supplemental Indenture shall prevail.

6. If any provision of this Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision of each Indenture, respectively, that is required to be included by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ Act ”), as in force at the date this Supplemental Indenture is executed, the provision required by said Act shall control.

7. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Quebec and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein. The parties hereby acknowledge that they have expressly required this Supplemental Indenture be drawn up in the English language only. Les parties reconnaissent avoir expressément demandé que la présente convention soit rédigée en anglais seulement .

8. This Supplemental Indenture may be signed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if the signatures to each counterpart were upon a single instrument, and all such counterparts together shall be deemed an original of this Supplemental Indenture.

9. The recitals contained in this Supplemental Indenture shall be taken as the statements of the Corporation, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

[ SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGES ]

Supplemental Indenture – VL/9176-6857 Québec inc.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

CORPORATION:

VIDÉOTRON LTÉE

 

By:   /s/ Hugues Simard     By:   /s/ Chloé Poirier
  Name: Hugues Simard       Name: Chloé Poirier
  Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer       Title: Vice President and Treasurer
ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS:

9176-6857 QUÉBEC INC.

 

By:   /s/ Hugues Simard     By:   /s/ Chloé Poirier
  Name: Hugues Simard       Name: Chloé Poirier
  Title: Vice President, Finance       Title: Vice President and Treasurer
TRUSTEE:

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA

 

By:   /s/ Fabienne Pinatel     By:   /s/ Christel Ah-Knee
  Name: Fabienne Pinatel       Name: Christel Ah-Knee
  Title: Corporate Trust Officer       Title: Associate Trust Officer

Supplemental Indenture – VL/9176-6857 Québec inc.

 

 

Exhibit 2.19

VIDEOTRON LTD. / VIDÉOTRON LTÉE

 

 

THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of June 20, 2016

 

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,

Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 


THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE , dated as of June 20, 2016 (this “Third Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among Videotron Ltd. / Vidéotron Ltée, a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec (the “ Corporation ”), 9176-6857 Québec inc., a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec (the “ Additional Subsidiary Guarantor ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), to the Indenture, dated as of March 14, 2012, as supplemented through the date hereof (the “ Indenture ”), by and among the Corporation, each of the subsidiary guarantors party thereto (collectively referred to as the “ Original Subsidiary Guarantors ”), and the Trustee.

WHEREAS, the Corporation, the Original Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee have entered into the Indenture governing the Corporation’s 5% Senior Notes due July 15, 2022 (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, Section 4.19 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Corporation shall cause a Restricted Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing for a Subsidiary Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary;

WHEREAS, the parties hereto are desirous of further supplementing the Indenture in the manner hereinafter provided for the purpose of providing Subsidiary Guarantees by the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(e) of the Indenture provides that the Corporation and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture without the consent of any Holder to add additional guarantees with respect to the Notes;

WHEREAS, this Third Supplemental Indenture shall not result in a material modification of the Notes for purposes of the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary have been done to make this Third Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement of the Corporation, the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor and the Trustee, in accordance with its terms.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises contained herein, the parties hereto mutually covenant and agree as follows:

1. Terms used in this Third Supplemental Indenture that are not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

2. The Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth in the Indenture, including but not limited to Article 10 of the Indenture.

3. This Third Supplemental Indenture shall be construed as supplemental to the Indenture and shall form a part thereof, and the Indenture is hereby incorporated by reference herein and, as supplemented, modified and restated hereby, is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed.

Third Supplemental Indenture to VL 2012 Indenture


4. This Third Supplemental Indenture shall be effective as of the date hereof. On and after the date hereof, each reference in the Indenture to “this Indenture,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” or “herein” shall mean and be a reference to the Indenture as supplemented by this Third Supplemental Indenture unless the context otherwise requires.

5. Except as provided below, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Indenture and the terms and conditions of this Third Supplemental Indenture, the terms and conditions of this Third Supplemental Indenture shall prevail.

6. If any provision of this Third Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision of the Indenture that is required to be included by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ Act ”), as in force at the date this Third Supplemental Indenture is executed, the provision required by said Act shall control.

7. This Third Supplemental Indenture shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

8. This Third Supplemental Indenture may be signed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if the signatures to each counterpart were upon a single instrument, and all such counterparts together shall be deemed an original of this Third Supplemental Indenture.

9. The recitals contained in this Third Supplemental Indenture shall be taken as the statements of the Corporation, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Third Supplemental Indenture.

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGES]

Third Supplemental Indenture to VL 2012 Indenture


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Third Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

CORPORATION:

     

VIDÉOTRON LTÉE

 

     
By:   /s/ Hugues Simard     By:   /s/ Chloé Poirier
  Name: Hugues Simard       Name: Chloé Poirier
  Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer       Title: Vice President and Treasurer

ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS:

     

9176-6857 QUÉBEC INC.

 

     
By:   /s/ Hugues Simard     By:   /s/ Chloé Poirier
  Name: Hugues Simard       Name: Chloé Poirier
  Title: Vice President, Finance       Title: Vice President and Treasurer

TRUSTEE:

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

     
By:   /s/ Yana Kislenko      
  Name: Yana Kislenko      
  Title: Vice President      

Third Supplemental Indenture to VL 2012 Indenture

 

 

Exhibit 2.31

VIDEOTRON LTD. / VIDÉOTRON LTÉE

 

 

THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of June 20, 2016

 

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,

Trustee

 

 

 

 

 


THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE , dated as of June 20, 2016 (this “Third Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among Videotron Ltd. / Vidéotron Ltée, a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec (the “ Corporation ”), 9176-6857 Québec inc., a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec (the “ Additional Subsidiary Guarantor ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), to the Indenture, dated as of April 9, 2014, as supplemented through the date hereof (the “ Indenture ”), by and among the Corporation, each of the subsidiary guarantors party thereto (collectively referred to as the “ Original Subsidiary Guarantors ”), and the Trustee.

WHEREAS, the Corporation, the Original Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee have entered into the Indenture governing the Corporation’s 5  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due June 15, 2024 (the “Notes” );

WHEREAS, Section 4.19 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Corporation shall cause a Restricted Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing for a Subsidiary Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary;

WHEREAS, the parties hereto are desirous of further supplementing the Indenture in the manner hereinafter provided for the purpose of providing Subsidiary Guarantees by the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(e) of the Indenture provides that the Corporation and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture without the consent of any Holder to add additional guarantees with respect to the Notes;

WHEREAS, this Third Supplemental Indenture shall not result in a material modification of the Notes for purposes of the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary have been done to make this Third Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement of the Corporation, the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor and the Trustee, in accordance with its terms.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises contained herein, the parties hereto mutually covenant and agree as follows:

1. Terms used in this Third Supplemental Indenture that are not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

2. The Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth in the Indenture, including but not limited to Article 10 of the Indenture.

3. This Third Supplemental Indenture shall be construed as supplemental to the Indenture and shall form a part thereof, and the Indenture is hereby incorporated by reference herein and, as supplemented, modified and restated hereby, is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed.

Third Supplemental Indenture to VL 2014 Indenture


4. This Third Supplemental Indenture shall be effective as of the date hereof. On and after the date hereof, each reference in the Indenture to “this Indenture,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” or “herein” shall mean and be a reference to the Indenture as supplemented by this Third Supplemental Indenture unless the context otherwise requires.

5. Except as provided below, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Indenture and the terms and conditions of this Third Supplemental Indenture, the terms and conditions of this Third Supplemental Indenture shall prevail.

6. If any provision of this Third Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision of the Indenture that is required to be included by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Act” ), as in force at the date this Third Supplemental Indenture is executed, the provision required by said Act shall control.

7. This Third Supplemental Indenture shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

8. This Third Supplemental Indenture may be signed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if the signatures to each counterpart were upon a single instrument, and all such counterparts together shall be deemed an original of this Third Supplemental Indenture.

9. The recitals contained in this Third Supplemental Indenture shall be taken as the statements of the Corporation, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Third Supplemental Indenture.

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGES]

Third Supplemental Indenture to VL 2014 Indenture


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Third Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

CORPORATION:

VIDÉOTRON LTÉE

 

By:   /s/ Hugues Simard     By:   /s/ Chloé Poirier
  Name: Hugues Simard       Name: Chloé Poirier
  Title: Senior Vice President and Chief       Title: Vice President and Treasurer
            Financial Officer      
ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS:

9176-6857 QUÉBEC INC.

 

By:   /s/ Hugues Simard     By:   /s/ Chloé Poirier
  Name: Hugues Simard       Name: Chloé Poirier
  Title: Vice President, Finance       Title: Vice President and Treasurer
TRUSTEE:

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

By:   /s/ Yana Kislenko      
  Name: Yana Kislenko      
  Title: Vice President      

Third Supplemental Indenture to VL 2014 Indenture

 

 

Exhibit 3.3

[TRANSLATION]

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

(the « Corporation »)

WRITTING RESOLUTIONS OF THE SHAREHOLDERS

DATE: FEBRUARY 15, 2017

 

 

 

 

INCREASE OF THE NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

BE IT RESOLVED:

THAT the number of the directors being on the board of directors of the Corporation be increased from 10 to 11 directors.

Exhibit 4.1

E XECUTION C OPY

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

as Borrower

- and –

THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS IDENTIFIED

ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO

as Lenders

- and -

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED

- and -

TD SECURITIES

- and -

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookmanagers

- and -

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

as Administrative Agent

- and -

THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK

- and -

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA

as Syndication Agent

- and -

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA

- and -

CAISSE CENTRALE DESJARDINS

as Documentation Agent

 

 

Revolving Facility - C$300,000,000

SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT DATED JUNE 14, 2013

June 24, 2016

 

 

 

 

LOGO


SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT DATED JUNE 14, 2013 entered into in Montréal, Province of Quebec, as of June 24, 2016.

Second Amendment to that certain amended and restated credit agreement dated as of June 14, 2013 between Quebecor Media Inc., as Borrower, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the several financial institutions from time to time party thereto, as Lenders (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified at any time and from time to time, including by way of that certain First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated August 1, 2013, the “ Amended and Restated Credit Agreement ”);

WHEREAS the parties hereto wish to amend the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions below, without novation;

WHEREAS effective concurrently with the coming into force and effect of this Second Amendment, Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC will have sold and assigned all of its rights, obligations and interest under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents (as defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.08 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement; and

WHEREAS , in satisfaction of the requirements under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, all of the Revolving Lenders have provided their requisite written consent to the Administrative Agent in connection with the amendments provided for herein.

NOW THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged), the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Interpretation.

 

  1.1 The preamble forms an integral part hereof as if recited herein at length.

 

  1.2 Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

 

  1.3 This Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement is declared to amend and be supplemental to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, to form part thereof and to have the same effect as if it were incorporated therein on the date hereof. Except to the extent that it is amended and supplemented by this Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement forms part hereof and is included by reference herein with the same effect as if it were recited herein at length. All the other provisions of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement which are unmodified hereby remain unchanged.

 

  1.4

The expressions “hereto”, “hereof”, “herein”, “hereunder”, “this Amendment”, “this Second Amendment” or “this Agreement” refer to this Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. On and after this date, each


  reference in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to “this Agreement” or “this Amended and Restated Credit Agreement” and each reference to the “Amended and Restated Credit Agreement” in any of the other Credit Documents and any other agreements, documents, certificates and instruments delivered by any Lender, the Borrower, or any other Person in connection herewith or therewith shall mean and be a reference to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment. Except as specifically amended by this Amendment, the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed.

 

  1.5 This Amendment shall constitute a Credit Document.

 

2. Amendments to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

 

  2.1 Section 1.01 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

  2.1.1 by deleting the defined term “Consolidated EBITDA” and replacing it with the following:

““ Consolidated EBITDA ” means, (i) for purposes of Facility B and any calculation or other determination relating to Facility B, for any Person, for any period and without duplication, earnings of such Person on a consolidated basis before non-controlling interests, earnings from equity accounted investments, extraordinary items, non-recurring gains or losses on debt extinguishment and asset sales, non-cash charges for non-recurring restructuring charges, cash charges for non-recurring restructuring charges to the extent such cash charges are in an aggregate amount of less than C$52,000,000 during the period commencing on October 1, 2012, Consolidated Interest Charges, foreign exchange translation gains or losses not involving the payment of cash, amortization of deferred financing costs and other non-cash financial charges, taxes, depreciation, amortization (including write-down of assets), without taking into account any goodwill adjustments, calculated on a consolidated basis, and otherwise calculated in accordance with GAAP; for greater certainty, there shall be excluded from the calculation of “Consolidated EBITDA” to the extent included in such calculation, the amount of any income or expense relating to Back-to-Back Securities; and (ii) for purposes of the Revolving Facility and any calculation or other determination relating to the Revolving Facility, for any Person, for any period and without duplication, earnings of such Person on a consolidated basis before non-controlling interests, earnings from equity accounted investments, extraordinary items, non-recurring gains or losses on debt extinguishment and asset sales, non-cash charges for non-recurring restructuring charges, cash charges for non-recurring restructuring charges, Consolidated Interest Charges, foreign exchange translation gains or losses not involving the payment of cash,

 

- 2 -


amortization of deferred financing costs and other non-cash financial charges, taxes, depreciation, amortization (including write-down of assets), without taking into account any goodwill adjustments, calculated on a consolidated basis, and otherwise calculated in accordance with GAAP; for greater certainty, there shall be excluded from the calculation of “Consolidated EBITDA” to the extent included in such calculation, the amount of any income or expense relating to Back-to-Back Securities.

Consolidated EBITDA shall (A) exclude the EBITDA of (a) any Person and (b) every division, line of business or group of operating assets used in carrying on a distinct business (collectively called an “Operating Business”) that (in the case of either (a) or (b) above) no longer belong to the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower (a “Former Contributor”) on the last day of such period which would otherwise be included in such consolidated results of operations of the Borrower because such Former Contributor or Operating Business, as the case may be, has been disposed of during such period; and (B) include the EBITDA for such period of each Person and of every Operating Business that, during such period, became (or, in the case of an Operating Business, became part of) the Borrower or of a Subsidiary of the Borrower and which is (or is comprised within) the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower on the last day of such period on a proforma basis for such period, based on audited historical results of operations, or, if unavailable, reasonable projections satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.”;

 

  2.1.2 by deleting the text “.” at the end of the defined term “ LIBOR ” and replacing it with the following text:

“, and provided further that at no time shall LIBOR for any Designated Period relating to a Libor Advance under the Revolving Facility be less than the Revolving Facility Libor Floor.”; and

 

  2.1.3 by deleting the defined term “Term” and replacing it with the following:

““ Term ” means the period commencing on the Closing Date and terminating with respect to (i) the Revolving Facility, on July 15, 2020 and (ii) Facility B-1 Tranche, on August 17, 2020.”.

 

  2.2 Section 1.01 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement is hereby further amended by inserting the following new definitions in the appropriate alphabetical order:

Defaulting Revolving Lender ” means any Revolving Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Accommodations within two Business Days of the date such Accommodations were required to be funded hereunder unless such Revolving Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Revolving Lender’s determination that one or more

 

- 3 -


conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent, or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within two Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Revolving Lender’s obligation to fund an Accommodation hereunder and states that such position is based on such Revolving Lender’s determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder (provided that such Revolving Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Revolving Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including any, provincial, state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity; provided that a Revolving Lender shall not be a Defaulting Revolving Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity security in that Revolving Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Entity so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Revolving Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within Canada or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Revolving Lender (or such Governmental Entity) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Revolving Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Revolving Lender is a Defaulting Revolving Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (d) above, and of the effective date of such status, shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Revolving Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Revolving Lender as of the date established therefor by the Administrative Agent in a written notice of such determination, which shall be delivered by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower and each other Lender promptly following such determination.

Revolving Facility Libor Floor ” means 0%.

 

- 4 -


  2.3 Section 2.07(1) of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the text “(other than Defaulting Revolving Lenders)” immediately after the text “Revolving Lenders”.

 

  2.4 Section 2.08(1) of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the text “not later than 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time)” therein and replacing it with the text “not later than, (i) with respect to any payment relating to the Facility B-1 Tranche, 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time), and (ii) with respect to any payment relating to the Revolving Facility and the Facility B-2 Tranche, 12:00 p.m. (Toronto time)”.

 

  2.5 Section 3.02(1) of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the text “not later than 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time)” therein and replacing it with the text “not later than, (x) with respect to any notice relating to the Facility B-1 Tranche, 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time), and (y) with respect to any notice relating to the Revolving Facility and the Facility B-2 Tranche, 12:00 p.m. (Toronto time)”.

 

  2.6 Section 4.03(1) of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the text “not later than 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time)” therein and replacing it with the text “not later than 12:00 p.m. (Toronto time)”.

 

  2.7 Section 4.05(1)(iii) of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the text “on or before 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time)” therein and replacing it with the text “on or before 12:00 p.m. (Toronto time)”.

 

  2.8 Section 5.02(1) of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the text “At or before 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time)” therein and replacing it with the text “At or before 12:00 p.m. (Toronto time)”.

 

  2.9 Section 8.02(k) of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the text “ Intentionally Deleted. ”.

 

  2.10 Section 12.11 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following new paragraph at the end thereof:

“If any Lender is a Defaulting Revolving Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole cost and expense, upon 10 days’ notice to such Defaulting Revolving Lender and the Administrative Agent, on the condition that at such time, no Default exists and is continuing, require such Defaulting Revolving Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 12.08), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that the assigning Defaulting Revolving Lender receives payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its outstanding Accommodations Outstanding, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it

 

- 5 -


hereunder (including any breakage costs, if any, contemplated under Section 12.06(4)) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts).

A Defaulting Revolving Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.”.

 

3. Assignment and Assumption.

Effective concurrently with the coming into force and effect of this Second Amendment and as a condition of same, Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC shall sell and assign, inter alios , all of its Commitments under the Credit Facilities to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. who shall purchase and assume the same, the whole in accordance with Section 12.08 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and as more fully set forth in the Assignment and Assumption Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

4. Conditions Precedent.

This Amendment shall not be in force or effect until the following conditions precedent are met to the satisfaction of the Administrative Agent and the Revolving Lenders:

 

  4.1 no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing or would arise immediately after giving effect to or as a result of this Amendment, and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of an acceptable officer of the Borrower confirming the absence of any such Default or Event of Default;

 

  4.2 all of the representations and warranties contained in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents shall continue to be true and correct in all material respects on the date hereof (other than representations and warranties made as of a certain date) as if such representations and warranties were made on the date of this Amendment, and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of an acceptable officer of the Borrower confirming same;

 

  4.3 satisfactory confirmation that no Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred since December 31, 2015, and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of an acceptable officer of the Borrower confirming same;

 

  4.4 the Administrative Agent and the Revolving Lenders shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to them and their counsel:

 

  4.4.1 duly executed counterparts of this Amendment;

 

  4.4.2

results of Lien searches from August 1, 2013 to a date reasonably close to the date of this Amendment, of all filings, registrations or recordings of or with respect to all the movable assets of the Borrower and its predecessors in each jurisdiction in which its assets are located or have an

 

- 6 -


  office, together with such other documents that the Administrative Agent shall require evidencing, to the entire satisfaction of the Administrative Agent and its counsel, that all such movable assets continue to remain free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens;

 

  4.4.3 a duly certified copy of the constating documents, by-laws, resolutions and incumbency of the Borrower, certified by an acceptable officer of the Borrower (or to the extent all amendments or additions to such constating documents, by-laws, resolutions and incumbency, if any, have heretofore been delivered to the Administrative Agent, a certificate by an acceptable officer of the Borrower attesting to same);

 

  4.4.4 a certificate of status, compliance, good standing or like certificate issued by the appropriate governmental body of the Borrower’s jurisdiction of incorporation and jurisdiction where it owns any material assets or carries any material business;

 

  4.4.5 the favourable opinions of legal counsel to the Borrower addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Revolving Lenders and their legal counsel covering, inter alia , (i) the corporate status, power and capacity of the Borrower, (ii) the authority and legal right of the Borrower to execute this Amendment and to perform its obligations contained therein or incidental thereto, (iii) the due execution and delivery by the Borrower of the Amendment, (iv) the compliance of the Amendment with the constating documents and by-laws of the Borrower and with the laws of the jurisdiction of organisation of the Borrower and with those indicated as governing each such document; (v) the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability against the Borrower of the Amendment; (vi) the continued legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of the Security Documents against the Borrower as continuing to secure the obligations of the Borrower under this Amendment and the other Credit Documents; (vii) the continued opposability and perfection of the security created under the relevant Security Documents; and as to such other matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require;

 

  4.4.6 satisfactory evidence that all necessary third party consents and authorisations required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment have been obtained, and that all debentures, hypothecs, deeds, instruments, forms, financing statements or equivalent documents required under all applicable Laws to preserve the Security, if any, have been executed, delivered and duly registered, recorded, published and/or filed; and

 

  4.4.7 all other documents, declarations, certificates, agreements, notices and information that the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably require;

 

- 7 -


  4.5 the entire amount of all fees, costs, charges and expenses contemplated herein or in any other Credit Document, to the extent then owing, including (a) the upfront fees referred to in the Borrower’s request letter dated June 8, 2016, and (b) the fees and disbursements of the Administrative Agent’s and Revolving Lenders’ legal counsel incurred in connection with the preparation and negotiation of this Amendment, up to and including the date hereof, shall have been paid.

 

5. No Waiver.

The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided otherwise, operate as a waiver of any of the rights and powers of or remedies available to the Administrative Agent (in such capacity or in its capacity as collateral agent or fondé de pouvoir , as applicable) or the Lenders under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement or such other Credit Documents.

 

6. No Novation.

Nothing in this Agreement shall constitute, evidence or result in repayment, readvance, accord or satisfaction, release or novation of all or any part of the Accommodations, the Debt relating to the Accommodations, or any other obligation or liability of the Borrower under, in respect of or in connection with the Accommodations, the Debt relating to the Accommodations, the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and any other Credit Documents. However, should this Agreement be construed as constituting, evidencing or resulting in repayment, readvance, accord or satisfaction, release or novation of all or any part of the Accommodations, the Debt relating to the Accommodations, or any other obligation or liability of the Borrower under, in respect of or in connection with the Accommodations, the Debt relating to the Accommodations, the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and any other Credit Documents, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby expressly reserve all of the Security granted in their favour by the Borrower under the Security Documents, the whole in accordance with the provisions of Article 1662 of the Civil Code of Québec .

 

7. Governing Law.

This Amendment shall be governed by and interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the Province of Quebec and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein.

 

8. Successors and Assigns.

The provisions of this Amendment shall be binding on and enure to the benefit of the undersigned and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

9. Counterparts.

This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

- 8 -


10. Patriot Act.

Each Revolving Lender party hereto and the Administrative Agent hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ PATRIOT Act ”), each Revolving Lender and the Administrative Agent may be required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Revolving Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify the Borrower in accordance with the PATRIOT Act. This notice is given in accordance with the requirements of the PATRIOT Act and is effective for each Revolving Lender and the Administrative Agent.

[ Signature pages follow ]

 

- 9 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement as of the date hereinabove mentioned.

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC., as Borrower
Per:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

Name:   Chloé Poirier
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
Per:  

/s/ Jean-François Pruneau

Name:   Jean-François Pruneau
Title:   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. , as Administrative Agent
Per:  

/s/ Robert Rittelmeyer

Name:   Robert Rittelmeyer
Title:   Vice President

 

QMI – Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., CANADA BRANCH
Per:  

/s/ Medina Sales de Andrade

Name:   Medina Sales de Andrade
Title:   Vice President
Per:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA
Per:  

/s/ Rob King

Name:   Rob King
Title:   Managing Director
Per:  

/s/ Sean Flinn

Name:   Sean Flinn
  Associate Director
THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK
Per:  

/s/ (signature)

Name:  
Title:  
Per:  

/s/ (signature)

Name:  
Title:  

 

QMI – Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement


CAISSE CENTRALE DESJARDINS DU QUÉBEC
Per:  

/s/ Catherine McCarthy

Name:   Catherine McCarthy
Title:   Directeur, Financement corporatif
  Director, Corporate Banking
Per:  

/s/ Dominique Parizeau

Name:   Dominique Parizeau
  Directeur généralGestion du portefeuille, Grandes Entreprises
  Managing Director
  Portfolio Management, Corporate Banking
ROYAL BANK OF CANADA
Per:  

/s/ Pierre Bouffard

Name:   Pierre Bouffard
Title:   Authorized Signatory
Per:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
CITIBANK, N.A., CANADIAN BRANCH
Per:  

/s/ Azita Taravati

Name:   Azita Taravati
Title:   Authorized Signatory
Per:  

 

Name:  

 

QMI – Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement


CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE
Per:  

/s/ Philippe Boivin

Name:   Philippe Boivin
Title:   Director
Per:  

/s/ Anissa Rabia-Zeribi

Name:   Anissa Rabia-Zeribi
  Executive Director
BANK OF MONTREAL
Per:  

/s/ Sean P. Gallaway

Name:   Sean P. Gallaway
Title:   Vice President
Per:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
Per:  

/s/ Jeffrey Coleman

Name:   Jeffrey Coleman
Title:   Executive Director
Per:  

 

Name:  

 

QMI – Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement


HSBC BANK CANADA
Per:  

/s/ Annie Houle

Name:   Annie Houle
Title:   Director
Per:  

/s/ Jossia Bélisle

Name:   Jossia Bélisle
Title:   Assistant Vice-President
NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA
Per:  

/s/ Luc Bernier

Name:   Luc Bernier
Title:   Managing Director
Per:  

/s/ Alexandre Huot

Name:   Alexandre Huot
Title:   Directeur - Director
BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ (CANADA)
Per:  

/s/ Thomas Isidean

Name:   Thomas Isidean
Title:   Vice President
Per:  

 

Name:  

 

QMI – Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement


LAURENTIAN BANK OF CANADA
Per:  

/s/ Guylaine Couture

Name:   Guylaine Couture
Title:   Assistant Vice President
Per:  

/s/ Vanessa Thibault

Name:   Vanessa Thibault
  Account Manager

 

QMI – Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement


Exhibit A

Assignment and Assumption Agreement

Attached

 

QMI – Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement


ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

This Assignment and Assumption Agreement (this “ Assignment and Assumption ”) dated as of the Effective Date referred to below is entered into by and between the party identified below as “ Assignor ” and each party identified on each signature page hereto as an “ Assignee ”. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (as amended or modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by each Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably and ratably sells and assigns to each Assignee, and each Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date referred to below (i) all of the Assignor’s respective rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below the signature of that Assignee of all the Assignor’s respective outstanding rights and obligations under the Credit Facilities identified below (including without limitation any guarantees and Security included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other rights of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as to each Assignee, the “ Assigned Interest ”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

 

1.    Assignor:    Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC
2.    Assignees and their Assigned Interests:    Listed on the signature pages attached hereto
3.    Borrower:    Quebecor Media Inc.
4.    Administrative Agent:    Bank of America, N. A., as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement referred to below
5.    Credit Agreement:    The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of June 14, 2013 among the Borrower named above, the Lenders parties thereto, and the Administrative Agent named above


6. Assigned Interests:

 

Facility

Assigned

   Aggregate Amount
of Commitment/

Accommodations for
all Lenders
   Amount of
Commitment/ Assigned
Accommodations
     Percentage Assigned
of Commitments/

Accommodations
 

Revolving Facility

   C$300,000,000    C$ 15,000,000        5

 

7.    Effective Date:    As to each Assignee, as indicated on attached signature page thereof
8.    Trade Date:    As to each Assignee, as indicated on attached signature page thereof

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

 

ASSIGNOR:     GOLDMAN SACHS LENDING PARTNERS LLC  
    By:  

/s/ Rebecca Kratz

 
    Name:   Rebecca Kratz  
    Title:   Authorized Signatory  
Consent and Acceptance:     BANK OF AMERICA, N. A.,  
    as Administrative Agent  
    By:  

/s/ Robert Rittelmeyer

 
    Name:   Robert Rittelmeyer  
    Title:   Vice President  


Consent and Acceptance:     QUEBECOR MEDIA INC., as Borrower  
    By:  

/s/ Jean-François Pruneau

 
    Name:   Jean-François Pruneau  
    Title:   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  


ASSIGNEE:     JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.  
    By:  

/s/ Amita Rodriguez

 
    Name:   Amita Rodriguez  
    Title:   Authorized Signatory  

 

Trade Date:    June 24, 2016   
Effective Date:    June 24, 2016   


ANNEX 1 TO ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ASSIGNMENT

AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

 

  1. Representations and Warranties .

1.1. Assignor . The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of each Assigned Interest, (ii) each Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Credit Documents or any other instrument or document delivered pursuant thereto, other than this Agreement, or any Collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Credit Document or (iv) the performance or observance by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Credit Document.

1.2. Assignee . Each Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it meets all requirements of an Assignee under the Credit Agreement, (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 8.01 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

1.3 Assignee’s Address for Notices, Etc . Attached hereto as Schedule 1 is all contact information, address, phone and facsimile information and account and payment instructions) relative to the Assignee.


2. Payments . From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued prior to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

3. General Provisions . This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws applicable in the Province of Quebec.


SCHEDULE 1 TO ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS

[REDACTED]

Exhibit 4.7

FIRST AMENDING AGREEMENT to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of June 16, 2015, entered into in the City of Montreal, Province of Quebec, as of June 24, 2016,

 

AMONG:    VIDÉOTRON LTÉE , a company constituted in accordance with the laws of Quebec, having its registered office at 612 St. Jacques Street, 18 th floor, in the City of Montreal, Province of Quebec (hereinafter called the “ Borrower ”)
AND:    THE LENDERS, AS DEFINED IN THE CREDIT AGREEMENT (the “ Lenders ”)
AND:    ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT FOR THE LENDERS , a Canadian bank, having a place of business at 200 Bay Street, 12th floor, South Tower, Royal Bank Plaza, in the City of Toronto, Province of Ontario (hereinafter called the “ Agent ”)

WHEREAS the parties hereto are parties to a credit agreement originally dated as of November 28, 2000, as amended and restated as of July 20, 2011, as amended by a First Amending Agreement dated as of June 14, 2013, a Second Amending Agreement dated as of January 28, 2015, and a Third Amending Agreement creating an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of June 16, 2015 (the “ Original Credit Agreement ”, and as amended pursuant to this Agreement, the “ Credit Agreement ”);

WHEREAS the Borrower has requested certain amendments to the Original Credit Agreement to extend the Term of the Revolving Facility and the Unsecured Facility, provide for a mechanism for future extensions, adjust Margins, increase the amount of the Swing Line Commitment, add US$ borrowings, and other matters; and

WHEREAS the Lenders have unanimously agreed with the Borrower to the amendments contemplated hereby, and as such, the Lenders have complied with the provisions of Section 18.14 and 18.15 of the Original Credit Agreement, as evidenced by the signature of each party hereto on this Agreement;

NOW THEREFORE, THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

I. INTERPRETATION

All of the words and expressions which are capitalized herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Original Credit Agreement unless otherwise indicated herein.


II. AMENDMENTS

1. Subsection 1.1.5 of the Original Credit Agreement is amended to add US$ borrowing options, and now provides as follows:

“1.1.5 “ Advance ” means any advance by a Lender under this Agreement, including, with respect to (a) the Revolving Facility, direct Advances by way of Prime Rate Advances, Swing Line Advances, US Base Rate Advances and Libor Advances, and indirect Advances by way of BA Advances and the issuance of Letters of Credit, (b) the Unsecured Facility, direct Advances by way of Prime Rate Advances, US Base Rate Advances and Libor Advances, and indirect Advances by way of BA Advances and the issuance of Letters of Credit, and (c) the Finnvera Term Facility, the “Tranche A CDOR Advances” as defined in Schedule “P”.”.

2. Subsection 1.1.57 of the Original Credit Agreement is amended to add a reference to a Libor Advance, and now provides as follows:

“1.1.57 “ Designated Period ” means, with respect to a Libor Advance or a BA Advance, a period designated by the Borrower in accordance with Sections 4.11, 6.1 and 6.4, respectively.”.

3. New subsections 1.1.96A, 1.1.96B, 1.1.96C and 1.1.96D are added to the Original Credit Agreement to provide for Libor borrowings, as follows:

“1.1.96A “ LIBOR ” means, with respect to any Designated Period of 1, 2, 3 or 6 months relating to a Libor Advance under the Revolving Facility or the Unsecured Facility, the average rate for deposits in US$ for a period comparable to the Designated Period which is quoted on Reuters Screen Libor01 Page, at or about 11:00 a.m. (London, England time), determined two Banking Days prior to the date on which a Libor Advance is to be made in accordance with Section 5.5, provided that if such rate is negative, it shall be deemed to be nil; if such quote is unavailable, then LIBOR shall be determined by the Agent as the average of the rate at which deposits in US$ for a period similar to the Designated Period and in amounts comparable to the amount of such Libor Advance are offered by the Libor Reference Lenders to prime banks in the London inter-bank market at or about 11:00 a.m. London, England time on the date of such determination.

In any event, the rate determined in accordance with the above-mentioned Reuter’s page or inter-bank offered rate (the “ Quoted Rate ”) shall be adjusted for reserve requirements of any affected Lender in accordance with the following formula to obtain the applicable LIBOR:

 

   LIBOR=   

Quoted Rate

     
      1.00 - Reserve Percentage      

 

2.


where “ Reserve Percentage ” means the rate (expressed as a decimal) applicable to the Agent, during the relevant Designated Period under regulations, directives or guidelines issued from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (in the USA), by the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions (in Canada) or by any other applicable regulatory agency, for determining the reserve requirement applicable to the Facilities or to facilities similar thereto (including any basic, supplemental, emergency or marginal reserve requirement) of the Agent, respectively, with respect to “Eurocurrency liabilities”, as that term is defined under such regulations or for the purposes of complying with such directives or guidelines. All adjustments to the Quoted Rate shall occur and be effective as of the effective date of any change in the Reserve Percentage (to the extent that the Lenders claiming entitlement to such adjustment are affected thereby), and the Agent will use reasonable efforts to advise the Borrower of any such change as soon as practicable (provided that the Agent shall not be liable if it fails to do so).

1.1.96B “ Libor Advance ” means, at any time, the part of the Advances with respect to which the Borrower has chosen to pay interest on the Libor Basis.

1.1.96C “ Libor Basis ” means the basis of calculation of interest on Libor Advances, or any part thereof, made in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.3 and 5.4.

1.1.96D “ Libor Reference Lenders ” means Royal Bank of Canada, The Toronto-Dominion Bank and Bank of America, N.A., Canada Branch, or such other Lender(s) appointed by the Agent with the consent of the Borrower in replacement of the said Lender(s).”.

 

3.


4. Subsection 1.1.101 of the Original Credit Agreement (definition of “ Margin ”) is deleted and replaced by the following:

“1.1.101 “ Margin ” means, (a) under the Revolving Facility, for Prime Rate Advances, US Base Rate Advances, Libor Advances, Stamping Fees, LC Fees and Standby Fees, the following annual percentages depending on the then-applicable Leverage Ratio (“x” in the table below), determined at the times and in the manner set out below the tables:

Revolving Facility

 

Leverage Ratio

 

Standby Fee

 

Prime Rate/US Base

Rate Plus

 

Stamping Fees /

LC Fees / LIBOR

x >4.50

  0.5250%   1.625%   2.625%

4.50 ³ x >4.00

  0.4500%   1.25%   2.25%

4.00 ³ x >3.50

  0.4000%   1.00%   2.00%

3.50 ³ x >2.75

  0.3400%   0.70%   1.70%

2.75 ³ x >1.75

  0.2900%   0.45%   1.45%

x £ 1.75

  0.2700%   0.35%   1.35%

and (b), under the Unsecured Facility , for Prime Rate Advances, US Base Rate Advances, Libor Advances, Stamping Fees, LC Fees and Standby Fees, the following annual percentages depending on the then-applicable Leverage Ratio (“x” in the table below), determined at the times and in the manner set out below the table:

Unsecured Facility

 

Leverage Ratio

 

Standby Fee

 

Prime Rate/US Base

Rate plus

 

Stamping Fees /

LC Fees / LIBOR

x >4.50

  0.650%   2.00%   3.000%

4.50 ³ x >4.00

  0.600%   1.75%   2.75%

4.00 ³ x >3.50

  0.500%   1.50%   2.50%

3.50 ³ x >2.75

  0.415%   1.075%   2.075%

2.75 ³ x >1.75

  0.350%   0.80%   1.80%

x £ 1.75

  0.330%   0.675%   1.675%

Each change resulting from a change in the Leverage Ratio shall be effective with respect to all outstanding Loan Obligations retroactively from the first day of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, and shall be based on the financial statements and Compliance Certificates required by subsections 12.15.1 and 12.15.2, as applicable, and the Leverage Ratio derived from such financial statements. Thus, the financial statements and Compliance Certificates which shall be delivered 60 days after quarter-end and 90 days after year-end (based on unaudited results and subject to readjustment upon delivery of a second Compliance Certificate in accordance with the provisions of subsection 12.15.2(b)) will be used to calculate the Leverage Ratio applicable from the first day of the quarter in which such financial statements and Compliance Certificates were to be delivered. For example, the financial statements and Compliance Certificates to be delivered in respect of the quarter ending May 31 of any year of the Term shall be delivered by July 30 of that year, and shall be used to calculate the Leverage Ratio for the period from June 1 of that year to August 31 of that year. If, as a result of an increase in the Leverage Ratio, the Margin has increased, the Agent will advise the Borrower and the Lenders and the Borrower will pay all

 

4.


additional amounts that may be due to the Lenders within 2 Business Days of being advised of the amount due. If, as a result of a reduction in the Leverage Ratio, the Margin has been reduced, the Agent shall advise the Borrower and the Lenders and the amounts owed to the Borrower (a) will be deducted from the Stamping Fees otherwise payable in the case of a BA Advance, on the next Rollover Date of the relevant BA Advance, or (b) in the case of Prime Rate Advances, US Base Rate Advances or Libor Advances, will be deducted from the interest otherwise payable by the Borrower on the next interest payment date contemplated by Section 5.2 or Section 4.11, or (c) in the case of Letters of Credit, will be deducted from the LC Fees otherwise payable by the Borrower on the next LC Fee payment date contemplated by subsection 4.2.2, and (d) if no interest or Stamping Fees are payable during that period, the Lenders shall remit the necessary amounts to the Agent for payment to the Borrower.”.

5. Subsection 1.1.109 of the Original Credit Agreement is amended to add provisions related to Libor Advances, and now provides as follows:

“1.1.109 “ Notice of Borrowing ” means, (i) with respect to the Revolving Facility or the Unsecured Facility, a notice substantially in the form of Schedule “B” transmitted to the Agent by the Borrower in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.1, 4.2 or 4.11, or of subsection 6.1.1, and (ii) with respect to the Finnvera Term Facility, a Tranche A Notice of Borrowing, as defined in Schedule “P”.”.

6. Subsection 1.1.125 of the Original Credit Agreement is amended by replacing the reference to Section 5.7 with a reference to Section 5.10. Consequently, subsection 1.1.125 now provides as follows:

“1.1.125 “ Revolving Facility Fees ” means the fees payable to the Agent and to the Revolving Facility Lenders, as set out in Section 5.10.”.

7. Subsection 1.1.127 of the Original Credit Agreement is amended to add provisions related to Libor Advances, and now provides as follows:

“1.1.127 “ Rollover Date ” means, with respect to a Libor Advance or a BA Advance, the date of any such Advance, or the first day of any Designated Period.”.

8. Subsection 1.1.132 of the Original Credit Agreement is amended to add provisions related to Libor Advances, and now provides as follows:

“1.1.132 “ Selected Amount ” means, with respect to a BA Advance, the amount of the Advances in Canadian Dollars which the Borrower has asked to obtain by the issuance of Bankers’ Acceptances in accordance with Section 6.1, and with respect to a Libor Advance, the amount of the Advances in US Dollars in respect of which the Borrower has asked, in accordance with Section 4.11, that the interest payable thereon be calculated on the Libor Basis.”.

 

5.


9. Subsection 1.1.141 of the Original Credit Agreement is amended by replacing the reference to subsection 5.7.1 with a reference to subsection 5.10.1. Consequently, subsection 1.1.141 now provides as follows:

“1.1.141 “ Standby Fee ” has the meaning ascribed to it in subsection 5.10.1.”.

10. Subsection 1.1.145 of the Original Credit Agreement is amended by changing the amount from “$25,000,000” to “$35,000,000”. Consequently, the subsection now provides as follows:

“1.1.145 “ Swing Line Commitment ” means $35,000,000.”.

11. Subsection 1.1.152 of the Original Credit Agreement is amended by deleting both of the dates “July 20, 2020”, and replacing them with “July 20, 2021”. Consequently, subsection 1.1.152 now provides as follows:

“1.1.152 “ Term ” means, with respect to the Revolving Facility, the period commencing on the Closing Date and terminating on July 20, 2021, with respect to the Unsecured Facility, the period commencing on the Third Amendment Closing Date and terminating on the earlier of the Conversion Date-Total and July 20, 2021, and with respect to the Finnvera Term Facility, the period commencing on November 13, 2009 and terminating on the “Maturity Date” as defined in Schedule “P”.”.

12. Subsection 1.1.160 of the Original Credit Agreement is amended by replacing the reference to Section 5.7 with a reference to Section 5.10. Consequently, subsection 1.1.160 now provides as follows:

“1.1.160 “ Unsecured Facility Fees ” means the fees payable to the Agent and to the Unsecured Facility Lenders, as set out in Section 5.10.”.

13. Subsection 1.1.163 of the Original Credit Agreement is amended to permit US$ Advances in addition to those permitted pursuant to Original Credit Agreement via the Swing Line Advances. Consequently, subsection 1.1.163 now provides as follows:

“1.1.163 “ US Base Rate Advance ” means, at any time, the part of the Advances in US Dollars with respect to which the Borrower has chosen, or, in accordance with the provisions hereof, is obliged, to pay interest on the US Base Rate Basis.”.

14. The last paragraph of Section 2.1 of the Original Credit Agreement is amended by replacing the reference to subsection 5.7.1 with a reference to subsection 5.10.1. Consequently, the last paragraph of Section 2.1 now provides as follows:

“Irrespective of whether or not any Swing Line Advances have been made or remain outstanding, the amount available under the Revolving Facility (other than for the purposes of the calculation under subsection 5.10.1) shall be deemed to be reduced by an amount equal to the Swing Line Commitment.”.

 

6.


15. Section 2.2 of the Original Credit Agreement is amended to permit US$ Advances in addition to those permitted pursuant to Original Credit Agreement via the Swing Line Advances, and now provides as follows:

“2.2          The Revolving Facility and the Unsecured Facility

All Advances under the Revolving Facility and the Swing Line Advances shall be in Canadian Dollars or US$ and may be repaid and re-borrowed by the Borrower at all times during the Term. All Advances under the Unsecured Facility shall be in Canadian Dollars or US$ and, subject to the provisions of Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.10, 4.11, 6.1, and 6.13, may be repaid and re-borrowed by the Borrower at all times during the Term.”.

16. Subsection 2.3.1 of the Original Credit Agreement is amended to add a reference to Section 4.11, and now provides as follows:

“2.3.1 Intention of the Parties . The Unsecured Facility is intended to be used to supplement the Credit available under the Revolving Facility, which is limited due to the restrictions described in the first sentence of subsection 2.3.2. Accordingly, as noted in Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.10, 4.11, 6.1, and 6.13, the Revolving Facility is intended to be drawn up to the Threshold Amount at all times prior to any utilization of the Unsecured Facility, provided, however, that notwithstanding said intention and the aforementioned Sections, the Lenders and the Agents hereby acknowledge and agree that if at any time prior to the occurrence of a Default that is continuing or an Event of Default that has not been waived, the aggregate principal amount of the Advances outstanding under the Revolving Facility is less than the Threshold Amount, the Borrower shall not be required to repay, cash collateralize or cancel, as the case may be, any Bankers Acceptances, Libor Advances or Letters of Credit outstanding under the Unsecured Facility prior to their respective maturity or expiry dates.”.

17. A new Section 2.5 is added to the Original Credit Agreement to provide for the possibility of annual extensions of the Term of the Revolving Facility and the Unsecured Facility, and Section 2.5 of the Original Credit Agreement becomes Section 2.6. The new Section 2.5 provides as follows:

“2.5          Extension of Term - Revolving and Unsecured Facilities

By notice in writing to the Agent for delivery to the Revolving Facility Lenders and the Unsecured Facility Lenders (in this Section, the “ Facility Lenders ”) given at any time during the period commencing April 21 and terminating on May 21 of each year after 2016, the Borrower may request (a “ Renewal Request ”) that the Facility Lenders extend the Term of the Revolving Facility and the Unsecured Facility (the “ Relevant Facilities ”) for an additional period of one year from the date on which the Term of the Relevant Facilities would otherwise have expired. Each Renewal

 

7.


Request must be made in respect of both of the Relevant Facilities, and any Facility Lender that responds to the Renewal Request shall be required to give the same decision (consent or no consent) in respect of both of the Relevant Facilities.

The Facility Lenders undertake to respond to the Renewal Request not more than 30 days from receipt. If any Facility Lender fails to so respond, such Facility Lender shall be deemed to be a Non-Consenting Lender, as defined below. Each Renewal Request must be consented to by Lenders holding not less than  2 / 3 of the Commitments under each of the Relevant Facilities (herein the “ Special Majority Lenders ”), failing which it will be deemed to have been refused.

At the option and expense of the Borrower (including the fee payable under subsection 16.2.2(f) hereof), and provided the Special Majority Lenders have consented to the Renewal Request, any Facility Lender not consenting thereto (a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”) may be replaced, in whole or in part, by one or more Facility Lenders, or by a new Facility Lender satisfactory to the Borrower, the Agent, the Issuing Lenders and the Swing Line Lenders, in each case acting reasonably. In such case, such Non-Consenting Lender shall promptly assign its rights, benefits and obligations as a Facility Lender to such other or new Facility Lender in accordance with the provisions of Section 16.2.2. If, and to the extent that, the full amount of the Commitments of any Non-Consenting Lender is not so assumed, (a) all Loan Obligations owed to such Non-Consenting Lender shall be fully repaid (together with interest and fees related thereto) by the Borrower to such Non-Consenting Lender on, and (b) the Commitments of such Non-Consenting Lender will terminate on, the then-applicable expiry date of the Term, without regard to the extension sought in the Renewal Request, and the Credit under the Relevant Facilities shall be reduced accordingly on that date.”.

18. Section 4.1 of the Original Credit Agreement is amended to contemplate US Base Rate Advances and to change notification deadlines, and now provides as follows:

“4.1          Notice of Borrowing - Direct Advances

Subject to the applicable provisions of this Agreement, including Section 4.10, on any Business Day during the Disbursement Period, the Borrower shall be entitled to request Advances under the Revolving Facility, and/or, if the aggregate principal amount of the Advances outstanding under the Revolving Facility will not be less than the Threshold Amount (on the date said requested Advances under the Unsecured Facility are made), under the Unsecured Facility, on one or more occasions, up to the maximum amount of the Credit under the Revolving Facility and/or under the Unsecured Facility, as applicable, by way of Prime Rate Advances and US Base Rate Advances in minimum amounts of Canadian $1,000,000 or US$1,000,000 respectively, and whole multiples thereof, provided that at least one (1) Business Day prior to the day on which any Prime Rate Advance or US Base Rate Advance is required (other than a Swing Line Advance, which shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.3), the Borrower shall have provided to the Agent an irrevocable telephone notice at or before 12:00 p.m. on any Business Day, followed by the immediate delivery of a written Notice of Borrowing. Notices of

 

8.


Borrowing in respect of Letters of Credit, Swing Line Advances, Libor Advances and BA Advances shall be given in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4.2, 4.3, 4.11, and 6.1, respectively.”.

19. Subsection 4.3.1 of the Original Credit Agreement is amended by changing the time for notice. Consequently, subsection 4.3.1 now provides as follows:

“4.3.1 Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Swing Line Lender agrees to make Swing Line Advances to the Borrower on any Business Day from time to time prior to the expiry of the Term. Swing Line Advances (other than by Letters of Credit) may be made or drawn by way of overdrafts on the Borrower’s account with the Swing Line Lender or by way of irrevocable same Business Day telephone notice at or before 12:00 p.m. followed by the delivery on the same day of a written notice of confirmation. Swing Line Advances by Letter of Credit shall be subject to the prior notice as required by the Swing Line Lender in accordance with its normal practices and shall not exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any time.”.

20. Section 4.8 of the Original Credit Agreement is amended to refer to Libor Advances as well as Bankers’ Acceptances, and now provides as follows:

“4.8         Limits on BA Advances, Libor Advances and Letters of Credit

Nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted as authorizing the Borrower to issue Bankers’ Acceptances or borrow by way of Libor Advances for a Designated Period expiring or, subject to subsection 4.2.1, to cause to be issued Letters of Credit maturing, on a date which is after the expiry of the Term.”.

21. Section 4.9 of the Original Credit Agreement is amended to recognize that US$ borrowings can be made under either the Revolving Facility or the Unsecured Facility, and now provides as follows:

“4.9          Excess Resulting From Exchange Rate Change

Any time that, following one or more fluctuations in the exchange rate of the US Dollar against the Canadian Dollar, the sum of:

4.9.1 the Equivalent Amount in Canadian Dollars of Loan Obligations under the Revolving Facility or the Unsecured Facility in US Dollars; and

4.9.2 the Loan Obligations under the Revolving Facility or the Unsecured Facility in Canadian Dollars;

exceeds the amount of the Credit under the Revolving Facility or the Unsecured Facility then available, the Borrower shall promptly either (i) make the necessary payments or repayments to the Agent to reduce the Loan Obligations under the Revolving Facility or the

 

9.


Unsecured Facility, as applicable, to an amount equal to or less than the available amount of the Credit under the Revolving Facility or the Unsecured Facility, as the case may be, or (ii) maintain or cause to be maintained with the Agent, deposits of Canadian Dollars in an amount equal to or greater than the amount by which the Loan Obligations under the Revolving Facility or the Unsecured Facility, as the case may be, exceed the available amount of the Credit under the Revolving Facility or the Unsecured Facility, as the case may be, such deposits to be maintained in such form and upon such terms as are acceptable to the Agent. Without in any way limiting the foregoing provisions, the Agent shall, on the date of each request for an Advance or on the date of any interest payment or on each Acceptance Date or Rollover Date, make the necessary exchange rate calculations to determine whether any such excess exists on such date and, if there is an excess, it shall so notify the Borrower.”.

22. Subsection 4.10.2 of the Original Credit Agreement is amended to add a reference to US$ borrowings made under the Unsecured Facility, and now provides as follows:

“4.10.2 there are Prime Rate Advances or US Base Rate Advances outstanding under the Unsecured Facility;”

23. A new Section 4.11 is added to the Original Credit Agreement to permit Libor Advances, and provides as follows:

“4.11         Libor Advances and Conversions

Subject to the applicable provisions of this Agreement, including Section 4.10, on any Business Day during the Disbursement Period, upon an irrevocable telephone notice to the Agent given prior to 12:00 p.m., at least three Business Days prior to the date of a proposed Libor Advance, followed by the immediate delivery of a written Notice of Borrowing, the Borrower may request that (a) a Libor Advance be made, (b) that one or more US Base Rate Advances not borrowed as Libor Advances be converted into one or more Libor Advances, or (c) that a Libor Advance or any part thereof be extended, as the case may be, in each case, under the Revolving Facility. If the aggregate principal amount of the Advances outstanding under the Revolving Facility will not be less than the Threshold Amount on the date of a requested Libor Advance under the Unsecured Facility, the Borrower may also make such request under the Unsecured Facility. Each Selected Amount with respect to each Designated Period shall be in an amount of not less than US$1,000,000, and shall be in whole multiples of US$1,000,000. The Agent shall determine the LIBOR which will be in effect on the Rollover Date (which in such case must be a Banking Day), with respect to the Selected Amount or to each of the Selected Amounts, as the case may be, having a Designated Period of 10 to 180 days (or such other period as may be available and acceptable to the Agent) from the Rollover Date. However, if the Borrower has not delivered a notice to the Agent in a timely manner in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.11, the Borrower shall be deemed to have chosen to have the interest on the amount of such Advance calculated on the US Base Rate Basis.

 

10.


24. The title to Section 5.1 of the Original Credit Agreement is amended to contemplate US Base Rate Advances, and now provides as follows:

“5.1         Interest on the Prime Rate Basis and the US Base Rate Basis ”.

25. The title to Section 5.2 of the Original Credit Agreement is amended to contemplate US Base Rate Advances, and now provides as follows:

“5.2         Payment of Interest on the Prime Rate Basis and the US Base Rate Basis ”.

26. New Sections 5.3, 5.4 and 5.5 are added to the Original Credit Agreement to provide for Libor Advances, and Sections 5.3 to 5.8 of the Original Credit Agreement become Sections 5.6 to 5.11. The new Sections 5.3 to 5.5 provide as follows:

“5.3         Interest on the Libor Basis

The principal amount of any of the Libor Advances which at any time and from time to time remains outstanding shall bear interest, calculated daily, on the daily balance of such Libor Advance, from the date of each Libor Advance or Rollover Date, at the annual rate (calculated based on a 360-day year) applicable to each of such days which corresponds to the LIBOR applicable to each Selected Amount, plus the Margin, and shall be effective as and from the date of each Libor Advance or Rollover Date up to but excluding the last day of the Designated Period of such Libor Advance.

5.4         Payment of Interest on the Libor Basis

The interest payable in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 and calculated in the manner described therein on the amount outstanding from time to time is payable to the Agent for the account of the Lenders, in arrears,

5.4.1 on the last day of the applicable Designated Period when the Designated Period is 1 to 3 months,

5.4.2 when the applicable Designated Period exceeds 3 months, on the last Business Day of each period of 3 months during such Designated Period and on the last day of the applicable Designated Period.

provided that if any Designated Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Designated Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Designated Period into another calendar month, in which event such Designated Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day.

 

11.


5.5          Fixing of LIBOR

LIBOR shall be notified to the Borrower at approximately 11:00 a.m., two Banking Days prior to the relevant Rollover Date.”.

27. Subsection 6.1.1 of the Original Credit Agreement is amended by replacing the time “10:00 A.M.” with the time “12:00 p.m.”. Consequently, subsection 6.1.1 now provides as follows:

“6.1.1 Subject to the applicable provisions of this Agreement, including Section 6.13, on any Business Day during the Disbursement Period, as part of the Credit available under the Revolving Facility, and/or, if the aggregate principal amount of the Advances outstanding under the Revolving Facility will not be less than the Threshold Amount (on the date said requested Advances under the Unsecured Facility are made), as part of the Credit available under the Unsecured Facility, by providing to the Agent an irrevocable telephone notice at or before 12:00 p.m. on any Business Day followed by the immediate delivery of a written Notice of Borrowing to the Agent, given at least two (2) Business Days prior to the date of the Advance or the Rollover Date (for the purposes of this Article 6 called the “ Acceptance Date ”), the Borrower may request that a BA Advance be made, that one or more Advances not borrowed as BA Advances be converted into one or more BA Advances or that a BA Advance or any part thereof be extended, as the case may be (the “ BA Request ”).

Bankers’ Acceptances shall be issued on each Acceptance Date or Rollover Date, in a minimum Selected Amount, with respect to each Designated Period, of $5,000,000 or such greater amount which is an integral multiple of $1,000,000, shall have a Designated Period of 10 to 180 days (or such other period as may be available and acceptable to the Agent), subject to availability, and shall, in no event, mature on a date after the expiry of the applicable Term.”.

28. Subsection 6.4.3 of the Original Credit Agreement is amended by replacing the time “10:00 A.M.” with the time “12:00 p.m.”. Consequently, subsection 6.4.3 now provides as follows:

“6.4.3 at latest at 12:00 p.m., two (2) Business Days prior to the Rollover Date of each Bankers’ Acceptance then outstanding and reaching maturity, notify the Agent by way of a notice substantially in the form of Schedule “B-1” (but omitting paragraph 3 thereof) that it intends to deposit in its account for the account of the Lenders on the Rollover Date an amount equal to the principal amount of each such Bankers’ Acceptance.”.

29. The first paragraph of Section 7.4 of the Original Credit Agreement is amended to add a reference to Libor Advances, and now provides as follows:

“The Borrower shall indemnify each Lender against any loss or expense (including any loss or expense arising from interest or fees payable by such Lender to lenders of funds obtained

 

12.


by it in order to make or maintain any Advance and any loss or expense incurred in liquidating or re-employing deposits from which such funds were obtained) which such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of any: (a) default by the Borrower in the payment when due of the amount of or interest on any Loan Obligations or in the payment when due of any other amount hereunder, (b) default by the Borrower in obtaining an Advance after the Borrower has given notice hereunder that it desires to obtain such Advance, (c) default by the Borrower in making any voluntary reduction of the outstanding amount of any Loan Obligations after the Borrower has given notice hereunder that it desires to make such reduction, and (d) payment of any Bankers’ Acceptance, Libor Advance or Tranche A CDOR Advance otherwise than on the maturity date thereof (including without limitation any such payment required pursuant to Section 8.1 or upon acceleration pursuant to Section 14.2). A certificate of the Agent or the Finnvera Facility Agent, as applicable providing reasonable particulars of the calculation of any such loss or expense shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any amount pursuant to this Section 7.4, it shall promptly notify the Borrower, through the Agent or the Finnvera Facility Agent, as applicable, of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled and reasonable particulars of the related loss or expense, provided that the failure to do so promptly shall not prejudice the Lenders’ right to claim hereunder.”.

30. Section 7.6 of the Original Credit Agreement is amended to add references to Libor Advances, and now provides as follows:

“7.6          Market Disruption

If, at any time or from time to time, the Requisite Disruption Lenders provide notice to the Agent that:

7.6.1(a) with respect to BA Advances, there no longer exists a market for Bankers’ Acceptances, or (b) with respect to Libor Advances, as a result of market conditions, (i) there exists no appropriate or reasonable method to establish LIBOR, for a Selected Amount or a Designated Period, or (ii) US Dollar deposits are not available to the Lenders in such market in the ordinary course of business in amounts sufficient to permit them to make a Libor Advance, for a Selected Amount or a Designated Period, or (c) with respect to BA Advances or Prime Rate Advances, (i) the Bankers’ Acceptance Discount Rate is unavailable and the Agent is unable to provide the alternative rate described in the definition of “Bankers’ Acceptance Discount Rate”, or (ii) the Bankers’ Acceptance Discount Rate does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to each such Requisite Disruption Lender of funding such Advance as determined by each such Requisite Disruption Lender in good faith, or (iii) the Prime Rate or the US Base Rate at such time does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to each such Requisite Disruption Lender of funding such Advance as determined by each such Requisite Disruption Lender in good faith;

 

13.


any of the foregoing, a “ Market Disruption Event ”, then in any such case:

7.6.2 the Borrower and the Agent shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing to a substitute basis for determining the applicable Bankers’ Acceptance Discount Rate or LIBOR. Any alternate basis (which may include having recourse to the Market Disruption Prime Rate and/or the Market Disruption US Base Rate) agreed upon pursuant to the foregoing sentence shall, with the prior consent of each of the Lenders affected by the Market Disruption Event and the Borrower, be binding on all of them;

7.6.3 failing such agreement, the substitute basis for determining the applicable Bankers’ Acceptance Discount Rate or LIBOR shall be as notified to the Borrower by each affected Lender, accompanied by a certificate of such affected Lender setting out the appropriate substitute rate for the particular form of Advance in question, and accompanied by reasonable explanations and calculations, provided that such substitute rate shall not exceed the relevant rate of non-affected Lenders by more than 1.50%; and

7.6.4 to the extent that the Advances affected by the Market Disruption Event are (a) US Base Rate Advances, the applicable US Base Rate for all affected Lenders shall be the Market Disruption US Base Rate, and (b) Prime Rate Advances, the applicable Prime Rate for all affected Lenders shall be the Market Disruption Prime Rate.”.

31. The first paragraph of Section 8.2 of the Original Credit Agreement is amended by adding a reference to US Base Rate Advances and to Libor breakage costs, and now provides as follows:

“On any Business Day during the Term, after having given notice to the Agent substantially in the form of Schedule “B-1” of one (1) Business Day with respect to the repayment of Prime Rate Advances and US Base Rate Advances and two (2) Business Days with respect to BA Advances and Libor Advances, and subject to Sections 4.10 and 6.13, the Borrower may repay in minimum amounts of $1,000,000 or US$1.000.000, or in whole multiples of such amount, all or part of the principal amount of the Loan Obligations under the Revolving Facility or under the Unsecured Facility, for the account of the Revolving Facility Lenders or the Unsecured Facility Lenders, respectively, provided that in respect of any Libor Advance, no repayment may be made on a day other than on the maturity date of such Libor Advance, save as permitted by the terms of Section 8.3, and in respect of a BA Advance, no repayment shall be made on a date other than a maturity date of the Bankers’ Acceptances outstanding at that time, save as provided in Section 8.3, with, in each case, all interest accrued and unpaid on the amounts so prepaid.”.

 

14.


32. Section 8.3 of the Original Credit Agreement is amended by adding a second paragraph to contemplate breakage costs in the event of the prepayment of a Libor Advance, and now provides as follows:

“8.3          Cash Collateralization of BA Advances and Payment of Losses Resulting From a Prepayment

If a prepayment to be made would require the repayment of outstanding Bankers’ Acceptances prior to their maturity, the Borrower shall provide to the Agent cash collateral in an amount equal to the face amount of such Bankers’ Acceptances which cash collateral shall be held by the Agent in an interest bearing account and used to repay same at maturity.

If a prepayment in respect of a Libor Advance is made on a date other than its maturity date, contrary to the provisions of this Agreement, simultaneously with such prepayment the Borrower shall pay to the Lenders the losses, costs and expenses suffered or incurred by the Lenders with respect to such prepayment, which are referred to in Section 7.4.”.

33. Section 8.5 of the Original Credit Agreement is amended by replacing the time “11:00 A.M.” with the time “12:00 p.m.”. Consequently, Section 8.5 now provides as follows:

“8.5          Payments by the Borrower to the Agent

All payments to be made by the Borrower in connection with this Agreement shall be made in funds having same day value to the Agent, at the Agency Branch, or at any other office or account in Toronto or Montreal designated by the Agent. Any such payment shall be made on the date upon which such payment is due, in accordance with the terms hereof, no later than 12:00 p.m.”.

34. Section 8.6 of the Original Credit Agreement is amended to refer to an exception for the repayment of Libor Advances set out in Section 5.4, and now provides as follows:

“8.6          Payment on a Business Day

Each time a payment, repayment or prepayment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, it shall be made on the following Business Day, subject to Section 5.4 with respect to interest payments on Libor Advances.”.

35. The first part of subsection 12.15.2 (b) of the Original Credit Agreement is amended by replacing the number “75” with the number “90”. Consequently, the portion in question of subsection 12.15.2 (b) now provides as follows:

 

  “(b) Within 90 days following the end of each financial year of the Borrower,”.

 

15.


36. Subsection 12.15.3 (a) and (b) of the Original Credit Agreement are amended to provide for different delays, and now provide as follows:

 

  “(a) Within 90 days following the end of each financial year of the Borrower, the Annual Business Plan, which shall promptly be submitted to the Agent for the Lenders; and

 

  (b)

Within 75 days following the end of each financial quarter of the Borrower (other than the 4 th quarter, in respect of which the delay shall be 90 days) in which the Leverage Ratio exceeded 4.0:1, a certificate of the Borrower signed by its chief financial officer or treasurer or another officer of the Borrower acceptable to the Agent, certifying a detailed calculation of Excess Cash Flow (in such form and providing such detail as the Agent may reasonably require) during such quarter (the “ Excess Cash Flow Certificate ”); and”.

37. Schedule “B” of the Original Credit Agreement is amended to add references to US$ Advances. The new Schedule “B” is annexed to this First Amending Agreement.

 

III. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Borrowers and Guarantors hereby represent and warrant to the Lenders, the Agent, the Finnvera Lenders and the Finnvera Facility Agent as follows:

1. the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrowers and the Guarantors of this Amendment have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate and other action and do not and will not require any registration with, consent or approval of, or notice to or action by, any Person (including any Governmental Authority) in order to be effective and enforceable; and

2. this Amendment constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower and each Guarantor, enforceable against each such Person in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity.

 

IV. EFFECTIVE DATE AND CONDITIONS

1. This First Amending Agreement shall become effective as of June 24, 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”), subject to the fulfilment of all conditions precedent set out herein.

2. On the Effective Date, the Original Credit Agreement shall be modified by the foregoing amendments. The parties hereto agree that the changes to the Original Credit Agreement set out herein and the execution hereof shall not constitute novation and all the Security shall continue to apply to the

 

16.


Original Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, and all other obligations secured thereby. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and to the extent necessary, (i) the Lenders, the Agent and the Finnvera Facility Agent reserve all of their rights under each of the Security Documents, and (ii) each of the Borrower and the Guarantors obligates itself again in respect of all present and future obligations under, inter alia , the Credit Agreement.

 

V. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

1. The Borrower shall pay all fees and costs, including (a) the fees referred to in the Borrower’s request letter dated June 8, 2016, and (b) legal fees associated with this Agreement incurred by the Agent as contemplated and restricted by the provisions of Section 12.14 of the Credit Agreement.

2. This First Amending Agreement shall have been signed by all of the parties hereto and fully executed counterparts shall have been received by the Agent.

3. The Borrower shall provide to the Agent and the Finnvera Facility Agent the opinion of its counsel, in form and substance acceptable to the Agent and the Lenders’ counsel, with respect to (i) the power, capacity, and authority of the Borrower and each of the Guarantors to enter into or intervene in this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder, (ii) the enforceability of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, (iii) the continued enforceability (unaffected hereby) of all of the Security, and (iv) such other matters as may reasonably be requested by the Agent or its counsel.

4. The representations and warranties of the Borrower and each Guarantor set forth in the Credit Agreement shall be true and correct in all respects on and as of the Effective Date (except that where such representations and warranties are qualified by reference to a date, they shall be true and correct as at such date).

5. The representations and warranties in Article IV of this Amendment shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof.

6. At the time of and immediately after giving effect to this First Amending Agreement, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing.

 

VI. MISCELLANEOUS

1. All of the provisions of the Original Credit Agreement that are not amended hereby shall remain in full force and effect.

2. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws of the Province of Quebec.

 

17.


3. The parties acknowledge that they have required that the present agreement, as well as all documents, notices and legal proceedings entered into, given or instituted pursuant hereto or relating directly or indirectly hereto be drawn up in English. Les parties reconnaissent avoir exigé la rédaction en anglais de la présente convention ainsi que de tous documents exécutés, avis donnés et procédures judiciaires intentées, directement ou indirectement, relativement ou à la suite de la présente convention.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF THE PARTIES HERETO HAVE SIGNED THIS AGREEMENT ON THE DATE AND AT THE PLACE FIRST HEREINABOVE MENTIONED.

 

18.


VIDÉOTRON LTÉE
Per:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

  Cholé Poirier
  Vice President and Treasurer
Per:  

/s/ Jean-François Pruneau

  Jean-François Pruneau
  Vice President


ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as Agent         
Per:   

/s/ Rodica Dutka

        
   Rodica Dutka         
   Manager, Agency         
Per:   

N/A

        
THE REVOLVING FACILITY LENDERS AND UNSECURED FACILITY LENDERS:
ROYAL BANK OF CANADA       NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA
Per:   

/s/ Pierre Bouffard

      Per:   

/s/ Luc Bernier

   Pierre Bouffard          Luc Bernier
   Authorized Signatory          Managing Director
Per:   

 

      Per:   

/s/ François Montigny

            François Montigny
            Managing Director
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., Canada Branch       THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA
Per:   

/s/ Medina Sales de Andrade

      Per:   

/s/ Bob King

   Medina Sales de Andrade, VP          Bob King
            Managing Director
Per:   

 

      Per:   

/s/ Sean Flinn

            Sean Flinn
            Associate Director
THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK       BANK OF MONTREAL
Per:   

/s/ (signature)

      Per:   

/s/ Martin Stevenson

            Martin Stevenson
            Managing Director
Per:   

/s/ (signature)

      Per:   

 


CAISSE CENTRALE DESJARDINS       CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK
         OF COMMERCE
Per:   

/s/ Catherine McCarthy

      Per:   

/s/ Philippe Boivin

   Catherine McCarthy          Philippe Boivin
   Directeur, Financement Corporatif          Director
   Director, Corporate Banking         
Per:   

/s/ Dominique Parizeau

      Per:   

/s/ Anissa Rabia-Zeribi

   Dominique Parizeau          Anissa Rabia-Zeribi
   Directeur général          Executive Director
   Gestion du Portefeuille, Grandes Entreprises         
   Managing Director         
   Portfolio Management, Corporate Banking         
HSBC BANK CANADA       JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
Per:   

/s/ (signature)

      Per:   

/s/ Jeffrey Coleman

            Jeffrey Coleman
            Executive Director
Per:   

/s/ (signature)

      Per:   

 

THE BANK OF TOKYO–MITSUBISHI,

LTD., CANADA BRANCH

      CITIBANK, N.A., Canadian Branch
Per:   

/s/ (signature)

      Per:   

/s/ Azita Taravati

            Azita Taravati (Authorized Signatory)
Per:   

 

      Per:   

 

MIZUHO BANK, LTD.       ICICI BANK CANADA
Per:   

/s/ W.M. McFarland

      Per:   

/s/ Akshay Chaturvedi

   W. M. McFarland          Akshay Chaturvedi
   Senior Vice President          Senior Vice President
   Canada Branch          Corporate & Commercial Banking
            ICICI Bank Canada
Per:   

 

      Per:   

/s/ Sumit Chatterjee

            Sumit Chatterjee
            AVP, Credit Risk
            ICICI Bank Canada


LAURENTIAN BANK OF CANADA
Per:  

/s/ Guylaine Couture

  Guylaine Couture
  Assistant Vice President
Per:  

/s/ Vanessa Thibault

  Vanessa Thibault
  Account Manager


HSBC BANK PLC, as Finnvera Facility Agent      
Per:  

/s/ (signature)

     
Per:  

 

     
THE FINNVERA TERM FACILITY LENDERS:      
HSBC BANK PLC     THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK
Per:  

/s/ (signature)

    Per:  

/s/ Vince Chang

        Vince Chang
        Managing Director
Per:  

 

    Per:  

/s/ Sumit Paliwal

        Sumit Paliwal
        Director
SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING      
CORPORATION OF CANADA      
Per:  

/s/ Elwood R. Langley

     
  Elwood R. Langley      
  Managing Director      


The undersigned acknowledge having taken cognizance of the provisions of the foregoing First Amending Agreement and consent thereto, and agree that the Guarantees and Security executed by them (A) remain enforceable against them in accordance with their terms, and (B) continue to guarantee or secure, as applicable, all of the obligations of the Persons specified in such Guarantees and Security Documents in connection with the Credit Agreement as defined above, and as amended hereby:

 

9293-6707 QUÉBEC INC.     9227-2590 QUÉBEC INC.
Per:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

    Per:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

  Cholé Poirier       Cholé Poirier
  Vice President and Treasurer       Vice President and Treasurer
Per:  

/s/ Jean-François Pruneau

    Per:  

/s/ Jean-François Pruneau

  Jean-François Pruneau       Jean-François Pruneau
  Vice President       Vice President
9230-7677 QUÉBEC INC.     9176-6857 QUÉBEC INC.
Per:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

    Per:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

  Cholé Poirier       Cholé Poirier
  Vice President and Treasurer       Vice President and Treasurer
Per:  

/s/ Jean-François Pruneau

    Per:  

/s/ Jean-François Pruneau

  Jean-François Pruneau       Jean-François Pruneau
  Vice President       Vice President
VIDEOTRON L.P., represented by       VIDEOTRON G.P.
its general partner 9230-7677 QUÉBEC INC.      
Per:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

    Per:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

  Cholé Poirier       Cholé Poirier
  Vice President and Treasurer       Vice President and Treasurer
Per:  

/s/ Jean-François Pruneau

    Per:  

/s/ Jean-François Pruneau

  Jean-François Pruneau       Jean-François Pruneau
  Vice President       Vice President


VIDÉOTRON INFRASTRUCTURES INC.     4DEGRÉS COLOCATION INC. /
      4DEGREES COLOCATION INC.
Per:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

    Per:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

  Cholé Poirier       Cholé Poirier
  Vice President and Treasurer       Vice President and Treasurer
Per:  

/s/ Jean-François Pruneau

    Per:  

/s/ Jean-François Pruneau

  Jean-François Pruneau       Jean-François Pruneau
  Vice President       Vice President
9529454 CANADA INC.     8480869 CANADA INC.
Per:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

    Per:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

  Cholé Poirier       Cholé Poirier
  Vice President and Treasurer       Vice President and Treasurer
Per:  

/s/ Jean-François Pruneau

    Per:  

/s/ Jean-François Pruneau

  Jean-François Pruneau       Jean-François Pruneau
  Vice President       Vice President
FIBRENOIRE INC.    

SYSTEMES DE FIBRES P2P DU CANADA

LTÉE/ CANADIAN P2P FIBRE SYSTEMS LTD.

Per:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

    Per:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

  Cholé Poirier       Cholé Poirier
  Vice President and Treasurer       Vice President and Treasurer
Per:  

/s/ Jean-François Pruneau

    Per:  

/s/ Jean-François Pruneau

  Jean-François Pruneau       Jean-François Pruneau
  Vice President       Vice President


SCHEDULE “B”- NOTICE OF BORROWING AND CERTIFICATE

 

TO:    ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as Agent   
FROM:    VIDÉOTRON LTÉE    DATE:

1) This Notice of Borrowing and Certificate is delivered to you pursuant to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of June 16, 2015, and as same may have been further amended (the “ Credit Agreement ”). All defined terms set forth in this Notice of Borrowing and Certificate shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement

2) We hereby request an Advance under the Revolving Facility/Unsecured Facility {s elect one } of the Credit Agreement as follows:

 

  (a) Date of Advance:                                                              

 

  (b) Amount of Advance:                                                        

 

  (c) Currency of Advance ($ or US$):                                   

 

  (d) Type of Advance:                                                              

 

  (e) Designated Period(s) (if any):                                          

 

  (f) Maturity Date(s) (if applicable):                                      

 

  (g) Payment Instruction (if any):                                            

3) We have understood the provisions of the Credit Agreement which are relevant to the furnishing of this Notice of Borrowing and Certificate. To the extent that this Notice of Borrowing and Certificate evidences, attests or confirms compliance with any covenants or conditions precedent provided for in the Credit Agreement, we have made such examination or investigation as was, in our opinion, necessary to enable us to express an informed opinion as to whether such covenants or conditions have been complied with.

4) WE HEREBY CERTIFY THAT, in our opinion, as of the date hereof:

(a) All of the representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in Article 11 of the Credit Agreement (except where qualified in Article 11 as being made as at a particular date) are true and correct on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of the date hereof.

(b) All of the covenants of the Borrower contained in Articles 12 and 13 of the Credit Agreement together with all of the conditions precedent to an Advance and all other terms and conditions contained in the Credit Agreement have been fully complied with.

(c) If the requested Advance is under the Unsecured Facility, we confirm that the principal amount of the Advances outstanding under the Revolving Facility will not be less than the Threshold Amount on the date the requested Advance under the Unsecured Facility is made.

(d) No Event of Default has occurred and no Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

Yours truly,
VIDÉOTRON LTÉE

Per:

 

 

Title:  

 

Exhibit 7.1

Quebecor Media Inc.

Statement Regarding Calculation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges as Disclosed in

Quebecor Media Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the Year Ended December 31, 2016

For the purpose of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges disclosed in Quebecor Media Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2016 under IFRS, (i) earnings consist of net income (loss), plus income taxes, fixed charges, amortized capitalized interest, less interest capitalized and (ii) fixed charges consist of interest expensed and capitalized, plus premiums and discounts amortization, financing fees amortization and an estimate of the interest within rental expense.

Exhibit 8.1

Main Subsidiaries of Quebecor Media Inc.

 

Name of Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization

 

Equity Interest/Voting Interest

Videotron Ltd.   Québec   100% / 100%
Videotron G.P.   Québec   100% / 100%
4Degrees Colocation Inc.   Canada   100% / 100% (1)
Fibrenoire Inc.   Canada   100% / 100% (1)
Le SuperClub Vidéotron ltée   Québec   100% / 100%
MediaQMI Inc.   Canada   100% / 100%
Quebecor Media Printing (2015) Inc.   Canada   100% / 100%
Quebecor Media Network Inc.   Canada   100% / 100%
CEC Publishing inc.   Québec   100% / 100%
Sogides Group Inc.   Canada   100% / 100%
Groupe TVA inc.   Québec   68.37% / 99.97%
TVA Publications Inc.   Canada   100% / 100% (2)
Les Publications Charron & Cie Inc.   Canada   100% / 100% (2)
Mels Studios and Postproduction G.P.   Québec   100% / 100% (2)
Event Management Gestev Inc.   Canada   100% / 100%
Québecor Sports et divertissement Inc.   Canada   100% / 100%
QMI Spectacles inc.   Québec   100% / 100%

 

(1) 4Degrees Colocation Inc. and Fibrenoire Inc. are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Videotron Ltd.
(2) TVA Publications Inc., Les Publications Charron & Cie Inc. and Mels Studios and Postproduction G.P. are wholly-owned subsidiaries of TVA Group inc.

Exhibit 12.1

Certification of the Principal Executive Officer of

Quebecor Media Inc.

pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Pierre Karl Péladeau, President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor Media Inc. (the “Company”), certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of the Company;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 23, 2017

/s/ Pierre Karl Péladeau

Name: Pierre Karl Péladeau

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 12.2

Certification of the Principal Financial Officer of

Quebecor Media Inc.

pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Jean-François Pruneau, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Quebecor Media Inc. (the “Company”), certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of the Company;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 23, 2017

 

/s/ Jean-François Pruneau

Name: Jean-François Pruneau

Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 13.1

Certification of the Principal Executive Officer of

Quebecor Media Inc.

pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

as adopted pursuant to

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Quebecor Media Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the year ending December 31, 2016, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Pierre Karl Péladeau, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

 

  (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

  (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 23, 2017

 

/s/ Pierre Karl Péladeau

Name: Pierre Karl Péladeau

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

Exhibit 13.2

Certification of the Principal Financial Officer of

Quebecor Media Inc.

pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

as adopted pursuant to

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Quebecor Media Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the year ending December 31, 2016, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Jean-Francois Pruneau, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

 

  (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

  (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 23, 2017

 

/s/ Jean-François Pruneau

Name: Jean-François Pruneau

Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.